Ar 710-2 - Inventory Management Supply Policy

Army Regulation 710–2
Logistics
Inventory
Management
Supply Policy
Below the
Wholesale
Level
Headquarters
Department of the Army
Washington, DC
31 October 1997
UNCLASSIFIED
SUMMARY of CHANGE
AR 710–2
Inventory Management Supply Policy Below the Wholesale Level
This revision--
o Adds policy for Army National cemetery property (para 1-1b(9)).
o Clarifies levels’ responsibilities (paras 1-4, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7, and 1-13).
o Clarifies that maps are now considered normal class 2 items of supply and will
be requested accordingly (para 1-5 and appendix G).
o Adds policy for request of deviation or waiver (para 1-10c).
o Adds policy for accountability of donated or abandoned property (para 1-14c).
o Adds selected management data files available on CD-ROM (para 1-16f).
o Adds policy that internal control checklists are in the form of the command
supply discipline program (appendix B and table B-1 through B-6 will be used
to validate these controls (para 1-16g)).
o Adds policy that demilitarization will only be performed by authorized

agencies (para 1-16h and i).
o Adds more definitive guidance on issuing, storage, and turn-in of COMSEC

equipment (1-18).
o Adds policy for the Department of Defense Activity Address Directory Update
for deployment (para 1-24).
o Adds policy on radio frequency tag property accounting procedures (para 1-

32).
o Adds policy that property book adjustments can be used to show consumption of
nonexpendables that are consumed when used (para 2-5o).
o Adds policy that automated facilities engineering property book will be

limited only to equipment and tools (para 2-5x).
o Adds policy where the Army Authorization Document Systems will be used to
request MTOE/TDA items (para 2-6a).
o Adds policy that TDA activities operating under the Defense Business
operating fund are exempt from the requirement to be within 365 days of
published EDATE (para 2-6a(4)).
o Changes Continuing Balance System-Expanded (CBS-X) reporting information.
Requires all RICC 2, A and Z transactions be reported, provides guidance on
how TAV affects CBS-X reporting, raises DA minimum goal for CBS-X
compatibility from 95 to 98 percent, and changes reporting from monthly to
weekly at SSAs. Installations will submit the report through automated means.
Transactions such as lateral transfers and AARs that are not normally
processed through the SSA must be manually reported. Manual reports will be
submitted, and maintained for a period of 90 days after submission. The
objective is to have TAV data base eliminate the need for such reports, but
until then, this provides current report guidance. Add installation DOLS the
COSCOM/TAACOM for operation of CBS-X Central Collection Activities, if
directed by the MACOM. Also provides guidance to TAMMC on use of TAV data base
instead of special reports as a means to expedite its redistribution of assets
within the parameters of TAV business rules (paras 2-9a, 2-9a(1), 3-31i, 4-
47d(2), 47d(3), 5-30d, 6-3g, 6-8, 6-9, 6-10, and 6-22d(2)).
o Adds policy that, in the absence of a primary hand receipt holder, an interim
hand receipt holder will be appointed (para 2-10g(7)).
o Adds policy for automation equipment that is identified as excess to property

book officer be provided an excess listing 145 days in advance (para 2-
13a(6)).
o Adds policy that property items on hand exceeding allowances will be

classified as unserviceable by the supporting maintenance activity and ROTC
Reserve Personnel Army (RPA) funded clothing is exempt from the requirement
to turn-in excess serviceable through normal supply channels. Excess
serviceable ROTC clothing will be reported to the Region Headquarters for
redistribution (para 2-13b(2)).
o Adds policy that property no longer required by authorization document may be

turned in or transferred 365 days before the effective date of new
authorization document (para 2-13b(2)(a)).
o Adds policy that SSSC items that are no longer needed by the user may be
returned to the SSSC (para 2-13b(3)(h)).
o Adds policy for shipments received that were not ordered or having defects
will be handled as discrepant shipments and returned to the SSA that issued
the item (para 2-13g).
o Adds policy that batteries require special disposal (para 2-13I).
o Adds policies that MACOMs will designate which units are required to stock
Ammunition Basic Loads (para 2-20d(1)).
o Adds policy that IMPL is in support of missile systems only (para 2-21a(4)).
o Adds policy that organization appointed information management officer is

responsible for the control of commercial software (para 2-31i).
o Adds policy that accountability and disposal of vehicle hull targets or

similar targets will be accounted as expendable property (para 2-31p).
o Adds policy for units to establish an ammunition holding area when ammunition
will be expended over a period of time, (para 2-36e).
o Adds policy for amended ammunition turn-in procedures (para 2-40e).
o Adds policy that CBS-X reporting requirement down to the property book level
remains in effect throughout wartime (paras 2-44e and 3-46d).
o Adds policy that wartime accountability may remain in effect for at least 60
days following the end of hostilities. Extensions require prior approval of
HQDA, (ASAILE). Policy also applies to other deployments and contingencies as
announced by HQDA (paras 2-47d and 5-34h).
o Adds policy that accounts for equipment and supplies during operations other
than war (para 2-56).
o Establishes the requirement that navigation systems (GPS) are to be

inventoried and processed as controlled items other than weapons and
ammunition (table 2-1, 3-27, 3-29, 3-35, 4-32, 4-34, 4-36, 4-44, 5-20, 5-22,
5-29, 6-14, and 6-21).
o Adds policy that ILAP data base collect and integrate data from supply,
maintenance, and finance (para 3-2i).
o Adds policy that materiel stocked using readiness based sparing (RBS)
methodology will use SLC “M” (para 3-8b(3)).
o Adds stockage list code “D” for demand supported items (paras 3-8(7) and 4-
8b(8)).
o Adds policy that RBS can be used to compute the requisitioning objective (RO)
in addition to DOS and EOQ methods (para 3-9).
o Clarifies criteria for computing stockage using RBS methodology (para 3-

9b(4)).
o Adds policy that permits unit representatives to make QSS turn-ins over the
counter without documentation (paras 3-11g and 4-18g).
o Adds policy that small arms’ parts coded CIIC “N” will not be in bench stock
(paras 3-17a and 4-16e).
o Adds policy that bench stock for aviation peculiar items be provided
segregated storage (paras 3-17f and 4-16g).
o Adds policy granting authority to retain or not to retain materiel over the
requisition objective (RO) (para 3-31).
o Adds SLC ’R’ Decrement Stocks (para 4-8b(7)).
o Adds policy on TAV so that as it is fielded and replaces SIMS-X. Units are
directed to ensure CCI parts are properly recorded on STAMIS feeders to TAV
(para 4-8c).
o Adds requirement for SSAs with the distribution execution system (DES)
capability to perform a validation edit on all requests for end items (para 4-
11a).
o Establishes the requirement that sensitive items be inventoried IAW table 2-1
subparagraph i (para 4-15j).
o Establishes policy that small arms parts (coded CIIC N, J, or 7) will not be
stocked in bench stock, and reiterates sensitive item inventory requirements
as stated above (para 4-16).
o Adds policy that permits installations, instead of SSSC, to elect to use a

General Services Administration (GSA) Customer Supply Center (CSC) as a
source of supply for GSA items. It increases the unit price to $300 for IMPE
(only) items and permits SSSC turn-ins to be made over the counter without
documentation (para 4-19).
o Establishes policy for the strict control of local purchase of small arms and
stresses that any procurement of commercial weapons by Army elements must be
viewed as an exception to normal Army acquisition policies requiring careful
evaluation before the acquisition (para 4-20b(5)).
o Replaces information on retailers excise tax with information on the required

Federal Excise Tax (FET), which Active and Reserve CONUS activities must add
to all contract purchases of highway motor fuels. It discusses requirements,
methods of assessment, and receipt and issue records requirements. Army
National Guard units are exempt and should provide tax exempt certificates to
contract vendors as described in the regulation (para 4-31b).
o Expands the requirement to impose accessory charges of 3.5 to 5.5 percent to

the standard price for bulk petroleum products at the time of issue and added
to the total billing price (appendix E, para E-2j(5)).
o Adds TAV policy for receipt processing once TAV replaces manual reports and
continues to require active involvement of managers to ensure assets are
picked up on records when received from wholesale, customers, or found on
post. This process will ensure managers can properly base future
requisitioning and current redistribution decisions on the most accurate
information (para 4-30k).
o Adds policy on TAV asset visibility and how TAV can be used to assist managers
in redistributing assets no longer required at their management level. It
also gives mangers at the wholesale level worldwide visibility of assets for
use in their redistribution, procurement offset, and excess decision making
processes (para 4-37b(7)).
o Directs protection of materiel returns IAW subparagraphs 3-32h through 3-32k

of this regulation (para 4-42f).
o Provides regulations that govern the shipment of hazardous cargo (para 4-

42g).
o Revises information required when pilots are unable to produce current

identaplates or a completed request for AVFUELS identaplate including
aircraft type, seven-digit tail number, user and supplementary DODAACs, and
signal and fund code in the appropriate block of the AVFUELS Into-Plane
Contract Sales Slip (para 4-46a(6)).
o Adds guidance on asset reporting as TAV replaces SIMS-X to the effect that
NICP managers will use TAV business rules to distribute selected high cost
and/or critical items once TAV is fully implemented but requires all SSAs to
continue SIMS-X reporting until then. Also, provides guidance to TAMMC on use
of TAV rather than special reporting requirements once TAV is fully
implemented (paras 4-47d (1)(b), 5-24b, 5-30d, 6-3f, 6-16a, and 6-22d(1)).
o Adds information on TAV goals for ultimately eliminating DODSASP, RATTS,

CCISP, and Serial Number-Aviation System asset tracking, while reiterating
current requirement for the reports (paras 4-47d(4), (5), (6), and (7); paras
5-30d(4), (5), (6), and (7); paras 6-22d(3)(c), 6-22d(4)(c), 6-22d(5)(a), 6-
22d(6)(b), and 6-22d(7)(b) and (c)).
o Rescinds paragraphs on prepositioning of materiel configured to unit sets

(POMCUS), prepositioned war reserve materiel stocks in overseas COSCOMS, and
storage of war reserve materiel within the TAACOM (paras 5-1b, 5-2c, and 5-
2d).
o Move’s guidance on COSCOM and TAACOM materiel management center stockage

selection to chapter 3. Rescinds stock forward prepostioned war reserve
guidance (paras 5-8 and 5-16a), and adds information on OCONUS Army war
reserve-sustainment (AWR-S) (paras 5-15a and b).
o Adds TAV guidance on reparable management that indicates TAV is designed to

provide asset visibility to managers to enable them to make requirement and
redistribution decisions (para 5-14h(1)).
o Adds requirement to use the distribution execution system (DES) in validating

customer requisitions with ARC “N” (para 5-16c(1)).
o Changes guidance on pseudoreceipts to require two follow-ups to a first

follow-up and then requires a pseudoreceipt transaction that will close the
record within 45 days from posting of the original shipment status to the DHF
(paras 4-32b and 5-20b(2)).
o Rescinds excess management policies for TAACOM and COSCOM from chapter 5 and
moves all materiel returns policies to paragraph 3-31 (rescinds paras 5-25a,
b, c, and d).
o Changes permissible ammunition stockage level for training ammunition from 90

to 180 days of supply and eliminates exception for Committee for Ammunition
Logistics Support forecasts and excess reporting requirements (para 5-24a).
o Rescinds Section VI on Prepositioning of Materiel Configured to Unit Sets

(section VI, paras 5-34 through 5-46).
o Rescinds portions of chapter 6 pertaining to prepositioned war reserve
materiel, and operational projects, (paras 6-1b, 6-2i), 6-2j, 6-3e, 6-15e, 6-
15f, 6-15g, 6-23a(4), section VI, paras 6-26 through 6-44 and section VII,
paras 6-45 through 6-57).
o Adds section providing general information and policy for DOD and Department
of the Army regarding the withdrawal, diversion, and temporary loan of
Reserve Component equipment by Active Component MACOMs. Withdrawal or
diversion requires the Secretary of Defense approval and the section lists
conditions that require obtaining approval. Only MACOMs have authority to
request the withdrawal authority and must only be used as a last resort with
detailed equipment replacement plans. Policy addresses mobilization and
Presidential selective Call-Up situations, and temporary loan procedures
(chapter 6, section VII, paras 6-29 and 6-30).
Headquarters *Army Regulation 710–2
Department of the Army
Washington, DC
31 October 1997 Effective 30 December 1997
Logistics
Inventory Management Supply Policy Below the Wholesale Level
Corps, and the National Defense Cadet two subelements in addition to those re-
Corps. viewed the previous year must also be re-
Proponent and exception authority. viewed during the current year.
The proponent of this regulation is the Dep- Note. Elements within tables are identified by an
uty Chief of Staff for Logistics (DCSLOG). alpha character and subelements are identified by a
The DCSLOG has the authority to approve numeric character.
exceptions to this regulation that are consis-
tent with controlling law and regulation. The Supplementation. Supplementation of this
DCSLOG may delegate this approval author- regulation and establishment of forms other
ity in writing to a division chief within the than DA Forms are prohibited without prior
proponent agency in the grade of colonel or
approval from HQDA (DALO-SMP), WASH
the civilian equivalent.
DC 20310-0546.
Army management control process. In-
ternal control systems. This regulation is sub- *This revision supersedes AR 710-2, 31 Jan-
ject to the requirements of AR 11–2. It uary 1992.
contains internal control provisions and does
History. This update printing publishes a contain checklists for conducting internal Suggested Improvements. Users are in-
revision of this publication. Because the control reviews, such as the Command Sup- vited to send comments and suggested im-
publication has been extensively revised, the ply Discipline Program in appendix B. table provements on DA Form 2028
changed portions have not been highlighted. B–1 through B–6 will be used to validate (Recommended Changes to Publications and
Summary. This regulation prescribes supply these controls. Use the table that accurately Blank Forms) through command logistics
policy below the wholesale level throughout describes the type of unit or activity being channels to Director, U.S. Army Logistics In-
the U.S. Army. It is used in both automated reviewed. Elements within these tables that tegration Agency (ATTN: LOIA-LM), 54 M
and manual supply operations. In an auto- should be reviewed annually under the inter- Avenue, Suite 4, New Cumberland, PA
mated supply operation this regulation is nal control program will include as a mini- 17070-5007.
used in conjunction with the appropriate au- mum: property accountability, control of
tomated procedural publication for the sys- small arms repair parts and hand tools, the
receipts of petroleum products, the reduction Distribution. Distribution of this publica-
tem. In a manual supply operation this
regulation is used in conjunction with DA of Army excess and its causes, and tion is made in accordance with the initial
Pam 710–2–1 and DA Pam 710–2–2. DODAAC directory update process. A mini- distribution number (IDN) 095501, intended
mum of two subelements of that are applica- for all command levels A, B, C, D, and E for
Applicability. This regulation applies to the
Active Army, the Army National Guard of ble to the unit or activity will be reviewed Active Army, Army National Guard, and U.
the United States, the U.S. Army Reserve, annually. When deemed necessary to review S. Army Reserve.
the U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training identical subelements in consecutive years,
Contents (Listed by paragraph and page number) Organization • 1–8, page 1

The Uniform Materiel Movement and Issue Priority System • 1–9,
Chapter 1 page 2
General, page 1 Requests for clarification or deviation • 1–10, page 2
Waivers • 1–11, page 2
Section I Reports of supply constraint (exempt from Requirement Control
Introduction, page 1 Symbol (RCS) under AR 335–15) • 1–12, page 2
Purpose • 1–1, page 1 Command Supply Discipline Program • 1–13, page 2
References • 1–2, page 1 Property accountability • 1–14, page 2
Explanation of abbreviations and terms • 1–3, page 1 Filing • 1–15, page 3
Implementation • 1–16, page 3
Section II
Responsibilities, page 1 Section III
The Deputy Chief of Staff for Logistics (DCSLOG) • 1–4, page 1 COMSEC Equipment, page 3
Major Army commands (MACOMs) • 1–5, page 1 General information • 1–17, page 3
Continental United States (CONUS) commanders • 1–6, page 1 COMSEC equipment management • 1–18, page 4
Commanders, civilian supervisors, and managers • 1–7, page 1
*This regulation supersedes AR 710-2, 31 January 1992.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 i
UNCLASSIFIED
Contents—Continued
Inventories • 1–19, page 5 Section V

Reserve Officers Training Corps and National Defense Cadet
Section IV Corps, page 26
Performance Standards, page 5 Responsibilities of educational institutions hosting the Army’s
General information • 1–20, page 5 Senior ROTC and/or Junior ROTC/National Defense Cadet
Using unit or property book • 1–21, page 5 Corps programs • 2–24, page 26
The supply support activity (SSA) • 1–22, page 6 Accounting for property • 2–25, page 27
Authorization data • 2–26, page 27
Section V Requesting and receiving Army property • 2–27, page 27
Direct Support System and Air Line of Communication, page 7 Disposition of property • 2–28, page 27
General information • 1–23, page 7 Accounting for OCIE at parent unit • 2–29, page 27
DOD activity address directory update • 1–24, page 7
Section VI
Section VI Special Accounting Policy, page 27
Security Classification of Logistics Data, page 7 Property purchased by ordering officers or activity contracting
Division level and below • 1–25, page 7 officers • 2–30, page 27
Corps level • 1–26, page 8 Other special accounting policy • 2–31, page 28
Projections of on-hand data • 1–27, page 8
Section VII
Section VII Petroleum Management, page 30
Hazardous Materials Management Program, page 8 Purchase or procurement of aviation or ground products • 2–32,
General information • 1–28, page 8 page 30
Major Army commands functions • 1–29, page 8 Petroleum quality surveillance and technical assistance programs
Supply support activity functions • 1–30, page 8 • 2–33, page 31
Using unit or activity functions • 1–31, page 8 Bulk petroleum and packaged fuels accountability • 2–34, page 31
Radio frequency TAG property accounting procedures • 1–32,
page 9 Section VIII
Ammunition Management, page 32
Chapter 2 General • 2–35, page 32
Using Unit Supply (Organizational Supply Operations), Storage • 2–36, page 32
page 10 Security and transportation • 2–37, page 33
Training ammunition • 2–38, page 33
Ammunition basic load and operational load • 2–39, page 33
Section I Requesting, receiving, and turning in ammunition • 2–40, page 34
General Information, page 10 Inventory • 2–41, page 34
Scope • 2–1, page 10 Records and reports • 2–42, page 34
General organizational functions • 2–2, page 10 Amnesty program • 2–43, page 34
Format of using unit supply policy • 2–3, page 11
Section IX
Section II Wartime Policy, page 34
Accounting For and Controlling Property, page 11 General information • 2–44, page 34
Property authorization documents • 2–4, page 11 Requesting and receiving property • 2–45, page 34
Property book system • 2–5, page 11 Disposition of property • 2–46, page 35
Requesting supplies • 2–6, page 14 Accounting for property • 2–47, page 35
Follow-up of request for supplies • 2–7, page 15 Assigning responsibility for property • 2–48, page 35
Receiving supplies • 2–8, page 15 Controlling components • 2–49, page 35
Asset reporting • 2–9, page 15 Accounting for quarters furnishings • 2–50, page 35
Assignment of property responsibility • 2–10, page 16 OCIE • 2–51, page 35
Storage of supplies • 2–11, page 18 Special accounting policy • 2–52, page 35
Evaluations, inspections, and inventories • 2–12, page 18 Management of loads • 2–53, page 35
Disposing of materiel • 2–13, page 19 Inspections and inventories • 2–54, page 35
Wartime policy (Ammunition) • 2–55, page 35
Section III
OCIE/CIF Management, page 20 Section X
OCIE/CIF management • 2–14, page 20 Operations Other Than War, page 35
Classification and inspection standards for OCIE • 2–15, page 22 Accounting policy for equipment and supplies used in operations
Cash collection at CIFs • 2–16, page 22 other than war (OOTW) by deploying, deployed, or support
ARNG management • 2–17, page 22 activities at the retail level • 2–56, page 35
USAR management • 2–18, page 23
Chapter 3
Section IV Direct Support and General Support Activities, page 41
Management of Loads, page 23
Types of loads • 2–19, page 23 Section I
Basic and operational loads • 2–20, page 23 General, page 41
Prescribed loads • 2–21, page 24 Introduction • 3–1, page 41
ARNG management of loads • 2–22, page 25 General information • 3–2, page 41
USAR management of loads • 2–23, page 26
Section II
Inventory Control, page 42
ii AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Inventory control functions • 3–3, page 42 General information • 4–2, page 62

Cataloging • 3–4, page 42
Distribution • 3–5, page 42 Section II
Disposal • 3–6, page 42 Inventory Control, page 62
Inventory control functions • 4–3, page 62
Section III Cataloging • 4–4, page 62
Supply Control, page 42 Distribution • 4–5, page 63
Supply control functions • 3–7, page 42 Disposal • 4–6, page 63
Stockage selection • 3–8, page 42
Stockage level • 3–9, page 43 Section III
Petroleum • 3–10, page 45 Supply Control, page 63
Quick supply store • 3–11, page 45 Supply control functions • 4–7, page 63
Self-service supply center (OCONUS only) • 3–12, page 45 Stockage selection • 4–8, page 63
Operational readiness float • 3–13, page 45 Stockage levels • 4–9, page 64
Cannibalization points • 3–14, page 45 Repairables stockage • 4–10, page 64
Maintenance shop supply policy • 3–15, page 45 Customer requests • 4–11, page 65
Shop stocks • 3–16, page 46 Requisitioning • 4–12, page 65
Bench stocks • 3–17, page 46 Operational readiness float • 4–13, page 66
Repairable management • 3–18, page 47 Maintenance shop supply policy • 4–14, page 66
Replenishment requisitioning • 3–19, page 48 Shop stocks • 4–15, page 66
Customer requests • 3–20, page 48 Bench stock • 4–16, page 66
Contractor-operated parts store • 3–21, page 48 Solid fuels • 4–17, page 67
Contractor operated parts depot • 3–22, page 49 Quick supply store • 4–18, page 68
Defense Reutilization and Marketing Office • 3–23, page 49 Self service supply center • 4–19, page 68
Local purchase (OCONUS) • 3–24, page 49 Local purchase • 4–20, page 69
Reconciliation and validation • 3–25, page 49 Contractor-operated parts stores and contractor-operated parts depot
Receipt processing • 3–26, page 49 • 4–21, page 69
Pseudoreceipts • 3–27, page 51 Defense Reutilization and Marketing Office • 4–22, page 70
Storage operations • 3–28, page 51 Mission supply support activity • 4–23, page 70
Inventory and adjustment • 3–29, page 52 Area maintenance and supply facilities • 4–24, page 70
Issues • 3–30, page 53 Installation materiel maintenance activities • 4–25, page 70
Materiel returns policy • 3–31, page 53 Petroleum (bulk) • 4–26, page 70
Shipping • 3–32, page 55 Aviation intensively managed items (AIMI) program • 4–27,
page 71
Section IV Maintenance contracts • 4–28, page 71
Stock Control, page 56 Reconciliation and validation • 4–29, page 71
Stock control function • 3–33, page 56 Receipt processing • 4–30, page 72
Stock record account • 3–34, page 56 Bulk fuel receipts • 4–31, page 73
Stock record account files • 3–35, page 56 Pseudoreceipts • 4–32, page 73
Asset reporting • 3–36, page 57 Storage operations • 4–33, page 74
Inventory and adjustment • 4–34, page 74
Section V Petroleum quality surveillance • 4–35, page 76
Ammunition Management, page 58 Issues • 4–36, page 76
General • 3–37, page 58 Materiel returns policy • 4–37, page 76
Stockage • 3–38, page 59 Cannibalization points • 4–38, page 77
Storage • 3–39, page 59 Automatic return items • 4–39, page 77
Security and transportation • 3–40, page 59 Disposition of petroleum products • 4–40, page 77
Receiving ammunition • 3–41, page 59 Repairable management • 4–41, page 77
Inventory and inspections • 3–42, page 59 Shipping • 4–42, page 78
Records and reports • 3–43, page 60
Customer support • 3–44, page 60 Section IV
Amnesty program • 3–45, page 60 Stock Control, page 79
Stock record accounts • 4–43, page 79
Section VI Stock record account files • 4–44, page 79
Wartime Policies, page 60 Special purpose stock record accounts • 4–45, page 80
General wartime policy • 3–46, page 60 In transit aircraft refueling • 4–46, page 80
Wartime policy modifications • 3–47, page 60 Asset reporting • 4–47, page 81
Wartime policy (Ammunition) • 3–48, page 61 Ammunition management • 4–48, page 82
Chapter 4 Chapter 5
Supply Support for Installations, U.S. Property Fiscal Corps Support Command and Theater Army Area
Offices (USPFO), Strategic Communications Facility, and Command, page 83
TDA Activities, page 62
Section I
Policy, page 83
Section I Introduction • 5–1, page 83
General, page 62 General information • 5–2, page 83
Introduction • 4–1, page 62
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 iii

Section II Supply control functions • 6–7, page 95

Inventory Control, page 84 Requirements computation • 6–8, page 95
Inventory control functions • 5–3, page 84 Replenishment requisitioning • 6–9, page 97
Cataloging • 5–4, page 84 Requisition processing for supported activities • 6–10, page 97
Distribution • 5–5, page 84 Reconciliation and validation • 6–11, page 97
Disposal • 5–6, page 84 Receipt processing • 6–12, page 98
Storage operations • 6–13, page 98
Section III Inventory and adjustment • 6–14, page 98
Supply Control, page 84 Issues • 6–15, page 98
Supply control functions • 5–7, page 84 Materiel return policy • 6–16, page 99
Stockage selection • 5–8, page 84 Shipping • 6–17, page 99
Petroleum • 5–9, page 85 Decrement stock • 6–18, page 99
Quick supply store (QSS) • 5–10, page 85 Theater operational readiness float • 6–19, page 99
Self-service supply center • 5–11, page 85 Solid fuels • 6–20, page 100
Operational readiness float (ORF) • 5–12, page 85
Cannibalization point • 5–13, page 85 Section IV
Repairable management • 5–14, page 85 Stock Control, page 100
Replenishment requisitioning • 5–15, page 86 General • 6–21, page 100
Customer requisitions • 5–16, page 86 Asset reporting • 6–22, page 101
Local purchase (OCONUS only) • 5–17, page 86
Reconciliation and validation • 5–18, page 86 Section V
Receipt processing • 5–19, page 86 Ammunition Management, page 103
Pseudoreceipts • 5–20, page 87 Stockage • 6–23, page 103
Storage operations • 5–21, page 87 Requesting, receiving, and issuing ammunition • 6–24, page 103
Inventory and adjustment • 5–22, page 88 Amnesty program • 6–25, page 103
Issues • 5–23, page 88
AACOM/COSCOM materiel returns • 5–24, page 89 Section VI
Disposition of excess POL • 5–25, page 89 Wartime Policy, page 103
Shipping • 5–26, page 89 Basic policy • 6–26, page 103
Wartime policy modifications • 6–27, page 103
Section IV Wartime policy (ammunition) • 6–28, page 103
Stock Control, page 89
Stock control function • 5–27, page 89 Section VII
Stock record account • 5–28, page 90 Withdrawal, diversion, and temporary loan of Reserve Component
Stock record account files • 5–29, page 90 equipment, page 103
Asset reporting • 5–30, page 90 Introduction • 6–29, page 103
Withdrawal or diversion of ARNG and USAR equipment • 6–30,
Section V page 104
Ammunition Management, page 92
Stockage • 5–31, page 92 Appendixes
Amnesty program • 5–32, page 92
A. References, page 105
Section VI B. Command Supply Discipline Program, page 109
Wartime Policies, page 92
Implementation • 5–33, page 92 C. Petroleum Quality Surveillance and Technical Assistance
Wartime policy modifications • 5–34, page 92 Program, page 173
COSCOM/TAACOM wartime stockage • 5–35, page 93 D. Petroleum Resource Recovery, Recycling, and Disposal
COSCOM/TAACOM stock replenishment • 5–36, page 93 Program, page 177
Wartime Policy (Ammunition) • 5–37, page 93
E. Sales of Petroleum Products, page 178
Chapter 6 F. Procedures for Hand Receipt Holders, page 179
Theater Army Level Supply Management, page 94
G. Classes of Supply, page 181
Section I
Policy, page 94 Table List
Introduction • 6–1, page 94
Theater Army Materiel Management Center (TAMMC) mission Table 1–1: Unit Performance Standards, page 9
• 6–2, page 94 Table 1–2: SSA Performance Standards, page 10
Asset visibility • 6–3, page 94 Table 2–1: Types of Inventories and Discrepancies, page 37
Distribution system • 6–4, page 94 Table 3–1: ASL Stockage, page 61
Table 4–1: Disposition of Excess, page 83
Section II Table 4–2: Disposition of Excess, page 83
Inventory Control, page 95 Table 5–1: Accuracy Edits, page 93
General • 6–5, page 95 Table 5–2: Availability Edits, page 94
Cataloging • 6–6, page 95 Table B–1: User Level, page 112
Table B–2: Property Book Officer Level, page 123
Section III Table B–3: Parent Organization Level, page 131
Supply Control, page 95 Table B–4: Direct and general support supply operations, page 135
iv AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–5: Supply Support for Installations, U.S. Property Fiscal

Office (USPFO), Strategic Communications Facility, TDA
Activities, and Supply Units or Activities Providing General
Support to DSU’s Supply Operations, page 156
Table B–6: MACOM Level, page 169
Table B–7: CSDP Evaluation Frequency, page 172
Table C–1: Fuels used in Army equipment, page 176
Table C–2: NATO fuel designators and US equivalent
specifications and standards, page 176
Table G–1: Classes of Supply, page 181
Glossary
Index
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 v

RESERVED
vi AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Chapter 1 a. Evaluate and respond to requests for clarification.
General b. Evaluate and make recommendations on request for deviation.
c. Report and/or respond to supply constraint reports.
Section I d. Monitor the results of supply performance measurements.
Introduction e. Direct the transfer or shipment of property between MACOMs
(losing MACOM).
1–1. Purpose f. Establish procedures to transfer OMA funds, when property
This regulation prescribes policy for supply operations below the transferred is missing components.
wholesale level. It applies in peace and war. g. Grant exceptions to the policy that installation property will
a. The regulation provides specific policy for the accountability not be taken to the field or taken with the organization upon perma-
and assignment of responsibility for property issued to a using unit. nent change of station (PCS).
It also provides for the accountability and management of stocks h. Publish instructions for clearing the property book.
being stored at direct, general, or installation supply support activi- i. Approve the establishment of Central Issue Facility (CIF).
ties (ISSAs) for issue to a customer. j. Establish stockage levels and designate units required to keep
b. Unless specified by the prescribing directive, this regulation basic loads of class 1, 2 (including maps), 3, 4 (type classified
does not apply when accounting for the following: only), 5 (including maps), and 8 supplies.
(1) Armed Forces Radio and Television Service program k. Designate units allowed to have operational loads of class 3
materials using AR 360–81. (bulk supplies).
(2) Library books and materials using AR 27–5, AR 40–2, or AR l. Direct usage of an average customer wait time for the
735–17. command.
(3) Nonappropriated fund (NAF) assets using AR 215–5. m. Make sure all supplies belonging to, arriving in, or departing
(4) Publications and blank forms using AR 25–1 and AR 25–30. from their command are accounted for, cared for, and safeguarded.
(5) Real property and facilities engineering resources using AR n. Inspect the supply operations of directly subordinate units.
420–18. o. Make sure all required inventories are conducted within pre-
(6) Special purpose equipment using AR 381–143(C). scribed periods.
(7) Visual information products using AR 25–1. p. Authorize property books to be kept at other than the parent
(8) Historical property and museum pieces using AR 870–20. unit identification code (UIC) level.
(9) Army National cemetery property and supplies using AR q. Authorize the establishment of mission stock record accounts.
290–5, this exclusion does not apply to material that could have r. Approve the extent to which cannibalization points can
other Army-wide applications. predisassemble to support the authorized stockage list (ASL).
(10) The Army Art Collection using AR 870–15. s. Approve exceptions to the 150-line stockage limit of repair
(11) Industrial property and equipment in place using AR parts and maintenance related items.
735–72. t. Ensure that installations and subcommands comply with re-
(12) Clothing initial issue point (CIIP) stocks using AR 700–84. quired reporting and reconciliation procedures (for example CBS-X,
(13) Communications security (COMSEC) key software and pub- SIMS-X, and TAV).
lications, using AR 380–40 and TB 380–41.
(14) Clothing sales stores operated under AR 700–84. 1–6. Continental United States (CONUS) commanders
(15) Commissary resale stock record accounts operated under CONUS commanders will provide necessary information, equip-
DOD 1330.17–R. ment, and manpower available within their resources to assist the
(16) Subsistence using AR 30–1 and AR 30–18. coordinating U.S. Army Petroleum Center (USAPC) personnel in
(17) Military training aids using AR 350–38. accomplishing the requirements within the programs in paragraph
c. The provisions of this regulation apply to the management of 4–35.
medical materiel and medical repair parts (classes 8 and 9 supplies),
except as indicated in AR 40–61. 1–7. Commanders, civilian supervisors, and managers
a. Commanders, civilian supervisors, and managers at all levels
d. Equipment obtained from the Defense Reutilization and will ensure compliance with applicable policies prescribed by this
Marketing Office (DRMO) in support of an Army installation Mili- regulation and outlined in the internal control checklists in tables
tary Affiliated Radio System (MARS) station is processed through a B–1 through B–7.
supply support activity (SSA) and accounted for per this regulation. b. The Director, USAPC, is responsible for executing the Petro-
Property obtained from DRMO for issue to individual affiliate mem- leum Quality Surveillance and Technical Assistance Program in
bers is processed through the MARS Property Management Office subject areas listed in paragraph 4–35.
and accounted for on the MARS property book in accordance with c. All Government employees will properly use, care for, and
this regulation, AR 25–6 and FM 11–490–7. safeguard all Government property. They will seek the most effi-
1–2. References cient and economical means of accomplishing assigned tasks and
Required and related publications with prescribed and referenced will limit requests for and use of materiel to the minimum essential.
forms are listed in appendix A.
1–8. Organization
1–3. Explanation of abbreviations and terms This regulation is the basis for related procedural publications and is
Abbreviations and special terms used in this regulation are ex- organized as follows:
plained in the consolidated glossary. a. This chapter contains general information, responsibilities,
communication security (COMSEC) equipment management, per-
Section II formance standards, direct support system (DSS), air line of com-
Responsibilities munication (ALOC), security classification of logistic data, and
hazardous materiel (HAZMAT) management.
1–4. The Deputy Chief of Staff for Logistics (DCSLOG) b. Chapter 2 contains policy to account for and assign responsi-
The DCSLOG will establish Army supply policy, evaluate requests bility for nonexpendable property, and to control all durable and
for deviation, and for review and approve implementation of proce- some expendable property.
dural publications. c. Chapter 3 contains policy for the direct and general support
activities’ supply operations.
1–5. Major Army commands (MACOMs) d. Chapter 4 contains policy for installations, Army National
The MACOMs will— Guard (ARNG), U.S. Property Fiscal Office (USPFO), Strategic
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 1

Communications Facilities, and TDA support activities supply d. The Commanding General, U.S. Army Combined Arms Sup-
operations. port Command (USACASCOM) will provide for the development
e. Chapter 5 contains policy for the supply management and and maintenance of retail supply systems that implement retail sup-
operations of Corps Support Command (COSCOM), Theater Army ply policy. This does not include those retail systems unique to
Area Command (TAACOM), and other materiel management cen- AMC.
ters (MMCs) above division and below Major Army Command e. MACOM and equivalent commanders will establish an aggres-
(MACOM). sive CSDP and implementation of internal controls within their
f. Chapter 6 contains policy for theater Army level supply respective commands by—
management. (1) Appointing a CSDP coordinator and furnishing a copy of the
appointment to Director, U.S. Army Logistics Integration Agency,
1–9. The Uniform Materiel Movement and Issue Priority ATTN: LOIA-LM, 54 M Avenue, Suite 4, New Cumberland, PA
System 17070-5007.
The policies in AR 725–50 regarding the use of the Uniform Mate- (2) Ensuring the CSDP is implemented by all subordinate
riel Movement and Issue Priority System (UMMIPS) apply to this elements.
regulation. (3) Initiating intraservice support agreements, if desired, as ex-
plained in subparagraph 11–6e of this regulation.
1–10. Requests for clarification or deviation (4) Providing recommended changes to the CSDP to USALIA,
The U.S. Army Logistics Integration Agency (USALIA) is tasked ATTN: LOIA-LM.
by the Deputy Chief of Staff for Logistics (DCSLOG) to develop, (5) Adding to the program, when necessary, to account for any
implement, and maintain this regulation and respond to field inquir- uniqueness within their command.
ies concerning the regulation. f. Subordinate commanders (excluding company, battery, troop)
a. Send requests for clarification through command channels to will—
Director, U.S. Army Logistics Integration Agency (ATTN: LOIA- (1) Implement an aggressive CSDP by using existing assets (for
LM), 54 M Avenue, Suite 4, New Cumberland, PA 17070-5007. example, chain of command, organizations, or programs) to avoid
b. Deviations from accounting policy in this regulation are only duplication or fragmentation of effort. The commanders’ designated
made with prior approval of HQDA (DALO-SMZ). AR 735–5 asset will then incorporate CSDP into their evaluation plans and
governs deviations. Send deviation requests through command chan- procedures.
nels to HQDA (DALO-SMP), Washington, DC 20310-0546. (2) Provide the necessary emphasis to ensure the success of the
c. Request for deviation or waiver should explain the need for a CSDP.
waiver, how long will it last, how the waiver will help accomplish (3) Appoint, in writing, a senior logistician in the headquarters as
the mission, and how the end results will be measured. The request the CSDP monitor.
should include an opinion by the MACOM legal officer. (4) Recognize both superior and inferior performance regarding
supply discipline.
1–11. Waivers (5) Use the results of the CSDP evaluations to determine candi-
Send requests for waiver of military property accounting require-
dates for the Army Supply Excellence Award Program.
ments per AR 735–5.
g. Immediate supervisors and company, battery, and troop com-
1–12. Reports of supply constraint (exempt from manders will—
Requirement Control Symbol (RCS) under AR 335–15) (1) Review the Requirements Listing within the CSDP (AR
Commanders report to the next higher command when they are 710–2, appendix B) to become familiar with the applicable
constrained for any reason from submitting requests or requisitions regulatory requirements.
for items in supply class 2 (including maps), 3 (packaged), 4, 7, 8, (2) Use the listing as a guide in the routine performance of their
and 9. (Classes of supply are explained in appendix G (table G-1)). duties.
Army National Guard (ARNG) and U.S. Army Reserve (USAR) (3) Report to their immediate higher headquarters any applicable
units are not required to submit reports of supply constraint for requirements within the listing that cannot be completed.
unfinanced requirements if the requirements have already been iden- h. The CSDP is designed for implementation by the chain of
tified through budget submissions. Submit reports per AR 725–50. command. Responsibilities are listed in the above subparagraphs.
i. The program is a review of supply responsibilities by the com-
1–13. Command Supply Discipline Program mand immediately superior to the unit or activity being inspected to
a. HQDA, Deputy Chief of Staff for Logistics (DCSLOG) will— determine compliance with the Department of the Army regulatory
(1) Prescribe overall guidance for establishing and monitoring the guidance.
Command Supply Discipline Program (CSDP). j. All supply operations performed per this regulation will be
(2) Coordinate with the Army Staff and other agencies to develop evaluated by the command immediately superior to the unit com-
policy and/or resolve policy problems (i.e., Office, Deputy Chief of mander or commander of the SSA per appendix B.
Staff for Personnel (ODCSPER) assistance to improve personnel
aspects of supply management). 1–14. Property accountability
a. .Obligation. This accountability deals with the obligation to
(3) Conduct periodic reviews and updates of the program.
keep records of property, documents, or funds such as identification
(4) Provide MACOM coordinators with periodic program
data, gains, losses, dues-in, dues-out, and balances on hand or in
updates.
use.
b. Commanders of proponents for schools will—
b. Policy. All property acquired by the Army, regardless of
(1) Modify present blocks of instruction on supply management source or whether paid for or not, is accounted for as prescribed by
to include CSDP. No additional program of instruction (POI) time is these and other applicable Army regulations.
authorized. (1) All property, except real property, and fabricated property,
(2) Continually improve and update supply training at all levels. acquired in any manner is processed through and accounted for on a
c. Commanding General, U.S. Army Materiel Command (AMC) stock record account before issue. Users are to withdraw from the
will— stock record account only the minimum quantity of items needed to
(1) Establish and implement a CSDP consistent with DA policy sustain operations.
addressing the wholesale arena of the supply system. (2) All property, except real property, is classified for property
(2) Conduct periodic reviews and updates of the wholesale por- accountability purposes as nonexpendable, expendable, or durable.
tion of the CSDP. (a) Nonexpendables require formal property book accounting af-
(3) Coordinate with ODCSLOG to resolve policy problems. ter issue to the user level.
2 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

(b) Expendables require no formal accounting after issue to the the form proponent and U.S. Army Publications and Printing Com-
user level. Expendable training ammunition requires designated re- mand (USAPPC). Computer generated supply forms must be under-
sponsibility through the use of hand receipts. stood by the supply level using and receiving the forms. Guidance
(c) Durables require no formal accounting after issue to the user pertaining to the form’s approval process is in AR 25–30. Computer
level, but require hand receipt control (See AR 735–5, paras 7–6 generated forms, approved by the proponent are optional.
and 7–7. d. DA Pam 710–2–1 and DA Pam 710–2–2 provide manual pro-
(3) Employees of the Army, both military and civilian, are re- cedures that implement the policies in this regulation. These pam-
quired to turn in all found government property to the supply phlets are used by units performing manual supply operations.
system. e. Units operating under, or supported by, an approved automated
(4) Found property not otherwise accounted for is immediately supply system ensures the appropriate automated procedural publi-
placed under control of an accountable officer. cation for that system is on-hand and utilized.
f. Selected management data from the Army Master Data File
(5) At the stock record account level, the designation as an ac-
(AMDF), I&S File, Package and Packing File, SB 700–20, ARIL
countable officer carries the designation as responsible officer, ex- and small ammunition is available in Compact Disk-Read only
cept when another person has been specifically designated as the Memory (CD-ROM). The CD-ROM is available to all organiza-
responsible officer by regulation or other competent authority. tions. Procedures for obtaining and using the CD-ROM are con-
(6) Supervisory responsibility for the care, use, and safekeeping tained in chapter 8, AR 708–1.
of government property issued to or used by subordinates is inherent g. The key internal management controls are property accounta-
in supervisory positions. bility, control of small arms repair parts and hand tools, the receipts
c. Donated or abandoned material. Donated material includes of petroleum products, the reduction of Army excess and its causes,
any items of property that have been donated to the Army from any and DODAAC directory update process. The check lists contained
source. Abandoned property is that material where ownership can in appendix B, Command Supply Discipline Program, is the regula-
not be determined and is now under the control of the Army. tion used to validate these controls.
(1) All donated and abandoned property must be accounted for as h. Demilitarization is only performed by an authorized agency
prescribed by this regulation. Accounting is maintained through per procedures outlined in DOD 4160.21–M–1 and associated
formal property records. changes. Security controls required per the assigned controlled item
(2) Asset reporting requirements for donated or abandoned prop- inventory code (CIIC), are maintained until completion of the
erty picked up on accountable records are reported through normal demilitarization process. MACOMs have the authority to grant local
asset reporting procedures. These include small arms, controlled DEMIL authorization for repair parts, less small arms’ receivers,
cryptographic items, vehicles, and similar items where asset report- IAW the assigned item recoverability code to subordinate organiza-
ing is required. tions performing DS- or GS-level functions. The MACOMs DEMIL
(3) If there is no mission need for the item(s) they must be turned authorization of end items may not be delegated. When granting
in immediately per instructions detailed in this regulation. DEMIL authorizations MACOMs—
(1) Ensure that subordinate organizations are capable of conduct-
(4) Any item of equipment or other material needed by the unit;
ing the required DEMIL per DOD 4160.21–M–1 and associated
however, is not authorized by MTOE, TDA, JTDA, CTA, or other
changes.
authorization documents, must be fully justified, documented, and
(2) Issue authorization in writing specifying the type of DEMIL
approved for retention. These actions must be accomplished per AR the organization can perform. Authorizations maybe group, howev-
71–13 and AR 310–49. er, the unit and organization names must be included.
(5) Borrowed equipment provided by a host nation remains the (3) Maintain records of organizations to which DEMIL authority
property of the host nation and may not be retained. has been granted to include the type of DEMIL.
d. Capitalized property. The recording of capitalized property is i. Units conducting DEMIL must maintain the written authoriza-
handled per the financial accounting procedures outlined in AR tion on file. All organizations performing demilitarization must have
37–1, paragraph 18–5. a current copy of DOD 4160.21–M–1 and associated changes for
reference.
1–15. Filing
All documents created because of this regulation are filed and dis- Section III
posed of in accordance with AR 25–400–2 and DA Pam 25–400–2. COMSEC Equipment
1–16. Implementation 1–17. General information

a. These policies apply to and will be implemented in both auto- a. Security. All COMSEC equipment used by DOD elements,
mated and manual supply systems. Manual supply systems are auto- including classified items and unclassified controlled cryptographic
mated pending the availability of Standard Army Management items (CCI), is approved by the National Security Agency (NSA).
Information Systems (STAMIS). STAMIS are the preferred method Such approved equipment and components are used to encode and
of implementing these supply policies. Proponents of fielded auto- decode electronic data and communications traffic that is classified
mated systems ensure implementation of new and changed policies for national security reasons. The equipment is used to prevent
as scheduled by HQDA, ODCSLOG or sooner if possible. Systems unauthorized disclosure.
in a maintenance-only mode are not required to be changed solely to b. Policy. All classified COMSEC equipment and components
implement new policy requirements unless otherwise stated. are requested, issued, and turned in through the COMSEC Materiel
Control System (CMCS) per the policies established in this regula-
b. Implementing publications are reviewed and approved by
tion and in related procedural publications. This section discusses
HQDA, ODCSLOG. Implementing publications sent to U.S. Army
the CMCS and highlights critical policies affecting COMSEC equip-
Logistics Integration Agency (ATTN: LOIA-LM), 54 M Avenue,
ment. These critical policies are applied along with basic policies
Suite 4, New Cumberland, PA 17070-5007 for review and approval. affecting stockage, requisitioning, receiving, and repairable manage-
c. Developers of standard and unique automated supply systems ment, as applicable, in this regulation.
that apply to activities such as property books, supply support activ- c. Acquisition of commercial COMSEC equipment. NSA has es-
ities, and self-service supply operations ensure that each system tablished a policy called the Commercial COMSEC Endorsement
provides the essential elements of data prescribed in applicable Program (CCEP), which permits the decentralized procurement of
subparagraphs. Also, that it is in compliance with policies contained selected items of commercial COMSEC equipment from approved
herein. The MACOMs enforces compliance. When systems vendors. Commercial COMSEC devices are designated by NSA as
developers automate manual forms they must obtain approval from controlled cryptographic items (CCI) and they must be managed
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 3

accordingly. Procurement of commercial items by Army elements custodian during the temporary absence of the custodian. If the
must be viewed as exception to normal Army acquisition policies custodian is to be absent more than 90 consecutive days, a new
for standard items of COMSEC equipment, and shall be carefully custodian is appointed and the COMSEC account is transferred
evaluated on a case-by-case basis by MACOM commanders before before the departure of the old custodian.
acquisition is approved. The following rules must be strictly adhered (7) Change of custodians. COMSEC custodians are not relieved
to: of their responsibilities or depart their organizations until a clear-
(1) Only commercial COMSEC items specifically endorsed by ance of the COMSEC account or a provisional clearance has been
NSA and approved by HQDA may be procured. Before initiation of received from the ACCOR, or an exception has been granted by
procurement action, users should contact USACSLA, ATTN: USACSLA.
SELCL-EP, Ft Huachuca, AZ 85613-7090, to obtain verification of (8) Emergency situations. When an emergency (sudden or uncon-
NSA/DA endorsement, and current supply management information trollable departure of the custodian) causes the indefinite or perma-
(for example, stock number, accounting, reporting requirement, nent absence of the custodian, the commander assigns two properly
etc.). cleared persons to physically inventory the COMSEC account
(2) Contracts will be awarded to vendors specifically approved within 24 hours after the absence has been acknowledged. (One of
by NSA. Contact USACSLA for a list of approved sources. the persons assigned may be the alternate custodian.) A new COM-
(3) Funding must be provided by the requiring MACOM. SEC custodian is appointed after completion of the inventory. Dis-
(4) The provisions of AR 71–13 regarding the acquisition, au- crepancies involving COMSEC materiel are per TB 380–41.
thorization, monitor limitations for commercial equipment, and c. Control and accounting. Procedures for detailed accounting of
TAADS documentation requirement, must be strictly adhered to. classified COMSEC items are contained in TB 380–41. Accounting
(5) Accountability must be established in accordance with this procedures for unclassified COMSEC equipment, including CCI, are
regulation. The CCEP (CCI) end items that do not have an NSN outlined in DA Pams 710–2–1 and 710–2–2. Routine policy and
assigned, are reported to USACCSLA for assignment of an appro- procedures for requisitioning, stockage and supply management of
priate identification number. Local assignment of management con- both classified and unclassified COMSEC items are contained in
trol numbers (MCNs) for CCI is specifically prohibited. this regulation and its accompanying pamphlets. See subparagraph
1–1b(13) for exceptions.
1–18. COMSEC equipment management d. COMSEC equipment. COMSEC equipment is managed by
a. Major components of the CMCS. The major components of the USACCSLA as the Army Wholesale Manager for COMSEC
CMCS within the Army are the Army COMSEC Central Office of (AMDF SOS B56), and is divided into two basic categories defined
Record (ACCOR) at the National Inventory Control Point (NICP); as follows:
the U.S. Army Communications Security Logistics Activity (1) Classified COMSEC equipment. Accounted for exclusively by
(USACSLA); established COMSEC accounts and subaccounts; and COMSEC custodians within the COMSEC Materiel Control System
formally appointed COMSEC custodians. (CMCS) on unique COMSEC accounting records. Classified COM-
b. COMSEC custodian and alternate(s). The Army COMSEC SEC equipment is not requested or disposed of through normal
Custodian is an accountable officer, as defined in chapter 2, AR supply channels. Classified COMSEC items are identified on the
735–5. COMSEC custodian and alternate custodian requirements are AMDF with a Controlled Item Inventory Code (CIIC) other than U,
listed below. O, 7 or 9.
(1) Appointment. When a COMSEC account or subaccount is to
(2) Unclassified COMSEC equipment. Accounted for within the
be established, the commander appoints a COMSEC custodian and
standard logistics system by property book officers and retail stock
alternate per TB 380–41. More than one alternate may be appointed
record accounts. This category of COMSEC materiel includes
as required. The following policies apply to the Active Army,
equipment and secondary items designated as CCI. CCI is identified
ARNG, USAR, and ROTC:
on the AMDF with a CIIC of 9.
(a) The COMSEC custodian and alternate(s) are commissioned
or warrant officers. If officers are not assigned or are otherwise Note. CCI repair parts are NOT authorized for stockage on PLL or Shop
Stock accounts.
unavailable for custodial duty, Department of Defense (DOD) civil-
ians or noncommissioned officers may be appointed. Grade limita- e. Physical security procedures. Physical security procedures for
tions for enlisted personnel and civilians are as follows: custodian- COMSEC materiel are contained in AR 380–40 and TB 380–41.
E6/GS-5; alternate-E5/GS-4. Wage grade personnel (WD, WN, WG, Additional physical control and handling guidelines for CCI are
WL, and so on) must be of the equivalent grade. provided in DA Pamphlets 25–16 and 25–380–2.
(b) MACOMs may approve the appointment of an E5 or GS-4 to f. Asset reporting for COMSEC materiel. Asset reporting for all
serve as COMSEC custodian and an E4 or GS-3 to serve as alter- categories of COMSEC materiel per AR 710–3.
nate COMSEC custodian in those subordinate command facilities g. Conflicts in regulations. In the event of a conflict between this
where personnel specified above are not authorized by Modification regulation and AR 380–40, the latter takes precedence. AR 380–40
Table of Organization and Equipment (MTOE)/Table of Distribution establishes physical security and operational security requirements
Allowances (TDA). that are strictly enforced for COMSEC materiel. All such conflicts
(2) Exceptions to grade limitations. are immediately brought to the attention of HQDA (DALO-SMP)
(a) MACOMs are authorized to grant waivers to the restrictions for resolution.
imposed in (1) above. This authority cannot be delegated. h. COMSEC Classified Audit and Inspection Program. USAC-
(b) HQDA (DAMI-CIC) is notified of any waivers granted. CSLA is charged with the responsibility for conducting formal au-
(c) The custodian appointment is updated and annotated to show dits and physical security inspections of all COMSEC facilities and
the MACOM granting the waiver. accounts. The above audits and inspections are coordinated with the
(3) Clearance. Persons selected must meet the access require- MACOMs.
ments in AR 380–40, paragraph 2–1 and AR 735–5, subparagraph (1) Per AR 380–40, commanders at all levels are required to
2–10(5). conduct command COMSEC inspections of their subordinate ele-
(4) Duties. See TB 380–41. ments not less than ever 2 years.
(5) Retainability. Except in short tour areas (1 year or less), (2) The command COMSEC inspection and USACCSLA audit
custodians must have, at the time of appointment, a minimum of 1 and inspection programs have detailed information contained in AR
year retainability in the command and must be expected to remain 380–40 and TB 380–41, respectively.
in the position for at least 1 year. In short tour areas, custodians i. Loan of equipment. All loans of COMSEC materiel per AR
must have a minimum of 6 month’s retainability. 71–13, AR 700–131, and the policies established herein.
(6) Absence. The alternate custodian assumes all duties of the j. Contractor maintenance support. Maintenance support of
4 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

COMSEC equipment is established by agreement among the con- p. COMSEC accounts. To request classified COMSEC materiel
tracting officer, HQDA, and the contractor. NSA provides manda- from COMSEC accounts—
tory modification control and reporting for equipment located at (1) A separate document register is used for COMSEC account-
contractor facilities having an NSA COMSEC account. ing transactions with ranges of serial numbers as specified in TB
k. COMSEC materiel management logistics structure. 380–41. The COMSEC account number is used instead of the De-
(1) National (wholesale) level. The national (wholesale) level of partment of Defense Activity Address Code (DODAAC).
the COMSEC materiel supply system includes— (2) COMSEC custodians managing COMSEC accounts that do
(a) The COMSEC NICP. not have a direct support or intermediate supply support mission are
(b) The COMSEC National Maintenance Point (NMP). to comply with the applicable policies contained in chapter 2 of this
(c) The Army COMSEC Commodity Logistical Accounting In- regulation and in DA Pam 710–2–1 and TB 380–41.
formation Management System (ACCLAIMS). (3) COMSEC custodians managing COMSEC accounts that have
(d) The Directorate for COMSEC Support, Tobyhanna Army De- a direct support or intermediate supply support mission are to com-
pot, Tobyhanna, PA. ply with the applicable policies contained in chapters 3 and 4,
(2) CONUS. Support elements include— respectively, of this regulation and in DA Pam 710–2–2 and TB
(a) Intermediate — COMSEC support detachments (DS/GS/spe- 380–41.
cial repair activity). q. Total Package Fielding. COMSEC equipment fielded through
(b) DS — COMSEC materiel direct support activities (CMDSA). total package fielding (TPF) are provided in a separate package
(c) COMSEC accounts, retail stock record accounts, and property through coordination between USACCSLA and the fielding com-
book accounts. mand. Classified COMSEC materiel must be shipped to a desig-
(3) Overseas. COMSEC support elements in various overseas nated COMSEC account.
commands may be configured and tailored for specific missions to
include— 1–19. Inventories
(a) Joint Command, Theater, Corps, Division, or Brigade COM- a. All COMSEC equipment and components assigned Account-
SEC Management Offices (CMOs). ing Legend Code (ALC) 1 or 2 must be physically inventoried at
(b) COMSEC Materiel Direct Support Activities (CMDSAs). least semiannually and the inventory results reconciled with the
(c) Nondivisional COMSEC retail logistics support units provid- ACCOR. All other COMSEC equipment and components must be
ing theater DS/GS level support. physically inventoried at least annually. Also, an inventory of all
(d) COMSEC accounts, installation stock record accounts, and COMSEC equipment is conducted upon change of custodian. See
property book accounts. procedures in TB 380–41.
l. Hand receipting classified COMSEC materiel. When necessary, b. Inventory discrepancies of COMSEC equipment require an
the COMSEC custodian is issued accountable COMSEC materiel on investigation and submission of an insecurity report per TB 380–41.
hand receipts to properly cleared and authorized persons. The custo-
dian ensures the recipient knows the accounting and safeguarding Section IV
requirements for the materiel. When operational requirements so Performance Standards
dictate, the custodian may authorize the hand receipt holder to sub-
1–20. General information
hand receipt accountable COMSEC materiel. COMSEC custodians Performance standards are management tools used to assess the
must keep adequate records that show the status of the materiel and effectiveness of supply performance. There are two types of per-
that permits discharge of their accounting responsibilities to the formance standards; one type reflects the management of stock
ACCOR. Hand receipting (a person-to-person transaction) of COM- record accounts and unit or property book operations against estab-
SEC materiel to other COMSEC accounts or organizations is not lished DA standards. The second type reflects the performance of
permitted. This materiel is transferred between COMSEC accounts. the supply system.
See TB 380–41 for hand receipt procedures. a. When performance standards are set, the mission of supply
m. Responsibility of classified materiel. COMSEC materiel is the support must be considered first. Thus, the capability to perform
responsibility for all persons having access to or possession of this missions are sustained. Any standard set without primary regard for
materiel. Failure to adequately safeguard COMSEC materiel could the mission may lead to misdirected efforts. For example, having a
seriously jeopardize national security. zero balance without a customer due-out is not as significant as
n. Storage. COMSEC materiel is stored per AR 380–40 and TB having a zero balance with a customer due-out. A reluctance to
380–41. Physical security and handling procedures for CCI are con- issue stock because it creates a zero balance may indicate an im-
tained in DA Pam 25–380–2. properly emphasized standard. Commander ensures the performance
o. Special handling of COMSEC materiel. Unserviceable COM- measures set in this section are understood, consistently applied, and
SEC items repairable only at depot level or special repair activity accurately figured. Commanders are alert for any emphasis given to
are automatically returned to the supporting special repair activity or a performance standard that decreases, or has the potential to de-
the depot, as applicable, using automatic return item (ARI) proce- crease, customer support.
dures in subparagraph 3–31d, this regulation. Demilitarization and b. The performance standards in this section are applicable to
disposal of COMSEC materiel are performed only by Tobyhanna using unit or property book operations and SSAs on manual or
Army Depot, Tobyhanna, PA. automated systems. These are designed for the internal control of a
(1) WARNING - COMSEC equipment and components WILL be unit’s supply performance. Commanders monitor results of supply
disassembled and internally serviced or repaired ONLY by trained performance measurement and take appropriate action to ensure
and certified COMSEC maintenance technicians, as specified within effective supply performance is maintained. Routine reporting of
applicable equipment technical manuals. This restriction applies these statistics to higher levels is not required.
equally to classified equipment, unclassified CCI, and modular and
embedded CCI components installed within common CE and ADP 1–21. Using unit or property book
systems; for example, MSE/SINCGARS Receiver/Transmitters. Ac- Effective supply support at the using unit or property book level
cess by other than trained and certified COMSEC technicians is a requires timely and accurate processing of supply requests and re-
reportable security violation per AR 380–40. ceipts, accurate accounting records, and adequate property controls.
(2) Commanders, accountable officers, and other responsible in- Automated programs developed for use at that level will include the
dividuals must ensure that unserviceable COMSEC items, and sys- capability to capture the data required to compute the performance
tems containing COMSEC components, are submitted for repair to measures outlined in this subparagraph. Manual property books and
those support units specifically authorized to perform maintenance units without automation capability are not routinely collecting data
on COMSEC materiel. or preparing statistics to document actual performance against these
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 5

standards; however, the commander should periodically assess the figure is expressed as a percentage and is calculated by dividing the
unit’s supply operations against these objectives. The objectives and number of authorization documents that are on hand and current by
management levels are shown in table 1–1. the total number of authorization documents required and multiply-
a. Inventory accuracy. This accuracy represents the number of ing the answer by 100.
inventoried lines having no overages or shortages compared to the (2) Supply request accuracy. All supply requests must be com-
total number of inventoried lines and are expressed as a percentage. plete and accurate. Failure to do so may cause the supply system to
The formula for computing inventory accuracy is shown in sub- respond with supplies for which there is no need. The objective is
paragraph 1–19f. Inventories to be measured are listed below and for 100 percent of all supply requests submitted by a using unit to
described in paragraph 2–12 and table 2–1. be accepted by the supporting level document edit. This figure is
(1) Change of PBO or primary hand receipt holder inventory is expressed as a percentage and is calculated by total number of
performed per paragraphs 2–5 and 2–12. The objective is to have no supply requests accepted divided by the total number of supply
adjustment action and the management level is to have adjustment requests on the daily cycle listing and multiplying the answer by
on no more than 5 percent of the line item numbers (LINs) on hand 100.
receipts. The inventory is 100 percent of— (3) Document register (due in) accuracy. This accuracy is meas-
(a) All property not issued on a valid hand receipt (for the PBO). ured by the percentage of open supply requests (due in) on the
(b) All property listed on the hand receipt (for the primary hand document register that match open SSA records during the monthly
receipt holder). reconciliation. It is expressed as a percentage and is calculated by
(2) Annual/cyclic PBO or primary hand receipt holder inventory. dividing the number of open supply requests on the document regis-
The PBO ensures an inventory of all property issued on hand receipt ter by the number of open supply requests on the record at the SSA
per paragraphs 2–5 and 2–12, and table 2–1. The objective is to and multiplying the answer by 100.
have no adjustment action and the management level is to have e. Lines of repair parts. The using unit should be concerned with
adjustment on no more than 5 percent of the LINs on hand receipts. the number of lines of repair parts stocked. The management level
(3) Monthly weapons and ammunition inventory. This inventory upper limit for the number of lines of repair parts and maintenance
is conducted per paragraph 2–12. The objective and the management related items authorized for stockage and exceptions is identified in
level are to have no adjustment actions. paragraph 2–21.
(4) Sensitive item inventory (other than weapons and ammuni-
tion). This inventory is conducted per paragraph 2–12. The objective 1–22. The supply support activity (SSA)
The role of the SSA in sustaining readiness is measured in terms of
and the management level are to have no adjustment actions.
efficient customer support. Measures of customer support are not
(5) Central issue facility (CIF) property book inventory. This
always appropriate when the sole customer is an internal organiza-
inventory is conducted per chapter 2, section III, and table 2–1. The
tional operation; for example, general support maintenance units and
objective is to have no adjustment actions and the management level
U.S. Army Materiel Command (AMC) mission stock record ac-
for total adjustments is not to exceed 2.5 percent of the total dollar counts. An SSA passing a DSS customer demand to the wholesale
value of the CIF inventory during the fiscal year. Inventory discrep- level is not to include that demand in its performance computations.
ancies are adjusted per AR 735–5. For comparisons, nondivisional activities consider a supported popu-
(6) Continuing balance system-expanded (CBS-X) reconciliation. lation of 15,000 as the equivalent of a division.
The objective for the annual and semiannual CBS-X reconciliation a. Performance standards. The performance objectives, fre-
is 100 percent, and the management level is 98 percent. quency of reviews, and frequency of cycle run for subparagraphs (1)
b. Loads. and (2) below are listed in table 1–2.
(1) Basic loads. Basic loads are managed per the policy in para- b. Demand satisfaction or net availability. This process is the
graph 2–20. The objective and management level are to have all percentage of all valid demands for Authorized Stockage List (ASL)
basic load items on hand. items that are completely filled upon request. It is a function of ASL
(2) Operational load and, prescribed load list (PLL). These loads depth (measuring the quantities stocked for any given ASL line).
are managed per the policy in paragraphs 2–20 and 2–21. The (1) The following is a formula for normal ASL demand satisfac-
objective is to have all operational loads and, PLL items on hand or tion: Valid ASL demands completely filled, divided by total valid
on request. The management level of the operational loads and, PLL ASL demands, times 100, equals the percentage of demand
is to always have at least 95 percent of total load on hand or on satisfaction.
request. (2) Demands for items issued by self-service supply center
c. Processing time (calendar days). (SSSC) (when the SSSC is not on DSS) and quick supply store
(1) Request processing time. This is the timeframe expressed in (QSS) is included in the demand satisfaction computation by an
the number of days from the time the customer’s request is received adjustment. This adjustment assumes that demands for SSSC and
by the PBO to the time the request is received at the SSA. QSS items are relatively uniform. This assumption allows SSSC and
(2) Receipt processing time. This is the timeframe expressed in QSS demand satisfaction to be represented as a function of their
the number of days from the time PBO receives the supplies to lines at zero balance. SSSC and QSS zero balances must be deter-
posting of the receipts to the property book. This applies to all mined by counting them. Use the following formula: (A x B) - (C x
supplies received by the PBO except for those supplies received D) x (100) = adjusted demand satisfaction. A = The percentage of
without documentation or requiring item identification research. total ASL lines that are SSSC or QSS. B = The percentage (in
(3) Issue processing time. This is the timeframe expressed in the decimal form) of SSSC or QSS lines at zero balance subtracted
number of days from when an item is posted to the property book from the number one. C = The percentage of total ASL lines that
and issued to the customer. are not SSSC or QSS (one minus quantity above). D = Normal ASL
(4) Turn-in processing time. This is the timeframe expressed in demand satisfaction percentage.
the number of days from when an item is identified as excess or c. Zero balance with dues-out. This balance indicates the ASL
unserviceable, not repairable, to when the PBO initiates a turn-in lines at zero balance with dues-out (DO) as a percentage of the total
document. number of ASL lines. It does not necessarily reflect performance of
(5) Turn-in receipt processing time. This is the timeframe ex- the supply activity, but may indicate a condition within the overall
pressed in number of days upon receipt of SSA’s confirmation of a supply system. The formula for zero balance with dues-out is—ASL
turn-in to posting of the property book and document register. zero balance lines w/DO, divided by Total ASL lines, times 100,
d. Document accuracy. equals the percentage of zero balance w/DO.
(1) Property authorization document. This process is computed d. ASL mobility index. This standard applies to DSUs and their
during the annual DA Form 12–series review, per paragraph 2–4, to subordinate elements. When measured, it reflects their ability to
ensure all authorization documents are on hand and are current. This move essential (essentiality codes (ECs) A and C) ASL cube in a
6 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

single trip with the organization’s vehicles. ASL items that can be The objective for the annual and semiannual CBS-X reconciliation
stored in bins must be truck- or van-mounted. DSU forward ele- is 100 percent and the management level is 98 percent.
ments supporting a brigade must be able to move 90 percent of their
ASL cube within 30 minutes; the remaining 10 percent should be Section V
moved within 4 hours. These elements should strive to attain 100 Direct Support System and Air Line of Communication
percent mobility. All DSU rear elements supporting division or
larger combat units must have 50 percent mobility, and they must be 1–23. General information
able to move their remaining ASL cube by shuttle. The formula for a. Direct Support System (DSS) is the Army’s standard supply
computing the ASL mobility index is expressed as the percentages distribution system for supply classes 2 (including maps), 3 (pack-
of the total essential ASL cube that is transportable in one lift. aged only), 4, 5 (including maps) (missile components only), 7, 8,
e. SSSC and QSS zero balance. This expresses the lines at zero and 9. ALOC is a subsystem of DSS.
balance in these types of supply operations as a percentage of the b. ALOC provides air delivery of routine (PD 09–15) air eligible
total lines stocked in those operations. class 8, 9, and selected maintenance related class 2 and 4 items to
f. Inventory accuracy. This process represents the fraction of selected outside continental United States (OCONUS) support activ-
ASL lines having no substantial difference between the dollar value ity with a repair parts mission.
of inventory and the dollar value of the stock record balance. A
1–24. DOD activity address directory update
substantial difference is an overage or shortage with an extended a. All units ensure that the DOD Activity Address Directory
line value greater than $50. The formula for inventory accuracy is— (DODAAD) contains current and complete information pertaining to
total lines without substantial difference, divided by total lines in- their DODAAC. Commanders ensure an effective date for additions,
ventoried, times 100, equals the percentage of inventory accuracy. deletions, and changes that result in effective supply actions and
g. Inventory adjustment rate. The total dollar value of inventory supply termination’s in accordance with AR 725–50. The MACOM/
adjustments (both gains and losses) during the fiscal year should be Installation DODAAC coordinator ensures reconciliation of the ac-
within the established objective. tive DODAAC file on an annual basis with the TAV data base.
h. Materiel release denial rate. This reflects the number of mate- b. When a unit is deployed, the commander changes the TAC 1
riel release denials (MRDs) as a percentage of all materiel release and 2 address and retains the same DODAAC. If the unit is split for
orders (MROs). The formula for materiel release denial rate is— the purpose of being attached as part of a tasked force the UIC
MRD, divided by total MRO, times 100, equals the percentage of utilized is derivative per JCS Pub 1–03.1 of the parent organization
MRD rate. that has been task to provide the split element.
i. Location accuracy index. This index indicates how well the (1) The commander ensures—
inventory location records compared with actual physical location of (a) A contingency DODAAC is obtained for the deploying prop-
assets. It is expressed as the percentage of all inventory locations erty book(s), SRA, and other classes of supply ASL that is also
surveyed that were correct. The formula for location accuracy is— deployed.
number of correct locations, divided by the total locations surveyed, (b) A container or pallet consolidation plan is provided to the
times 100, equals location accuracy. CCP and intermediate air and water transportation terminals, updat-
j. Receipt processing time. This processing is the timeframe ex- ing as unit location changes after initial deployment. The appropri-
pressed in days from the time supplies arrived at the SSA to posting ate TAC cards are submitted per subparagraph c below.
of receipts to the stock accounting record. This processing applies to (2) The portion of a unit that remains at home station should be
all supplies received by the SSA except for those supplies received charged with caretaker operations for the organization real estate,
without documentation or requiring item identification where re- equipment, and other administrative duties.
search must be conducted. c. When a unit is added or deleted from DSS/ALOC, the DSS/
k. Request processing time. This processing is the timeframe ex- ALOC code of the TA1/TA3/TA4 DODAAC card is changed per
pressed in days from the time the customers’ request was received AR 725–50. This change is broadcasted by Headquarters AMC
by the SSA to the time the request was processed for issue or (AMCLGSD) by a serially numbered addition or deletion im-
passed to the higher supply source. Rejections are not included. This plementing message. The type of activity code (TAC) 1 and 2
process applies to all customer requests regardless of priority. addresses, Break Bulk Point (BBP), and Air Terminal Water Port
l. Automated supply system cycle run. Customer requests should Identifier codes should all be validated by the MACOM before
be processed on a daily basis. The frequency of cycle runs is one submission. A BBP is required for each TAC 1 or 2 address. An
each work day, with a management level of 18 a month. accurate BBP address is essential to ensure proper consolidation
m. Excess cycles. Stocks on hand above the authorized requ- and/or distribution of materiel to the correct destination. The BBP
isitioning objective (RO) are excess. Reviews are made to determine for OCONUS DSS/ALOC units is SW3108 (DDSP CCP) for units
excess and to take disposition action. The frequency of review for supported by Defense Distribution Depot Susquenhanna, PA
repairables is each day there is activity on that line, and for all (DDSP), or W62G2T for units supported by the Defense Distribu-
others it is monthly. tion Depot San Joaquin Sharpe Facility (DDSF) Sharpe Army Depot
n. Disposition of excess indicator. The SSA ensures appropriate (SHAD). The BBP for CONUS DSS units is generally the support-
disposition action per table 4–1 or 4–2, of this regulation. Disposi- ing installation central receiving point (CRP).
tion action must be taken within 10 days after the excess determina- d. The Army Central Service Point (ACSP) at the Logistics Sup-
tion is made. port Activity (LOGSA), Major Item Information Center (MIIC) en-
o. UMMIPS. The objectives apply worldwide and are grouped by sures editing and validates data fields in DODAAC cards per
priority designators (PDs) 01–03 and 01–08. The rate of use for existing procedures and confirms all changes to DSS/ALOC codes
each group is expressed as a percentage of all requisitions submitted with DSS/ALOC additions/deletions broadcast by HQ, AMC
(PD 01–15). Do not count passing actions. Do not include high (AMCLG-SD).
priority maintenance workorders that have a DA project code
assigned. Section VI
p. DA-approved performance objectives for DSS/ALOC. DA-ap- Security Classification of Logistics Data
proved performance objectives for DSS/ALOC are found in per-
formance evaluation products published by the U.S. Army Materiel 1–25. Division level and below
Command Logistic Support Activity (LOGSA). SSA performance a. Equipment quantitative on-hand information when combined
against those objectives is monitored according to the general provi- with equipment requirements and/or authorizations is unclassified at
sions of this section. division level and below.
q. Continuing balance system-expanded (CBS-X) reconciliation. b. The information is unclassified for a rollup of all items on a
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 7

division or smaller organization property book and for single items SS Richmond, VA 23297. Upon request, the HMIS is distributed
on the property book. quarterly by microfiche publication, CD-ROM, and/or magnetic tape
to personnel who handle, store, ship, use, and dispose of
1–26. Corps level HAZMATs.
Unit equipment requirement, authorization, or on-hand summary c. That MACOM-approved basic loads minimize, to the extent
data is classified when it is rolled to the corps level. However, possible, the inclusion of HAZMATs.
single items and/or item family requirements and on-hand informa- d. Monitoring of installation progress toward achieving HQDA
tion are unclassified at any level. (For example, M1 tank and/or all established HAZMATs reduction goals in accordance with AR
combat tank requirements and on-hand data at the division, corps, 200–1.
and through total Army summary levels are unclassified.) e. Recommendations are made for nonhazardous or less hazard-
ous substitutes for HAZMATs used by installations and activities.
1–27. Projections of on-hand data f. That installation procurement offices monitor local purchase
Equipment on-hand projections are unclassified for 3 years (current requests that specify the acquisition of HAZMATs and that local
year, budget year, and budget year - 1). purchase request procedures contained in AR 700–141 is followed.
a. On-hand projections for some items have been classified by g. Close coordination among supply, information management,
security classification guides. This policy constrains those guides to and environmental activities to facilitate the management of HAZ-
end such classification within 3 years of initial operational capabili- MATs and compliance with Federal, State, and local HAZMATs
ty. This is because the several year projections of when an item is reporting requirements.
available to a unit is already available through the authorization h. Necessary information is provided to fulfill HQDA, Federal,
document and materiel fielding plans. In case an item distribution State, and local HAZMATs reporting requirements, such as inven-
plan must be kept classified for the 3-year projection and are han- tory reporting under the authority of the Superfund Amendments
dled through exception procedures. and Reauthorization Act (SARA) (Community Right-To-Know), Ti-
b. The equipment on-hand, authorizations, requirements, and dis- tle III, and the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) (40 Code of
tribution data in the Requisition Validation (REQ-VAL) System is Federal Regulations, 700-series). (See AR 200–1.)
unclassified.
c. The same types of projections in the Equipment Redistribution 1–30. Supply support activity functions
System that operates on the HQDA Worldwide Military Command The supply support activity (SSA) ensures—
and Control System and the U.S. Forces Command (FORSCOM) a. Receipt, handling, storage, and issuing of HAZMATs safely.
Developmental Army Readiness and Mobilization System b. MSDSs are readily available to assure proper handling and
(DARMS) are unclassified. emergency response preparedness. Assistance in acquiring requisite
MSDSs can be obtained from the supporting environmental office.
Section VII c. Processing for unit or activity turn-ins of HAZMATs to timely
Hazardous Materials Management Program maximize the potential for transfer, recycling, and/or reutilization.
Maintain close coordination with supporting environmental office
1–28. General information and Defense Reutilization and Marketing Office (DRMO) to expe-
This section provides policy to implement the objectives and goals dite the removal of excess HAZMATs.
of the Army Hazardous Materials Management Program (HMMP). d. Necessary information is provided to respond to HAZMATs
The HMMP requirements are defined in AR 200–1. The HMMP reporting requirements, as stated in 1–26h above, as well as any
applies to the Active Army, the Army National Guard, and the U.S. additional MACOM requirements.
Army Reserve. e. When advised by the using activity that requested material
a. Army managers ensure control of HAZMATs to minimize may be hazardous, note in Purchase Request (PR) or Procurement
hazards to public health and damage to the environment. Army Work Directive (PWD) for local purchase that a MSDS is required.
policy with regard to HAZMATs management is to establish and f. Records of HAZMATs being procured locally are established
and that all subsequent PRs and PWDs contain requirement for
maintain a proactive program and to implement procedures to pre-
MSDSs, per AR 700–141.
clude or reduce the use of, and the level of toxicity in, HAZMATs
used. The least HAZMAT that is still effective for its intended 1–31. Using unit or activity functions
purpose is used to accomplish the mission. The using unit or activity ensures—
b. Army policy is to comply with Federal, State, and local laws a. The HAZMATs received are identified for proper handling,
and regulations governing the use of and reporting requirements for storage, use, and disposal. The majority of HAZMAT codes used by
HAZMATs. An Army logistics automation objective is those HAZ- the Army can be found in the Hazardous Materials Data Segment
MATs reporting are accomplished as a by product of processing (HMDS), the Freight Classification File, and the Packaging File of
supply transactions such as receipts, issues, transfers, adjustments, the Army Master Data File (AMDF).
inventory balances, recording storage locations, and disposal ac- b. Unit-level procedures are established to provide personnel ac-
tions. In most cases, current reporting requirements cannot be met curate and timely information and prerequisite training on the han-
using logistics STAMIS. Manual reporting and data compilation is dling, storage, and use of HAZMATs. Information as to specific
accomplished per instructions disseminated by the supporting instal- training requirements may be obtained from the supporting environ-
lation/MACOM environmental office. mental office.
c. Where choices exist, select the least HAZMAT available to
1–29. Major Army commands functions meet mission requirements. Selections of HAZMATs are made by
The MACOMs ensure— considering what materials incurs the lowest practical life-cycle cost
a. Guidance is provided to subordinate elements, including sup- while, at the same time, protects human health and the environment.
porting environmental offices, as to the identification, requisitioning, d. The SSA is advised when material requested for local pur-
receipt, handling, storage, use, disposition, and required reporting of chase is hazardous or is potentially hazardous.
HAZMATs. e. Prompt turn in of excess HAZMATs to the supporting SSA.
b. Assistance to subordinate elements, including supporting envi- f. The HAZMAT residue or waste is identified and handled in
ronmental offices, in obtaining Material Safety Data Sheets accordance with procedures established by the supporting environ-
(MSDSs) from the source of supply or from the manufacturer of the mental office.
product. MSDS, transportation, and disposal data are also available g. Necessary information is provided to respond to HAZMATs
in the DOD Hazardous Materials Information System (HMIS), reporting requirements, as stated in 1–26h above, as well as any
maintained by the Defense General Supply Center, ATTN: DGSC- additional MACOM requirements.
8 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

h. Procedures contained in TM 38–410 for proper storage and of container to which the RF TAG is affixed. The rewrite (BURN)
handling of HAZMAT is utilized. station performs the purge function. Exceptions are:
(1) TAT and NTAT containers RF TAGs used for unit deploy-
1–32. Radio frequency TAG property accounting ment or redeployments are not purged. These RF TAGs are used to
procedures stuff (PACK), unstuff, and expedite restuff actions.
a. Commanders and accountable officers ensures accounting for (2) Force provider is packaged in ISO and TRICON containers.
and emphasize expeditious return procedures for radio frequency The containers are a part of the system and the RF TAGs on the
(RF) TAGs under their command or direct responsibility. Com-
containers will not purge. Data stored in these RF TAGs will facili-
manders must stress the importance RF TAG technology has in total
tate repacking upon redeployment of the system.
asset visibility (TAV) and in transit (ITV), emphasizing its use in
tracking materiel in the logistics pipeline and ensuring materiel d. All RF TAGs’ lithium batteries are inverted to prevent emis-
arrives at the correct destination. RF TAGs are in a critical supply sion of a signal to the regional server(s).
position and must be expeditiously returned to the supply system for e. Units will return RF TAGs to the direct support activity, which
reuse. will rewrite (BURN) those RF TAGs needed for retrograde ship-
b. Application of the following policy ensures efficient use and ments. All other RF TAGs are returned using UMMIPS return
management of RF TAGs. priority 03 to the command directed retrograde return point (CRP)
(1) RF TAGs are expendable, recoverable, and reusable property or installation DOL.
and do not require property book accounting. f. During the return process, RF TAGs are packed to such a
(2) The two categories of RF TAGs require a different recovery degree as to prevent the items from becoming unserviceable when
procedure. placed in a triwalled or steel container.
(a) RF TAGs affixed to military vehicles, milvans, and govern- g. CRPS and DOLs ensures consolidating, packing, packaging,
ment-owned ISO containers are part of that equipment and will not and shipping the RF TAGs to DDRE, New Cumberland, PA, using
be removed. UMMIPS return priority 03. The statement, “this container or pack-
(b) RF TAGs affixed to nongovernment ISO containers, 463L air age contains nonregulated lithium batteries” will be placed on the
pallets, commercial vans, and in or to a box, crate, or other con- outside of all RF TAG containers.
tainer are considered as separate items and are removed and h. Units’ returns of sustainment cargo milvans and government-
returned. owned ISO containers (RF TAG is part of that container) using
c. All RF TAGs are purged of data when discharge or unstuffing UMMIPS return priority 06. Exceptions are approved by a com-
mander (paygrade 06 or higher).
Table 1–1
Unit Performance Standards
Management Measure Objective Management Level
Inventory accuracy:
Change of PBO or primary hand receipt holder inventory 100% 95 to 100%
Annual/cyclic PBO or primary hand receipt holder inventory 100% 95 to 100%
Monthly weapons and ammunition inventory 100% 100%
Sensitive item inventory (Other than weapons and ammunition) 100% 100%
CIF property book inventory (adjustments) 0% 2.5% or less100%
CBS-X Reconciliation 100% 98%
Loads:
Basic Loads (O/H) 100% 100%
Operational load, PLL 100% 95 to 100%
Processing time (calendar days):
Request processing time 2 days 4 days or less
Receipt processing time 1 day 3 days or less
Issue processing time 2 days 4 days or less
Turn-in processing time 5 days 10 days or less
Turn-in receipt processing time 1 day 3 days or less
Document accuracy:
Property authorization documentation 100% 100%
Supply request accuracy 100% 95 to 100%
Document register (due in) accuracy 100% 95 to 100%
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 9

Table 1–2
SSA Performance Standards
Other
Management GS TDA
MTOE Instl
Measure Objective Level SSA SSA USPFO SSA MSSA MEDSOM SSA
Demand sat- 75% 70-80% X X X X X X

isfaction
Zero bal- 8% 8-10% X X X X X X
ance w/DO
Materiel re- 1% 0-3% X X X X X X
lease denial
rate
Inventory ac- 95% 85% X X X X X X
curacy
Receipt 3 days 5 days X X X X X X X
processing
Request 2 days 4 days X X X X X X X
processing
Location sur- 98% 95% X X X X X X
vey
Mobility in-
dex:
Forward 100% 90% X
Rear 75% 50% X
Excess cy- X X X X X X
cle:
Repairables Daily
Others Monthly
Disposition 10 days X X X X X X
excess indi-
cator
Automated 1 every work 18 per X X X X X
system cy- day month
cles
SSSC/QSS 10% 15% X X
zero balance
Inventory 2.5% of RO X X X X X X
adjustment dollar value
rate
UMMIPS:
PD 1–3 5% 10% X X X X X X X
PD 1–8 15% 20% X X X X X X X
Chapter 2 for identifying, acquiring, accounting, controlling, storing, and prop-

Using Unit Supply (Organizational Supply erly disposing of materiel authorized to conduct the mission of the
Operations) unit or used to garrison, equip, and maintain the soldier. The organi-
zation (using unit) is the foundation of the supply system.
Section I
General Information b. Units and activities that use this chapter are using funds that
are appropriated by the Congress and are called “Operations and
2–1. Scope Maintenance, Army (OMA)” or “operating” or “consumer” funds.
This chapter provides policy for automated and manual organiza- These funds are appropriated for 1 year. OMA funds for these
tional supply operations. It is concerned with accounting and assign- activities are mission funds used for clearly defined purposes. Any
ing responsibility for nonexpendable property and for controlling item of supply, excluding supply class VII (end items), placed on
durable and expendable property. request to the supporting DSU uses these funds and the unit’s funds
are decrement by total cost of the material (AR 37–1 and AR
2–2. General organizational functions
a. An organization’s supply operation is structured under an 37–100–FY).
MTOE, TDA, or joint table of allowances (JTA). It is responsible
10 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

2–3. Format of using unit supply policy accepted under AR 1–100. This property does not apply to similar
a. Section II of this chapter explains accounting and controlling property accounted for according to nonappropriated fund
property. procedures.
b. Section III explains OCIE/CIF management. (4) Medical equipment authorized by AR 40–61 not required to
c. Section IV explains management of loads. be type classified.
d. Section V explains ROTC and National Cadet Corps (NCC). (5) Research, development, test, and evaluation property author-
e. Section VI explains property accountability when an ordering ized by AR 70–6.
officer or activity contracting officer is used. (6) Organizational colors, national flags (except grave decora-
f. Section VII explains petroleum management. tions and automobile flags), foreign flags, State flags, position col-
g. Section VIII explains ammunition management. ors, distinguishing flags, awards, streamers, guidons, and tabards
h. Section IX explains wartime policy. authorized by AR 840–10.
i. Section X explains property accountability during operations (7) On-hand historically significant items not cataloged as histori-
other than war (OOTW). cal properties. (Historical property is accounted for under AR
870–20.)
Section II (8) On-hand special tools and test equipment over $100 that
Accounting For and Controlling Property are—
(a) Not required to be type classified separately.
2–4. Property authorization documents (b) Required for the operation of an end item authorized by
a. Unit and individual equipment authorization documents are MTOE/TDA/JTA/CTA.
prescribed in AR 71–13. Equipment requirements will be processed (c) Listed in any technical manual (TM).
per the provisions of that regulation. Basic loads will be authorized (9) Property included in HQDA-approved interim authorizations.
by MACOM commanders. Equipment identified as discretionary in (10) On-hand property obtained through rental or lease contracts
authorization documents will be approved by the MACOM com- for more than 6 months. Not applicable to cost per copy contracts.
mander unless other approval authority is indicated in the document. However, costs per copy contracts are maintained within the con-
Commanders will ensure all pertinent equipment authorization docu- tractor’s record files (CRF).
ments are current, on hand, or on request. Pinpoint distribution (DA (11) On-hand basic loads of class 1 and 5.
Form 12–series) will be reviewed annually to ensure that the latest (12) On-hand components when only the component is required
publications are being used. A list of required publications at vari- (HQDA-approved schools and training centers only).
ous levels will be provided by the AMDF. Units that are automated (13) On-hand books (individual or sets) having a unit value of
by the Standard Property Book System-Redesign (SPBS-R) or the $100 or more (regardless of ARC) and not controlled by libraries
Standard Property Book System-Redesign/Installation Table of Dis- established per AR 735–17.
tribution and Allowance (SPBS-R/TDA) will ensure that equipment (14) On-hand property that is no longer authorized and is pend-
authorization documents are loaded with the REQ-VAL System, I- ing turn-in.
25ALJ. (15) On-hand substitutes for property authorized in sub-
b. Authorized allowances will be reconciled annually with the paragraphs (1) through (13) above see SB 700–20 and AR 200–1.
authorization documents. A statement indicating that this reconcilia- (16) On-hand U.S. Government National Credit Cards and avia-
tion has been accomplished by the PBO will be submitted to the tion fuel (AVFUEL) identaplates. These items will be kept on the
commander for whom the property book is maintained. The com- same property book as the end item for which they were issued.
mander or designated representative will personally acknowledge (17) On-hand toll scrip, tokens, bridge tickets, and similar negoti-
the reconciliation in writing and has a copy filed in the front of the able media authorized by AR 55–29.
property book. (18) Vendor-installed equipment or equipment delivered directly
c. Authorization documents take precedence over the ARC on the to the user.
AMDF for the purpose of property book accountability. (19) On-hand information management processing equipment
(IMPE), including leased information management processing
2–5. Property book system equipment.
This paragraph prescribes general accounting policies for the prop- (20) Property received by an Army unit or activity specifically
erty book system. Organizations and activities using an automated for use by another Service or other Government agency where
property book accounting system are not required to keep manual accountability will be retained by the Army. At the conclusion of
records that duplicate information available from the automated sys- the operation for which the materiel was obtained, disposition is
tem (such as the property book document register and due-in sus- accomplished by the Army unit maintaining accountability.
pense file). (21) On-hand commercial items similar to items coded nonexpen-
a. The existence of a parent organization UIC is authority to have dable in the AMDF.
a property book. Property book records will be established and (22) Components of medical assemblages per AR 40–61.
maintained for the following property when authorized or on hand: (23) On-hand systems furniture authorized by AR 71–13.
(1) Property listed in the “required” and/or “authorized” column (24) Test Program Set.
of the MTOE, TDA (to include TDA section III supplement items), (25) Donated or abandoned material.
and JTA (when the Army has responsibility for the JTA unit’s (26) Any other property as determined by the commander or
supply functions). PBO.
(2) Property on hand listed in the following subparagraphs, other b. For property book accounting purposes there are two types of
than components of end items: property:
(a) Property authorized by CTA 50–900. This property does not (1) Organization. Organization property is authorized to MTOE
include insignia and initial and supplemental personal clothing is- or deployable/mobilization TDA units by their authorization docu-
sued under AR 700–84 for Active Army and USAR organizations ments. The following is also organization property:
(ROTC RPA funded clothing is exempt from formal property book (a) OCIE in CTA 50–900 table 4, for Active Army organizations.
accountability). (b) Items identified as deployable by CTA 50–909, appendix B.
(b) Property authorized by CTA 50–909. This property does not (c) Items authorized by AR 840–10.
include ammunition issued in support of events scheduled to begin (d) Special tools and test equipment.
within 5 days and office furniture in FSCs 7110–7125–7195 valued (e) Basic loads of class 1 and 5 supplies.
less than $300. (f) Books.
(3) Conditional gifts of tangible personal property authorized and (g) Items authorized by section 3 supplement of the deployable
or mobilization TDA.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 11

(h) Items in CTA 50–900, tables 1 through 4, for ARNG, and writing, will appoint property book and accountable officers. The
educational institutions and table 4 for USAR activities operating a designated representative may be either a uniformed officer or a
CIF. DOD civilian manager. Responsibility will be assigned as follows:
(i) Operational loads of class 1 and 5. (a) The commander has command responsibility for property. A
(2) Installation. All property not listed in subparagraph b(1) civilian director in a TDA organization has supervisory responsibil-
above, regardless of how authorized, is installation property and will ity and may designate persons to be primary hand receipt holders
be accounted for accordingly. Organizations will not take installa- (PHRHs) and have direct responsibility for property authorized by
tion property to the field or with them upon change of station. TDA.
MACOMs may grant individual exceptions. (b) When a consolidated property book is established, responsi-
c. The MACOM (or designated subordinate major command) or bility for issued property will be assigned to commanders of sup-
Chief, National Guard Bureau (CNGB) may authorize property ported MTOE units and to the designated PHRHs within supported
books be kept at other than parent UIC level. All the parent unit TDA activities.
responsibilities (table B–3, app B) become the responsibility of the h. The individual assuming accountability will sign the following
subordinate unit. The parent UIC level will establish and maintain a statement after change of accountable officer inventory and correc-
property book for any subordinate activity not supported by a con- tive actions required by the inventory have been accomplished (table
solidated installation property book. 2–1). The signed statement, which will be filed with the property
d. Property Book Officer appointments are as follows: book, is as follows: “By authority of (indicate appointing document
(1) The commander of the organization or activity for which the or assumption of command order and date), I hereby assume prop-
property book exists is the accountable officer and has command erty book accountability for the property in the quantity shown on
responsibility. The commander may appoint a property book officer each record of this property book file. I further assume direct re-
who then becomes the accountable officer (see para h below). sponsibility for property not issued on hand receipt. (Signature and
(2) When the property book is managed at battalion, group, or Date) (Signature Block of the Property Book Officer)” .
brigade level, that commander will appoint a PBO. The statement in i. Property books are organized so that organization and installa-
subparagraph 2-5h below will be signed by the appointed PBO. tion property are kept separately. A separate section may also be
Commanders of subordinate units accept direct responsibility for kept for each type of organization property (that is, OCIE and basic
unit property issued on primary hand receipt by signature and do not loads). All activities will keep a separate classified section when
need to sign a responsibility statement on the property book. either the property description or quantity is classified. The classi-
e. Installation or community commanders and medical depart- fied section will be safeguarded according to security regulations.
ment activity commanders, organized under AR 40–4, may establish j. Quarters’ furnishings at ARNG training sites will be accounted
and keep consolidated installation property books. These property for in a separate section of the same property book that has the
books— TDA property for the training site.
(1) Will not contain organization property. k. The four types of data that will be recorded on property book
(2) May contain installation property for both MTOE units and records are as follows:
TDA activities. (1) Authorization data. This data is taken from the authorization
(3) May be arranged separately by an activity designated to man- document and identifies the item required and authorized. When an
age a specific category of property; for example, food service authorization is established by use of a basis of issue (BOI), the
property. total quantity authorized will be used. ROTC units will maintain a
f. When a property book is established below parent UIC level, a current personnel roster to support the total quantity.
separate DODAAC will be obtained and a derivative UIC will be (2) Identification data. This data identifies the item.
assigned for each property book established. Requests for additional (3) Accounting data. This data reflects the quantity on hand and
DODAACs and DODAAC/UIC cross-reference will be prepared per the transactions that change the quantity.
AR 725–50. Requests for a derivative UIC or changes to an existing (4) Management data. This data is used by the PBO to manage
UIC will be prepared per AR 310–49. the property. Location and due-in information, date of pack, lot and
g. A PBO will be appointed for each property book. The PBO is serial number, shelf life suspense dates, and any suspension notices
an accountable officer. Persons appointing PBOs will apply the and contract number will be included for basic loads. The lot num-
criteria in AR 735–5 when selecting accountable officers. The ac- ber and quantity on hand of each item having a lot number, for
countable officer is also directly responsible for all property not example, ammunition and protective masks will be entered.
issued on hand receipt. When the property book is maintained at l. Following are the three types of property book records:
MTOE unit (company) level, the unit commander will be the ac- (1) Basic. The basic property book record must contain all four
countable officer. The MTOE unit commander may appoint a prop- types of data when a single line item is authorized and on hand.
erty book officer who then becomes the accountable officer; When an authorized line is on request, but not on hand, a basic
however, the unit commander will still have command responsibili- property book record with authorization and management data will
ty. When the property book for an MTOE organization is main- be maintained. The basic property book record only contains author-
tained above the unit level, the MTOE unit commander will be a ization data when more than one make, model, or substitute item is
primary hand receipt holder and have direct responsibility for the on hand relative to a single line item authorization.
items listed on that primary hand receipt. (2) Supplemental. The supplemental property book record con-
(1) The PBO will be appointed in writing. If the commander tains the identification, accounting, and management data under the
elects to retain the function of accountable officer, the assumption following conditions:
of command orders are sufficient. The appointing memorandum will (a) When accounting for components of medical assemblages.
identify the property book by UIC. Upon change of the appointing (b) When more than one make or model or a substitute item is on
hand relative to a single line item authorization.
authority, if the same PBO is to continue, then that individual is
(3) Serial number. The serial number property book record con-
reappointed by the new appointing authority.
tains the serial numbers of items requiring accounting by serial
(2) The State Adjutant General (AG) is the property book ap-
number. Items recorded in the property book and meeting any of the
pointing authority for all ARNG units and activities. The State AG
following conditions require serial number accounting:
may delegate this authority to division, brigade, group, or battalion
(a) Items with a U.S. Army registration number. The registration
level. Property books will not be established for the office of Active
number will be recorded as the serial number.
Army advisors to the ARNG. These offices are supported by a
(b) Items listed in the AMDF with a CIIC (formerly SEC) other
hand-receipt account from the unit of attachment.
than “U” or is blank, and the item has a serial number. Also, applies
(3) The commander or head of a separate TDA activity for whom
to similar commercial items not listed in the AMDF.
the property book is maintained, or a representative designated in
(c) Information management processing equipment (IMPE) and
12 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

external peripheral components (except keyboards and End User (5) Item description/RICC.
Operated items (less controlled cryptographic item (CCI)). (6) ARC.
(d) Items determined pilferable by the PBO, whether or not they (7) Unit of issue.
are listed in the AMDF or have a CIIC. (8) Quantity.
(e) Post the lot number and the serial numbers for Class 5 items. (9) Authority.
m. The property book records will contain the following essential (10) Reason.
data elements: (11) Initiating officer signature and date (for consumption only).
(1) Property book and supplemental record will have— (12) Property book officer signature and date.
(a) Date posted. p. Property book records will not be completely remade. Instead,
(b) Document number. the balance will be brought forward to a new record when property
(c) Quantity received. book records become filled, illegible, or new forms are directed for
(d) Quantity turned in. use. When converting from the manual system, use the procedures
(e) Balance. outlined in DA Pam 710–2–1, subparagraph 4–12.1. When the prop-
(f) Balance brought forward. erty book or all supporting records are lost, stolen, or destroyed, the
(g) Balance carried forward. PBO will process a request for waiver of military property account-
(h) UIC. ing requirements per AR 735–5.
(i) Authority. q. These requirements are for the ARNG and USAR. ARNG
(j) National stock number (NSN). property book records will not be removed from the active property
(k) Unit of issue (UI). book until completion of the annual reconciliation by the USPFO
(l) LIN. representative. USAR CTA and TDA property authorized for the
(m) Equipment readiness code (ERC). operation of the equipment concentration site (ECS) will be ac-
(n) Required allowance (ALW) (MTOE and TDA only). counted for on the ECS property book. The ECS supervisor may
(o) Authorized ALW. appoint a PBO. Unit-owned MTOE/TDA/CTA property pooled at
(p) Reportable item control code (RICC). the ECS will not be accounted for on the ECS property book.
(q) Logistics control code (LCC). r. All documents supporting entries to the accounting data record
(r) CIIC. in the property book will be filed in the supporting document file.
(s) Equipment category code (ECC). Contract files are considered supporting document files. A statement
(t) Item description. will be prepared to substitute for a missing supporting document.
(u) Publication data. The statement will include all information recorded in the document
(v) Location. register for the lost document. The PBO will sign the statement.
(w) Quantity authorized, by location. s. Documents for nonexpendables not supporting entries to the
(x) Quantity on hand. property book will be kept. These documents will be filed with the
(y) Document number. documents’ supporting entries to the property book, and will be
(z) Quantity due-in. marked as “not posted.” Documents for durable and expendable
(aa) Standard requirement code (SRC). supplies will be kept only when they support adjustments processed
(ab) Acquisition cost (this cost will be the price stated on the per AR 735–5.
receipt documentation). t. For an organization that is inactivated or discontinued, the
(2) Serial and registration number record will have— MACOM (or designated subordinate major command), or USPFO
(a) Serial and registration number. will publish instructions for clearing the property book. The instruc-
(b) Lot number (class 5, protective masks, and other items requir- tions will include provisions for appointing people to verify the
ing lot number). accuracy and completeness of the property book and supporting
(c) Location. documents. Those persons appointed to conduct the verification
(d) UIC. must be from an organization other than the one being inactivated or
(e) NSN. discontinued. On completion of the verification, the property book
(f) Item description. records will be disposed of per AR 25-series.
n. Accounting data errors will be corrected by reversing the ef- u. Procedural publications will prescribe the forms and use of
fect of the incorrect entry. property book records.
o. Minor property book adjustments that do not affect the on- v. The NGB property book reconciliation’s are as follows:
hand balance will be accomplished using an administrative adjust- (1) The USPFO or designated representative will reconcile the
ment report (AAR). These adjustments are authorized only when property book records of all organizations annually or when there is
there is no actual gain or loss of Government property. Use the a change of PBO, whichever comes first.
AAR to account for changes or errors in serial numbers that are (2) To support the reconciliation, the USPFO will keep a history
obvious. For example, transposing numbers, miscopying serial num- file that will contain copies of all transactions that affect the prop-
bers from issue document, or exchanging components will be cor- erty book on-hand balance. If there are transaction documents at an
rected using an AAR. The AAR can be used to show consumption organization from other than USPFO or SRAs within the State,
of the following items, which are nonexpendable and are consumed copies will be sent to the USPFO. This transaction file will be used
when used (such as a balloon meteorological, NSN to update USPFO records and will facilitate research when original
6660–00–809–5115; or kits, aircraft, NSN 6920–01–191–0981). A records cannot be used.
brief explanation will be made on the reverse side. Authority block w. Property books for family housing furnishings and unaccom-
will cite this paragraph. “Change stock No. ” will be changed to panied personnel housing (UPH) furnishings may be maintained
read “change serial No.” Approval authority of the form will be the separately or consolidated as authorized by MACOM. The com-
commander or property book officer. If there is a possibility of a mander or head of a separate TDA activity for whom the property
substitution an investigation per AR 735–5 will be initiated. For book is maintained, or a representative designated in writing, will
adjustments to line items reportable under the Continuing Balance appoint property book and accountable officers. The designated rep-
System-Expanded (CBS-X), forward a copy of the AAR per para- resentative may be either a uniformed officer or a DOD civilian
graph 2–9. Essential data elements for the AAR are listed below: manager. Property books, if maintained separately, will each have a
(1) Organization or activity. derivative UIC and a separate DODAAC. If authorized to consoli-
(2) Document number. date the property books, only one UIC and DODAAC are required
(3) Item number (change from—change to). and authorized. Army family housing appropriations will be charged
(4) NSN/LIN. on a prorated basis to reimburse the costs of moving, handling,
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 13

maintaining, repair, and procurement of furniture and equipment for delivery per required delivery date (RDD) and issue priority group.
families when the property books are consolidated. Such requests will contain the required delivery date.
x. The automated facilities engineering property book (FEPB) g. Supply requests will be prepared per DA Pam 710–2–1 and
established for the Directorate of Engineering and Housing (DEH) will contain the minimum essential elements of data listed below:
or the Directorate of Public Works (DPW) will be limited to only (1) NSN/commercial and Government entity code (CAGE)/PN/
equipment and tools required to accomplish the RPMA or PW Management Control Number (MCN).
mission. Other types of installation property will not be requested (2) Unit of issue.
and may not be posted to the FEPB. (3) Quantity.
(4) Document number.
2–6. Requesting supplies (5) Priority (except class 5 supplies and turn-ins).
a. Commanders will ensure that equipment and components lis- (6) Authentication (class 5 supplies only).
ted in the authorized column (of the MTOE, TDA, CTA, JTA, and (7) End item code (EIC) (class 9 only).
TM) are on hand or on request. Where available, TAADS-based (8) Type requirements code (class 7 only).
automated systems such as: Distribution Execution System (DES)
Note. EIC, a new data element, has been established as a means to identify a
REQ-VAL-I25ALJ System, SPBS-R, and the Standard Property
request for a repair part to a specific end item. The EIC is required on all
Book System-Redesign/Installation Table of Distribution and Allow- requests for repair parts for end items with an assigned EIC.
ances (SPBS-R/I TDA) will be used to request MTOE/TDA items.
Exceptions are: (9) Standard delivery date (SDD), RDD or required pick-up date
(1) Those granted per AR 71–13, AR 310–49, AR 570–7, and (RPD).
AR 710–1. h. A document register for all supply actions will be kept by each
(2) Materiel fielded under TPF. organizational element authorized by the PBO to request supplies.
(3) When all units (CONUS and OCONUS) request equipment (1) For nonexpendable items: one register per property book
resulting from approved future TAADS changes, they will do so no (maintained at property book level).
sooner than 365 days before the effective date of the authorization (2) For expendable or durable items—one register per organiza-
document. Units will not request items designated for reduction or tional element as directed by PBO.
deletion, as listed on the old document, once the 365 day threshold i. The document numbers from the registers will not be
is reached. There is no need to cancel open requisitions for major duplicated.
items projected to be deleted from authorizations by approved j. Document registers will include the essential elements of data
TAADS changes when under 365 days of the effective date of the listed below:
approved TAADS authorization document; this will occur (1) Element and activity keeping the register.
automatically. (2) Page number.
(4) TDA activities operating under the Defense Business Opera- (3) Document number.
tions Fund (DBOF) (formally the Army Industrial Fund (AIF)) are (4) Document sent to.
exempt from the requirement to be within 365 days of published (5) NSN/CAGE/PN/MCN.
EDATE. DBOF activities may submit requests and requisitions (6) Nomenclature.
upon receipt of approval of Memorandum Request (MR) from the (7) Request for.
MACOM, Activity Group Level, or USAFISA, whichever is appro- (8) Priority designator.
priate. Submission of requests and requisitions is dependent on (9) Initials of authenticating authority.
availability of funds as directed by the MACOM. AR 71–13, para- (10) Quantity (requested, received, turned-in, due-in).
graph 2–69 applies. (11) Date completed.
b. Quantities of basic load items authorized by MACOM com- k. All elements and activities except SPBS-R and SPBS-R-I/TDA
mander will be on hand or on request. users keeping a document register will maintain a due-in status file
c. When authorized substitute items (SB 700–20, app H) is on to support those actions that have not been completed. SPBS-R and
hand, the preferred item will be requested. Equipment to be replaced SPBS-R-I/TDA users control due-in suspense’s by using the auto-
through force modernization action is an authorized substitute and mated document register and due-in listing. (File manual due-in
will be retained until receipt of new equipment. status when received in supporting document file.)
d. Priority designators for all supply requests will be determined l. All supply requests will be submitted to the appropriate SSA.
per DA Pam 710–2–1. Commanders will personally review or will The accountable officer at the SSA will determine the source of
delegate in writing to specific persons the authority to review all supply and initiate appropriate action. The document number date
requests based on urgency of need designator (UND) A and B. This and the date forwarded will be the same to ensure timely supply
review is done before sending the request to the SSA. action at the unit level. (USAR see para 2–6n.) UND A requests
e. Request for items having a recoverability code of A, D, F, H, will be delivered by the most expedient means, including voice.
or L requires turn-in of the unserviceable item at the same time the When voice is used, each party will create and file a copy of the
request is presented to the SSA. Automated systems will use inter- request. Confirmation will not be exchanged.
nal Recoverable Item Control checks to verify issues versus turn- (1) Using units and organizations will not request supplies
ins. In a manual system, a statement, signed by the commander or directly from the DRMO. Requests for property from DRMO will
accountable officer, indicating the reasons for nonavailability for be processed through the PBO to the SSA that normally supplies the
turn-in will accompany the request when— property. Requests for supplies to be used for other than the in-
(1) There is no unserviceable item available for turn-in because tended purpose be approved by the installation commander (divi-
of loss, destruction, or initial requirement. sion/TAACOM/SUPCOM/-separate command commander for
(2) An operational requirement exists to retain the item until the OCONUS, major U.S. Army Reserve Command (MUSARC) com-
new item is received. The DOL/G4 or equivalent will establish item mander for USAR units/activities, ROTC region commander for
retention authority. In this case, the recoverable item will be turned ROTC units, and USPFO for ARNG units/activities). All nonexpen-
in to SSA within 10 workdays (30 days for USAR) after receipt of dable property drawn from DRMO will be accounted for on the
the new item. property book.
(3) A SF 368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report), has been (2) Local purchase requests are processed through the PBO to the
submitted and the unserviceable item has to be retained as an ex- SSA. Before submitting a local purchase request, commanders are
hibit in accordance with DA Pam 738–750. responsible for verifying the need for a local purchase and for
f. Supply requests for seasonal or unusual needs, such as training signing the request. Commanders may delegate this responsibility in
ammunition forecasts, will be sent in advance to permit timely writing to specific persons.
14 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

m. This paragraph contains policy modifications for the ARNG person delegating this authority must be a commander or PBO and
environment. remains fully responsible for the supplies. As a minimum the fol-
(1) Commanders will submit requests for authorized supplies as lowing is required:
directed by the USPFO of their respective states. Discretionary (1) A copy of the current assumption of command and/or PBO
items listed in authorization documents will be on hand or on re- appointment memorandum.
quest only when authorized by the State AG. Requests for DA- (2) A document designating a person as the responsible officer.
controlled, PA-funded items identified by the NGB will not be b. Supplies received will be counted by quantity and compared to
processed without NGB approval. Requests for which funds are not the receipt document. Discrepancies will be documented and repor-
available will be held at the USPFO and managed by the State AG. ted to the SSA within 3 days (30 days for USAR) of receipt.
(2) Document registers will be kept as follows: Supplies that are received from other than the SSA will be reported
(a) For the property book, nonexpendable items, and am- through the PBO to the SSA whether there is a discrepancy or not.
munition—one register per property book. c. Discrepancies in shipment of classified COMSEC equipment
(b) For durable and expendable items—as directed by the and CCI require investigation and submission of incident reports per
USPFO. TB 380–41 and DA Pam 25–380–2, respectively. Erroneous ship-
(3) The USPFO, division, or separate brigade command level ments of CCI to the COMSEC account instead of the unit property
staff will make sure document numbers from various registers are book account do not require submission of COMSEC incident
not duplicated. USPFO approval is required for assignment of reports. However, suspected tampering, mishandling, unauthorized
blocks of document numbers. access, or frustrated shipments will be reported. See DA Pam
n. This paragraph prescribes policy modifications applying to the 710–2–1 for CCI transfer procedures between the COMSEC account
USAR. Requests for which funds are not available (unfinanced and the PBO.
demands) will be sent to the unit funding activity (MUSARC) and d. Serial, lot, and registration numbers will be entered on receipt
managed as directed by the MACOM. Requests for items for which documents for those items that require serial and registration num-
there is no maintenance capability or storage space will be managed ber entry on the property book.
as prescribed by the MACOM. e. Detailed procedures for processing receipts of classified COM-
o. This paragraph relates to contractor-operated parts’ stores SEC equipment and materiel by COMSEC accounts are contained in
(COPARSs). TB 380–41.
(1) COPARSs are contractor-operated facilities on military instal- f. Property book items received or reported as found on installa-
lations. They provide over-the-counter sales of repair parts. Proce- tion (FOI) will be posted to the property book within 3 workdays
dures for COPARS are outlined in paragraph 4–21. (USA Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment Activity
(2) The SSA may provide authorization to activities having TDA (USATA) 10 workdays) of the receipt date.
maintenance functions to submit requirements directly to COPARS. g. Excesses caused by unit pack may be kept and used.
These activities must be authorized personnel, tools, and that level h. Documentation accompanying materiel received directly from
of maintenance for which parts are requested. a contractor or a vendor under the Prompt Payment Act will be sent
to supporting SSA within 3 workdays of receipt.
(3) Because of the sensitivity of COPARS type items, excep-
tional care will be exercised to prevent diversion of items to private 2–9. Asset reporting
use. a. Continuing Balance System-Expanded. AR 710–3 requires that
(4) COPARS items are not authorized for PLL. all activities report transactions for all RICC 2, A, and Z items.
(5) Requests for items for COPARS will be on a request for issue (1) Property book CBS-X reporting is automatically accom-
and turn-in document. plished if the property book is maintained by an automated system.
(6) Upon receipt of parts, user will provide receipt documentation If the property book is not automated, but the SSA through which
to the accountable officer as directed by the SSA. issue and receipt transactions are processed is automated, then these
p. Commanders will coordinate with their supporting COMSEC transactions will be automatically reported to CBS-X. Other transac-
account custodian for transactions concerning classified COMSEC tions such as lateral transfers and AARs, which are not processed
materiel. COMSEC custodians managing a COMSEC account that through an SSA must be manually reported by the property book
does not have a direct support or intermediate supply support mis- officer to the central collection activity (CCA). If both the property
sion will comply with the applicable policies contained in this chap- book and supporting SSA through which issues and turn-ins are
ter, related procedural publications, and TB 380–41. accomplished are manual, the SSA will manually report all transac-
q. COMSEC equipment fielded through total package fielding tions for reportable items to the CCA. The DA minimum goal for
(TPF) will be provided in a separate package through coordination CBS-X compatibility is 98 percent.
between USACSLA and the fielding command. Classified COM- (2) RICC changes for nonautomated property books with MTOE/
SEC materiel must be shipped to a designated COMSEC account. TDA property on hand will be reported to the CCA within 15 days.
The PBO will report RICC changes from 0 to 2, A, and Z.
2–7. Follow-up of request for supplies (3) Property administrators or property book officers for Govern-
a. Document modifiers will be prepared and submitted to the ment-owned, contractor-operated (GOCO) facilities will comply
SSA if there is a change of the Force/Activity Designator (FAD) or with this paragraph and AR 710–3 in reporting all reportable items
UND. The requested quantity cannot be increased. to the CBS-X system.
b. Follow-up action is taken as required. When used, follow-up (4) COMSEC custodians will report all classified COMSEC
actions will be submitted as outlined in automated/manual proce- reportable items to CBS-X per AR 710–3. Unclassified CCI are
dural manuals. reported per subparagraph 2–9c, this regulation.
c. When an item is no longer needed, a cancellation request will (5) The DA minimum goal for CBS-X compatibility is 98
be immediately sent to the SSA. percent.
d. Commanders will ensure their open supply requests are re- b. Department of Defense Small Arms Serialization (RCS DD-
viewed and the requirement is validated quarterly. Open supply MIL(A)1629). The purpose of the DOD Small Arms Serialization
requests are reconciled with the SSA on a monthly basis (quarterly Program (DODSASP) is to maintain continuous visibility over small
for USAR and National Guard). See DA Pam 710–2–1 for arms by serial number from procurement through demilitarization
procedures. and disposal. It is designed to provide investigative agencies, within
72 hours, the identification of the last Army activity accountable for
2–8. Receiving supplies a specific serial numbered small arm.
a. Commanders or accountable officers will receipt for supplies (1) The definition of small arms reportable under the DODSASP
for their units or activities. This authority may be delegated. The is included in the glossary.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 15

(2) An Army logistics automation objective is to accomplish files are updated, and the data is formatted and reported to the DOD
DODSASP reporting by supply and accounting systems as a by- Central Registry within 10 days of the supply transaction. The
product of processing supply transactions such as receipt, issue, MACOM will designate the reporting activities within the com-
transfer, and adjustment. mand, which operate on an installation or overseas area support
(3) If DODSASP reporting is not automatically accomplished by basis. The PBO/SSAs should ensure they have identified their sup-
the logistics STAMIS used, comply with the procedures in AR porting reporting activity.
710–3, chapter 4. The serial number data will be provided to the e. Registration and reporting of U.S. Army vehicles (RCS
designated local supporting DODSASP reporting activity within 5 CSGLD-1608). Registration and reporting are separate functions and
days of the supply transaction. The local Small Arms Serialization should be acted upon accordingly.
Surety Officer (SASSO) will ensure that the local DODSASP repor- (1) Registration. Registration is the function of accepting mate-
ting activity files are updated, and the data is formatted and reported riel into the Army inventory and requesting an Army registration
to the DA Central Registry within 10 days of the supply transaction. number from the U.S. Army Central Vehicle Registry maintained by
The MACOM will designate the reporting activities within the com- AMC LOGSA. Registration is accomplished by the procuring activ-
mand, which operate on an installation or overseas area support ity for the materiel and will normally have already occurred at the
basis. PBO/SSAs should ensure they have identified their supporting time the materiel is received by the using units. However, units
reporting activity. must prepare and submit an acceptance and registration report for
c. Controlled Cryptographic Item Serialization Program materiel reclaimed from DRMOs; materiel previously identified as a
(CCISP). The purpose of the DA CCISP is to maintain continuous combat loss that is recovered or recaptured; and materiel modified
visibility over designated controlled cryptographic item (CCI) end that identifies the item to a different category in AR 710–3, table
items by serial number from procurement through demilitarization 5–1. Acceptance and registration report will not be limited to those
and disposal. It is designed to provide the NSA and other investiga- items listed in the appendixes to DA Pam 738–750, but will be
tive agencies, the identification of the last Army activity accounta- prepared and submitted for all items subject to registration number
ble for a specific serial numbered CCI end item. assignment and control. Acceptance and registration are accom-
(1) The NSA designates items as CCI and establishes asset track- plished per AR 710–3, chapter 5.
ing requirements. All CCI end items are reportable based on their (2) Reporting. Reporting is the function of controlling the where-
assigned reportable item control code (RICC). See SB 700–20 to abouts of materiel requiring registration. Materiel that is transferred
identify CCI reportable items and those exempted from CCISP between units and materiel that is a loss to the Army inventory will
reporting. be reported to AMC LOGSA. Transfer reports and deletion reports
(2) An Army logistics automation objective is that CCISP report- will not be limited to those items contained in appendixes to DA
ing will be accomplished by supply and accounting systems as a by- Pam 738–750, but will be submitted on all items subject to registra-
product of processing supply transactions such as receipt, issue, tion number assignment and control. Transfer reports and deletion
transfer, and adjustment. reports will be prepared and submitted per AR 710–3, chapter 5.
(3) If CCISP reporting is not automatically accomplished by the (3) Objective. An Army logistics automation objective is that
logistics STAMIS used, comply with the procedures in AR 710–3, U.S. Army vehicle reporting be accomplished by the supply and
chapter 4. The serial number data will be provided to the designated accounting system as a by-product of the receipt and issue process.
local; supporting CCISP reporting activity within 5 days of the If reporting is not automatically accomplished by the supply and
supply transaction. The local CCI serialization surety officer will accounting system, manual reports will be prepared and submitted.
ensure that the local CCISP reporting activity files are updated, and f. Additional asset reporting policy. AR 710–3 contains addi-
that the data is formatted and reported to the DA Central Registry tional policy guidance for asset reporting systems.
within 10 days of the supply transaction. The MACOM will desig- g. Automated Resources Management System. Automated equip-
nate the reporting activities within the command which operate on ment will be reported to the Automated Resources Management
an installation or overseas area support basis. PBO/SSAs should System (ARMS) data base in accordance with DODI 7950.1M. The
ensure they have identified their supporting reporting activity. purpose of the DOD Automated Resources Management Program is
d. Radiation Testing and Tracking System (RATTS). The purposes to provide asset visibility to the Defense Automation Resources
of the DOD RATTS are to maintain continuous visibility by serial Information Center (DARIC) in support of DOD resource managers
number and wipe test of all chemical detector cells (radio active worldwide.
source NSN 6665–01–114–0073) and drift tube modules (radio ac- 2–10. Assignment of property responsibility
tive source NSN 6665–99–257–0069) from procurement through a. Property responsibility is the relationship between people and
demilitarization and disposal, and to provide strict control of all the property under their control. Responsibility will be assigned and
cells and drift tubes for the purpose of safety to the user and acknowledged in writing for all property recorded in the property
maintainer. The chemical detector cell is a component of the book as on hand. The property book will be the basic record assign-
M43A1 chemical detector, and the drift tube is a component of the ing responsibility.
chemical agent monitor (CAM). RATTS is designed to provide the b. Property that has not been issued from the property book is the
identification of the last Army activity accountable for a specific responsibility of the PBO. Responsibility for this property is as-
serial-numbered cell and to track wipe test data. PBOs will ensure signed to and accepted by the PBO using the statement in sub-
that serial numbers for source components are recorded on property paragraph 2–5h.
books. Changes will be reported to the designated source serializa- c. When the property book is kept at the using unit level, the
tion officer (SSO) as prescribed in AR 710–3. Serial numbers will commander of the using unit accepts responsibility for all property
be reconciled as directed by the SSO. recorded in the property book by signing the statement shown in
(1) An Army logistics automation objective is to have RATTS subparagraph 2–5h.
reporting accomplished by supply, accounting, and maintenance sys- d. When the property book is not kept at the using unit level,
tems as a by-product of processing supply transactions such as hand receipt procedures will follow subparagraph 2–5g for MTOE
receipt, issue, transfer, and adjustment, and maintenance actions units and subparagraph 2–5g(3)(a) for TDA activities.
such as wipe testing. e. For USAR and ARNG the following policies apply:
(2) If RATTS reporting is not automatically accomplished by the (1) In MTOE organizations, the using unit commander has both
logistics STAMIS used, comply with the procedures in AR 710–3, command and direct responsibility.
chapter 4. The serial number data will be provided to the designated (2) In TDA activities, the commander has both command and
local RATTS reporting activity within 5 days of the supply transac- direct responsibility. He may designate persons to be PHRHs and to
tion. See AR 710–3, paragraph 4–33 for wipe test reporting require- have direct responsibility for property authorized by TDA.
ments. The SSO will ensure that the local RATTS reporting activity (3) USAR equipment pooled at ECSs will be put on hand receipt
16 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

by the organization having responsibility for the equipment per the PBO.) The property will be listed on a hand receipt as an
subparagraphs b or d above. inventory listing. The original will be filed by the PBO or PHRH. A
f. Property for which direct responsibility has been accepted is copy will be kept in the area where the property is located. The
controlled by the company commander or the primary hand receipt property will be marked with sufficient identification data so that a
holder using permanent or temporary hand receipts. Responsibility person unfamiliar with the property may easily identify it. The
for the care, proper use, and safekeeping of Government property property will not be defaced by marking in any manner that would
issued to or used by subordinates is inherent in supervisory and prevent use by another unit. A semiannual inventory will be con-
command positions. The essential elements of data for the hand ducted. The items will be retained in an area where access and exit
receipt are as follows: are monitored. They will have minimal commercial application or
(1) Hand receipt. value and large enough to preclude undetected removal. After com-
(2) From. pletion of the inventory, the listing will be updated accordingly. If
(3) To. an actual loss of property occurs, action will be taken per AR
(4) Hand receipt number. 735–5.
(5) LIN. (5) Hand receipts will have changes posted as they occur; howev-
(6) NSN/PN/MCN/serial number/registration number/lot number. er, change documents may be used to avoid frequent posting to the
(7) Item description. hand receipts. Change documents are used according to procedural
(8) Hand receipt annex/component hand receipt number (if manuals. If change documents are used, they are posted to the hand
applicable). receipt at least every 6 months, counting from the oldest change
(9) Controlled inventory item code. document in effect. Hand receipts are adjusted to reflect current
(10) Unit of issue. balances before performing an inventory.
(11) Quantity authorized. (6) The original of any receipt is kept by the person issuing the
(12) Signature, date, and grade/rank. supplies. The duplicate is kept by the person receiving the supplies.
(13) Quantity on hand. (7) Immediately upon notification that a hand receipt holder will
g. Property is issued to the person filling the position identified be absent from his/her primary duties due to extended temporary
in the authorization document as the user (such as individual, sec- duty, an emergency, or hospitalization, and a 100 percent joint
tion, and platoon). The property may first be issued by primary hand inventory can not be conducted, the commander/activity chief will
receipt holder to a person having supervisory responsibility over the appoint an interim HRH and an inventory team. The newly ap-
user. The supervisor may further issue property by subhand receipt pointed PHRH and inventory team will conduct an inventory of all
to the user having individual responsibility. property on the hand receipt. This inventory is completed as soon as
(1) Responsibility is assigned to persons for property issued for possible but must be accomplished within 30 days. Any discrepan-
their personal use. Examples are OCIE, barracks furniture, and fam- cies discovered will be reported to the commander/activity chief and
ily housing furniture. The individual will acknowledge responsibility accounted for per AR 735–5. Upon return of the original HRH or
by signing a receipt. the appointment of a new HRH a joint inventory is accomplished
(a) Quarters furnishings will be issued from the PBO to the per table 2–1 this regulation.
family housing occupant on a permanent hand receipt. h. This paragraph applies to components (less consumable) of
1. A condition code will be reflected for each item. end items and sets, kits, and outfits (SKO). These items are not
2. The occupant will accept responsibility by signing the hand individually accounted for on property book records, but, because of
receipt. their nature, require control. These items are collectively referred to
3. Change documents for furnishings are not required to be pos- as components in this paragraph only. Records to be kept for con-
ted to the permanent hand receipt. trolling components are component hand receipt, hand receipt an-
(b) Unaccompanied personnel housing, guest house, and transient nex, and Aircraft Inventory Record. Note: A PBO may issue the end
quarters furnishings will be issued from the PBO to the person item and associated components on a hand receipt if desired for
responsible for the facility. The responsible person may subhand purposes of configuration control. However, this is not applicable to
receipt the items to an occupant. automated property books.
(c) Furnishings issued to occupants of family housing are inven- (1) When property is issued to the intended user, responsibility
toried at time of issue and upon termination of quarters occupancy. for components is assigned by using a component hand receipt. The
Inventories are conducted jointly by the occupant and the PBO or actual quantity of components on hand will be shown. The compo-
their representatives. An annual inventory performed by family nent hand receipt is the record of responsibility for items listed
housing occupants will not be required. An annual inventory of all thereon. It is also a record validating component shortages. The
furnishings other than issued family housing furnishings is required. component hand receipt serves as a hand receipt for the applicable
end item identified as the first item on the component hand receipt
(2) When property is to be issued to and retained by the same
or the SKO identified in the heading of the component hand receipt.
person for brief recurring periods, responsibility can be assigned by
The essential elements of data for the component hand receipt are as
using an equipment receipt.
follows:
(3) When property is issued or loaned for periods not exceeding
(a) From.
30 calendar days, responsibility will be assigned by use of a tempo-
(b) To.
rary hand receipt. After 30 days, the property will either be with-
(c) End item NSN.
drawn from the person or a permanent hand receipt prepared.
(d) End item description.
Permanent hand receipt holders of one unit will not loan property to
(e) Publication number.
members of other units unless approved by the owning PBO, except
(f) Publication date.
for equipment on hand receipt to USAR ECS and ARNG mobiliza-
(g) Quantity.
tion annual training equipment sites (MATES). Equipment author-
(h) NSN, CAGE, PN/MCN.
ized an activity funded by AIF will not be permanently loaned to
(i) Item description/serial number/registration number.
other activities. If equipment is not required for mission accomplish-
(j) Accounting requirements code.
ment, action to change the applicable TDAs will be initiated per AR
(k) CIIC.
71–13.
(l) Unit of issue.
(4) When the PBO or PHRH determines it is impractical to
(m) Quantity authorized.
assign responsibility to a person, an inventory listing will be used to
(n) Quantity on hand.
manage the property. For example, this situation may exist when
(o) Signature, date, grade/rank.
shift operations, multiuse classrooms, or large support equipment is
(2) When preprinted component hand receipts are available, their
involved. (This does not apply to items in storage under control of
use is mandatory. Preprinted component hand receipts are published
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 17

along with selected technical manuals and supply catalogs defined (1) This paragraph applies strictly to tool room operations, utiliz-
by “HR” after the publication number. These publications may be ing automated tool control systems, at “fixed base” activities, gen-
obtained through publication channels. Component hand receipts eral support (GS) mission supply support activities (TDA) mission
will have changes posted as they occur, unless the previously pre- supply support activities (MSSAs), or depot maintenance activities.
scribed change document method (g(5) above) is used. The compo- This paragraph does not apply to tactical MTOE units issuing tools
nent hand receipt must be checked against AR 71–13 and the from a consolidated area.
appropriate TM/SC to verify each component if it is “used with” or (2) Tool room/tool cribs account for tools, both expendable and
a “component of” the end item. nonexpendable, utilizing an automated system. Property book ac-
(3) When property is first issued to a person having supervisory countability is not required. The tool control officer (TCO) is ap-
responsibility over the user, a component hand receipt may be used. pointed in writing as the accountable officer. The officer making the
When property is issued to someone other than the intended user appointment must utilize the criteria in AR 735–5, chapter 2.
and when a component hand receipt is not used, a hand receipt (3) The PBO issues the TCO a series of document numbers, both
annex will be used to show a by-item quantity of all missing ex- expendable and nonexpendable, for requesting tools.
pendables (less consumables), durables, and nonexpendable compo- (4) The TCO—
nents. Components are assumed to have been issued with the end (a) Maintains separate document registers for expendable, dura-
item unless they appear on the hand receipt annex as a shortage. ble tools and for nonexpendable tools.
Preprinted component hand receipts may be used as hand receipt (b) Maintain a supporting document file for nonexpendable tools.
annex by entering the quantity missing opposite the quantity which (c) Performs and documents inventories per table 2–1.
was to be issued. The essential elements of data for the hand receipt (d) Accounts for lost tools per AR 735–5.
annex are as follows:
(a) Hand receipt annex. 2–11. Storage of supplies
(b) From. a. Property will be stored per DOD 4145.19–R–1. Ammunition
(c) To. and explosives will be stored per above DODI, AR 740–1, TM
(d) End item NSN. 9–1300–206, and/or host nation agreements and public law, which-
(e) End item description. ever is more restrictive. CCI will be stored per TB 380–40–22.
(f) Publication number. Classified COMSEC equipment will be stored per TB 380–41.
(g) Publication date. b. USAR property will be positioned and accounted for as
follows:
(h) Quantity.
(1) At home station, or ECSs.
(i) NSN/CAGE/PN/MCN.
(2) All MTOE, CTA, and TDA authorized equipment required
(j) Item description.
for home station training assemblies, including multiple-unit training
(k) Accounting requirements code.
assemblies, will be located at the organization’s home station. When
(l) Unit of issue.
there is not enough space for parking or storing authorized equip-
(m) Quantity short.
ment at the home station, MACOM (or designated subordinate ma-
(n) Date and initials of the issuing person.
jor command) will prescribe procedures for storage of equipment.
(4) The PBO will have on request all nonexpendable component
(3) MTOE/TDA/CTA property authorized to and owned by a
shortages for hand receipt holders.
USAR organization but not stored at home station may be stored in
(5) Durable component shortages will be on request at the level
an ECS or other storage location as prescribed by the MACOM (or
where the document register for ordering durables is kept.
designated subordinate major command). Equipment on hand in an
(6) Expendable component shortages will be placed on request at
ECS will be used to support annual training (AT). Small arms will
the level that maintains the expendable document register. Normal be stored at the unit’s home station unless otherwise authorized by
replenishment for consumables are requested by the hand receipt the USARC.
holder. (4) MTOE/TDA/CTA equipment stored in an ECS or other ap-
(7) Changes are posted to hand receipt annexes as they occur, proved storage site will be accounted for on the property book of
unless the previously described (para 2–10g(5)) method of change the owning unit.
documents is used.
(8) Aircraft inventory record is used in lieu of a hand receipt or 2–12. Evaluations, inspections, and inventories
hand receipt annex to control components of aircraft. a. The commander/supervisor ensures property—
(9) The commander/PBO ensures that nonexpendable and durable (1) Accounting is complete and accurate.
special tools, test, measurement, and diagnostic equipment (TMDE), (2) Is on hand and serviceable.
and other special equipment prescribed by TMs are hand or subhand (3) Is safeguarded.
receipted to the user level when responsibility has not already been b. Commanders and supervisors evaluate all supply operations
assigned using component hand receipts. using the standards of the CSDP as outlined in appendix B.
(10) In the ARNG, component listings may be used to control c. Commanders and supervisors ensure that physical security in-
nonexpendable and durable components. ARNG component listings spections are conducted per AR 190–11 and AR 190–13.
must conform to the most current DA publication. Use of these d. Commanders and supervisors ensure inventory of property is
listings does not change the requirement of having the most current taken per table 2–1. Property book items with serial numbers, Army
DA publication (TM or SC/CL) on hand in the unit. registration numbers, and ammunition lot and serial numbers will be
(11) MACOMs may approve requests initiated by TDA mainte- verified against the property book or hand receipt. Components are
nance activities to maintain SKOs at less than 100 percent fill. verified against appropriate supply catalog (SC) or technical manual
Approval will be effective for 1 year from the date of approval and (TM).
may be extended annually. (1) Inventories of weapons and ammunition will not be done by
i. The tool room or tool crib custodian is responsible for all tools unit armorers nor by the same person 2 months in a row.
contained within the tool room or tool crib. (2) Inventories of sensitive items other then weapons and ammu-
(1) All tools issued from a tool room or tool crib become the nition are done by any sensitive item hand receipt holder.
personal responsibility of the recipient (user). e. Property that is lost, damaged, or destroyed is accounted for
(2) Hand tools, tool sets and kits, and shop equipment are se- per AR 735–5. Also, the loss of COMSEC equipment and CCI
cured and controlled per the physical security standards of AR requires the submission of an incident report per TB 380–41 and TB
190–51. 380–40–22, respectively.
j. When utilizing an automated system for accounting for and f. Property determined to be unserviceable through fair wear and
controlling tools in a tool room or a tool crib the following applies: tear (FWT) is accounted for per subparagraph 2–13b.
18 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

g. Causative research (see glossary) is conducted to determine the ability. Maintenance records must be submitted with the turn-in
reason for inventory discrepancies. item. Accompanying records will be per AR 750–1 and DA Pam
h. Inventory of medical sets, kits, and outfits are conducted per 738–750. Turn-in documents for all items requiring serial number
AR 40–61, chapter 5. accounting and CCI will contain the serial number, and CCI will be
i. For USAR and ARNG the following policies apply: marked “CCI” in the remarks section.
(1) A physical count is made monthly of all weapons. Weapons (a) When on hand property book items are excess and disposition
are inventoried quarterly by serial number. instructions have not been provided, initiate turn–in action within 10
(2) The unit commander jointly conducts a 100 percent inventory calendar days after the effective date of the authorization document
of unit property not on subhand receipt during the change of com- change. When an authorization document change causes a replace-
mand inventory. The next higher commander will appoint disinter- ment of items, the items being replaced may be retained if needed
ested personnel if the incoming or outgoing commander cannot be as a substitute until receipt of the authorized items. Begin turn-in of
present for the change of command inventory. substitute items within 10 calendar days after receipt of the author-
j. All classified COMSEC equipment, components, key assigned ized items (30 days for USAR). Property no longer required because
ALC 1 or 2 must be physically inventoried at least semiannually of authorization document change(s) may be turned in or transferred
and the inventory results reconciled with the Army COMSEC AC- no sooner than 365 days before the effective date of the new author-
COR. All other COMSEC materiel accounted for by the COMSEC ization document. The unit commander and the next higher head-
custodian equipment and components must be physically inventoried quarters must both approve the turn-ins. This action facilitates
at least annually or upon change of custodian. (See procedures in transition of the unit to the new organizational document. Com-
TB 380–41.) manders must ensure that turn-in of these deleted or reduced items
does not degrade mission capability and readiness of the unit.
2–13. Disposing of materiel (b) DA will make redistribution of excesses of critical items.
PBOs are relieved from accounting for property upon transfer of the Major items funded by procurement Army (PA) are managed under
property to another organization or upon turn-in of the property to the Total Army Equipment Distribution Program (TAEDP). TAEDP
an SSA. PBOs will ensure that reporting requirements comply with products provide materiel managers with information to furnish dis-
subparagraph 2–9. position instructions for excess PA-funded items. If disposition in-
a. Transfers. structions have not been received by the effective date of the
(1) Transfers of organization and installation property will be authorization document change, excess PA-funded items will be
directed by a commander having command jurisdiction over both reported within 10 calendar days after effective date of the authori-
the losing and gaining organization. (In ARNG, CNGB will approve zation document change. Divisional units will report excess items to
such actions between States.) When the transfer involves two the division materiel management center (DMMC). Nondivisional
MACOMs, it will be coordinated between the MACOMs. Assuming units will report excess to either their COSCOM materiel manage-
favorable coordination, the losing MACOM will direct the transfer. ment center or to the installation’s office responsible for logistics.
In circumstances involving a single MACOM, the directing/approv- Procedures for reporting excess PA funded items will be established
ing authority for lateral transfers between different commands on by materiel management centers or the office on the installation
the same installation may be delegated to the installation DOL or responsible for logistics. If disposition instructions for the excess
equivalent. Within AMC organization the DOL or equivalent may PA-funded items are not received within 30 calendar days after the
further delegate to the installation equipment manager. USPFO may effective date of the authorization document change, the items will
delegate their authority to the PBO when the property book has be turned in to the SSA.
been centralized at a division or brigade. (c) On hand property book items within allowances are turned in
(2) Property transferred will meet the standards in AR 750–1, only if found to be unserviceable and determined to be not
chapter 4. repairable by the supporting maintenance facility personnel.
(3) Scrap or salvage will not be transferred. (d) End items being turned in should be complete with all com-
(4) The gaining PBO will provide the CBS-X central collection ponents and basic issue items (BIIs ). If end items are not complete,
activity a copy of the transfer document. the unit commander or PBO must sign a shortage list to document
(5) DOIMs (with the agreement of the supported organization) what is missing. Attach the shortage list to the turn-in document.
may approve lateral transfers of sustaining base information systems The U.S. Army Training and Doctrine Command (TRADOC) train-
equipment on their post installations or configured organizations. ing activities and AMC research and development (R&D) activities
(6) Users of automation equipment that is identified to be excess that are issued items without components, will include copies of
will provide an excess listing along with the equipment condition these issue documents when the items are turned in to the SSA.
code to the property book officer (PBO) 145 days in advance of (Documents supporting turn-in of these items will be marked:
anticipated excess date. Listing of excess will be submitted per DA USED AS TRAINING AIDS AND FREQUENT DISASSEMBLY
Pam 710–2–1 or DA Pam 710–2–2 to the Army Reutilization Focal AND ASSEMBLY FOR INSTRUCTIONAL PURPOSE.)
Point. (e) The SSA will provide turn-in instructions for temporary loan
(7) Classified COMSEC materiel will be transferred/shipped by items.
COMSEC custodians by approved COMSEC channels as specified (f) Report and turn in excess medical materiel under AR 40–61.
in TB 380–41 and DA Pam 25–380–2, appendix C. (g) Turn in excess OCIE to the SSA within 10 calendar days (30
days for USAR).
b. Turn-in to SSA.
(h) All excess and unserviceable classified COMSEC equipment
(1) The using unit commander ensures that adjustment documen-
and components will be turned in by the COMSEC custodian to the
tation is prepared and processed per AR 735-5 when an item is
supporting COMSEC account. Disposal through channels other than
unserviceable through other than FWT. Other than obvious FWT
COMSEC channels is not authorized.
will be determined by competent technical authority.
(3) Turn-in of nonproperty book items (for example, repair parts,
(2) Turn-in of property book and nonexpendable items is re- components, etc.) to the supporting SSA does not require a technical
quired when items on hand exceed allowances (ROTC Reserve inspection before turn-in.
Personnel Army (RPA) funded clothing is exempted from this re- (a) Turn in excess serviceable repair parts immediately.
quirement. Excess serviceable ROTC clothing will be reported to (b) Turn in unserviceable repairables with a turn-in document
the Region Headquarters for redistribution.) or are unserviceable and and prepare a request document if a replacement is required.
not repairable. The supporting maintenance activity classifies (c) Initiate turn-in action of excess components within 10 calen-
item(s) as unserviceable and nonrepairable, assigns the appropriate dar days after receipt of supply publications and/or changes to them.
condition code, and turns in to the supporting SSA. Items will be (d) Batteries with a recoverability code (RC) of “A” are
free of ammunition or explosives and cleaned within the unit’s recoverable items and are turned in to the SSA for disposition.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 19

(e) Excess caused by unit pack may be kept and used. e. Turn-ins to DRMO. No items regardless of serviceability will
(f) Unserviceable nonrepairables and uneconomical repairable be turned in to the DRMO directly from the unit/organization level.
recoverability code “O” items are turned in as scrap and processed All materiel will be turned in to the activity responsible for consoli-
in accordance with e below. dating and reporting excess materiel. This does not preclude the
(g) Unserviceable and economically salvageable materiel will be SSA from directing the units to turn in scrap to the DRMO. When
turned in to the SSA. so directed, the supporting maintenance activity will visually check
(h) Items that are no longer needed by the user may be returned (not technically inspect) these items to verify them as scrap.
to the SSSC. The items should be in the same unit pack as pur- (1) Classified COMSEC equipment and CCI, including compo-
chased. No documentation is needed when returning SSSC item. nents, scrap or residue are specifically prohibited from turn-in to
c. Redistribution of noncritical items. MACOM , ARNG, DRMO. All COMSEC materiel, including CCI will be turned-in to
USPFO, and CNGB will make the maximum usage of redistribution the supporting COMSEC account or installation SSA, as appropri-
of noncritical items before reporting excess to the NICP. Total Asset ate, (according to its security classification) for ARI shipment to
Visibility is designed to provide decision makers a key tool in the Tobyhanna Army Depot (TOAD).
redistribution process. More detailed guidance is found in sub- (2) Items of IMPE reported to the Defense Automation Re-
paragraph 3–31i. sources Information Center (DARIC) per DOD 8000.X-M, Defense
(1) Procedures for reporting excess ARNG TAEDP property will Automation Resources Management, may be directly turned in to
be established by the USPFO or the CNGB. the DRMO. Upon receipt of disposition instructions from DARIC,
(2) The USPFO is authorized to designate officers other than the property book officer will complete a DD Form 1348–1A (Issue
PBOs to classify items for withdrawal from ARNG units and for Release/Receipt Document) or DD Form 1348–2 (DoD Issue Re-
turn-in to the USPFO. This is not a final FWT decision. It will be lease Receipt Document With Address Label) and turn-in the items
made by an Active Army commissioned officer according to section directly to the DRMO.
710, title 32, United States Code. The property may be located f. Forms used for turn-ins. Forms used for turn-ins will contain
anywhere within the ARNG logistics system at the time the determi- the same essential elements of data as those for requests. Turn-ins of
nation is made. The final decision will be made before the property noncataloged, nonstandard commercial items will contain, as a mini-
is released to a disposal activity. When the decision has been made, mum, the complete item description and end item application.
the USPFO may designate unserviceable condemned clothing items g. Discrepant shipments. Shipments received that were not or-
for use as class “X” under AR 32–5. Unserviceable condemned dered or having defects will be handled as discrepant shipments.
items, including class “X” clothing no longer required, will be These must be returned to the SSA that issued the item with a turn-
turned in to DRMO. The USPFO is not authorized to convert used in document. Do not assign a new document number; use the same
clothing into rags. document number on which the item was issued. Enter return advice
(3) Turn-in instructions for ARNG rapid deployment units will code “1T” .
be included in procedural publications.
h. Parachutes and components. Prepare a separate turn-in docu-
(4) ARNG property must be turned in to the USPFO before
ment for each different year of manufacture. Enter the date of
processing to DRMO. USPFOs may authorize ARNG units to deal
manufacture on each turn-in document. Enter advice code “1Z.”
directly with DRMO.
i. Expendable batteries requiring special disposal.
d. Other turn-ins to an SSA.
(1) When property is found on an installation and when items are (1) Batteries containing HAZMATs such as lithium and mercury
discovered in a unit and are not on accountable records (hereafter are classified for disposal purposes as hazardous waste.
referred to as “found on installation” ), the property will be turned (2) Magnesium batteries are nonhazardous solid waste for dis-
in immediately. Found on installation property will not be picked up posal purposes; however, they are not to be amassed and disposal
on organization property records. It will be turned in to the SSA in must be controlled.
“as-is” condition. Units will not spend resources to upgrade found (3) Other type of batteries that need special handling and disposal
on installation property before turn-in. A document number will not are; zinc silver chloride, certain lead acid batteries,
be assigned by the unit. SSA will assign a voucher number to the and certain nicad batteries.
turn-in after receipt. At ARNG units, found on installation property (4) Primary batteries that need special handling and disposal will
will be reported to the USPFO by using turn-in documentation. A be treated as recoverable items but not necessarily repairable. These
document number will be assigned to the turn-in by the finding batteries are identified with a recoverability code (RC) “A.” Coor-
organization. The USPFO will direct movement of the property. dination for turn-in to DRMO will be completed through the SSA.
Also, CCI that is discovered and is not on an accountable record Refer to Army Supply Bulletins 11–6 and 11–30 for disposal
requires the submission of an Incident Report per DA Pam instructions.
25–380–2. j. Demilitarization. Refer to subparagraph 1–16h, this regulation
(2) Property turned in as found on installation will be issued to for demilitarization instructions.
the finding unit if the unit has an authorized requirement for the
item. The unit will not be charged for the found item. It will be Section III
furnished on a free issue basis. The turn-in and request for issue will OCIE/CIF Management
be done at the same time. Moving the property is not required in
this case. 2–14. OCIE/CIF management
(3) Classified COMSEC materiel discovered that are not on a. The policy for accounting and assignment of responsibility for
COMSEC accountable records, will be immediately reported to the OCIE items on a unit or element of a unit basis is in paragraphs 2–5
COMSEC custodian at the COMSEC account. All such discoveries and 2–10.
will require incident reporting as specified in TB 380–41. b. OCIE will be stocked, issued, recovered, and accounted for at
(4) Before turning in any damaged, excess, or unserviceable a CIF or by the parent unit when a CIF has not been established.
blessed or consecrated items, the installation staff chaplain will When there is more than one parent unit within a single battalion, a
request the PBO to drop such items from the property book. The consolidated OCIE issue point to support the battalion may be
request will also state the condition or status of the items, and that established. Establishing a CIF requires approval by installation
they will be disposed of in a manner acceptable to the distinctive commander (CONUS) or division/SUPCOM/separate command
faith group that blessed or consecrated them. After the PBO has commander (OCONUS). A CIF will support activities within its
dropped the items from the property book, the items may be dis- geographical jurisdiction. A CIF will not be approved for establish-
posed of in the appropriate manner. Such items will not be turned ment unless personnel positions have been previously authorized by
over to property disposal officers. MTOE or TDA. A CIF will not be routinely staffed using detail
20 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

personnel. This does not preclude using personnel for fatigue de- types of data and essential elements of data for OCIE records are
tails. The approving commander determines the number of CIFs the same as for other property book records. A basic property book
necessary to provide sufficient support. record will be maintained for each OCIE line authorized and/or on
c. Expendable supplies required to complete or place an item of hand.
OCIE into use will be initially stocked at CIFs or parent units when h. The commander for whom the property book is kept appoints
a CIF has not been established. Examples are items such as camou- the CIF PBO. A DODAAC will be obtained for the CIF property
flage cover bands, tent pins, tent poles, and ropes. Expendable items book. When the unit is not supported by a CIF, OCIE will be
will be replaced at the using unit level. accounted for in the OCIE segment of the property book. (USAR,
d. OCIE issues will be limited to only those items necessary to see para 2–18.)
satisfy the mission and needs of the unit. Supported units and i. The balance recorded in the property book will reflect only the
organizations will provide the CIF with their requirements for OCIE quantity on the shelf. Items in laundry, maintenance, or bulk issues
and the number of personnel to be supported on an annual basis. (hand receipt quantities) are considered on the shelf. OCIE pos-
The CIF will use this information to develop tailored issues and to sessed by supported soldiers and emergency mission essential civil-
compute stockage levels. ians will not be included in the balance. Quantities of OCIE
e. Total stockage of an OCIE item at a CIF utilizing an auto- possessed by supported individuals will be recorded in the
mated central issue facility system will consist of authorized “remarks” data element of the property book record.
strength level, sizing float level, laundry and repair cycle level, j. Responsibilities are as follows:
(minus the quantity in the hands of the soldiers), safety level, order (1) The PBO is responsible for all OCIE recorded as “on hand”
ship time (OST) level, and an operating level. The reorder point is in the property book.
the sum of the safety level, the laundry and repair level, and the (2) Individuals are responsible for proper care, custody, and
OST level. Stockage will be reviewed and recomputed semiannual- safeguarding of all OCIE issued them.
ly. The total dollar value of the stockage allowance is recomputed (3) The organizational clothing and equipment record is used to
annually as of the last day of the first month of the fiscal year, as assign responsibility. Details are shown below.
required by AR 735–5, chapter 14. Disposition of excess will be per (a) Individuals accept responsibility by signing this record, which
paragraph 2–13. is prepared in triplicate. The original is maintained by the CIF PBO.
(1) Authorized strength level includes total authorized soldier A file copy is maintained in the soldier’s unit. The soldier keeps a
strength (assigned soldier strength if overstrength) and civilian per- personal copy.
sonnel designated as emergency mission essential (for example, (b) This record will show the current balance of all items in an
LARs and contractor personnel). Total quantity authorized is the individual’s possession.
basis of issue times the authorized strength level. (c) Only the PBO and OCIE issue point personnel are authorized
(2) Sizing float level is a percentage no greater than 5 percent of to make adjustments to this record.
the authorized strength for sized items. The PBO will select the (d) PBO ensures that all these records are protected from un-
percentage. authorized access.
(3) Laundry repair cycle level is the serviceable quantity of an (e) The essential elements of data for the organizational clothing
item returned by the laundry and repair facility multiplied by the and equipment record are—
average number of days the item was in the facility divided by 360 1. Name.
days. 2. Social security account number (SSAN).
(4) Safety level is the quantity of an item replenished from sup- 3. Duty military occupational specialty (MOS).
ply channels during the past 12 months, multiplied by a fixed 4. Items.
number of days (CONUS, 5 days; OCONUS, 15 days), and divided 5. Authorized allowance.
by 360 days. 6. Quantity issued.
(5) OST level is the quantity of an item replenished from supply 7. Signature.
channels during the past 12 months, multiplied by the average OST, 8. Date.
and divided by 360 days. k. OCIE turn-ins from, issue to, and cash collections from sup-
(6) Operating level is the quantity of an item replenished from ported individuals may be summarized. The essential elements of
supply channels during the past 12 months, multiplied by 30 days, data for the summary document are as follows:
and divided by 360 days. (1) Type of transaction.
f. Total stockage of an OCIE item at nonautomated CIFs and at (2) Document number.
parent units when a CIF has not been established is the sum of the (3) Item nomenclature.
authorized strength level, plus the operating level, minus the quan- (4) NSN quantity (turned-in/issued).
tity possessed by soldiers. Stockage will be reviewed semiannually. (5) Total quantity of NSN (turned-in/issued).
The total dollar value is recomputed annually per subparagraph e (6) Individual name and SSAN.
above. Disposition of excess will be per paragraph 2–13. (7) Adjustment document number.
(1) Authorized strength level, including civilian personnel desig- l. OCIE issued during reception center processing will be trans-
nated as emergency mission essential, such as LARs and contractor ferred from the individual’s personal clothing record to the OCIE
personnel, is the total quantity authorized due only to troop strength records during in-processing at the initial permanent duty station.
(basis of issue, multiplied by the authorized troop strength or as- OCIE records will accompany the individual on all subsequent as-
signed strength if overstrength). Once computed, the authorized signments, and records will be in the individual’s possession when
strength level does not need to be recomputed unless there are reporting to the OCIE issue point.
changes to the authorized strength that would support m. The PBO controlling issues of OCIE verifies that the individ-
recomputation. ual is authorized OCIE.
(2) Operating level is a percentage of the authorized strength n. Commanders make sure that all individuals clear the OCIE
level. To find the operating level, first refer to DA Pam 710–2–1 to issue point before departing the installation. The commander will
determine the category of the OCIE item for which the stockage ascertain that the individuals have all items of OCIE that are shown
level is being computed. DA Pam 710–2–1 states what percentage is on the OCIE record. Missing items will be accounted for under AR
used to compute the operating level. The percentage is based upon 735–5. Military clothing sales store (MCSS) purchases of OCIE
the category of the OCIE item, whether the OCIE item is a sized or items for which the individual is financially liable will be by cash
nonsized item, and whether the OCIE issue point is located in sales only. Items remain the property of the U.S. Army.
CONUS or OCONUS. o. Replacement of items made unserviceable by FWT will be on
g. The accountable record for OCIE is the property book. The a direct exchange basis.
p. When it is not feasible to have a direct transaction between the
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 21

individual and a CIF for replacement of items, the PBO may allo- d. When liability is not admitted, action will be initiated per AR
cate some stockage to the supported unit. Stockage of up to 5 735–5.
percent of the authorized strength of the supported unit is author-
ized, depending on availability of OCIE at the CIF. The stocks are 2–17. ARNG management
issued on hand receipts and do not reduce the CIF property book a. OCIE stock at the unit PBO level must be authorized by CTA
balance. 50–900 and the unit’s mobilization mission. The State AG deter-
q. A quarterly reconciliation by the CIF PBO will be made of the mines the stockage level. OCIE will normally be stored in suitable
OCIE records with a copy of Standard Installation/Division Person- secure facilities made available by the State AG. The State AG may
nel System (SIDPERS) records documenting personnel losses. The authorize units a stockage level less than authorized quantities when
OCIE records of individuals that have departed without clearing the personnel shortages exist or insufficient storage space is available.
OCIE issue point will be sent to the gaining command for necessary The State AG may authorize unit commanders to allow soldiers to
action. Also, the installation or community commander will direct remove OCIE from storage and retain such in their possession
transfer of funds from the supported organization to the CIF. For when—
personnel who failed to properly clear the CIF prior to expiration (1) The soldier has been advised of the proper and authorized use
term of service (ETS) or retirement, action will be initiated per AR of OCIE and his or her responsibly for safeguarding of Federal
735–5. property.
r. Quality deficiencies found in OCIE will be reported on a (2) Clothing showdown inspections are scheduled, conducted,
and recorded.
quality deficiency report (category II) per AR 702–27. DA Pam
b. The State AG may establish a limited CIF at each Army
738–750, chapter 11 prescribes addressees to whom quality defi-
aviation support facility (AASF) and aviation classification repair
ciency reports will be forwarded.
activity depot (AVCRAD). These CIFs provide initial issue, replace-
s. The summary of operation report, RCS: CSGLD-1946, will be
ment, and temporary loan of aviation and nonaviation safety cloth-
submitted semiannually (June and December) as outlined in DA
ing and equipment. Items must be authorized by CTA 50–900.
Pam 710–2–1.
Additional details are listed below:
2–15. Classification and inspection standards for OCIE (1) Stocks are prescribed by the State AG, but will not exceed 5
a. This paragraph provides policy for personnel, both Active percent of the total authorized strength (or assigned, if overstrength)
Army and Reserve Components engaged in classifying OCIE either of personnel on authorized flight status, plus ARNG technician’s
on hand or scheduled for return to stock record account. authorized flight clothing due to job description requirements to fly.
b. Instructions contained in this regulation, TM 10–8400–201–23 Stocks of these items will not be duplicated in unit OCIE stocks.
and TM 10–8400–203–23, will be used in classifying OCIE in the (2) CIFs operate within the property established for the AASF or
hands of individuals or units for the purpose of determining service- AVCRAD.
ability. No item will be turned in for replacement as the result of (3) CIFs prepare and keep OCIE records. On Mobilization, OCIE
such inspection if repairs required to economically recondition the records and OCIE in these CIFs are transferred to the gaining unit
PBO.
item are within the normal capacity of the responsible organization
c. The State AG may establish a limited CIF at each combined
or individual. In no case will an individual be required to replace
support maintenance shop (CSMS), mobilization annual training
items of OCIE that can be repaired to meet the standards in TM
equipment site (MATES), and unit training equipment site (UTES).
10–8400–201–23 and TM 10–8400–203–23.
These CIFs provide initial issue, replacement, and temporary loan of
c. Items of OCIE will possess such appearance and degree of
safety clothing and equipment. Items must be authorized by CTA
serviceability as to justify their issue to soldiers and afford a satis-
50–900. Additional details are listed below:
factory military appearance. As a guide, and where practicable for
(1) Stocks are prescribed by the State AG, but will not exceed 25
application, these items should possess not less than 50 percent of
percent of the total authorized strength (or assigned, if overstrength)
the life of a new item.
of personnel of the maintenance activity.
d. Factors to be considered in cost of repair estimates of unser- (2) CIFs are operated within the property book established for the
viceable items that are economically repairable are direct labor cost, CSMS, MATES, or UTES.
direct materiel costs, handling and transportation costs, and over- (3) CIFs prepare and keep OCIE records. On mobilization, OCIE
head costs for repair facilities. Economically repairable items are in these CIFs will be transferred to the parent organization. To
those items that may be restored to condition code D for not more prevent duplication of issue by the CIF and the MTOE/TDA unit,
than 65 percent of the cost of a new item. the CIF will provide the soldier’s assigned unit a list of OCIE
e. In determining classification priority factors for OCIE, first issued.
priority will be serviceability and second will be appearance. (4) Replacement of unserviceable OCIE due to FWT is made as a
f. For standards, see TM 10–0400–201–23, subparagraph 1–6b direct exchange.
and TM 10–8400–203–23. (5) Temporary loan of safety clothing and equipment is limited to
g. Definitions governing classification by condition code. TM 5 days or less. The time may be extended to 15 days for annual
10–0400–201–23, paragraph 1–6, TM 10–8400–203–23. active duty training. A temporary hand receipt is used.
d. Property book accountability will be kept for both on-the-shelf
2–16. Cash collection at CIFs assets and those recoverable items issued on hand receipts or OCIE
a. MACOM commanders may authorize CIFs to accept cash col- records. Turn-ins from and issues of recoverable items to supported
lection for OCIE to account for the loss, damage, or destruction of soldiers will not be summarized. Issue of nonrecoverable OCIE
OCIE for which liability is admitted. A change fund in the proper items to support soldiers will be summarized. Normal posting ap-
amount will be setup at each CIF according to AR 37–1. The price plies for turn-ins and issues from the USPFO. AR 735–5 actions
to be charged for OCIE will be the current AMDF price, less will be posted individually.
depreciation as computed per AR 735–5. e. When the property book is kept at other than the unit level,
b. CIF cash collection will not be accepted without a written PBOs will issue OCIE by hand receipt to using units rather than to
authorization signed by the person’s commander, unless the individ- soldiers. Later issues of OCIE to soldiers will be recorded on the
ual is clearing the installation on ETS or PCS move. Cash payment OCIE record. The using unit may be issued sufficient OCIE to
from individuals clearing the installation on an ETS or PCS move support its authorized strength plus a 5 percent sizing float.
will be accepted only for those items that are recorded on the f. Only a single copy of the OCIE record will be prepared and
individuals’ OCIE records. kept. Soldiers will not be given this record at any time.
c. Purchase of OCIE from CIF for personal (private) use is g. OCIE records will be transferred to gaining units or filed in
prohibited. separation records when the soldier is transferred or separated from
22 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

the ARNG. A copy of the OCIE record will be made and kept by Section IV
the losing PBO until reviewed during the internal review. The State Management of Loads
AG will establish internal procedures requiring soldiers to clear
OCIE records with unit of assignment prior to change of status. For 2–19. Types of loads
example, transfer between units, ETS, and transfer to active duty or This paragraph states general policies for the stockage of loads and
the method of control for these loads. Loads are a quantity of
the Inactive National Guard.
durable and expendable supplies kept by units to sustain their opera-
h. Clothing and equipment for air weather flight personnel re- tions. Loads of class 6, 7, and 10 will not be kept. There are four
quirements are as follows: types of loads: basic loads, operational loads, ammunition basic
(1) Weather flight personnel will normally be issued CTA cloth- loads, and prescribed loads.
ing and equipment commensurate to items being issued to Army a. Basic loads are MACOM designated quantities of class 1
members by the supported unit or USPFO. This will ensure air through 5 (including maps) and 8 supplies, which allow a unit to
weather flight personnel are fully trained and equipped to provide initiate its combat operations. Basic loads must be capable of being
the support required during peacetime and mobilization. moved into combat using organic transportation in a single lift.
(2) On fragmented tasking of air weather flight personnel such as Basic load quantities will be used to support peacetime operations
split-State, clothing, and equipment will be issued by the home State only when no supporting operational loads are available. Basic load
USPFO. items subject to deterioration or having a shelf life will be replaced
(3) OCIE records will be maintained at the rear of the established as required. Excesses in basic loads caused by unit pack may be
OCIE file with a file guide identifying air weather flight personnel. kept and used.
b. Operational loads are quantities of class 1 through 5 (including
i. OCIE showdown inspections requirements are as follows: maps) and 8 supplies the unit or organization keeps to sustain its
(1) Unit commander conducts annual OCIE showdown inspec- peacetime operation for a given time. These supplies may be moved
tions of all items issued on OCIE records. Showdown inspections into combat if transportation is available after essential lift require-
will include physical validations of quantities issued and conditions ments have been met.
of the items. c. Ammunition combat loads are DA designated quantities to be
(2) Showdown inspections are recorded on the OCIE records carried by each deployable weapon system to initiate combat as
with an annotation “showdown inspections conducted, (date)” . determined by the TRADOC/materiel developer.
(3) Instead of showdown inspections, commanders may allow d. Prescribed loads are quantities of maintenance significant class
sergeant and above to sign a statement certifying that all items 2 and 4, and of class 8 and 9 organizational maintenance repair
issued are on hand, fit, and in serviceable condition. parts kept to support a unit’s daily maintenance program. These
repair parts may be moved into combat if transportation is available
2–18. USAR management after essential lift requirements have been met.
a. OCIE will be accounted for on property books. Responsibility 2–20. Basic and operational loads
will be assigned to soldiers when OCIE is issued. MUSARCs are a. Basic loads. Basic loads consist of class 1 through 5 (including
not authorized to establish CIFs or similar type consolidated storage maps), and 8 (except medical equipment repair parts) supplies.
facilities for OCIE. MACOMs will designate the units required to keep basic loads of
b. The accountable record for OCIE is the property book. The class 1, 2 (including maps), 3, 4 (type classified only), 5 (including
types of data and essential elements of data for OCIE records are maps), and 8 (except medical equipment repair parts)supplies. The
the same as for other property book records. A basic property book method of establishing the stockage level will also be prescribed.
record will be maintained for each OCIE item authorized and/or on TDA health care activities will manage medical equipment repair
hand. parts in accordance with AR 40–61, chapter 6. When authorized,
c. The balance recorded in the property book (accounting data) basic loads will be on hand or on request at all times.
b. Operational loads. Operational loads consist of class 1 through
will reflect the total owned by the property book activity. OCIE
5 (including maps) and 8 (except medical equipment repair parts)
assigned to individuals will be reflected in the remarks data element
supplies.
of the property record. OCIE issued to sub-units on primary hand
(1) See AR 30–1 and AR 30–18 for operational loads of class 1
receipt will be recorded in the management portion of the property supplies.
record (such as location, authority, on hand columns). (2) Up to a 15-day stockage of expendable class 2 (including
d. OCIE for training purposes will be issued to soldiers by the maps), 3 (packaged), 4, and 8 supplies is authorized, based on
using unit. These issues are recorded on the organization clothing allowance in CTA 50–970 and CTA 8–100. The stockage quantity
and equipment records. These records assign personal responsibility will be developed and justified on basis of local experience. If the
when signed. When issued, OCIE will be stored in the USAR center items are available through an SSSC, then 7 days’ stockage is
unless other storage locations are approved by the MUSARC sufficient. No records of demands are required.
commander. (3) CTAs 50–970 and 8–100 also prescribe allowances of durable
e. Commanders managing OCIE in USAR units will establish an items when they are not otherwise authorized. Durable items ob-
outprocessing procedure to clear OCIE records before individuals tained using these CTAs will be controlled and responsibility
leave the unit. Missing items of OCIE will be accounted for under assigned.
the provisions of AR 735–5. Copies of documents showing clear- (4) Operational load of class 3 (bulk) supplies are kept by units
ance of responsibility will be included in the soldier’s personnel file. as directed by their MACOM.
f. USAR will summarize only nonrecoverable issues of OCIE. (5) CTA 50–909 prescribes authorizations and allowances for
operational load ammunition for specified unit operational missions.
g. Stockage of OCIE at parent unit OCIE issue point is based on c. Load lists.
the total number of soldiers authorized (basis of issue, times the (1) Basic and operational load lists register, by class of supply,
authorized troop strength or assigned strength, if overstrength), plus all items authorized for stockage in a load. These lists will be on file
5 percent sizing float. The 5 percent sizing is not intended for in the using unit. The using unit commander approves operational
sizing, but to accommodate over strength. Sizing is covered in TB load lists. Copies of the initial approved basic load list for class 2
10–8400–252–23. (including maps), 4 (type classified only), and 8 (except medical
h. HQ FORSCOM will prescribe additional USAR policies and repair parts) supplies will be given to the appropriate SSA.
procedures for accounting and assigning responsibility for OCIE. (2) It is not necessary to submit an entire new list to the SSA
upon each periodic review. After submitting an initial list, units will
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 23

give any changes to the SSA as they occur. A new list incorporating fail to obtain at least one demand during the most recent control
previous changes will be prepared for the using commander’s ap- period. Stockage may be increased effective with the first and sub-
proval and submitted to the SSA at the second and alternating sequent reviews when supported by demand data.
periodic review. Listings for classes of supply not specifically men- (d) Demand support is based on the demand rate multiplied by
tioned here will be on file in the unit even if the SSA requires the average customer wait time (expressed in days). For initial
copies. stockage, the demand rate is the quantity demanded when the three
d. Load records. recurring demands occurred, divided by the number of days in
(1) Basic and operational loads of class 1 and 5 supplies will be which they occurred. On subsequent computations, the demand rate
accounted for on property books. Records of responsibility are re- is the quantity demanded during the most recent control period,
quired. MACOMs will designate which units are required to stock divided by the number of days in the control period. MACOMs will
Ammunition Basic Loads (ABL), and prescribe the stockage re- direct an average customer wait time (ACWT) for the command,
quirements. Units not designated, to actually stock ABL will have based upon a representative sample of wait times within their com-
on hand a properly prepared and authenticated DA Form 581 with mands. MACOMs are authorized to use PLL stockage tables for
all the data entered with the exception of the document number. either 10- or 15-day ACWT. (ARNG units will use a 30-day
This DA Form 581 will serve the purpose of satisfying the require- ACWT.) Until MACOM unique policy is established, units will
ment for the ABL to be on hand or on order. The PBO provides an have their PLL stockage on a 15-day ACWT. Minimum stockage is
information copy to the supporting class 5 ASP who will, depending that quantity supported by demands, unless otherwise constrained by
on mission need and storage capability, ensure the ammunition is higher authority.
either stocked or a prepositioned requisition is in place for the (2) Nondemand-supported unit maintenance parts. Approval by
ammunition required. Upon notification of a need for the ABL the the first general officer staff level in the chain of command is
PBO will assign a document number and process the request. The required in order to stock nondemand supported repair parts in the
PBO should maintain the basic load authorization data on the prop- PLL.
erty book records in order to expedite deployment. (a) Parts must be EC “C” and have a maintenance use code of
(2) Durable items in the basic and operational loads require that “O.” The EC is listed in the AMDF. The maintenance use code is in
responsibility be assigned through hand receipt procedures. the applicable end item TM. The EC criteria does not apply to
(3) Basic and operational loads of class 2 (including maps) (dura- nontactical telecommunications systems, air traffic control, or
ble and expendable), 3 (packaged), 4, 8 supplies, do not require lifesaving systems.
property book accountability. Demand data will be maintained. Re- (b) Initial stockage quantities of nondemand supported items will
cords will contain the essential data elements listed below. not be reduced for four full review periods. If not demand supported
(a) NSN/CAGE/PN/MCN. during that time, items will be deleted. Quantities may be increased
(b) Item description. after the first full review period.
(c) ARC. (3) Initial stockage of repair parts for newly introduced end items
(d) RC. as identified by support list allowance card (SLAC) deck. Stockage
(e) CIIC. quantities of initial provisioning items will not be reduced for 1
(f) UI. year. If end item is under warranty, 1 year will begin on expiration
(g) Stockage code. of warranty. Quantities may be increased effective with the first and
(h) Date stockage code assigned. subsequent reviews when supported by demand data. Stockage
(i) Authorized level. quantities will be reviewed at the end of the first year to determine
if retention is required. Items experiencing no demands during the
(j) Document number for replenishment.
first year and for which no demand is anticipated during the second
(k) Quantity requested.
year, may be deleted from the PLL. Items failing to be demand
(l) Balance on hand.
supported by the end of the second year will be deleted.
(m) Location. (4) Mandatory stockage of repair parts as identified in an Initial
(n) Supply category of materiel code (SCMC). Mandatory Parts List (IMPL). An IMPL is in support of missile
(4) Records for keeping demand data on operational loads of 1, systems only and may not be reduced below the prescribed level
2, 3 (packaged), 4, and 8 will be developed locally unless already unless directed by HQDA. Quantities may be increased based upon
defined by other applicable regulations. actual demand data.
b. A PLL will consist of—
2–21. Prescribed loads
a. A PLL will consist of unit maintenance repair parts that are (1) Repair parts prescribed by an IMPL for equipment on hand.
demand supported, nondemand supported, and specified as initial Units can challenge an item listed on the IMPL by submitting
stockage repair parts for newly introduced end items. recommended change through their MACOM to Director, USAMC
(1) Demand supported unit maintenance repair parts. Three LOGSA, ATTN: AMXLS-L, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898-7466.
demands within the control period (180 days for active army, 360 (a) Units that challenge a repair parts inclusion on an IMPL will
for ARNG and USAR) qualify an item for initial stockage. not be required to request the item for 6 months or until a response
has been received from AMC LOGSA, whichever comes first.
(a) Parts must be essential, EC “C,” and have a maintenance use
(b) If AMC LOGSA’s evaluation indicates that the part should be
code of “O.” The EC is listed in the AMDF. The maintenance use
eliminated from the IMPL, AMC LOGSA will notify the originator
code is in the applicable end item TM. The EC criteria do not apply
by message and broadcast the change Army-wide.
to nontactical telecommunications systems, air traffic control, or
(2) Repair parts prescribed in a above.
lifesaving systems.
c. Records will be kept to record demands and monitor consump-
(b) MACOMs are authorized to approve repair parts as additions
tion, and be periodically reviewed (quarterly for Active Army; semi-
to the PLL pending review of suspected errors with the EC in the
annually for USAR, ARNG).
AMDF. Examples of this include repair parts required to correct a
d. The total number of lines on PLL will not exceed 300 lines
deficiency as listed in an operator equipment TM, but the part is not
unless approved as explained below. This limit does not apply to the
coded essential (EC of “C” ) in the AMDF. Submit a request for
U.S. Army Information Systems Command (USAISC), U.S. Army
review of code assignments through command channels to Director,
Space Command (USARSPACE), U.S. Army Intelligence and Secu-
USAMC LOGSA, ATTN: AMXLS-L, Redstone Arsenal, AL
rity Command (INSCOM), repair parts to support medical equip-
35898-7466.
ment or aviation unit maintenance (AVUM). Nondeployable TDA
(c) Quantities of demand supported repair parts selected for ini- activities are authorized an unlimited number of demand supported
tial stockage will not be reduced for the first two full review peri- lines. MTOE organizations may exceed the 300-line limit when all
ods. Thereafter demand supported items will be deleted when they the following conditions exist:
24 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

(1) When the combination of mandatory stockage prescribed by their PLL items that are designated by technical manuals for the
an IMPL, and SLAC deck together with demand supported stockage level of maintenance authorized. These items will not count against
of essential repair parts exceed 300 lines. the 300-line limit. AVUM are authorized bench stocks and will
(2) Unit has capability to move PLL into combat in one lift using follow the provisions outlined in paragraph 3–17.
organic transportation. k. When not supported by a COPARS, quantities of repair parts
(3) Approval in writing is obtained from the first general staff for commercial design equipment are stocked based on demand
level in the chain of command. Approval will state the maximum experience. The manufacturer’s recommended list may be used to
number of lines that may be stocked on the PLL. Approval will be determine initial stockage. When this option is used, subparagraph
reviewed and renewed annually with the objective of ultimately a(2)(b) above applies.
reducing stockage to below the 300-line limit. l. Repair parts supporting nuclear weapons and related materiel
e. Parts carried on a PLL will be used as required in peacetime are prescribed in applicable technical manuals. Changes to stockage
operations. Replenishment will be on an as-used basis. When requ- quantities must be directed by the MACOM.
esting a recoverable item (RC A, D, F, H, or L), an unserviceable m. Direct support units are not required to have a PLL of unit
like item must be turned in as prescribed in subparagraph 2–6e. maintenance repair parts when all the following conditions exist:
Exceptions will be explained by a statement signed by the com- (1) Unit supports both the maintenance and the repair parts sup-
mander or responsible officer. For initial establishment of stocks ply for all its organic equipment.
and replenishment of stocks for PLL items, use a priority designator (2) Unit maintenance personnel and tools are not separately
equivalent to an UND of “C.” Priority designators equivalent to an authorized.
UND “B” may be used to replenish that quantity issued that brought (3) Unit maintenance of organic equipment is performed by sup-
the line to a zero balance. For other than repairable items, this port maintenance mission personnel.
quantity may exceed the quantity of one. n. TDA activities (other than DS/GS maintenance activities) may
f. The PLL and related records will be kept in an area convenient keep a PLL of class 9 repair parts when the activity has the equip-
to unit maintenance operations. Commanders will ensure PLL is ment and maintenance capability to support the level of mainte-
reviewed (monthly for ULLS users) and inventoried quarterly, nance. The control period for computing stockage of PLL of class 9
(semiannually for ARNG and USAR IAW table B–1, para I. 11) the repair parts is 180 days. The review frequency is quarterly.
results of the inventory will be documented and maintained until the o. Uninstalled repair parts designated as CCI must be tracked
next inventory is conducted, adjustment will be made IAW AR Army-wide through SIMS-X and cannot be issued to, nor stocked
735–5. Commanders may centrally locate the PLL for several subor- in, the COMSEC maintenance activity PLL.
dinate units. However, the stocks and the records will be kept
separately by unit. When dedicated maintenance personnel and tools 2–22. ARNG management of loads
a. ARNG organizations with the exception of ARNG, SSAs will
are not authorized for unit level maintenance operations, PLLs may
not keep basic loads of other than PLL for class 9 supplies. ARNG
be consolidated at the level where maintenance personnel and tools
SSAs will follow Active Army accountability procedures. Upon
are authorized.
allocation of funds by NGB, all D to D-60 days deploying forces
g. Newly activated units and units having major changes in
will maintain a PLL consisting of parts required for stockage by an
equipment will base stockage on essential needs. Demand data from
IMPL, and/or SLAC. Additional demand supported essential parts
similar units maintaining the identical equipment will be used. This
may be stocked up to a maximum of 300 total lines for a PLL.
may be modified by local mission requirements. When valid States may request authorization to exceed the 300 line limit by
demand data are not locally available, a request for a load list will submitting requests and justification to the State Adjutant General
be submitted to Director, USAMC LOGSA, ATTN: AMXLS-L, (AG). Approval will state the maximum number of lines that may
Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898-7466. For a medical equipment repair be stocked on the PLL. Approval will be reviewed and renewed
part load list, a request will be submitted to Commander, USAM- annually with the objective of ultimately reducing stockage to below
MA, ATTN: SGMMA-MP, Frederick, MD 21701-5001. This does the 300-line limit. Units will deploy with PLLs. Parts stocked in the
not apply to initial provisioning to support newly deployed equip- PLL will be managed in accordance with this regulation. PLLs will
ment. Parts carried on PLL under this subparagraph are considered be kept at the location where the maintenance is performed. Units
nondemand supported and subparagraph a(2) above applies. For all with a unit maintenance capability and separated by distance from
COMSEC equipment, request for a load list will be submitted to the supporting maintenance facility are authorized to stock a portion of
Director, USAMC LOGSA, ATTN: AMXLS-L, Redstone Arsenal, essential repair parts at the unit. Quantities will be determined by
AL 35898-7466. the unit maintenance shop and the unit commander. PLLs of repair
h. Quick supply store items and other items “consumed in use,” parts will be segregated and records will be kept separately by unit.
such as nuts, bolts, screws, tubing, and other common hardware will b. Organizational maintenance shops (OMSs), UTES, MATES,
not be stocked as a formal part of the PLL. Minimum quantities of and CSMS requirements are as follows:
these items are stocked separately along with the PLL. Items will be (1) In the ARNG, OMSs provide organizational level mainte-
requested and stocked on basis of usage. Quantities on hand will not nance support to designated units in their area of operations. OMSs
exceed an estimated 7 days of supply. When the unit of issue is will assume management responsibility for the PLLs located at the
other than “each” in the monthly AMDF, the estimated 7 days of OMSs. PLL for each unit will be maintained separately.
supply should not exceed the unit pack quantity listed in the AMDF. (a) Units collocated with an OMS will have their PLLs located at
Units not supported by a QSS and ARNG may maintain a 15-day the OMS.
supply of QSS type consumable items. Recording demand data is (b) Units not collocated with an OMS will retain a portion of the
not required for these items. PLL to support unit maintenance.
i. Repair parts will not be deleted from the PLL when the follow- (2) OMS will support units not authorized PLL with organization
ing conditions exist and can be substantiated: maintenance repair parts (OMRPs) stockage. OMRPs are PLL of
(1) Supporting equipment that has not been operated during most class 9 supplies stocked to support units with unfunded PLLs and to
of the recent control period. support units without dedicated maintenance personnel and tools.
(2) Supporting seasonal requirements and demands are For units authorized PLLs, the OMS will utilize the unit’s PLL for
anticipated. parts required to perform organizational maintenance. The control
(3) Requirements peculiar to nonstandard equipment. period for OMRPs is 360 days. The review frequency is every 180
(4) Initial provisioning items and criteria for deletion have not days. The criteria of three demands to add and one demand to retain
been met per subparagraph a(3) above. applies. OMRP stockage is restricted to EC “C” items only. A list of
j. Organizations authorized to perform maintenance functions OMRPs authorized for stockage will be prepared and submitted to
higher than unit maintenance on organic equipment may include on the USPFO for review.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 25

(3) UTES, MATES, and CSMS may have shop stock for ac- furnishing a bond or proof of insurance to cover the value of all
complishing maintenance requests and programmed repair. The con- government property issued to the school except uniforms issued to
trol period is 360 days. The review period is 180 days. A shop stock cadets, expendable articles, and supplies expended in operation,
list will be prepared quarterly and forwarded to the USPFO for maintenance, and instruction.
review. The State AG or designated representative is the approving (d) Provide adequate storage and issue facilities, at no cost to the
authority for all items listed on the shop stock list. The shop stock Army, for all Government property provided for the ROTC
list will be reconciled with the USPFO at least annually. Shop stock program.
policy in chapter 3 applies. (e) Furnish the name of the military property custodian and the
c. QSS items will not be stocked as an OMRP. However, a assistant property custodian to the appropriate ROTC region
consumable (that may or may not be class 9) may be on hand in commander.
quantities not exceeding an estimated 15 days of supply. Recording (f) Provide people for clerical duties and other labor required to
consumption data is not required. fulfill the responsibilities of the custodian.
d. Organizations with a support-level maintenance mission will (2) Authorities may request the Army to assume responsibility
have either a PLL or shop and bench stocks. Use stockage policy in and accountability for Government property issued for the ROTC
chapter 3 to manage shop and bench stocks. program use per AR 145–1. When this option is approved by
HQDA, the Professor of Military Science (PMS), by virtue of this
2–23. USAR management of loads position, assumes command responsibility for the Government prop-
a. USAR MTOE organizations will manage loads as follows: erty. The PMS will appoint a property book officer (PBO) per
(1) Deployable USAR units will maintain loads of class 1 paragraph 2–5.
through 5 (including maps), and 8 (less medical equipment repair c. Authorities of educational institutions hosting the Junior
parts) as directed by the MACOM per paragraph 2–20. ROTC (JROTC) program will assume accountability and responsi-
(2) All USAR units authorized to perform unit maintenance and bility for the government property issued for use by the ROTC
having a readiness objective code (ROBCO) that indicates they have program. School authorities must sign a formal agreement attesting
a latest arrival date of C to C-60 will maintain a PLL as defined by to the school’s commitments as follows:
subparagraph 2–21b plus IMPL or SLAC. Aviation units are not (1) To appoint a military property custodian who is not on active
restricted to the 300 line limit. Units will deploy with PLLs. duty with the U.S. Army and who will be empowered to request,
(3) All USAR units authorized to perform unit maintenance will receive, stock, and account for Government property issued to the
maintain a PLL. school and otherwise to transact matters pertaining thereto, for and
b. USAR TDA activities (other than support-level maintenance in behalf of the school.
activities) may keep a PLL of class 8 and 9 repair parts. The TDA (2) To notify the appropriate ROTC region commander of the
commander will make this decision. The control period for compu- name and position of the individual designated as military property
tation of stockage of demand supported class 8 and 9 repair parts is custodian.
360 days. The review frequency is semiannual. (3) To conform to the regulations of the Secretary of the Army
c. Because AMSA, ASF, and the ECS maintenance branch are relating to issue, care, use, safekeeping, turn-in, and accounting for
production oriented maintenance facilities, these activities, regard- such Government property as may be issued to the school.
less of the level of maintenance performed, will maintain repair (4) To comply with the provision of law, and the regulations of
parts as PLL IAW paragraph, 2–21. the Secretary of the Army, pertaining to the furnishing of a bond
and/or insurance to cover the value of all Government property
Section V issued to the school, except uniforms issued to cadets, expended
Reserve Officers Training Corps and National Defense articles, and supplies expended in operations, maintenance, and
Cadet Corps instruction.
(5) To provide adequate storage and issue facilities, at no cost to
2–24. Responsibilities of educational institutions hosting the Army, for all Government property provided for the ROTC
the Army’s Senior ROTC and/or Junior ROTC/National program.
Defense Cadet Corps programs (6) To provide people for clerical duties and other labor required
a. ROTC programs are established at educational institutions as to fulfill the responsibilities of the custodian.
prescribed by the Commanding General (CG), ROTC Cadet Com- d. Under either program (SROTC or JROTC/NDCC), both the
mand and approved by the Secretary of the Army per AR 145–1 and PBO or military property custodian will be appointed in writing (the
AR 145–2. When approved, educational institutions may be author- PBO by memorandum from the PMS and the military property
ized to maintain an ROTC property book account, provided that custodian by letter or memorandum from a school official). The
school authorities agree in writing to specific requirements pertain- appointed person will complete the property book statement re-
ing to property responsibility and accountability. An ROTC program quired per paragraph 2–5.
is a TDA activity with an assigned derivative UIC and separate e. Control of ROTC/NDCC property is the responsibility of the
DODAAC. PBO or military property custodian. Protection of the institution’s
b. Educational institutions hosting the Army’s Senior ROTC responsibility requires a hand receipt for property issued to units and
(SROTC) program will establish property responsibility and ac- individuals.
countability as follows: f. When one PBO or military property custodian is accountable
(1) Authorities may elect to maintain accountability and responsi- for property of several institutions, separate hand receipt files will
bility for Government property when it is issued for use by the be kept for each supported institution.
ROTC program. School authorities must agree in writing to the g. When an educational institution elects to be accountable and
following requirements: responsible for Army property, the following exceptions will apply:
(a) Appoint a representative from the school as the military prop- (1) Active duty personnel assigned to, detailed to, or stationed at
erty custodian. The appointed individual will request, receive, stock, any institution will not accept appointment as military property
and account for Government property issued to the school. The custodian. If the ROTC region commander agrees, officers and
property custodian will also transact property matters on behalf of noncommissioned officers may assist the custodian if it does not
the school. interfere with their primary military duties.
(2) Under unusual circumstances and with approval of the ROTC
(b) Conform to Army regulations relating to issue, care, use,
region commander, the institution may authorize in writing either of
safekeeping, turn-in, and accounting for Government property that is
the following persons to act temporarily for the military property
issued to the school.
custodian:
(c) Comply with the provisions of Army regulations pertaining to
(a) An official of the institution.
26 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

(b) An officer or NCO on active duty at the institution. e. Requests for commercial basic and advanced course textbooks
will be submitted to the ROTC region headquarters for approval.
2–25. Accounting for property
a. Nonexpendable Government property issued for use in ROTC/ 2–28. Disposition of property
NDCC units will be accounted for on the property books per para- Relief from responsibility in ROTC/NDCC units will be per para-
graph 2–5. In addition, personal property authorized per CTA graph 2–13. The following policy modifications will be used:
50–900, section I, will be accounted for using OCIE procedures in a. Excess items will be turned in to the supporting installation
paragraph 2–14 and the procedural manual. The following modifica- after all current requirements and redistribution possibilities have
tions apply: been thoroughly considered by region commanders and HQ ROTC
(1) The accountable record for personal items is the property cadet commands respectively. Full use will be made of items bought
book. The types of data and essential elements of data for personal from a stock fund or procured with ROTC/NDCC funds.
item records are the same as for other property book records. A b. Clothing items authorized to students that become excess due
basic property book record will be maintained for each item author- to a decrease in enrollment may be retained if needed for the
ized and/or on-hand. following school year.
(2) The balance recorded on the property book “accounting data” c. Transfer of property between ROTC/NDCC units will be ap-
will reflect the total owned by the unit. Personal items “assigned” to proved by the region commander having jurisdiction over both the
individuals are reflected in the “remarks” data elements of the prop- losing and gaining ROTC regions. HQ ROTC cadet command will
erty record. approve property transfers between different regions. Transfer of
(3) Individual clothing items will be issued to individuals on property must not cause an excess in the gaining unit nor a shortage
hand receipt. The individual receiving the items will sign and date in the losing unit.
the form.
2–29. Accounting for OCIE at parent unit
b. At educational institutions having both Army and other Serv- Educational institutions requiring OCIE for use by the ROTC unit
ice ROTC units, separate property records will be kept for the will stock, issue, store, and recover OCIE per paragraph 2–14. The
respective Services. Items issued on a per-school basis will be ac- following modification for property book accountability will be
counted for on either the Army or another Service ROTC property used:
record. Which record to use will depend on whether the Army or a. The accountable record for OCIE is the property book. The
another Service requested and received the items. types of data and essential elements of data for OCIE records are
c. At educational institutions hosting Army and other Service the same as for other property book records. A basic property book
units, one military property custodian may account for the property record will be maintained for each nonexpendable OCIE item au-
of all Services. All property issued to an Army ROTC/NDCC unit thorized and/or on-hand.
will be accounted for as Army property. Similarly, all property b. The balance recorded on the property book “accounting data”
issued to another Service ROTC unit will be accounted for as will reflect the total owned by the unit. OCIE items “assigned” to
decided by the applicable Services. individuals are reflected in the “remarks” data elements of the prop-
d. Military junior colleges, as host to both SROTC and JROTC erty record.
units, must keep property accounts for the SROTC and JROTC c. Items lost, damaged, or destroyed will be accounted for per
programs separate. A military property custodian must be assigned AR 735–5.
for the JROTC account and may serve as custodian for both
accounts. Section VI
Special Accounting Policy
2–26. Authorization data
a. Paragraph 2–4 provides the basic policy governing authoriza- 2–30. Property purchased by ordering officers or activity
tion data. All educational institutions will adhere to the basic policy contracting officers
for managing authorization data for ROTC units, except as modified a. The SSA will provide authorization for local purchase per
below. local contracting office directives. This policy also applies to those
b. ROTC units will maintain a current personnel roster to support activities operating in a secure environment.
the total authorized quantity on the property book when personnel b. When justified per the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR),
data is used as a BOI for computation. the supporting contracting officer may appoint a unit or activity
c. Basic, operational, or prescribed loads are not authorized. member as an ordering or contracting officer. The ordering or con-
tracting officer acts as an agent for the supporting contracting offi-
2–27. Requesting and receiving Army property cer to make authorized local purchases (LPs) under a specific
Department of the Army (DA) authorization documents are the basis charter indicating the scope of authority.
for requesting property for Army ROTC/NDCC units. Educational c. When an ordering or contracting officer is appointed, the unit
institutions having both Army and other Services ROTC units will or activity commander will ensure that—
make maximum joint use of items authorized on a per-school basis. (1) The PBO or his/her alternate is not appointed to this duty.
Paragraph 2–6 prescribes the policy applicable to requesting and (2) The ordering or contracting officer does not make LP without
receiving Army property. The following modifications apply: a written request from the PBO.
a. The PMS will coordinate with other Services to determine if (3) The PBO does not request LP from the ordering or contract-
the item required will be requested by the Army or by another ing officer without written authorization from the SSA.
Service. If agreement cannot be reached, the PMS will refer the (4) After receipt of property purchased, the ordering officer
matter for resolution to the Army ROTC region commander. provides the PBO copies of all receipt documents to be screened to
b. If justified, Army ROTC units may request an item authorized establish required property accountability.
on a preschool basis even though the item is on hand or due in for d. The unit or activity PBO will—
another Service. (1) Advise the SSA that a unit ordering or contracting officer has
c. Upon notice from a carrier that a shipment of supplies has been appointed and outline the contents of the appointment charter.
arrived, the military property custodian or PBO will arrange for (2) Obtain LP authority from the SSA and request LP by the unit
immediate delivery of the supplies into their custody. order or contracting officer as outlined in procedural manuals.
d. Educational institutions are authorized to purchase supplies (3) As the functional expert, determine whether the property is
and equipment for use by formally enrolled ROTC/NDCC students nonexpendable (requires property book accountability), durable (re-
if the items are available for sale in DA stocks. (See AR 700–84 for quires hand receipt accountability only), or expendable (no account-
limitations.) ability required).
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 27

(4) Upon receipt of supplies and equipment, process receipt doc- (3) The losing and gaining property book officers will ensure that
umentation as prescribed in paragraph 2–8 and in procedural required AR 710–3 serial number reporting is completed in conjunc-
manuals. tion with asset transfers.
h. System furniture as described in the glossary will be accounted
2–31. Other special accounting policy for by system on installation property book records. A permanent
This paragraph prescribes policy for making administrative adjust- MCN is assigned by the installation supply division to each unique
ments to the accounting records; accounting for temporary require- system. Systems furniture will be assigned using a component hand
ments; accounting for transportation equipment assets; accounting receipt.
for items that do not clearly fall into the category of nonexpendable i. Management of software the organization appointed Informa-
property (but require accountability); accounting for issued chaplain tion Management Officer (IMO) (Center Commander for the
kits; accounting for operational readiness float (ORF) in the light USAR) is responsible for the control of commercial (proprietary)
infantry division (LID); accounting for systems furniture; accounting software issued to the organization. The IMO is responsible for
for IMPE, and accounting for leased equipment and accounting for issuing instructions for the use, control and safekeeping of original
Class 2 nonexpendable CCI. and backup software media to include specific licensing restrictions
a. The AAR will be used to adjust property records for end item (See AR 25–1 and AR 380–19 for proper handling and safeguarding
identity change due to NICP directed assembly and, disassembly, of software). A software package may consist of manuals, templates,
consumption, or for change of stock number/serial number, adjust- reference volumes, and original individual program media. Manag-
ment of item such as size differences, or change to accounting ing IMPE software and data media (magnetic tapes, floppy disks,
requirement code. CD disks, and so on) does not require property book accounting, but
b. AR 700–131 has policy for obtaining property for noncontinu- the following applies:
ing requirements. This property is obtained by temporary loan, rent- (1) Software packages purchased under single or site stand alone
al, or lease. Accounting requirements are the same regardless of the Personal Computer license. Software packages purchased and
method. Property obtained for noncontinuing requirements for a loaded onto an individual, stand-alone Personal computer located in
period less than 6 months will not be accounted for on property the work place (workstation) is evidence that the software package
books (except IMPE). Additional guidelines for the temporary loan is in the custody of the user.
of COMSEC materiel are contained in AR 380–40 and TB 380–41. (2) Software packages purchased under site/local area network
Requests for COMSEC equipment obtained from other military de- license. Software packages purchased and loaded onto a LAN server
partments, Federal or civil agencies will be forwarded to Director, is evidence that the software packages were issued to the PHRH, not
USACCSLA, ATTN: SELCL-EP, Fort Huachuca, AZ 85613-7090 the individual user.
for supply action and establishment of loan records. (3) A locally produced record (log) of manufacturer or locally
c. Some transportation or ammunition assets (e.g., Palletized assigned serial numbers of the software and the serial number of the
Load System (PLS) flatracks and semitrailers) are authorized for PC to which it was installed. This log will be maintained by the
one organization but are routinely used by other organizations. Ac- PHRH for the life cycle of the equipment with that organization.
counting policy for these assets follows: The log only need be changed when new/old software is added or
(1) Location, status, and condition of equipment will be kept. deleted. Do not place software packages on component hand
(2) Further hand receipting of centrally pooled assets is not re- receipts.
quired. (See (a) through (d) below.) (4) The PHRH may direct central storage of original software
(a) A property book will be established to account for these packages as an exception to the above.
assets. (5) Blank data media (including PC cards) valued at $300 or less
(b) Battalions and separate companies engaged in local transport are managed as expendable materiel. Blank data media (including
operations account for their assets IAW paragraph 2–5. PC cards) valued at more than $300 will be issued and accounted
(c) Units and organizations engaged in line haul operations will for as per subparagraph 2–31I(3) above.
transfer their assets to a larger organization designated by their (6) Excess commercial (proprietary) software will be reported to
senior commander (either group or brigade). the Installation Information Management Officer (IMO). The IMO
(d) A control office will be established by the senior commander. will then report excess software to the Commander, USAISC,
d. Air delivery materiel will be accounted for on the property ATTN: ASLO-LOD-L, Fort Hauchuca, AZ 85613-5000, the Army
book of the organization authorized the property. focal point for excess software.
e. Chaplain kits and other nonexpendable, nonrecoverable church (7) Government unique software used on STAMIS and shareware
supplies issued on an individual basis per CTA 50–909, chapter 4, software used at installations are excluded from the above (see AR
and AR 165–20 will be issued on an issue document in duplicate 25–1 for the proper handling and safeguarding of software).
and dropped from property book accountability. j. Class 2 nonexpendable CCIs (receiver transmitters) used with
f. Accounting for leased equipment will be as follows: systems such as MSE and SINCGARS, that require serial number
(1) The PBO will maintain a leased equipment file consisting of tracking, are authorized by MTOE or other authorization document,
lease authorization, lease agreement with amendments, and receipt and are used to provide the direct support maintenance activity
and turn-in documents. assets to exchange with customer units. These nonexpendable Class
(2) On termination of the lease contract, the PBO will submit a 2 CCI receiver transmitters are part of the DS maintenance activity’s
turn-in document with the original receipt document to the SSA. If equipment authorization. (See the MTOE/TDA Section III remarks.)
the equipment has been returned to the contractor by the using unit, (1) Class 2 nonexpendable CCI used in maintenance support op-
a copy of the shipping document or receipt acknowledged by the erations and requiring serial number tracking will be formally ac-
contractor will be provided the SSA. counted for on the property book accounting records. Establish a
g. ORF in the LID consists of supply class 2 and 7 items. Details separate page for the quantity identified in the remarks column of
are as follows: section III of the MTOE or by other authorization document.
(2) PBOs will hand receipt Class 2 nonexpendable CCI used in
(1) AR 750–1 contains policy on the management and determina-
maintenance operations to the DS maintenance activity authorized
tion of ORF.
the equipment. The serial number will be included on the hand
(2) ORF will be accounted for on the Standard Property Book
receipt.
System (SPBS). It will be identified on the property book separately
(3) DS maintenance units will use maintenance requests to ex-
from the other authorizations. It will be hand receipted to units that
change serial number reportable Class 2 nonexpendable CCI. Units
are responsible for maintenance and storage of the items. Exchange
will enter the unserviceable Class 2 nonexpendable CCI serial num-
of item between the unit maintaining the ORF and supported unit
ber on the maintenance request in block 2; maintenance units will
will be done using lateral transfer procedures.
enter the replacement Class 2 nonexpendable CCI serial number in
28 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

block 20h. Provide a completed copy of the maintenance request to Documentation will be destroyed upon return of property. The PBO
the PBO. may request verification of the balances on the custody document to
(4) The PBO will use the completed maintenance request from comply with inventory requirements. Copies of the quarterly inven-
the maintenance activity in support of the property book records. tories of evidence rooms and storage areas will suffice for this
The maintenance request will be used as the issue and turn-in purpose. If the commander of the property is not known, the instal-
documentation between the using unit and the maintenance activity. lation PBO will be furnished a copy of the custody document. The
Post the property book per DA Pam 710–2–1, chapter 4. Update installation PBO will enter the data from the chain of custody
proper hand receipts accordingly. document in to the document register for future use in support of a
(5) The DS maintenance activity will use routine nonexpendable “found on installation” transaction.
item turn-in procedures through the PBO to retrograde CCI deter- o. Property accounting for General Services Administration
mined to be uneconomical repairable. (GSA) long-term assignment vehicles.
(6) The PBO will ensure that requirements for the CCISP are met (1) PBO will prepare a property book page/record for each non-
and accomplished per AR 710–3. tactical vehicle (NTV) LIN on the authorization document. Howev-
k. Accounting for Government-owned reusable containers will be er, no transaction data or on-hand balances will be recorded. Only
as follows: identification data will be entered on this page. Place note in record
(1) Containers costing $200 or more will be recorded on the to “See GSA Interagency Fleet Management System (IFMS) long-
property book. Containers under $200 do not require property book term assignment vehicle files.” GSA vehicle transactions will not be
accountability. recorded on this property book page/record even though the terms of
(2) Responsibility will be assigned according to paragraph 2–10 the memorandum of understanding/agreement (MOU/MOA) exceed
and DA Pam 710–2–1. 6 months. These vehicles remain on the owning agency (GSA)
(3) Excess containers will be turned in to the supply support records. The GSA IFMS regional office, which hand receipts the
activity. vehicle to the activity, is considered the SSA for the purpose of
(4) Reusable containers will not be discarded too soon. When GSA IFMS long-term assignment vehicles.
containers have deteriorated to the point that contents could become (a) Centralized Operations when an MOU/MOA exists between
damaged, the following action will be taken: MACOM (installation) and GSA.
(a) Deteriorated container parts will be discarded according to 1. DOL’s Installation Supply Division (ISD) (property book) will
local guidelines. provide visibility of GSA long-term assignment vehicles. The GSA
(b) Usable container materiel such as cushioning will be saved IFMS long-term assignment vehicle MOU/MOA provides an audit
for reuse. trail and authorization document.
l. Accounting for vendor-owned refillable containers will be as 2. Appoint the installation transportation motor pool officer as
follows: the designated representative to receipt for each GSA IFMS long-
(1) Vendor-owned refillable containers will be returned according term assignment vehicle and its assigned credit card on GSA Form
to the contract terms. 1152 (Vehicle Assign/Term). When facilities engineer vehicles are
(2) Container accountability will be assumed by the accountable being converted to GSA long-term lease vehicles, a facilities engi-
officer assuming content accountability. neer representative may be designated to receipt for the vehicles.
(3) Container responsibility belongs to the person assigned con- When an installation has contracted the operations of a transporta-
tent responsibility. tion motor pool using commercial activities procedures, and no
(4) Records of receipt, issue, transfer, disposition, or loss will DOD employee (designated Transportation Officer or motor/fleet
identify containers by type, including the contract number. transportation noncommissioned officer (NCO)) is available, the
(5) Files will be maintained by contract number for vendor- contracting officer’s property administrator will be the designated
owned containers. The files will be the accountable record for the representative to sign GSA Form 1152 for vehicles/credit cards.
containers and will contain the documents described above. Vendor- 3. A GSA IFMS long-term assignment vehicle folder will be
owned containers will not be entered on unit property books. established and will contain the copy of each GSA Form 1152
(6) Periodic follow-ups will be made by the accountable officer received. The folder will be retained with the supply records until
to the custodian of the containers for status and date of return. The the GSA vehicle is returned. GSA IFMS long-term assignment fold-
custodian is the person assigned responsibility according to the ers remain active until expiration of agreement. (See AR 25–400–2).
accountable officer’s file. The GSA Form 1152 will be returned with the vehicle as required
(7) Copies of contract, receipt, issue, transfer, and disposition by GSA.
documents related to accountable records will be furnished to the 4. User or personal responsibility is fixed by possession of IFMS
accountable officer. long-term assignment vehicle’s, GSA log book or credit card, and
(8) Copies of documents affecting financial records will be fur- ignition keys.
nished to the Finance and Accounting Office (FAO). Records of (b) Decentralized Operations when an MOU/MOA exists be-
purchases requiring a deposit or having a rebate clause will be tween a decentralized command (such as, MEPS, ROTC, or
USAREC) and a GSA regional office.
maintained at the FAO. This file will supplement the file maintained
1. A command must establish in writing individuals at the decen-
by the accountable officer.
tralized location who are authorized to enter into MOU/MOA and
m. Accounting for Government-owned refillable containers will
receipt for GSA IFMS long-term assignment vehicles. Further, these
be as follows:
individuals can assign direct responsibility by requiring each vehicle
(1) Government-owned refillable containers such as cylinders,
and credit card be signed for on a copy of the original GSA Form
carboys, and liquid petroleum gas containers authorized by an
1152.
MTOE, TDA, JTA, or CTA will be recorded on the property book.
2. Ensure those activities identified in subparagraph o(1) above
(2) Records of receipt, issue, transfer, or loss of containers will
(those who enter into an MOU/MOA with a regional GSA IFMS
identify containers by type.
and down to station level) establish a GSA IFMS long-term assign-
(3) Containers will be turned in when requesting refills. If empty
ment vehicle folder. The folder will contain the copy of the MOU/
containers are not furnished, justification must be given.
MOA and each GSA Form 1152 received. It will be retained with
n. Property confiscated by law enforcement officials will be ac- the supply records until the GSA vehicle is returned, and will
counted for by using a DA Form 4137 (Evidence/Property Custody remain active until expiration of the agreement (see AR 25–400–2).
Document). Law enforcement officials will provide a copy of the The GSA Form 1152 will be returned with the vehicle as required
custody document to the commander owning the property. The com- by GSA.
mander in turn will provide a copy of the custody document to the 3. All individuals designated in writing by MACOMs to receipt
PBO. The PBO will file this document in the hand receipt folder. for GSA IFMS long-term assignment vehicles may assign direct
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 29

responsibility for each vehicle/credit card by requiring individuals to from DOD facilities, into-plane contract established by Defense Fuel
sign a reproduced copy of the GSA Form 1152 for that vehicle/ Support Point (DFSC), and U.S. Government purchase order-in-
credit card. Personal responsibility is fixed by possession of IFMS voice-voucher, in that order. Purchases of aviation fuels at commer-
long-term assignment vehicles log book/credit card and ignition cial airports using a U.S. Government national credit card or a U.S.
keys. Government purchase order-invoice-voucher is authorized only
(2) Commands that have established automated system visibility when the mission necessitates refueling at such location and an into-
and control procedures (those using current property book account- plane contract does not exist.
ing systems) for GSA IFMS vehicles must conform to paragraphs a e. U.S. Government national credit cards are to be considered
and b above. Commands must assign an MCN that identifies these organization property. As such, they will be controlled as a property
vehicles as GSA long-term assignment assets. The automated sys- book item. Use of U.S. Government National Credit Cards is as
tem must also include a management code to preclude reporting follows:
these assets under CBS-X procedures. All commands are encour- (1) Government credit cards are authorized for use only when
aged to convert their manual procedures to a Standard Army Man- Government contracts or installation support are not available.
agement Information System (STAMIS), when available. Credit cards will be issued on a temporary basis and local com-
(3) Do not report GSA IFMS long-term assignment vehicles manders will publish explicit guidelines for the use of the card.
through CBS-X or their serial numbers through the U.S. Army When the credit card is turned back in, the original credit card
vehicle registration program. receipts will be turned in. Units will coordinate projected bulk refuel
(4) The above clarification only applies to vehicles received from requirements with en route military installations prior to departure.
GSA IFMS, not vehicles received under loans or leases. Anticipated packaged POL requirements will be carried by the con-
p. Hard Targets (Vehicle Hull Targets (VHTs)). The following voy. Fuel will not be purchased within 25 miles of an installation
information applies to all activities involved in management, pro- with available POL, except under emergency conditions.
curement, accountability and disposal of the Vehicle Hull Targets (2) Off post purchases will be limited to one fill-up per vehicle
and other targets of similar description used for destructive training per trip (excluding tankers and convey refuelers). If other fuel stops
or testing. are required on the trip, the dispatch must be annotated to reflect the
(1) All commands or activities will follow the regulatory guid- additional mileage and fuel consumption. Credit card purchases of
ance of AR 710–1, chapter 3 for the forecasting and requirements packaged POL is for emergency use only and limited to $25 per
determination for VHTs. trip. Emergency repair/towing is limited to $150 and will be author-
(2) VHTs and similar type hard targets used for destructive test- ized only when military support is not available. The following
ing or training are nonreportable. They will be accounted for as supplies and service can be obtained with Government credit cards:
expendable property per AR 735–5, chapter 7. The provisions of AR (a) Gasoline and gasohol, including aviation grade.
710–2, subparagraph 2–6 l (1) also apply. (b) Diesel and diesel marine fuel, aviation turbine fuel, propane,
(3) Usable components of these vehicles that can be repaired and and liquid petroleum gas (LPG).
reissued for support of other vehicles inservice will be removed (c) Lubrication services and lubricants (including differential and
before issue as VHTs. transmission lubricants).
(4) VHTs will be turned in as scrap to the DRMO when no (d) Antifreeze.
longer needed by the using unit. (e) Oil filter elements and servicing.
(f) Air filter service.
Section VII (g) Battery charging.
Petroleum Management (h) Tire and tube repairs.
(i) (Rescinded.)
2–32. Purchase or procurement of aviation or ground (j) Mounting and dismounting snow tires and/or chains.
products (k) Emergency replacement of spark plugs, fan and generator
a. When emergency or off-post procurement of ground petroleum belts, windshield wiper arms and blades, lamps, and so on.
products is required, purchases may be made by using a SF 149 (3) Separate charge slips must be used for each credit card trans-
(U.S. Government National Credit Card) from sources listed in DLA action and there will be only one vehicle per transaction. Copies of
Contract Bulletin 600–XX–0039, per the Federal Acquisition Regu- all slips and written explanations for missing slips, will be submitted
lation (FAR), and paragraph e below. The U.S. Government national with the monthly fuel consumption report. Credit purchases will be
credit card will only be used for properly identified U.S. Govern- reviewed to ensure that the quantity and type fuel is compatible with
ment vehicles. the vehicle used and that the dates of the purchases correspond to
b. When diesel fuel or gasoline is required for fueling convoys, the log/dispatch records. All charges will be annotated on the slips
products will be obtained from military installations en route. Proj- and justification of the charges submitted to the approval agency.
ected requirements will be coordinated with the military installations All charge slips will identify the following:
well in advance. When military installations are not available, local (a) Credit card number used.
purchase is authorized for 10,000 gallons or less of each grade of (b) Name/location of the service station.
product per delivery point. Local purchase procedures will be fol- (c) Date of the purchase.
lowed per the FAR. Requirements of more than 10,000 gallons will (d) Vehicle identification number.
not be divided in order to produce more than one local procurement (e) Type of fuel and quantity.
of less than 10,000 gallons. Requests will be submitted telephoni- (f) Cost per gallon and total cost.
cally and/or in writing to the United States Army Petroleum Center (g) Item description and quantity/total cost (if other than fuel).
when the required quantity for delivery at one point exceeds 10,000 (h) Printed name and phone number of person making purchase.
gallons or if purchase of quantities less than 10,000 gallons cannot (i) Signature of individual making the purchase.
be accomplished. Normally, such requests will be submitted at least (4) A fuel consumption report (POL Credit Card Report) will be
90 days in advance of the date required to allow sufficient procure- submitted on a monthly basis to the using unit/activity management/
ment lead time. MILSTRIP channels will not be used for requ- funds issuing headquarters not later than (NLT) the 15th of the
isitioning of bulk petroleum products. Information outlined in DA month. At least twice annually, the using unit/activity will conduct a
Pam 710–2–1 contains necessary data to economically establish review/validation of credit card transaction against the commercial
contractual sources of supply for motor convoys. fuel billings.
c. Requirements for packaged petroleum products will be deter- (5) The credit card may also be used to purchase aviation sup-
mined before departure and will accompany each convoy. plies and service at commercial airports only when Defense Fuel
d. Petroleum products required for DA aircraft will be obtained Supply Center establish that into-plane contracts do not exist (use
30 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

aircraft identiplate for contract fuel). Purchase of supplies and serv- b. Appendix C details elements of the programs.
ices is limited to the into-tank/crankcase refueling of the consuming
end item of equipment. Bulk/multiple aircraft refueling using a sin- 2–34. Bulk petroleum and packaged fuels accountability
gle credit card transaction is expressly prohibited. a. Units are responsible for all petroleum issued to them for
f. AVFUEL identaplates DD Form 1896 (Jet Fuel Identaplate) are consumption as part of their basic or operational load. Unit ensure
controlled as a property book item. The jet fuel and Aviation Gaso- protection, maintain control, and provide an audit trail. Aggressive
line (AVGAS) identaplates DD Form 1897 (AVGAS Identaplate) management policies must be pursued to—
are collectively referred to as AVFUEL identaplates. AVFUEL (1) Permit prompt and accurate identification of shortages or
overages.
identaplates are used as follows:
(2) Ensure action is taken to identify causes for these deviations.
(1) The Army will use uniform procedures and formats for recor-
b. Using unit commanders responsible for receiving fuels to store
ding AVFUEL/AVOIL deliveries from DFSC-established, into-
and issue ensures—
plane contracts and interservicing issues for all services. Identaplate
(1) Designates in writing a responsible individual to maintain
will be used to obtain refueling of each Army aircraft at Army control of all fuels and to provide an audit trail using—
airfields other than home stations, at Navy and Air Force installa- (a) A record of daily issues.
tions, or from commercial vendors under Government contract as (b) A monthly abstract of issues.
identified in DFSC into-plane contract bulletins. When the AV- (c) A monthly bulk petroleum accounting summary (MBPAS).
FUELS into-plane contract sales slip is not available, the contractor (d) A document register to maintain the audit trail.
will use a commercial delivery form. (2) Ensure that petroleum-handling personnel are trained in safe
(2) The DOD AVFUEL identaplates are authorized only for pe- and proper procedures.
troleum products that are actually dispensed directly into using air- (3) Establish, maintain, and provide a standing operating proce-
craft. The AVFUEL identaplate will not be used to purchase dure (SOP) to operations personnel that handle and account for bulk
products in advance of actual dispensing into aircraft. fuels by the particular organization.
(3) Identaplates are numbered to ensure adequate controls for c. All fuel received, except that issued by the SSA directly into
their issue, use, and disposition. An expiration date will not exceed or specifically identifiable to a consuming end item of equipment,
2 years from date of issue. Identaplates with the last digit of the will be posted as a receipt. Receipts and issues, regardless of the
aircraft tail number ending in an even numeral will expire in an container, will be recorded on the daily issue form. Fuel obtained
even-numbered year. Identaplates with the last digit of the aircraft from defueling operations will be recorded as a receipt and identi-
tail number ending in an odd numeral will expire in an odd-num- fied by the vehicle/equipment USA/tail number. All other receipts
bered year. Upon receipt of newly issued identaplates, superseded will be assigned a voucher number. DA Pam 710–2–1 outlines
identaplates will be destroyed and certificates of destruction will be procedures for ordering and receiving bulk products from commer-
forwarded by the PBO to USAPC. At all times, identaplates are cial sources. Fuel transfers within the unit’s organization from one
secured according to AR 190–51. They are made available to refuel- mode of transporting vehicle or storage container to another, is not
ing operators when requesting AVFUEL service. Preflight checks considered an issue. When issues are made outside the unit’s organi-
are made to ensure proper AVFUEL identaplates are available along zation and the issue is not directly into or specifically identifiable to
with instructions for their use. a consuming end item, the issue will be assigned a voucher number
(4) The individual pilot or flight officer in charge of aircraft will and considered a receipt by the recipient. Issue and receipt will be
ensure, immediately upon return to home station, that delivery or volume corrected per h(4)(a) below.
issue slips for all purchases made are turned in to the responsible d. Issues and receipts will be totaled daily on the DA Form 3643
supply officer. (Daily Issues of Petroleum Products) and posted daily to the DA
(5) An identaplate may become invalid because of excessive Form 3644 (Monthly Abstract of Issues of Petroleum Products and
wear or mutilation or a change in the DODAAC of the home station Operating Supplies).
or supplementary (billing) address. If the plate becomes invalid, it e. During field exercises, if the maintenance of audible records is
will be removed from the property book, substantiated by a certifi- not feasible, the unit commander must prepare a statement summa-
cate of destruction. A copy of the certificate of destruction will be rizing daily issues. The statement will indicate that the fuel was
provided by the PBO to USAPC with a request for a new iden- used in authorized Army equipment. The statement will be prepared
taplate. Identaplates will automatically be reissued upon expiration. within 3 working days after completion of the exercise, and the
A copy of the request will be retained until the new plate is re- quantities will be posted to the monthly abstract form as of the last
ceived. This will enable the flight officer to furnish the information day of the exercise. The statement is then filed and maintained as a
needed to refuel the aircraft. USAPC will publish and distribute supporting document to the monthly abstract form. The statement is
semiannually a complete list of all lost plates. Lost plates or those not to be used in lieu of audit records but as a supplement.
suspected of being misused will be reported by serial number imme- f. The responsible individual will document losses of fuel due to
diately to USAPC. Army activities will confiscate and return to spillage and/or contamination for quantities over 25 gallons. The
USAPC any identaplate listed as lost or misplaced. If a pilot, crew documentation will be attached to the MBPAS record as a support-
ing document to adjust records.
member, or others refuse to surrender any such identaplate, advise
g. The MBPAS will be used by units to maintain a record of
USAPC immediately by message. (See DA Pam 710–2–1 for
receipts, issues, and inventory of petroleum products.
instructions.)
h. Inventory bulk fuel storage monthly and submit results on an
(6) The AVFUELS into-plane contract sales slip will be used as MBPAS to the next higher commander for approval. Bulk fuel
the basic issue document for all issues made to military services, storage tanks will be inventoried or gauged as follows:
Government agencies, and authorized civil or foreign aircraft. Under (1) Rigid-wall tanks/containers above or below ground will be
no circumstances will a petroleum company or U.S. Government gauged according to the procedures contained in FM 10–18 and FM
national credit card be used to establish or to imprint data on the 10–69.
AVFUELS into-plane contract sales slip. (2) Collapsible wall tanks/containers will be inventoried by rec-
(7) Instructions for obtaining and using the AVFUELS iden- onciling beginning inventory, issues, receipts, and by physically
taplate are contained in DA Pam 710–2–1. checking the tank, couplings, fittings, and area around the tank to
ensure no leaking has occurred. A common-sense approach must be
2–33. Petroleum quality surveillance and technical used in visually checking the container to ascertain that stated quan-
assistance programs tity appears to be present volume.
a. Commanders are responsible for the petroleum quality surveil- (3) When bulk fuel storage tank has either an issue or receipt,
lance and technical assistance programs. that tank will be physically inventoried or gauged that day and
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 31

reconciled to compare physical inventory data against daily issues free on board (FOB) destination (acceptance at destination), the
and receipts. All other tanks will be gauged weekly. This informa- Army does not sustain transportation losses since it is accountable
tion will be recorded on DA Form 5831–R (Petroleum Product only for the quantity actually received. DA Pam 710–2–1 outlines
Inventory Control Sheet) or equivalent local form per DA Pam procedures for ordering and receiving bulk petroleum products from
710–2–1 and must allow easy identification of inventory discrepan- commercial sources.
cies. The responsible individual will resolve and document discrep- (5) To help ensure the accuracy of petroleum receipts and issues,
ancies. Volume correction is optional for daily or weekly a program must be established to ensure all POL meters are checked
inventories. for accuracy by qualified personnel as outlined in FM 10–20 and
(4) In addition to the daily and weekly inventories, a monthly TM 5–678.
physical inventory of all bulk petroleum products will be performed j. Adjustments of accountable records are as follows:
for each type and grade of product. This inventory is documented on (1) The responsible individual will complete the MBPAS within
the MBPAS report and will reflect the quantity on hand as of 0800 3 working days of the last day of the month reported. The MBPAS,
hours local time, the first day of the month per AR 11–27. In the with applicable supporting documents (report of survey, causative
event the last day of the month is a nonduty day, the monthly research) will be forwarded for approval.
inventory may be conducted at the close of business the last work (2) The next higher commander or the commanders designated
day of the month. A DA Form 3853–1 (Innage Gage Sheet) will be representative of the activity having accountability is the approving
used to record inventory data. All products on hand will be invento- authority for adjustments made on the MBPAS. An individual will
ried. Monthly inventories of volume will be corrected as specified not be designated as approving authority for an MBPAS covering
below. property for which he or she is immediately accountable. The ap-
(a) Measured volumes that equal or exceed 3,500 gallons will be proving authority may disapprove the adjustment of any item on the
volume corrected per FM 10–69 or FM 10–18. The correction fac- MBPAS that does not appear justified based on facts available.
tors referenced in American Society for Testing and Materials Approving authority’s disapproval of any loss on the MBPAS auto-
(ASTM) tables 5B and 6B will be used. ASTM tables 5A and 6A matically requires the initiation of a report of survey. Disapproval of
will be used for JP-4 and may be obtained through normal publica- any gain requires an investigation under AR 15–6.
tions channels as PMT Volume I. ASTM tables 5B and 6B will be (3) The MBPAS with all supporting documents (receipt, issue,
used for petroleum products other than JP-4 and may be ordered as and inventory) will be retained per AR 25–400–2.
PMT Volume II. Contractor-delivered fuels will be volume cor- k. All contaminated petroleum products within the Army will be
rected when volumes equal or exceed 3,500 gallons. In instances in recovered to enhance energy conservation and environmental pollu-
which the observed data is expressed in metric units, ASTM tables tion control. Recovery, recycling, and disposal of petroleum or pe-
52, 53, and 54 will be used to correct measured volumes to gallons troleum-based products will be per appendix D.
at 15 degrees Celsius. Residual fuel (FO#4, FO#5, FO#6) will be
volume corrected regardless of measured volume. The responsible Section VIII
individual will ensure the inventory is reconciled so that shortages Ammunition Management
or overages will be identified.
(b) Activities using automated gauging/inventory systems, to in- 2–35. General
a. Safety requirements for explosives are in TM 9–1300–206 and
clude leak detection, must conduct end of month inventories by
AR 385–64.
manually gauging all petroleum storage systems to verify the ac-
b. Ammunition and its packing materiel will be cared for and
curacy and integrity of the automated system.
handled to assure damage is kept to a minimum.
(c) Commanders may correct all measured volumes less than 3,
c. Requisitioning units will provide all transportation, working
500 gallons to 60 degrees Fahrenheit.
parties, and security required for the movement of the ammunition
(5) Adjustments to product inventories are required for blending to/from the supply support activity (SSA).
or regrading actions. At the end of the month the responsible indi-
d. Ammunition will be expended for intended purposes only.
vidual will— Ammunition will never be abandoned, destroyed, fired indis-
(a) Prepare a statement showing the quantities of all products criminately, or otherwise disposed of in order to avoid any incon-
blended/regraded during the month and the reason for the action. veniences of returning the item(s) to an SSA.
(b) Attach this statement and a copy of the proper laboratory e. Ammunition shall not be removed from its packing containers
report to the MBPAS as a supporting document. until required for use. Prior to use, ammunition shall be handled so
(6) All rigid-wall storage tanks of 10,000 gallons or larger will that it will not become unserviceable; for example, loss of lot
have a capacity table. When a modification is made to these tanks, number identification, in case the exercise ends early and ammuni-
or they become suspect of inaccuracies, a new capacity table will be tion must be returned to the SSA. For research, development, test
prepared. The capacity tables will permit measurement in 1/8-inch and evaluation (RDTE) organizations, and weapons maintenance
increments. facilities only, items may be unpacked for pre-test inspection, modi-
i. Allowable losses or gains for bulk petroleum. fication, and temperature conditioning.
(1) Handling losses or gains for jet fuels, (excluding JP8) AV- f. Commanders will ensure the proper training and instruction of
GAS, and other gasoline’s are allowable when not in excess of a individuals, crews, or other groups who will handle or fire ammuni-
plus (+) or minus (-) 1 percent of the total of the opening inventory tion. Emphasis will be on safety requirements and hazards involved
plus the receipts for the monthly period covered by the MBPAS. in handling ammunition.
(2) Losses or gains for all other petroleum products are allowable g. Commanders will determine the reliability and trustworthiness
when not in excess of a plus (+) or minus (-) one-half of 1 percent of personnel before they are assigned duties involving control of
of the total of the opening inventory plus the receipts for the ammunition and explosives (A&E).
monthly period covered by the MBPAS.
(3) When the loss exceeds the stated allowance above and the 2–36. Storage
entire loss exceeds a value of $500, a report of survey is required. a. Because most Class 5 items are sensitive, minimum stockage
When a loss exceeds the allowable, but has a total value less than will be kept.
$500, causative research will be initiated. A copy of these reports b. Ammunition will be stored under the provisions of AR 740–1,
will be attached to the MBPAS as supporting documents. When the TM 9–1300–206, DOD 4145.19–R–1, public law, and/or host nation
gain exceeds the allowable limit, causative research will be initiated. agreements, whichever is more restrictive.
A copy of the report will be attached to the MBPAS as a supporting c. Sensitive, classified, and pilferable items require special con-
document. trols when they are stored and moved. Stocks will be stored/secured
(4) When shipments are received from commercial contractors and protected per the CIIC. This code is listed on the AMDF.
32 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

d. Magazine data cards— 2–38. Training ammunition
(1) DA Form 3020–R (Magazine Data Card) is a working docu- a. General.
ment that helps control the receipt, storage, issue, and inventory of (1) Ammunition control is enhanced by stressing ammunition
munitions within a storage location. Magazine data cards (MDCs) supply economy and fire discipline to individuals and weapons
are not formal accountable documents. DA Form 3020–R is availa- crews.
ble in DA Pam 710–2–1. (2) Commanders will ensure units do not forecast, draw, or ex-
(2) The MDCs will be used in all storage locations, including pend more training ammunition than that needed to meet training
depots, holding areas, and field storage, for munitions remaining in requirements and to remain within Training Ammunition Manage-
a storage location more than 24 hours. ment Information System (TAMIS) authorizations.
e. If ammunition is to be expended over a period of time, the unit b. Annual unit requirements and authorizations.
may establish an ammunition holding area. Selection of the holding (1) Annual training ammunition requirements are computed per
area site and storage in the holding area will be in accordance with DA Pam 350–38 and DA Pam 350–39. Annual training ammunition
DA Pamphlet 385–64. The holding area site and duration of opera- authorizations are provided by HQDA (DAMO-TRS) through
tion will be approved in advance by the first Lieutenant Colonel in MACOMs, using TAMIS, per AR 5–13.
the operational chain-of-command in coordination with local instal- (2) When annual unit authorizations are received from higher
lation commander responsible for the holding area. The ammunition headquarters, units may utilize DA Form 5203 (DODIC Master/Lot
stored in the holding area will not exceed the amount needed for the Locator Record) for internal control of their authorization. See DA
training event, operational mission, or as specified by the com- Pam 710–2–1 for instructions on how to complete a DODIC Master/
mander approving the holding area. Lot Locator Record.
(1) Ammunition accountability in the holding area shall be con- c. Forecasts.
tinuous. Units having ammunition holding areas in existence over (1) Upon receipt of the unit’s training ammunition authorization,
24 hours will establish accountability of the ammunition in the the unit will prepare a forecast, automated or manual DA Form
holding area. 5514–R (TAMIS Training Ammunition Forecast Report), per AR
(2) To aid in issuing ammunition from the holding area, the unit 5–13 to reflect their authorization for the next fiscal year (FY).
may attach an MDC on each stack of ammunition. (2) Each month the unit will review ammunition projected usage
(3) Daily physical inventories of ammunition in open storage will and will revise training ammunition forecasts as required. The re-
be conducted by the unit to ensure continuous accountability. Open vised forecasts will be provided through approved channels to the
storage surveillance testing may be exempted from daily inventories supporting ASPs.
when access is restricted by fencing and augmented by 24-hour d. Limitation. Ammunition maintained in the field shall be lim-
guard, video, or an intrusion detection system. ited to that necessary to support known requirements.
e. Recovery. Unit commanders will establish procedures that en-
2–37. Security and transportation sure recovery of all live ordnance and residue prior to departing
a. Security. from the firing site.
(1) Ammunition will be secured per AR 190–11, and/or host f. Expenditure certification. A certification of expenditure is re-
nation agreements and public law, whichever is more restrictive. quired for Category I and II A&E items and firing systems con-
(2) Unserviceable ammunition will be provided the same degree sumed during training.
of security that is afforded other categories of ammunition. g. Demolition plan. Before training, a demolition plan will be
(3) Inert and expended Category I rocket and missile launcher prepared by each unit when explosives used in demolition’s (for
tubes, inert Claymore mines, inert hand grenades, and Rocket example, C-4, dynamite, and TNT), bulk explosives, and firing
Launcher, M190, with M73 sub-caliber practice rocket, used as systems will be used. A demolition plan is not required for Category
training devices are vulnerable to pilferage, misuse, or conversion to I items, grenades, and mines.
live ammunition. Such devices or training aids will be con-
2–39. Ammunition basic load and operational load
spicuously marked (see AR 385–65) to prevent accidental turn-in or a. General.
turn-in as live fire residue. Those items that can be converted to live (1) Each MACOM will establish justification, forecast, and
ammunition or explosives will be accounted for and secured as stockage procedures for ammunition basic loads (ABL) to include
Category IV live ammunition and explosives. CTA 50–909 items.
(4) Ammunition will not be removed from any military activity, (2) Because of the safety and security hazards involved, some
except as authorized by proper authority; for example, in conjunc- items may be stored by the supporting SSA.
tion with an exercise to be conducted in another training area or at (3) Loads stored by the unit will be physically inventoried
another military installation. monthly and reported to the unit’s higher headquarters.
(5) Ammunition maintained in the field must not exceed that (4) The ABLs stored by the supporting SSA need not be segre-
amount required for training or the amount which can be properly gated from other stocks. SSA stockage levels shall not be decrement
safeguarded. below the quantity needed to fill ABL requirements.
(6) Protective seals will be used when ammunition and explo- b. ABL.
sives are stored in an enclosed or covered vehicle, container, or (1) MACOMs will designate units required to keep ABL and
structure. Protective seals will be installed so that access cannot be prescribe the method of establishing stockage requirements.
gained to items in storage without damaging the seal. Additional (2) ABL supplies will be accounted for on property books by
policy and procedures for the use of protective seals can be found in Department of Defense Identification Code (DODIC), quantity, lot
AR 190–51, appendix D. number, and serial number. Property book policy and procedures in
b. Transportation. this publication will be used.
(1) Each vehicle will display an appropriate placard as required (3) When authorized, the ABL will be on hand or on requisition
by AR 55–355 and 49 CFR. at all times.
(2) The shipment will be loaded, blocked and braced by the unit (4) ABL to accompany troops (TAT) and not to accompany
per approved drawings reflected in DA Pam 75–5 and protected per troops (NON-TAT).
AR 55–355. (a) TAT ABL is defined as that ammunition that can be carried
(3) Requirements for vehicle inspections are found in paragraphs by or accompany the soldier, uploaded on a combat vehicle or on
3–42 and 3–44. organic transport during deployment (on board an aircraft or ship).
(4) Transportation physical security standards are outlined in AR (b) Non-TAT ABL is defined as that ammunition that cannot
190–11. accompany the soldier nor be uploaded in combat vehicles or or-
ganic transport during deployment. Non-TAT ABL will be shipped
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 33

to the POE for deployment with unit equipment or directly to the b. Inventories of ammunition will not be done by unit armorers
unit at the POD. nor by the same person two inventories in a row.
c. Operational loads. c. Physical inventory is accomplished by counting palletized con-
(1) Types of operational loads. figuration and/or outer pack. Banded pallets will not be disassem-
(a) Ammunition authorized by CTA 50–909 or MACOM and not bled to count individual boxes. Sealed boxes will not be opened to
expected to be expended (for example, security guards, emergency count individual items. If markings are believed to be incorrect, an
signals, and site security) will be accounted for on the property book actual count of each item will be made of those configurations
by DODIC, quantity, lot number, and serial number, and will be believed to be incorrectly marked.
controlled through hand receipt procedures. d. DA Form 3020–R will only be used as an aid for storage.
(b) Ammunition authorized by CTA 50–909 and MACOMs and MDCs will not be used to determine quantities when conducting
expected to be expended “within 5 days” (that is, qualification of inventories.
civilian guards, blank ammunition for ceremonies, and disposal of
duds) will be accounted for by DODIC, quantity, lot number, and 2–42. Records and reports
serial number, using hand receipt procedures. a. AR 700–19, Missile Firing Data Reports (RCS AMC-224)
(2) Each MACOM will establish justification, forecast, and contains policy for the reporting of missile firings.
stockage procedures for operational load requirements not covered b. AR 710–19, Guided Missile and Large Rocket (GMLR) Am-
by CTA 50–909 (EOD, engineer quarry operations, and others). munition Issue, Receipts, and Expenditure Report (RCS AMC-193)
(3) Unit stockage will not exceed a 30-day supply. contains policy for the reporting of issues, receipts, and expenditures
(4) Operational load ammunition will be continuously accounted for guided missiles and rockets.
for through the use of hand receipt control.
(5) When expended, the unit will turn in all residue and live 2–43. Amnesty program
ammunition in order to reconcile the expended quantities with is- a. The A&E amnesty program is intended to ensure maximum
sued quantities on the original DA Form 581 (Request for Issue and recovery of military A&E items outside the supply system. It is not
Turn-In of Ammunition) and DA Form 581–1 (Request for Issue intended to circumvent normal turn-in procedures. The A&E am-
and Turn-In of Ammunition Continuation Sheet) at the supporting nesty program provides an opportunity for individuals to return
SSA. A&E found, stolen, or misplaced without fear of prosecution. A&E
(6) Ammunition containers will at all times be marked clearly to amnesty turn-ins will not be the basis for initiation of an investiga-
reflect identification data (lot, nomenclature, quantity, Department tion or prosecution and are exempt from AR 190-series investigation
of Defense Ammunition Code (DODAC), and serial number) of requirements.
contents. b. This program does not, however, prevent investigations or
prosecutions based on other evidence. The amnesty program is im-
2–40. Requesting, receiving, and turning in ammunition plemented by local regulations in accordance with DA Pam
a. Requesting. Request for class 5 will be prepared per DA Pam 710–2–1, paragraph 11–18. Installation commanders should coordi-
710–2–1. nate implementation of the program with law enforcement agencies
b. Receiving. Personnel authorized to receive ammunition will be and their legal advisor.
present with the vehicle/convoy.
c. Hand receipting training ammunition. Training ammunition Section IX
will be hand receipted using DA Form 5515 (Training Ammunition Wartime Policy
Control Document) and DA Form 5515–1 (Training Ammunition
Control Document (Continuation Sheet)) in accordance with DA 2–44. General information
Pam 710–2–1. a. Wartime policy implementation of all or part of this section
d. Turn-In. must be by direction of the Secretary of the Army. These policies
(1) Training ammunition, components, and residue will be turned prescribe using unit property accounting requirements in the time of
in to the SSA within the first 5 working days following completion war or emergency. Authorization document requirements of para-
of the training mission. graph 2–4 remain in effect except that parent unit commanders may
(2) Turn-ins will be reconciled with the original issue authorize discretionary allowances.
document(s). b. This section applies to units deployed in a theater of opera-
(3) A 24-hour projected turn-in notice will be given to the SSA tions. It also applies to units deployed to other areas when author-
by the unit. ized by the Secretary of the Army.
(4) The first LTC in the chain of command will sign a DA Form c. Theater commanders may impose more stringent recordkeep-
5811–R (Certificate—Lost or Damaged Class 5 Ammunition Items) ing requirements as tactical or operational situations allow or re-
indicating action taken to account for shortages of ammunition and quire. When such requirements are imposed, policies in sections II
residue shortages. DD Form 5811–R is available in DA Pam and IV apply.
710–2–1. Commanders will initiate investigation under AR 15–6 d. When hostilities cease or the emergency subsides, units will
when losses or overages are found in Categories I and II. reestablish accounting records required by sections II and IV, of this
(5) Ammunition returned in an unserviceable condition because chapter under AR 735–5.
of improper handling or transportation will result in an investigation e. CBS-X reporting requirement down to the unit property book
being conducted per AR 735–5. level remains in effect throughout wartime, beginning with deploy-
e. Amended turn-in procedures. Units are authorized to make an ment and continuing through deactivation.
“amended turn-in.” Amended turn-in documents will be signed by
the first LTC in the chain of command , and will include a complete 2–45. Requesting and receiving property
DA Form 5811–R for all shortages and excesses of ammunition and Requesting and receiving property policies in paragraph 2–6 apply
residue. except for the following:
a. Follow-up and requests for cancellation are not required.
2–41. Inventory b. Reconciliation and validation of open supply requests with the
The following applies to all ammunition for which the unit is re- SSA are not required.
sponsible (see table 2–1). c. Written delegation of authority to receipt for supplies is not
a. Units that have an established training ammunition holding required. Copies of assumption of command orders or other than
area will inventory that ammunition daily. written designation of responsible officers are not required to be
34 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

sent to the SSA. Supplies received will continue to be compared loss reports and daily equipment status reports, there is no require-
with the receipt document. ment for documenting administrative adjustments.
b. Files will continue to be kept for property obtained by tempo-
2–46. Disposition of property rary loan. Records of responsibility are not required.
Disposition of property policies in paragraph 2–13 apply, except for c. Policy regarding DRMO does not apply. If DRMOs are estab-
the following: lished in the theater of operations, organizations will follow policies
a. Lateral transfers do not have to be separately documented. The published by the DRMO.
transfer directive (for example, electrical message or instructions d. Records are not required for assigning responsibility of trans-
received over the administrative or logistics net) is the authority for portation assets that are authorized by one organization but used by
transferring the items. Component shortages are not required to be another.
documented. Transfers will be in an “as is” condition. Funds will e. Negotiable media is accounted to the degree required by the
not be transferred to cover component shortages. theater commander.
b. Excess items will be turned in as rapidly as possible and in an
“as is” condition. No resources will be spent to upgrade property 2–53. Management of loads
prior to turn-in. The requirement to keep records for basic and operational loads will
c. Unserviceable property, whether due to FWT or combat dam- be minimized. Document registers will continue to be kept to pre-
age, will be evacuated according to current policy. Combat loss vent duplicating document numbers and to assist in reconciliation or
reports will be used to drop items from the property records. Items validation when required. The document number, description, quan-
being evacuated are not required to be complete. Controlled ex- tity, and date completed are the minimum required to be posted to
change will be used to support the fix forward doctrinal concept. the document register. Records of demands are necessary and will
be kept as a data base for submission of replenishment requests.
2–47. Accounting for property Units will keep basic loads and PLLs continually replenished.
Paragraph 2–5 does not apply.
2–54. Inspections and inventories
a. MTOE and deployable TDA organizations will account for The requirement for inspections and inventories (para 2–12) ceases
only organization property. The using unit commander must know when this section is implemented. Inventories are only required to
what equipment the unit is authorized, what it actually has, equip- assess the on-hand and condition status of the unit’s property. These
ment condition, and what is being done to replace shortages. Prop- inventories are undocumented. Accounting for lost, damaged, and
erty book accountability will be reduced to summary type destroyed property (other than combat losses) will be under AR
accounting. Running balances based on daily updates are all that is 735–5. Classified COMSEC equipment and CCI also require initia-
required. Document files are not required to support on-hand tion of Incident Reports for all accounting discrepancies per TB
quantities. 380–41 and DA Pam 25–380–2, respectively.
b. Only those records and files needed to give the commander
current authorized and on-hand equipment status need be kept. 2–55. Wartime policy (Ammunition)
Combat loss reports and daily logistics status reports will constitute a. Required supply rate. Units will develop their required supply
the primary method of updating property books. Items with a CIIC rate (RSR) based on operations plans. The RSRs will be consoli-
of other than “U” or a blank will be accounted for by serial numbers dated by the MACOM and based on the availability of Class 5
unless specifically exempted. stock, the MACOM will establish a Control Supply Rate (CSR), for
c. Wartime accounting and reporting requirements for COMSEC each unit.
equipment will remain the same as those specified for peacetime b. Delegation of authority. Written delegation of authority to
operations in this regulation and the TB 380–41 series, unless spe- receipt for supplies is required. Copies of assumption-of-command
cifically exempted by DA. orders or other written designations of responsible officers are re-
d. Wartime accountability may remain in effect for a period of at quired to be sent to the supporting ammunition supply activity.
least 60 days following the end of hostilities. This time may not be c. Accounting for Class 5. Only those records and files needed to
extended without prior approval of HQDA, (ASAILE). This policy give the commander a current on-hand status need to be kept.
will also apply to other deployments/contingencies as announced by d. ABL/BL and Operational Loads. See paragraph 2–39.
HQDA.
Section X
2–48. Assigning responsibility for property Operations Other Than War
Assignment of responsibility below the property book level is not
required. 2–56. Accounting policy for equipment and supplies used
in operations other than war (OOTW) by deploying,
2–49. Controlling components deployed, or support activities at the retail level
Subparagraph 2–10h does not apply except that the requirement to a. Policy. This section is oriented toward corps level and below
have components on hand or on order remains in effect. Documen- activities providing supply support in OOTW situations. The OOTW
tation of shortages and assigning responsibility to the user are not policy covers the following situations:
required. (1) Property accountability for equipment and supplies used in
the support of foreign assistance to United Nations (UN) and its
2–50. Accounting for quarters furnishings peacekeeping and peacemaking forces.
Subparagraph 2–10 does not apply in the theater of operations. (2) Supply policy for materiel used in support of humanitarian
Accountability for quarters furnishings in the theater of operations relief, both domestic and foreign.
will be terminated. (3) Property accounting policy for equipment and supplies do-
nated to the United States Government (USG) by other nations.
2–51. OCIE (4) Property loaned or leased from Federal Emergency Manage-
Property book accounting of OCIE remains in effect. However, ment Agency (FEMA).
postings do not have to be supported by documents. Records of (5) Property accounting policy for property issued to contractors.
responsibility are not required. b. Domestic humanitarian relief.
(1) General. Federal assistance to states, local governments, and
2–52. Special accounting policy relief organizations is authorized through FEMA and its logistic
Policy in paragraph 2–31 applies, except as follows: support provided by the United States Forestry Service. MACOMs
a. Because postings to the property book are based on combat will support relief operations with resources as requested by the
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 35

Commander in Chief, Atlantic Command (ACOM), Commander in Turn-in to FEMA will follow normal turn-in documentation as used
Chief, Pacific Command (PACOM), or Commander in Chief, South- for an Army SSA.
ern Command (SOCOM). All types of logistical support provided as (g) Equipment and supplies no longer needed will be turned in to
disaster relief will be provided in accordance with the Federal Re- a designated receiving point. Disposition of property will be com-
sponse Plan (FRP) between the appointed task force commander, pleted within 30 days of receipt at receiving point.
FEMAs regional director and state and local officials. Logistic sup- (3) Materiel. Materiel may be made available to Army contrac-
port provided to the disaster relief effort will be within the scope of tors by two methods—
the FEMA mission letters provided to DOD and Army commands. (a) Hand receipt holders for the property a contractor may be
(2) Property and supply accountability. using will be DOD employees. Accountable officers will be DOD
(a) The issue or loan of equipment and supplies belonging to employees. When using property, equipment, and supplies to per-
MACOMs to FEMA in aid of disaster victims is authorized. Se- form a service contract for which the service maintains the property
lected Army war reserve (AWR) material may be used in support of records, liability for the proper use, care, and safekeeping of the
these relief operations. Requests for AWR will be processed in property used by the contractor’s employees must be stated in the
accordance with AR 710–1. contract.
(b) Commanders of Army units tasked to provide direct on-site (b) The contractor will maintain the property records as deter-
logistic support in disaster relief operations will not loan, lease, mined by the contracting officer’s representative (property adminis-
donate, or otherwise provide or release organizational modified table trator). The contractor will provide a service. Equipment, materiel,
of equipment (MTOE), deployable common table of allowance supplies, and the quantity to be used by the contractor will be
identified in the contract annex by national stock number (NSN).
(CTA), or table of distribution and allowances (TDA) equipment or
The equipment will be issued to the contractor using DD Form 1149
supplies. Organizations with lateral transfers directive(s) from their
(Requisition and Invoice/Shipping Document) or DD Form
approving authority (IAW para 2–13) with units or activities de-
1348–1A or DD Form 1348–2; the equipment is then dropped from
ployed or geographically separated in support of OOTW are author-
the command’s property records. The authority to release the equip-
ized to use the transportation control number (TCN) assigned to the ment is the formal contract between the contractor and the USG. If
transportation control and management document (TCMD) and a the contract stipulates that the contractor will be authorized to re-
copy of transfer document(s) to adjust their property book page(s) quest supplies from the DOD supply system, a civilian contractor
and supporting document files. In the absence of a lateral transfer Department of Defense Activity Address Code (DODAAC) will be
document, the gaining unit or activities assigns their document num- assigned for the length of the contract and a management control
ber to the TCMD documentation, the property book page is adjusted activity (MCA) will be established by the command letting the
(using the TCN as a cross reference), and filed with property book contract (see AR 725–50, chapter 16). The MCA must verify all
supporting document files. This method is reserved for property or contractor requests by NSN and quantity. Hand receipting and lat-
materiel identified and accepted for shipment in support of OOTW. eral transferring of materiel, equipment, or supplies to contractors
(c) The only exception to subparagraph b(2)(b) above is when are prohibited.
specific instructions (operation order) are received through com- c. Foreign assistance and humanitarian relief.
mand channels directing the release, then the MTOE/TDA/CTA (1) General. Requests for foreign disaster relief are initiated by
property will be released as directed by the instructions. A copy of the host country to the U.S. Embassy, relayed to the State Depart-
the command instructions, which directed the loan, lease, donation, ment, and then, if the policy decision is to provide support, to the
or release, and DD Form 1348–1(S) signed by a competent receiv- Office of Foreign Disaster Assistance (aid/OFDA). The OFDA re-
ing authority, will be filed as supporting documents to the property quests military assistance from OSD. The OSD passes the requests
book. In those cases where MTOE, TDA, and CTA property is to the Joint Staff for execution. Requests for foreign assistance by
authorized to be issued to FEMA and the return of the property is the United Nations, a host/foreign nation or multinational force are
not expected, units will drop property from property accounting through the U.S. Embassy, the Department of State, and UNCINC.
records IAW DA PAM 710–2–1. Report losses as required by AR The requirement flows through the Defense Department’s Defense
710–2 and reorder replacements. Security Assistance Agency (DSAA) to HQDA, the Army security
(d) To save lives, prevent human suffering, or lessen major prop- assistance to USASAC, USAMC, and affected MACOMs.
erty damage or destruction, units performing a direct supply support (2) Supply policy for deployed units.
mission may directly issue materiel to disaster victims. Units pro- (a) Equipment, materiel and supplies provided in these type oper-
viding supply support may issue equipment and supplies to desig- ations will be provided under the foreign assistance and foreign
nated government and state entities in emergencies, listed above, relief acts. Property is provided by the wholesale system through
before Defense Coordinating Officer (DCO) authority is obtained; security assistance and foreign military sales, loans, leases or dona-
however, the DCO will be notified of the release of equipment and tion to the appropriate country’s/UN’s freight forwarder, and ulti-
supplies. Expendable and consumable (see para b(2)(e) below) and mately to the UN/foreign country.
nonrecoverable materiel issued to disaster victims will be dropped (b) Commanders of Army units directly tasked to provide support
from accountable records. Nonexpendable and recoverable materiel in foreign assistance or disaster relief operations will not loan, lease,
will not be dropped from accountability from unit’s records. Army donate, or otherwise provide or release organizational MTOE, CTA,
units directly involved with providing on-site support may use lo- or TDA equipment or supplies.
cally developed hand receipt forms to establish responsibility and to (c) Any equipment, materiel, or supplies directed by an Army
aid in future recovery of nonexpendable items. If possible, prior command channel authority to be released from a deployed unit will
approval for issues and loans of nonexpendable and consumable be dropped from property accounting. Normally, property released
property should be obtained from the Army disaster control officer. in support of foreign assistance/humanitarian aid will not be re-
(e) Nonexpendable materiel such as tentage, cots, air mattresses, turned to owning unit. Report losses to the continuing balance sys-
blankets, sheets, pillowcases, mattress covers, and similar cloth, tem-expanded, per AR 710–2. Units will follow MACOM
canvas, plastic, and wooden materiel will be considered consumable, instructions to reconstitute MTOE/TDA equipment.
because materiel of this nature is susceptible to infestation and 1. When specific instructions (operation order) are received
climatic conditions in these types of operations. through command channels directing release of nonexpendable
property, a copy of the instructions which directed the loan, lease,
(f) Units will establish accounting, control and safekeeping, to
donation, or release, and DD Form 1348–1A or DD Form 1348–2
include property book and/or stock record accounting per this regu-
(or a single DD Form 1348–1 annotated “see attached equipment
lation, for all property locally procured and/or obtained from FEMA
listing”) signed by a competent receiving authority will be filed as
or other civilian agencies. Request disposition instructions from supporting documents to the property book. Serial numbers of the
FEMA for FEMA-supplied materiel at completion of the operation. materiel will be entered on this documentation.
36 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

2. Assistance in documenting an audit trail for foreign assistance (d) Unit identifying data (See AR 725–50 for detailed instruc-
and support hand-off of equipment and supplies will be obtained tions) will be sent by the most expeditious method to LOGSA
from the host country military group (MILGP) or the U.S. Army MIIC. LOGSA MIIC will expeditiously return DODAAC assign-
Security Assistance quality assurance representative at the site pro- ment information through the installation DODAAC coordinator to
viding the required information needed to support the hand-off. the requester.
3. The following documentation must be provided USASAC at (e) Contingency DODAAC’s will not be used until units are
New Cumberland, PA, when units release equipment, materiel or deployed to OOTW operational area. Exception to this policy must
supplies. Copies of DD Form 1348–1A or DD Form 1348–2 con- be approved by HQDA (DALO-SMP).
taining Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff project code (IAW
(f) MACOMs/Army divisions will use mass cancellation proce-
para 2–56f), RCN code, country name receiving equipment/supplies,
dures to delete contingency DODAAC requisitions and receive con-
condition code (and extenuating condition code), and legible name
firmation before completing action required in subparagraph d(1)(g)
of country representative receiving the property (freight forwarder).
below.
(d) Disposal of equipment and supplies in foreign countries must
be authorized through the State Department and the host country or, (g) MACOMs/Army divisions will submit deletion requests (See
where there is no host country government, through the State De- AR 725–50 for procedures) for assigned contingency DODAAC’s
partment in coordination with appropriate UN officials, DLA, and in within 60 days of return to home station.
coordination with U.S. Army designated representatives. This does e. Health and Comfort Packs.
not include equipment and supplies turned in to the DRMO in (1) Health and Comfort Packs (HCPs) are preconfigured health
country. and comfort items to support 10 individuals for 30 days. They will
(e) Property donated to the United States Government by foreign be provided after the individual has deployed for 30 days to an area
governments and civilian agencies will be accounted for using the of operations and does not have adequate AAFES support. Issue
same property accounting rules as Army-owned property. will be suspended upon establishment of adequate AAFES support.
(f) Property recovered in OOTW that has been sold to the UN or Exceptions may be made on a case-by-case basis by the senior
other foreign government must have ownership validated by the logistics commander in the area of operations.
State Department or host country MILGP. Technically, the property (2) HCPs may be authorized on a case-by-case for OCONUS
belongs to the UN/foreign government. Army commands are to take exercises in excess of 15 days to austere, bare-base environments
action on the disposition of this equipment and supplies as directed where AFFES support is not available or cannot be readily estab-
by the State Department for MILGP or UN. The USG-owned prop- lished. MACOMs may authorize and requisition the HCP for units
erty will not be abandoned or destroyed in a foreign/host country or individuals who meet the criteria.
without full coordination with the State Department, Foreign/Host
country, MILGP, DLA, and UNCINC representative. (3) The contents of Type I and Type II HCPs are outline in FM
10–23, Basic Doctrine for Army Field Feeding and Class I Opera-
(g) Types of materiel and supplies considered to be non-
recoverable during these type operations. Nonexpendable materiel tions Management.
such as tentage, cots, air mattresses, blankets, sheets, pillowcases, f. Hazardous Material Responsibilities.
mattress covers, and similar cloth, canvas, plastic, and wooden ma- (1) Units in possession of hazardous materiel (HAZMAT), when
teriel, is considered consumable. deployed to OOTW, will not deviate from local procedures, AR
(3) Logistical Civil Augmentation Program. Under provision of 200–1, and AR 710–2 policy.
the Logistical Civil Augmentation Program (LOGCAP), materiel (a) During OOTW, upon discovery and identification of HAZ-
will be made available to Army contractors IAW subparagraphs MAT, Army units will apply measures and controls (See above
b(3)(a) and (b) above. paragraph to minimize impact on public health, safety, and its effect
d. Contingency DODAAC’s for units participating in OOTW. on the environment. Units will seek the technical advice of the
(1) DODAAC(s) will be requested and contain the required data nearest HAZMAT or environmental office to ensure compliance
IAW AR 725–50, chapter 9. Additional policy is outlined in the with international, host nation, and/or federal, State, and local laws
paragraph below. and regulations governing the use of and reporting requirements for
(a) Only MACOM/Army division’s staff will request HAZMAT.
DODAAC(s), by message or telephone, for units alerted for or (b) Units will follow the higher command directions for the re-
immediately deploying and/or a contingency task force. Request will ceipt, handling, storage, use, disposition, and required reporting of
be sent to USAMC LOGSA MIIC, ATTN: AMXLS-M, Redstone, HAZMAT during OOTW.
AL. MACOM/Army divisions staff must inform installation
g. The Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and Army Project
DODAAC coordinator of action(s) taken to obtain new DODAAC’s.
Codes.
(b) The request must identify the timeline for deployment (60
days or less). (1) All project codes will be requested IAW AR 725–50.
(c) Derivative unit identification codes must be used for organi- (a) CINCs and MACOMs will submit requests for the Chairman
zations divided from parent unit during deployments and end in of the Joint Chiefs of Staff (CJCS) project codes to The Joint Staff,
alpha character “D.” Each unit’s OOTW location in-the-clear ad- Washington, DC, ATTN: J-4, with information to HQDA, Washing-
dress must be provided. Request must identify if remote area sup- ton DC, ATTN: DALO-PLO.
port (RAS) will be used. (b) ODCSLOG staff may request assignment of Army project
codes on an exception basis.
Table 2–1
Types of Inventories and Discrepancies
Inventory Type Requirements Time Allotted/Frequency
a. Change of PHRH. a. Incoming and outgoing PHRH will conduct joint inventory of property a. Within 30 days before effective date of
listed on the primary hand receipt. See para 2–12, this regulation. For assumption of duties.
USAR, jointly inventory unit property not further hand receipted below
the PHRH level.
b. Inventory will be completed before new PHRH assumes duties or out- b. N/A
going PHRH departs (whichever is first).
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 37

Table 2–1
Types of Inventories and Discrepancies—Continued
c. When inventory cannot be completed, a written request for extension c. Maximum of two extensions (15 days
will be requested from next higher command. each) may be granted by next higher com-
mander/MUSARC/State AG.
d. When extension of time is not granted, the incoming PHRH becomes d. N/A
responsible on effective date of assumption of duties.
b. PHRH inventory (in- a. Inventory property as directed by the PBO. Annually or cyclic (monthly, quarterly, or
cludes unaccomplained semiannually) as directed by the PBO
personnel housing furnish- (USAR every 18 months).
ings).
b. Prepare a signed and dated statement of inventory results. Output
from automated systems will satisfy this requirement. Manual systems
use procedures in DA Pam 710–2–1. File and distribute inventory re-
sults as follows:
(1) One copy in the unit.
(2) Original copy to PBO.
(3) When property books are at using unit level, send copy to next
higher commander.
c. Change of PBO. a. Outgoing PBO will verify all property on hand receipt has been inven- a. Within 30 days before the effective date
toried. of the PBO change (USAR 60 days).
b. Incoming and outgoing PBO will jointly— b. Same as above
(1) Inventory all property that is not on hand receipt.
(2) Verify property books and associated files are complete and accu-
rate.
c. Commander of the outgoing PBO will ensure—
(1) Records are brought to satisfactory condition, if notified (in writing)
by incoming PBO of unsatisfactory condition.
(2) Adequate time is provided to conduct this inventory. (2) Commander may grant up to two 15-day
to extensions if requested by either PBO
(USAR one 30-day extension).
d. Incoming PBO becomes accountable on effective date when no ex-
tensions are granted.
d. PBO inventory. a. Inventory all property not on hand receipt. Annually
Note: AMC Property Book inventories will
be conducted every 3 years.
use 710–2–1. File and distribute inventory results as follows:
(1) One copy in the unit.
(2) Original copy to PBO.
(3) When property books are at using unit level, send copy to next
higher commander.
c. Forward copy of inventory memorandum to appointing commander.
e. Property book Inventory a. Ensure hand receipt holders conduct inventories. a. Annually or cyclic
action by PBO.
b. Provide hand receipt holders a schedule with which to complete in- b. As needed
ventory. See DA Pam 710–2–1.
c. Review all inventory memorandums submitted by hand receipt c. Upon receipt of inventory memorandum.
holders for completeness and take corrective action as required.
d. Verify all property on the property book has been inventoried. d. Annually
e. Update CBS-X with changes to RICC 2, A and Z items on-hand. e. As needed
f. Receipt, turn-in, and is- a. Verify the physical count of materiel. a. Per occurrence before signing docu-
sue of property. ments.
b. Verify and list serial, registration and lot numbers, and dates of manu- b. Same as above
facture of end items is correct on all documents.
38 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table 2–1
g. Change of custody of a. Incoming and outgoing custodians will physically count weapons, am- a. When responsibility for the custody of the
arms storage facility. munition and major parts for arms, such as barrels and subassemblies arms storage facility keys are transferred.
with CIIC 1–4. Record results on a hand receipt.
b. For consolidated arms storage facilities, verify a physical count has b. When opening and closing the arms stor-
been conducted by each person having access to weapons and ammu- age facility.
nition. Results must be recorded on DA Form 2062 (Hand Receipt/An-
nex Number. This number does not replace the cyclic weapons serial
number inventory.
h. Command directed. a. Commanders will direct inventories be taken when there is— a. Immediately upon discovery of incidence.
(1) Evidence of forced or unlawful entry.
(2) Discovery of open or unattended storage areas.
(3) Alleged misappropriation of Government property.
b. Commanders ensure inventories are conducted after field exercises b. Within 15 calendar days after the exer-
to verify OCIE and equipment are on hand and serviceable. cise (30 days for USAR and ARNG).
c. Upon notification that a HRH will be absent for an extended period of c. Immediately upon notification.
time the commander/activity chief will appoint an interim HRH.
i. Controlled items other a. The PHRH ensures physical inventory of sensitive, explosive and
than weapons and ammuni- hazardous items is conducted. Any hand or subhand receipt holder may
tion. conduct this inventory as directed by the commander or PHRH.
Items identified by CIIC of “1–6,” “8,” “9,” “P,” “$,” “Q,” “R,” or “Y” (night Quarterly
vision devices and navigation systems).
use procedures in DA Pam 710–2–1. File and distribute inventory re-
sults as follows:
(1) Hand receipt holders retain one copy and forward one copy to PBO.
(2) The PBO will inventory all sensitive items not on a hand receipt and
submit inventory results to the appointing commander.
j. Weapons and ammuni- a. PHRH ensures physical inventories are conducted as follows:
tion.
(1) Weapons by serial number. Monthly, (USAR, ARNG, and USAMC R&D
activities conducts physical counts monthly
and inventory by serial number quarterly.)
(2) Ammunition and explosive (A&E) items by quantity, lot number, and Monthly
serial number.
(3) A&E items rigged or preconfigured for rapid deployment. Monthly
b. PHRH may assign an NCO, WO, Officer, or DOD civilian to do the in-
ventory. Unit armorers will not perform the inventory nor will this inven-
tory be conducted by the same individual consecutively.
c. CG, USACIDC, will develop procedures for Weapons and Ammuni-
tion File at a U.S. Army Criminal Investigation Laboratory.
d. Training and ammunition being stored in an approved holding area. Daily
k. Basic and operational Commanders ensure the following inventories are conducted:
loads.
a. Physical count and serviceability check of Classes 1, 2, 3 (packaged), a. Semiannually
4, and 8. Maintain a file copy of inventory results.
b. Quantity inventory of Class 3 (bulk). b. Conducted last work day of each month.
(1) DA Form 4702–R closing inventories. (1) Use the inventory results taken the last
work day of the month (as of 0800 hours lo-
cal time) to complete the MBPAS report.
(2) Submit MPBAS report to next higher commander for approval. (2) Within 3 work days after end of the mon-
th.
c. Lot/serial number and serviceability check of Class 5. Record inven- c. Monthly
tory results and forward to the PBO as part of the sensitive items inven-
tory.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 39

Table 2–1
l. PLL Commanders will ensure the following occurs: Quarterly for Active Army. Semiannually for
USAR and ARNG.
a. A review to verify authorized stockage levels are on hand or on re-
quest.
b. An inspection of on-hand supplies to ensure items are stored in their
designated location and appear to be in serviceable condition.
m. Organizational Clothing Commanders will ensure—
and Individual Equipment
(OCIE).
a. Soldiers newly assigned or departing the unit will have OCIE physi- a. Within 5 work days after arrival or before
cally counted to ensure items agree with OCIE records. departure.
b. Physical count of OCIE for soldiers placed in an AWOL status, hospi- b. Immediately upon notification of status.
talized, confined to military or civilian correctional facility or emergency
leave. Place results on separate DA Form 3645 (Organization Clothing
and Individual Equipment Record) and DA Form 3645–1 (Additional Or-
ganization Clothing and Individual Equipment Record). Secure soldier’s
OCIE.
c. Soldier’s OCIE is turned in to the issue point. Place a copy of the c. Immediately upon notification of status
cleared OCIE record in the soldier’s Military Personnel Records Jacket (30 days for USAR, 45 days for ARNG).
(MPRJ) when—
(1) Dropped from rolls (DFR).
(2) Hospitalized over 60 days.
(3) PCSs while on emergency leave.
d. ARNG unit commanders will ensure OCIE showdown inspections are d. Annually for ARNG.
conducted of all items authorized. Verify items are on hand and service-
able (See para 2–15, this regulation).
n. CIF Property Book. The PBO will—
a. Physically count property memorandum recording. Prepare results a. Semiannually (Cyclic inventory is optional
and send one copy to appointing official, file one copy. so long as all property is inventoried every 6
months).
b. Compute total dollar value of stockage. b. Annually. The dollar value will be as of
the last day of the first month of the fiscal
year.
o. CIF Inventory. a. Use the computed annual total dollar value for completing Inventory a. As needed
Adjustment Reports (IAR) within each fiscal year.
b. When discrepancies can be attributed to negligence, process adjust- b. Within 15 calendar days after discovery
ments per AR 735–5, and conduct causative research when— of the discrepancy.
(1) Discrepancy exceeds one half of one percent of total dollar value of
all issues, temporary loans, laundry/maintenance transactions, and turn-
ins for a single line.
(2) Adjustment is over $500 in extended line item value.
c. Send completed IAR for approval. c. Within 15 calendar days after completion
of an inventory.
(1) For IAR that does not exceed 2 and 1/2 percent of the total dollar
value of stockage, authority is as follows:
(a) $2,500 or less—commander of the PBO.
(b) Over $2,500—first commander in position authorized grade 05 or
above.
(c) Over $10,000—first commander in grade 06 in chain of command.
General officers may delegate, in writing, an 06 as approval authority.
(2) For IAR that exceeds 2 and 1/2 percent, commander who appoints
PBO when in grade 06 or above. General Officers may delegate, in writ-
ing, an 06 to act as appointing authority.
(3) ARNG State AG is the approving authority for USPFO IARs, but may
delegate approval authority to a federally recognized ARNG General Of-
ficer.
40 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table 2–1
d. CIFs processing overages (and any simultaneous requirements for
the overages) as “found on installation” property may use multiline turn-
in/request documents.
p. Discrepancy adjustments
other than CIF.
(1) Property Book. a. PBO will conduct causative research. a. Within 10 calendar days (30 days USAR
and ARNG).
b. PBO will prepare turn-in for overages. b. Within 10 calendar days (30 days USAR
and ARNG).
c. PBO will account for shortages IAW AR 735–5. c. Within 15 calendar days (75 days USAR;
45 days ARNG).
(1) Sensitive items will also be reported IAW AR 190–11. (1) Immediately
(2) CCI must have an incident report initiated IAW DA Pam 25–380–2. (2) Immediately
(2) Basic and operational a. Durable items that are—
loads.
(1) Over the authorized level will be added to record of responsibility. No (1) Within 3 work days (30 days for USAR,
authorized items will be turned in to PBO. ARNG).
(2) Shortages will be accounted for IAW AR 735–5. (2) Within 15 calendar days (30 days for
USAR, ARNG).
b. Expendable items will have records adjusted by recording correct
quantity for overages or shortages. No authorized items will be turned in
to PBO.
q. Tool Room/Tool Crib The TCO will prepare a memorandum showing the results of the inven- Semiannually
tory. Any shortages noted will be accounted per AR 735–5. Output from
automated system will satisfy this requirement.
Notes:
In the event an outgoing PHRH cannot be present, the next higher commander/activity chief will ensure the PHRH interests are protected by appointing a disinterested
officer who will remain until the incoming PHRH assumes responsibility. The officer appointed to protect the interests of the outgoing PHRH will accept temporary respon-
sibility for the property. An inventory of property by the disinterested officer and incoming PHRH must again be accomplished.
Chapter 3 b. The nondivisional DS/GS activities provide repair parts sup-

Direct Support and General Support Activities port directly to nondivisional using units and/or maintenance activi-
ties on a customer support basis.
Section I c. The nondivisional supply and services battalion provides class
General 1, 2 (including maps), 3, 4, and 7 (ORF) directly to the using unit
on a customer support basis. The nondivisional DS/GS supply activ-
ities have a stock control section that provides overall supply man-
3–1. Introduction agement using a standard automated system to accomplish the
a. This chapter provides policy for DS/GS supply operations. supply and property accounting function.
b. This section contains general information that explains direct d. Ammunition support is provided by an Ammunition Supply
support structure for supply; section II explains inventory control; Point (ASP), Theater Support Area (TSA), and corps storage areas
section III explains supply control; section IV explains stock con- (CSA) on an area support basis. The Standard Army Ammunition
trol; section V explains ammunition management, and section VI System (SAAS) provides overall supply management and is also
explains wartime policy. used to maintain ammunition accountability.
e. The Army distribution system maintains its wholesale stockage
3–2. General information in CONUS and uses a modern distribution and transportation system
The organization for a DS/GS activity is structured under an MTOE. to resupply the DS/GS supply activities directly from the CONUS
The DS/GS SSAs are supply distribution activities. They provide wholesale base. Distribution is accomplished by the DSS using
surface transportation, sea lines of communication (SEALOC) and
class 1, 2 (including maps), 3 (packaged and bulk), 4, 5, 7 (ORF), 8,
ALOC. Although some stockage is retained in theater (war reserve,
and 9 (Classes of supply are explained in appendix G) supplies
theater repaired assemblies, operational project stocks, ammunition,
directly to the using units or maintenance activities on a customer class 7, and bulk petroleum) most support requirements to the DS/
support basis. GS supply activities will be met by direct delivery from the CONUS
a. A typical division has a main support battalion (MSB) with Area Oriented Depot (AOD). DS/GS supply activities in CONUS
four organic companies for direct supply operations. The aviation are supported directly from the wholesale depot. Backup stock is not
battalion provides DS supply support (including ORF) for aviation authorized at CONUS installations to support DS/GS supply activi-
items. The division supports the forward units by displacement of ties. Classified COMSEC materiel is shipped worldwide through the
stocks forward in three forward support battalions that provide class Defense Courier Service (DCS).
1, 2 (including maps), 3, 4, 7, and 9 to their customer units. The f. No retail level ASL backs up another ASL except for
DMMC will maintain management of the overall supply operations repairables management. The backup stockage is retained at the
for all classes of supply using a standard automated system to wholesale level. However, for items repaired at echelons above
accomplish the supply and property accounting function. corps, a portion of the repair cycle level quantity may be positioned
at the corps level.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 41
g. Activities with automated capability will maintain the transac- and PN exceed 15 characters will a Management Control Number
tion history file in a machine usable form and retain the file for 2 (MCN) be assigned. MCNs will be requested from and assigned by
years. the intermediate level SSA. For class 5, this procedure is done by
h. Direct Support (DS) and General Support (GS) activities that the supporting TAMMC.
use this chapter are using funds that are appropriated by the Con- e. A listing containing the MCN, description, MATCAT, unit of
gress and are called “Operations and Maintenance, Army (OMA)” issue, supply category of materiel code, unit price, and cross refer-
or “operating” or “consumer” funds. These funds are appropriated ence CAGE and PN (if applicable) will be furnished to the DS/GS
for 1 year. OMA funds for these activities are mission funds used supply activity at least semiannually by the supporting CORPS or
for clearly defined purposes. Requests for items of supply from Installation. MCN data will be provided by CORPS or Installation
customer units are funded by these funds. Any item of supply (less as additions, changes, or deletions occur.
supply class VII) placed on requisition by DS/GS activities are f. The supporting Corps Materiel Management Center (CMMC)
funded with OMA funds. and Theater Army Materiel Management Center (TAMMC) will
i. Integrated Logistics Analysis Program (ILAP) is a relational provide DS/GS supply activities with catalog support.
data base that collects and integrates data from supply, maintenance, g. The publications identified in subparagraph 4–4h will be main-
and finance standard Army management information systems tained as a minimum.
(STAMIS) and array the information for functional experts to re-
solve problems and issues. Output reports (printed or on-screen) 3–5. Distribution
provide the desired information at either an aggregate level, such as Distribution is that phase of logistics that includes, for the field
theater or division roll-ups or the lowest detail level with specific army, locating authorized stocks in an efficient and timely manner
stock numbers and unit document numbers. ILAP uses electronic to satisfy requirements.
file transfers for data input and do not require manual data entry.
3–6. Disposal
When configured on a local area network (LAN) with the necessary
Disposal is that function of supply management that, under proper
architecture (software and hardware), the local commanders can authority, encompasses purging the system of excess, obsolete, or
expand ILAP usage down to battalion and company level. condemned or nonrepairable materiel.
(1) ILAP will be used as a management capability by the division
and nondivisional level managers making stock control and mainte- Section III
nance management decisions, the division materiel manager and Supply Control
nondivisional logistics operations manager. However, the integrated
nature of the data within ILAP makes it a tool usable by the 3–7. Supply control functions
resource manager, as well as commanders down to battalion and This section provides policy on those functions by which an item of
company level. supply is controlled within the supply system. Functions include
(2) ILAP is managed under the standard Army retail supplies requirement’s computation, requisitioning, receipt, storage, issue,
system-objective (SARSS-O) umbrella. ILAP integrates supply data disposition, recovery, and shipping.
relative to requisition, stock status and other supply transactions
from DS unit standard supply system (DS4) and the standard Army 3–8. Stockage selection
retail supply system (SARSS), maintenance data relative to or- a. Stockage selection at the DS/GS supply activity is the decision
ganizational and DS work orders from the standard Army mainte- to place an item in stock. Demand history files will be maintained to
nance system (SAMS), unit budget data from the tactical financial reflect the most recent 12-month period and, as an objective for
management information system (TUFMIS), supply document status automation, a 24-month period will be maintained and be stratified
from the logistics intelligence file (LIF) and financial data from the to the EIC. Demand frequency files at the DS/GS supply activity
standard Army finance system (STANFINS) and the standard Army will be maintained for each item issued to user customers for class
financial inventory, accounting, and reporting system (STARFIARS) of supply 2 (including maps), 3 (packaged), 4 and 9. Items selected
and single stock fund (SSF). for stockage will make up the ASL.
(1) Essentiality is a primary consideration when determining the
Section II range of items for the ASL. The EC for each NSN can be found in
Inventory Control the AMDF.
(2) Repair parts selected for stockage will be restricted to essenti-
3–3. Inventory control functions ality codes “C,” “D,” “E,” and “J.” Where a QSS is established, EC
This section provides policy on those functions of supply that con- “G” items are authorized for stockage.
trol the acquisition, allocation, and disposal of materiel. This policy (3) CCI repair parts will be managed by and recorded on auto-
includes cataloging, requirements determination, procurement, pro- mated SRAs to ensure Selected Item Management System-Expanded
duction, overhaul and rebuild direction, and distribution. (SIMS-X) reporting is completed. Manual SRAs will not be utilized
to manage CCI. NSA requires central visibility of CCI components
3–4. Cataloging by quantity. As Total Asset Visibility (TAV) is fielded, it will
Cataloging provides essential elements of item identification, inter- replace SIMS-X. When that occurs repair parts must still be re-
change, substitution, packaging, freight, maintenance repair, and ret- corded to ensure NSA managers have the necessary TAV
rograde data. information.
a. The primary source of catalog data will be the Army Central b. Each item on the stockage list will be assigned a stockage list
Logistics Data Bank. Catalog data is distributed on the AMDF. code (SLC), which will be recorded on the stock accounting record.
When AMDF data is not available, the DS/GS supply activity will The four SLCs authorized to be used for stockage of ASL items will
request the data from the next level of support. When catalog data be “D,” “M,” “P,” and “Q,” SLC “F” will be used to identify ORF.
cannot be obtained from the next level of support, it will be ob- SLC “Z” will be used to identify nonstocked lines (see table 3–1).
tained locally and added to catalog files. (1) Stocked demand (SLC “Q” ). This item is demand supported.
b. All items will be cataloged using an NSN if an NSN has been Stockage is based upon actual recurring demands in a 360-day
assigned. period. Items may be added to the ASL based on the ninth recurring
c. If an NSN has not been assigned, the item will be cataloged demand within a 360-day period, and deleted when the item has not
using the CAGE and PN combination if the combined length does received at least three demands in the most recent 360-day period.
not exceed 15 characters. For command designated, stocked demand items require three recur-
d. Only when an item of supply does not have an assigned NSN, ring demands to add, and one recurring demand to retain. This
when the CAGE and PN cannot be determined, or when the CAGE designated stock is for low-density systems such as, missile, special
42 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

weapons (nuclear), air defense, life-saving equipment, air traffic days of supply (DOS) , readiness based sparing (RBS), or economic
control, nontactical communications, COMSEC, intelligence gather- order quantity (EOQ).
ing equipment, engineer (MTOE), aviation materiel categories, and a. The DOS method may be used by all automated SSAs to
marine equipment. This procedure will be based on automated sys- compute the RO for all demand supported items maintained on their
tem capabilities recommended level, when available. ASL; however, the preferred method of stockage for low dollar lines
(2) Stocked provisioning (SLC “P”). This item is a nondemand is EOQ. The DOS method will also be used by nonautomated
supported item, stocked to support a newly introduced end item for accounts when computing stockage of items critically short, season-
up to 2 years until forecast requirements is based entirely upon al, highly perishable, or that have a shelf life of less than 1 year. A
actual demands. Initial stockage is prescribed by the SLAC and item DOS RO will be computed at least annually or when the balance on
demand data is reviewed after 1 year. If the item has met the hand equals zero. For medical SRA see AR 40–61. For automated
retention criteria of three demands it will be converted to SLC “Q.” systems, see the system technical procedures manual.
Items may be deleted from stockage after 1 year if the retention (1) The computed RO will consist of an operating level (OL),
criterion is not met and no demands are anticipated for the second order ship time (OST) level, and a safety level (SL). The ROP will
year. At the end of 2 years, items failing to meet the retention be the sum of the OST level and SL.
criteria will be deleted from stockage unless justified under SLC (2) The control period for computing the RO will be a minimum
“M” criteria. Increases to stockage quantities prescribed in the of 360 days for both order ship time and demand data. The quantity
SLAC are not authorized unless supported by recurring demands. demanded will be the total recurring quantity demanded during the
Also, IMPL items will be on the ASL as stocked numeric items, 360-day (12-month) period being reviewed. Do not count the month
SLC “P.” These items will only be stocked as prescribed by a in which the computation is being made.
published IMPL. This stock may not be reduced below the pre- (3) The OL will be 15 days in CONUS and 30 days in
scribed level unless directed by HQDA. Quantities may be increased OCONUS. The SL will be 5 days in CONUS and 15 days
based upon actual demand data. The ASL is required to umbrella OCONUS, for classes 2, 3 (packaged), 4, and 9. For class 9
customers’ IMPL stocks. An IMPL is in support of missile systems (ALOC) items, the SL will be 5 days in OCONUS. For AMC
only. CONUS activities a 15-day SL is authorized.
(3) Stocked numeric (SLC “M”). This item is a nondemand sup- (4) The OST is measured in the actual number of days that
ported item with expected use. Combat essential and seasonal items elapse between the document date of a nonbackordered requisition
that do not qualify under any other stockage criteria will be kept on and the date the receipt is posted to the stock accounting record.
an ASL only as a stocked numeric, SLC “M.” The requisitioning Average OST will be updated each time a receipt document is
objective (RO) for combat essential low density end items will be posted to the transaction history for individual NSNs in automated
the quantity needed to repair one piece of equipment and the reorder systems, and when the RO is recomputed in manual accounts.
point (ROP) will be zero. The RO for seasonal items will be based (5) Requirements and stockage for class 9 in a division will be
on expected use. Commanders will establish the minimum level to based on the aggregate demand recorded in the DMMC. Class 9 in
meet readiness goals. These lines will be revalidated during the the forward stockage points will be limited to DOS as follows;
semiannual ASL review. Materiel stocked using readiness based operating level, three DOS; SL, two DOS; and OST level, five
sparing (RBS) methodology will use this SLC. DOS. The OST parameter can be reduced to reflect actual OST
(4) Stocked other (SLC “F”). This item is a nondemand sup- between the forward and main support battalion.
ported item. ORF stocks are kept as SLC “F.” b. The EOQ method will be used by all automated SSAs and is
(5) Nonstocked items (SLC “Z”). These are nondemand sup- the preferred method of stockage for low dollar lines. Nonautomated
ported items. These items will not have a set RO. Inventory and use accounts will use EOQ in cases other than those previously allowed
data will be recorded but replenishment will not be made. NSL for DOS. Stocked demand items will have an EOQ RO computed at
items received as unit turn-ins or as receipts not due in will be least annually or whenever the net asset position (NA) is equals to
processed for disposition. or less than the ROP.
(6) Stocked demand (SLC “D”). This item is for demand sup- (1) The SL and OST used in EOQ computations will follow the
ported items. Stockage is based on restricted levels for items that guidelines previously described in the DOS discussion.
otherwise qualify under SLC “Q.” These items may have a critical (2) The OL will be computed using the EOQ formula prescribed
worldwide shortage and the requisitioning objective is determined in DA Pam 710–2–2 or the automated systems procedures manual.
by the wholesale ICP and the MACOM, high dollar value restriction (3) The EOQ concept permits the replenishment of larger quanti-
ties of low-dollar value items while replenishing smaller quantities
imposed by MACOM commander or designated for such programs
of high-dollar value items. The EOQ will be constrained to a 1-year
as AIMI and Integrated Sustainment Maintenance.
supply. Automated accounts will constrain EOQ to 30 days for
c. Items selected for stockage may be further constrained on basis
items that are critically short, seasonal, or perishable.
of end item essentiality, total cube of storage required, and demand
(4) RBS is an alternative method to DOS or EOQ to compute
frequency.
stockage levels for all critical combat weapons systems using ILAP
d. When the reasons for stockage change or when the AMDF is and Optimum Stockage Analysis Requirement Program (OSRAP)
updated, then additions, deletions, or other changes may be made to capabilities. RBS RO will be computed annually as follows:
the ASL. When an interchangeable and substitute (I&S) relationship (a) OL, SL, OST, and ROP will be computed using the DOS
is cataloged, the preferred NSN will be listed on the ASL. criteria.
e. When two or more items are candidates for stockage selection (b) RBS will consider all demanded items for stockage and use
and they have functional and physical characteristics that cause mean time between failure criteria, mean calendar time before fail-
them to be equivalent in performance, reliability, and main- ure, operational availability requirements, and use a 2 year control
tainability, only one of the items will be on the ASL. period for OST and demand data.
f. Activities supported by ALOC will consider ALOC direct de- c. Repairables stockage criteria are as follows:
livery from the wholesale as a method of satisfying demands. (1) Stockage level computation for repairable items, at the level
where repair is accomplished, differs from the computations for
3–9. Stockage level
materiel not repaired at that level. The RO for items not repaired at
Each ASL item must have an RO that will be recorded in the stock
that level will be computed per b above. For items repaired at that
accounting record. The RO is the maximum quantity of the item
level the RO will be the sum of the following incremental levels:
authorized to be on hand and on order at any time. Any materiel on
(a) Repair cycle level (RCL) is based upon average annual
hand that is beyond an established requisition objective quantity for
repairs accomplished (see DA Pam 710–2–2, chap 4).
any stock items is known as materiel returns. RO stockage levels
(b) OL requirements will be based upon average annual washouts
may be based on one or a combination of computations made in a
only using EOQ techniques.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 43

(c) OST level requirements will be based on the average OST for g. Non-Army War Reserve Preposition Sets (AWRPS) (see AR
washout replenishments only. 710–1) units and units deploying to a non-AWRPS location will
(d) SL quantity will be 5 days of supply based upon average deploy with an ASL. ASLs will be constrained to 5,000 lines of
washouts only. AMDF essentiality code “A” and “C” items. Stockage levels will be
(2) After computing the increments above, the ROP will be com- 30 days of supply.
puted as the sum of the RCL, the OST level, and SL. The RO will h. Stockage level reduction because of mobility constraints is
be the sum of the ROP plus the OL. authorized when the unit mission requires movement. The benefits
(3) There is no retention limit (RL) above the RO. When net of improving mobility must be balanced against the reduced supply
assets exceed the RO, assets above the RO will be retrograded to performance and consequent impact on readiness.
the next level of support. This policy does not render assets unavail- (1) Stocks with ECs other than “A” and “C” will be stored in
able to fill critical Army requirements. Commands and NICPs have fixed locations. They may be left behind during mobilization or
the authority and obligation to direct the redistribution of on-hand training. Stocks with essentiality codes “A” and “C” are the last
assets when necessary to satisfy valid stockage or mission candidates for mobility constraints.
requirements. (2) The extent of any constraint will be a function of the extent
(4) The RCT will include segments of the repair pipeline begin- by which ASL weight or cube exceeds the vehicle capacity (author-
ning when an unserviceable item enters the supply system and ized by MTOE) to move the ASL.
ending when the unserviceable item is restored to a serviceable i. ARNG and USAR combat ASL criteria are as follows:
condition and is recorded as ready for issue on the supply account- (1) ARNG divisions, ARNG, and USAR deployable brigades and
ing records. All of the applicable time between the beginning and units supported by an organic SSA will maintain a ASL in that SSA
end of the repair cycle time will be included in computing repair consisting of parts required for stockage by an IMPL, or SLAC.
cycle requirements. This time period will not include avoidable ARNG SSAs will requisition and maintain a ASL upon approval
delays such as time incurred because of mismanagement or ineffi- and allocation of funds by CNGB. Procedures will be established to
ciency. Beginning and ending points of each segment of the total rotate stocks in the ASL if the ASL is not used for peacetime
repair cycle time (RCT) are described as sectors. maintenance. Units will deploy with their ASLs.
(5) The provisioning of repair parts for newly fielded equipment (2) ARNG roundout brigades will receive their ASL support
to support direct support maintenance will be based upon the SLAC. from the Active Component division to which they are assigned.
(a) If general support maintenance has never had a requirement The combat ASL computed for the division will include the roun-
to repair an item, it will be given data relative to shop stock dout requirements.
requirements in support of the new maintenance mission. These (3) ARNG and USAR nondivisional ASL requirements for D to
items will not be issued as part of TPF, but instead will be requisi- D-60 units will be computed by AMC LOGSA. Corps and
tioned by the shop stock supply officer. TAACOM slices of each theater’s requirements will be computed
(b) If the GS maintenance is already repairing an item, it will be based on the density of MPDL equipment in D to D-60 units
given data relative to the increased depth of shop stock required to contained in each Time-Phased Force Deployment List (TPFDL).
support the increased maintenance mission. These stocks will not be Parts to meet the requirement for D to D-30 deploying DSUs will be
issued as part of TPF, but will be requisitioned by the SSA. prepositioned in the theater and parts to meet requirements for D-31
(6) Both CONUS and OCONUS direct support maintenance ac- to D-60 deploying DSUs will be stored in CONUS depot assets for
tivities that are assigned a GS level maintenance mission will limit shipment to the theater by push package subsequent to mobilization.
stockage for GS programmed maintenance repair parts to 60 days of Where sufficient information is available from current operations
supply, plus one OST. All unused serviceable repair parts from the plans (OPLANs) as to support relationships, an ASL will be com-
GS maintenance program will be turned in to the supply system puted for the DSU. A copy of the ASL will be provided to the DSU
within 60 days after completion of the program. for planning purposes. A data base reflecting the theater ASL re-
d. Selected high cost and/or critical secondary items are managed quirements computed by AMC LOGSA will be provided to each
under the SIMS-X program. The RO and on-hand balances for these theater with a combat ASL model to enable each theater to recon-
items are reported to the NICP per subparagraph 3–36d(1). Requisi- figure nondivisional DSU stockage based on support relationships
tions, other than not mission capable supply (NMCS) or anticipated subsequent to mobilization. The ASLs will be issued from the thea-
not mission capable supply (ANMCS), for quantities that would ter assets to the DSUs as they arrive in the theater. AMC will retain
cause the RO to be exceeded will be rejected by the wholesale responsibility for computing Reserve Component nondivisional
NICP. The wholesale NICP will redistribute SIMS-X assets on hand ASLs to support units not assigned to a specific theater, such as
at the retail level that exceeds the RO. As TAV replaces SIMS-X, Rapid Deployment Force (RDF) units. Issues of stock to support
the NICP managers will use the TAV business rules to distribute these units will be made from CONUS depot assets.
selected high cost and/or critical items. j. The headquarters responsible for the management of the DS
e. Reduction in stockage levels because official constraint is au- supply operations will appoint a review board to assist in the man-
thorized. Details are described below: agement of the ASL. The primary function of the board will be to
review and approve additions and deletions of items to the ASL.
(1) Reductions will be made to nonessential items determined by
The review board will use the principles of stockage selection and
ECs.
parameters outlined in this chapter to discharge its responsibility.
(2) Nonessential items qualifying as stocked demand need not be
The review board will meet annually, as a minimum, but more
added to the ASL until the constraint has ended.
frequently where directed by local commanders. Minutes of each
f. Initial stockage of ASLs for new SSAs will be set up using one
ASL will be approved and signed by the commander or his desig-
or more of the following:
nated representative. The board will consider and adhere to the
(1) Compute stockage quantities, using the equipment density or
following—
troops to be supported and the applicable technical manual or au-
(1) Periodic NA position computation of ASL ROs for materiel
thorization document.
returns.
(2) Use demand history data of a unit that uses similar equip-
(2) Materiel returns will be made as follows—
ment, then modify per mission requirements as necessary.
(a) Stocks on hand with a recoverability code of “D,” “F,” “H,”
(3) Request ASL data for supply class 9 (common) from Direc-
or “L,” ARI, and SIMS-X will be reviewed for redistributable or
tor, USAMC LOGSA, ATTN: AMXLS-L, Redstone Arsenal, AL returnable materiel at least monthly. All other items including those
35898-7466; for supply class 8 repair parts (medical) from Com- listed above will be reviewed on a monthly basis.
mander, USAMMA, ATTN: SGMMA-MP, Frederick, MD 21701- (b) The review for redistributable or returnable materiel must
5001; for all COMSEC equipment from Commander, USACSLA, consider total quantity on hand, due-ins minus dues-out. When the
ATTN: SELCL-NICP-SSM, Fort Huachuca, AZ 85613- 7090. NA position (including the unserviceable repairables) exceeds the
44 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

RO, all due-ins will be canceled and then unserviceable and service- center. When an SSSC is set up, it will operate under the policy
able on-hand assets reduced respectively until the NA position is outlined in chapter 4 of this regulation.
equal to the RO.
(c) Materiel on-hand above the RO will be evaluated per para- 3–13. Operational readiness float
graph 3–31. a. The operational readiness float (ORF) program is designed to
assist in maintaining the readiness posture of combat units and
3–10. Petroleum specialized activities. The ORF is an additional controlled level of
Sufficient tankage must be available to store the peacetime stockage selected, mission essential items of equipment authorized to be on
objective described below. Funding for the storage facilities neces- hand to meet unprogrammed maintenance requirements when repair
sary to accommodate these petroleum stocks will be in accordance of similar items from a unit cannot be accomplished in a specified
with DOD Directive 4140.25. time. AR 750–1 contains policy on the management and determina-
tion of ORF materiel.
a. Peacetime operating stocks (POS) for class 3 (bulk) will be
b. The Army distributes approved ORF levels to MACOMs
established for each operating location. The POS will consist of—
through the TAEDP.
(1) Stocks sufficient to sustain anticipated usage until economic c. The ORF will be accounted for at the stock record account
resupply can be effected from a designated wholesale Defense Fuel (SRA) supporting the maintenance support activity.
Support Point (DFSP) or a reliable supply source. d. Accountable officers will ensure on-hand ORF is located in
(2) A 1-day supply safety level for DS. maintenance areas.
(3) A 4-day supply safety level for GS. e. ORF will be exchanged on a one-for-one basis.
b. For bulk petroleum products and packaged fuels, the SSA will f. All ORF items being repaired for return to ORF stock will
establish and maintain an accounting record on a stock record ac- have the highest priority designator assigned to supported units.
count for each type and grade of product. A voucher register will be g. The maintenance officer will determine when ORF will be
maintained per paragraph 3–35. used to satisfy a supported unit’s RDD. The accountable officer will
ensure, with the using unit PBO, the simultaneous issue and turn-in
3–11. Quick supply store of the serviceable and unserviceable asset, as well as associated
a. The quick supply store (QSS) is designed to improve supply asset reporting requirements per AR 710–3.
support by reducing the workload. The QSS uses summary item h. Accountable officers will ensure ORF is placed on requisition
accounting for selected low-dollar value consumable items. It is using the highest customer FAD assigned to the units supported
used to support combat, tactical training, and garrison operations. using the type requirements code (TRC) 3C; initial issue, 3E, re-
Establishment of QSS will be determined by MACOMs. When a placement for unserviceable; or 3F, replacement because of
QSS is established, it will be the sole source of supply for the items redistribution.
in stock. Detailed procedures for QSS are outlined in DA Pam
710–2–2. 3–14. Cannibalization points
b. Demand supported items will be reviewed every 6 months for a. Commanders authorized to establish a stock record account
conversion to QSS. may authorize the setting up of cannibalization points. The number
c. Items in the QSS are exempt from other physical inventory will be limited to what is needed to efficiently recover selected
requirements in this chapter if it has been less than 1 year since the serviceable items from disposal materiel.
last reorder item count. b. Cannibalization points will be set up as part of the installation
supply division in CONUS and as part of the corps and TAACOM
d. Items will be converted to QSS if all of the criteria in (1)
Materiel Management Center in OCONUS. A responsible officer
through (8) below are met. will be appointed.
(1) The unit price is not greater than $10 except where the unit of c. Cannibalization points are set up to provide—
pack contains more than one item and the individual item’s cost is (1) Supply source for difficult to obtain repair parts, components,
not more than $10. and assemblies. They will also reinforce ASLs by serving as an
(2) Unclassified (CIIC = “U” or “7”). economic source of items stocked by ASLs.
(3) Expendable (ARC = “X”). (2) Source of supply for high priority requirements when delivery
(4) Nonrepairable (RC = “Z”). cannot be made by the required delivery date.
(5) Stock funded (second position of the MATCAT = “2”). (3) Source of supply for items not stocked in the supply system.
(6) Nonessential (EC = “G” or “J”). d. Items put into the cannibalization points will be only those
(7) Nonreportable (RICC = “O”). items for which the SSA received disposition instructions from the
(8) Repair part (SCMC = “9”). wholesale NICP, reflecting instructions to turn in to DRMO. Any
e. The QSS items will be reviewed at least every 6 months.Those removal actions directed by virtue of a strip list will be accom-
NSNs that do not meet all of the criteria in (1) through (8) above plished prior to customers’ continuing cannibalization. Predisas-
will be converted to detail item accounting. sembly in support of the ASL will be allowed to the extent
f. At least every 6 months, customers will be given an updated approved by the command setting up the cannibalization point.
list of items available for issue in QSS. e. Items put into cannibalization points must contain repair parts,
components, or assemblies that are applicable to end items being
g. QSS turn-ins are made over-the-counter by using unit repre-
supported. Customers of a cannibalization point will be furnished a
sentatives. Turn-in may be accomplished without documentation.
listing (at least quarterly) of items available for cannibalization.
3–12. Self-service supply center (OCONUS only) f. Storage of items held for cannibalization at other than the
cannibalization point is not authorized. These items will not be
The self-service supply center (SSSC) is designed to improve supply
reissued or loaned. All items that have been held for cannibalization
and financial operations by reducing the workload. SSSC uses sum-
will be transferred to DRMO when cannibalization actions are
mary dollar accounting for selected supplies issued to customers on
complete.
a self-service basis.
a. The SSSC may be set up by commanders of DS supply opera- 3–15. Maintenance shop supply policy
tions that provide class 2, 3 (packaged), and 4 supplies to meet the a. Support maintenance facilities are authorized a limited amount
day-to-day support of organizations and activities. of expendable supplies and repair parts required for efficient shop
b. Only one SSSC is authorized at an installation. The DS SSA operations. Such supplies are issued from a stock record account
accountable officer is accountable for inventories held in the SSSC. and used only for internal shop support.
This officer has overall supervisory responsibility for operating the b. Two types of maintenance-related supplies are authorized to be
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 45

on hand in support-level maintenance activities: shop stock (demand (2) Requirements peculiar to nonstandard equipment.
supported stocks) and bench stock (unpredictably used consuma- e. Excess stocks will be turned in within 10 days of review.
bles). Different management policy applies to each type. Paragraph f. Stockage level for shop stock will be developed from the requ-
3–16 defines shop stock and those maintenance activities authorized isitioning objective table as outlined in DA Pam 710–2–2.
to have shop stocks. All support-level maintenance activities and g. Replenishment of stock will be based on an ROP. Automated
AVUM are authorized bench stocks. Bench stock criteria are out- systems may use the “use-one, order-one” concept. Replenishment
lined in paragraph 3–17. Units authorized a PLL will not be author- requests will use UND “C.” The customer’s work request priority
ized a shop stock or bench stock. Organizations authorized to may be used to request the quantity required to complete the job
perform maintenance functions higher than unit maintenance on when stock is at zero balance. Using the customer’s work request
organic equipment may include items on their PLL that are desig- priority to request the quantity for the work order and stock
nated by technical manuals for the maintenance level they perform. replenishment is not authorized unless UND “C” is used.
h. The CCI repair parts required by COMSEC maintenance activ-
3–16. Shop stocks ities for diagnostic purpose will be hand receipted on temporary
a. Shop stocks are demand-supported repair parts and consuma- loan from the supporting SSA. Uninstalled CCI repair parts must be
bles stocked within a support-level maintenance activity, with a tracked Army-wide through SIMS-X and cannot be stocked in the
support-level maintenance mission authorized by an MTOE, TDA, maintenance activity shop stock.
or JTA. They are used internally to accomplish maintenance re- i. Shop stock lists will be prepared for the unit commander’s
quests or programmed repair. approval and submitted to the SSA. It is not necessary to submit a
b. Shop stocks are authorized for— new list to the SSA upon each periodic review. After submitting an
(1) Repair of items in support of the repairable program. initial list, the unit will give the SSA changes as they occur. A new
(2) Elements of maintenance units operating at a remote location list will be prepared annually or when extensive changes are made.
such as contact maintenance teams. j. Shop stock will be inventoried during the regular scheduled
(3) Repair of items requiring diagnostic modules. Diagnostic review period. Results of the inventory will be documented and
modules are exempt from the demand criteria for initial stockage. retained, at least until the next scheduled review period. Records
Subsequent stockage will be based on demands or the level pre- will be updated accordingly. Controlled items will be inventoried
scribed by the technical manuals, whichever is greater. IAW table 2–1, subparagraph i. Discrepancies found during the
(4) Maintenance units not collocated, as determined by the com- inventory of small arms parts will be documented and causative
mander, with an SSA. Units such as the heavy maintenance com- research conducted. If the discrepancies can be attributed to negli-
pany of an armor or infantry mechanized division that habitually gence, or there is evidence that negligence may be involved adjust-
collocates with the HQ/A company are considered to be collocated ment action will be conducted per AR 735–5.
and are not authorized shop stocks other than (1), (2), and/or (3) k. No one individual will perform duties as a materiel repairer
above. and shop stock clerk at the same time.
(5) Maintenance units not supported by an organic SSA and not
on DSS. DSS customers are those units that requisition directly 3–17. Bench stocks
from the wholesale supply system through the intermediate level a. Bench stocks are low cost, high use, consumable class 2, 3
with no backup ASL at the DS or intermediate level. (packaged), 4, and 9 (less components) items used by maintenance
c. Shop stocks will have a record of demands. The record of personnel at an unpredictable rate. Bench stocks consist of common
demands for diagnostic modules will be annotated for diagnostic hardware, resistors, transistors, capacitors, wire, tubing, hose, ropes,
use. The essential elements of data for the record of demands are as webbing, thread, welding rods, sandpaper, gasket materiel, sheet
follows: metal, seals, oils, grease, and repair kits. Only small arms repair
(1) Stock number. parts coded CIIC “U” are authorized for bench stock. Controlled
(2) Item description. items will be inventoried IAW table 2–1, subparagraph i.
(3) ARC. b. Bench stocks are authorized for support-level maintenance ac-
(4) RC. tivities, including AVUM activities. Approval of the bench stock list
by the maintenance officer is required semiannually (annually for
(5) CIIC.
AMC maintenance depots). This stock is not subject to the demand
(6) UI.
supported criteria in paragraph 3–16.
(7) Location (to designate physical location of item).
c. To qualify for bench stock, an item must meet all the criteria
(8) Stockage code. listed in (1) through (5) below.
(9) Date (date initial stockage level was established). (1) CIIC = “U,” “J,” or “7” (“J” and “7” can not be small arms
(10) Quantity (stockage quantity authorized). repair parts).
(11) Document number (replenishment request). (2) Expendable (ARC = “X”).
(12) Quantity requested. (3) Nonrepairable (RC = “Z”).
(13) Balance on hand. (4) Stock funded (second position of the MATCAT = “2”).
d. To qualify for shop stock, an item must have had at least three (5) Supply class is 2, 3 (packaged), 4, or 9 (SCMC = “2,” “33,”
demands in a control period to add and one to retain. (ARNG and “36,” “4,” or “9”).
USAR aviation TDA support facilities, two demands in a control d. The authorized stockage level will be 15 days of supply for
period provided that the item has an essentiality code of “C” or units with a collocated organic SSA and 30 days for units without a
higher, is approved by the commander and is in support of older collocated SSA. Replenishment requests will use UND “C.” The
stage aircraft (15 years or older) and one demand in one control customer’s work request priority may be used to request the quantity
period to retain.) A control period is 180 days (360 days for ARNG, required to complete the job when stock is at zero balance.
USAR and AMC maintenance depots). Stockage will be constrained e. Bench stock lists and bench stock replenishment tags will be
to 15 days supply for units with a collocated SSA, 30 days for units reviewed semiannually (annually for AMC depots). Essential ele-
without a collocated SSA. Each shop stock line will be reviewed at ments of data are listed below.
least quarterly (semiannually for ARNG, USAR and annually for (1) Bench stock list.
AMC maintenance depots). Stockage will not be reduced for the (a) Unit or activity.
first two full review periods. Stockage may be increased after the (b) UIC.
first full review period. Items will be deleted from stockage when (c) Prepared by.
they fail to have at least one demand in the last control period (d) Approved by.
unless they support— (e) NSN.
(1) Seasonal requirements and demand is anticipated. (f) Item description.
46 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

(g) Quantity. (4) MR “D.” The depot is the only maintenance level authorized
(h) Unit of issue. to conduct complete repair or overhaul.
(i) Date. (5) MR “L.” The complete repair or overhaul of these items is
(j) Location. restricted to designated specialized repair activities.
(2) Bench stock replenishment tag. (6) MR “Z.” The item is not a repairable. No repair is authorized.
(a) NSN. (7) MR “B.” No repair is authorized. The item may be recondi-
(b) Item noun. tioned by adjusting, lubricating, and so on, at the lowest level. No
(c) Stockage level. parts or special tools are procured for the maintenance of the item.
(d) Location. e. The lowest maintenance level authorized to remove and re-
(e) Quantity. place repairables is designated by the MUC as follows:
(f) Date. (1) MUC “O.” Unit level.
(g) Unit of issue. (2) MUC “F.” DS level.
(h) Contract and lot number whenever possible. (3) MUC “H.” GS level.
f. Bench stock for aviation peculiar items should be provided (4) MUC “D.” Depot level to include specialized repair
segregated storage (bin dividers), by manufacturer, contract, lot activities.
number, source and date packed, when physical capabilities exist. f. Upon receipt of a customer request for a repairable and:
(1) A repairable is turned-in by a customer:
3–18. Repairable management (a) Establish stock record accounting for the item.
a. The management of repairables involves the following (b) Initiate supply issue procedures if a replacement is requested.
processes: (2) A repairable is not turned-in by a customer:
(1) Requisitioning, stocking, and issuing. (a) Establish reason for customer not compiling with sub-
(2) Receiving customer turn-ins. paragraph 2–6e of this regulation.
(3) Work ordering repairables for maintenance. (b) Issue a serviceable and establish a due-in from the customer
(4) Turning in items to the general support unit (GSU) or trans- for the unserviceable using the customer’s requisition number.
ferring items to the designated disposal activity. Note. This due-in will be additive to the dues-in during net assets
b. Managing repairables requires proper use of the source, main- computation.
tenance, and recoverability (SMR) codes in AR 700–82 in conjunc-
(c) Direct customer to return unserviceable repairable using same
tion with supply policy. The applicable part of the SMR code is a
requisition number with 10 days. Exceptions may be granted on a
combination of the maintenance use code (MUC), maintenance
case-by-case basis.
repair (MR) code, and RC. The MUC for repair parts is found in
technical manuals for the applicable end item. Both the MR and RC (d) Commanders may freeze the account of a delinquent cus-
are found in the AMDF. The explanation of these codes is as tomer until all unserviceable repairable dues-in are cleared.
follows: (3) Prepare a work order for the repairable within 3 work days of
(1) The RC is a code for designating the level (DS, GS, depot or receipt. Based upon need, assign the applicable UND to the work
special repair activity) that may decide final disposition of un- order. This UND will be A, B, or C as necessary to ensure servicea-
economically repairable, condemned repairables. ble stock availability.
(2) The MR code indicates whether an item is a repairable and (4) When RC is blank as indicated on the AMDF, item should be
the maintenance level authorized to do complete repair. work ordered to maintenance for TI.
(3) The MUC identifies maintenance levels authorized to remove g. After return of repairables from maintenance, items are either
and replace the item. stocked, turned in, or disposed of according to the following
c. The level designated by the RC is the lowest level authorized guidelines:
to determine final disposition of repairables classified as condemned (1) Stock repairables if classified as serviceable and if not excess.
or uneconomically repairable. The explanation of each RC designa- (This policy does not render assets unavailable to fill critical Army
tion is listed below. Application of these codes is explained in requirements. Commands and NICPs have the authority and obliga-
subparagraph g below. tion to direct the redistribution of on hand assets when necessary to
(1) RC “Z.” Item is not a repairable. When unserviceable, dis- satisfy valid stockage or mission requirements.)
pose of it at the DS or higher level. (2) Turn-in repairables to the GSU if the item is:
(2) RC “O” or “F.” Item is a repairable. When condemned or (a) Excess to the ASL.
uneconomically repairable, dispose of it at the DS or higher level. (b) Coded as “not repairable this station” (NRTS)—except for
(3) RC “H.” Item is a repairable. When condemned or un- NRTS code “9” (condemned).
economically repairable, dispose of it at the GS or higher level. (c) Classified as uneconomically repairable or condemned and
(4) RC “D” or “L.” Item is a repairable. When condemned or the RC is “H,” “D,” or “L.”
uneconomically repairable, the depot or special repair activity level (3) Transfer RC “F” repairables classified as uneconomically
determines final disposition. repairable or condemned to the designated activity.
(5) RC “A.” Items that require special procedures in disposal. h. Items turned in that appear to be unserviceable because of
Reasons this code is assigned include: precious metal content, high other than FWT must be accompanied by appropriate documents per
cost, material in short supply, or HAZMATs. Check manuals and AR 735–5, paragraph 14–26 (damaged property).
directives for instructions. i. Classified COMSEC repairables will be managed as specified
d. The MR code is assigned to indicate whether the item is to be in this paragraph by COMSEC accounts. All turn-ins and issues will
repaired and to identify the lowest maintenance level authorized to be through COMSEC supply channels. Maintain formal accountabil-
perform complete repair; for example, remove, replace, repair, as- ity as outlined in TB 380–41.
semble, and test. The explanation of each MR code designation is j. Process requests for issue through standard on-line requisition-
listed below: ing procedures. However, subject to stock availability, issue of serv-
(1) MR “O.” The unit is the lowest maintenance level authorized iceable for unserviceable repairables may be authorized as an
to conduct complete repair. immediate over-the-counter issue.
(2) MR “F.” DS is the lowest maintenance level authorized to k. Stockage selection is per paragraph 3–8.
conduct complete repair. l. Stockage level computation for repairables is prescribed in
(3) MR “H.” GS is the lowest maintenance level authorized to paragraph 3–9.
conduct complete repair. m. Receipt processing is per paragraph 3–26.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 47

n. Refer to subparagraph 1–16h this regulation for demilitariza- customer requests. If stock is not on hand, SSAs will pass or
tion instructions. backorder the requests regardless of PD using a priority equal to the
customer request.
3–19. Replenishment requisitioning i. The SSAs will send supply and shipment status to the request-
a. Replenishment requisitioning is the process of placing a ing unit as received from the next higher supply source.
demand or request for supplies that are authorized for stockage but j. Follow-up transactions received will be processed as follows:
not made available without a specific request. Requisitioning is (1) If the entire requisition has been passed forward, follow-up is
accomplished by accountable stock record accounts only. made to the same activity to which the requisition was passed.
b. Replenishment requisitioning is the result of determining a (2) If the requisition was partially filled, provide status code BA
NSN’s RO net asset (NA) position. When the NA position consist- or shipping status, as appropriate, for the portion released and for-
ing of total quantity on hand, (either serviceable or unserviceable) ward follow-up to the same activity to which the requisition was
repairable, plus quantities due-ins minus quantities due-out exceed passed for the unfilled quantity.
the RO, all due-ins will be canceled and then unserviceable and (3) If the requisition is under management review, provide delay
serviceable on-hand assets reduced respectively until the NA is status.
equal to the RO. When the NA position is less than or equal to the (4) If no record is found, pass follow-up to the next higher
ROP a replenishment requisitions will be initiated for quantity supply source.
needed to reach the RO. k. Aviation Intensively Managed Items (AIMI) Program includes
c. The SSA requisitions initial and replenishment stocks only. All aircraft component intensive management system items and those
other requisitions leaving the SSA are actions for requisitions re- aviation-related secondary items that are in a critical supply posi-
ceived from supported customers. tion. Implementing guidance for the AIMI program is outlined and
updated within the ATCOM Supply Bulletin (SB). ATCOM POC
3–20. Customer requests for the SB is AMSAT-I-SA.
a. The objective is to meet the customer’s materiel demand on l. Supply status for PD 01–08 requisitions will be sent to DS/GS
time without operating and transportation costs becoming an over- SSAs and customers as received. Also, shipment status and supply
riding factor. Supply activities that receive requests and cannot meet status reflecting a nonpositive supply decision for all priorities will
the customer’s RDD will forward the requirement to the next higher be sent as received. Other status may be accumulated and sent on a
echelon of supply. monthly basis.
b. Requests from supported units or maintenance activities will
be submitted in the formats prescribed by DA Pam 710–2–1. The 3–21. Contractor-operated parts store
unit document number will not be changed by the SSA. The unit’s a. Contractor-operated parts stores (COPARS) are contractor op-
request will either be filled, backordered, rejected, or passed to the erated facilities on military installations. Procedures for COPARS
higher supply source. UND A requests may be delivered by any are outlined in paragraph 4–21.
expedient means, including voice. When the customer uses voice, b. Activities having an organic SRA are authorized to make di-
each party will make a file copy. Confirmation copies will not be rect purchase from COPARS. Activities not having an organic SRA
exchanged. must be authorized by the accountable officer of the SSA in writing
c. Supply documents will be accepted as they are sent. This flow or process all purchases through the SSA.
will not be inhibited by the SSA. The SSAs with the Distribution c. MACOMs will approve establishment of COPARS. Activities
Execution System (DES) capability will perform a validation edit on having a COPARS must—
all requests for end items. Accountable officers are required to (1) Ensure that authorizations to use the stores are controlled.
accept all valid supply documents. The SSAs will perform a techni- Authorizations will be limited to members of TDA maintenance
cal edit on all non-NSN requests for the purpose of attempting to activities, DS/GS maintenance shops, or SSAs. Granting authoriza-
convert them to NSN requests. They will assume responsibility for tions is the responsibility of the contracting officer’s representatives.
their complete and accurate processing. (2) Prevent theft and fraud, because items are generally usable on
d. The DS/GS SSAs pass requisitions through the intermediate privately owned vehicles and equipment.
level SSA for funding. The objective for logistics automation of the (3) Ensure that COPARS do not compete with the Army’s supply
Army is to accommodate funding certification in the divisional and system. Items meeting any of the following guidelines may be
nondivisional systems capabilities and to provide an interface with obtained through COPARS without referring to the wholesale sup-
the financial system. Pending development of the system, all requi- ply system:
sitions will be forwarded through the intermediate level SSA for (a) AAC “K” (for CONUS only) or “L,” as listed in AMDF.
fund’s certification. (b) Requisitions previously rejected by wholesale supply source
e. The SSAs will create an image demand report transaction, with status “CP.”
document identifier code (DIC BAH), for all repair parts requests (c) Requisitioned items rejected by wholesale supply source with
status “CW” (one time only).
with an EIC, in the format specified in DA Pam 710–2–2, and will
(d) Part numbers not listed in the Master Cross Reference List
forward the transaction to the Central Demand Data Base (CDDB).
(MCRL), CAGE and PN to NSN.
f. Accountable officers will ensure that authorized local sources
(4) Establish procedures to require each purchase receipt to be
of supply, such as cannibalization points, local purchase, COPARS,
furnished to the stock accounting activity.
and DRMO are considered during attempts to satisfy requirements,
d. Activities obtaining parts from COPARS must be authorized to
especially those urgently needed, before passing actions.
perform the repair, and personnel and tools must be authorized to
g. Supply document processing procedures will be based on the accomplish the repair.
policies in this regulation and use the formats in AR 725–50. The e. Stockage of COPARS parts in the using activity or in the
objective of automated supply systems is to achieve one cycle per supporting SSA is not authorized except for those parts prescribed
workday. The daily process will reject— in the IMPL.
(1) Recurring requests for stock numbers with an RC other than f. Provisions will be made for the accountable officer to submit
O, Z, or blank if the unserviceable item being replaced have not receiving reports to the contracting officer as required by AR 37–1.
been previously returned to the SSA, unless the request contains Purchase receipt documents need not be vouchered in the SRA.
justifying data. g. Record of receiving reports satisfies the audit trail require-
(2) Nonrecurring requests for stock numbers with an RC other ment. The contracting officer will verify the COPARS sale report
than O, Z, or blank if the request does not contain justifying excep- against the receiving report and then forward the sale report for
tion data. payment to the FAO.
h. The SSAs will issue stock down to zero balance to satisfy all
48 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

3–22. Contractor operated parts depot work order basis will, at the time work orders are closed, cancel or
a. A contractor operated parts depot (COPAD) supplies commer- transfer all open requests for that work order.
cial repair parts that are requisitioned from the Defense Construction (6) Stock record accounts will, as an objective, ensure that open
Supply Center (DCSC). NSN and part numbered items may be requisitions plus assets on-hand do not exceed authorized levels plus
supplied from COPAD. due-outs each day a line item has activity.
b. Requisitions for COPAD part numbered items will be submit- d. The Standard Army Validation and Reconciliation (SAVAR)
ted to the DCSC and will contain one of the project codes listed process is accomplished monthly and is scheduled so that adjust-
below. ments generated as a result of one cycle will be posted prior to
(1) JZO for commercial vehicles or tactical vehicles of a com- initiating the next monthly reconciliation. The SAVAR process is as
mercial design. follows:
(2) JZC for commercial construction equipment. (1) The SSA cut-off date to the customer will be no later than the
(3) JZM for commercial material handling equipment. fifth calendar day of each month.
c. Stockage of COPAD parts in the PLL, ASL, and shop stock (2) Include all open requisitions that are more than 30 days old
are authorized. Stockage will be limited to 30 DOS plus average (from document date).
OST. (3) All UMMIPS PDs will be included.
(4) One complete cycle will be completed each month (quarterly
3–23. Defense Reutilization and Marketing Office for ARNG and USAR).
a. The Defense Reutilization and Marketing Office (DRMO), as e. The SSA will, after written notification to the customer, initi-
a source of supply, will be used to satisfy requests submitted by ate cancellation actions for all requisitions not reconciled by the
supported user units and maintenance activities. requesting activity for two consecutive SAVAR cycles.
b. Requests for property from DRMO will be processed through
the SSA that normally supplies the property. Requests for equip- 3–26. Receipt processing
ment from and transfers of equipment to DRMO will be submitted a. The DS SSA is responsible for receiving supplies. The sources
using formats and procedures outlined in DA Pam 710–2–2. of materiel received are returns from the user organizations; receipts
of replenishment inventory and NSL items directly from the whole-
c. In the case of a GOCO facility, the U.S. representative (prop-
sale; receipts of materiel from vendors and contractors; and receipts
erty administrator) located at the respective facility will function as
resulting from crossleveling.
the accountable officer for the above transactions.
(1) Military Standard Transaction Reporting and Accounting Pro-
3–24. Local purchase (OCONUS) cedures (MILSTRAP) for receiving supplies as prescribed in AR
a. Local purchase, as a source of supply, may be employed at the 725–50 are mandatory, and include receiving class 5 supplies for the
DS/GS SSA level to satisfy requests submitted by supported units ASP operations. Detailed procedures for processing receipts of clas-
and maintenance activities. sified COMSEC equipment and materiel by COMSEC accounts are
b. The SSA accountable officer is the official who will decide contained in TB 380–41.
which requirements will be satisfied by local purchase. Requests for (2) Receipt documentation will be sent to the stock control activ-
local purchase will be processed under the policy contained in ity within one day (PD 01–08) and two days (PD 09–15) after
paragraph 4–20. receipt of the items. Receipt for class 5 supplies will be sent to
stock control within 1 day of receipt of the item.
3–25. Reconciliation and validation (3) When materiel is received without documentation, the DS
a. Reconciliation is a process used to keep due-in and due-out supply receiving personnel will make the documents needed to proc-
files synchronized, while validation is the process to ensure requests ess the receipt to the stock record account.
and requisitions are for valid requirements. (4) Discrepancy’s incident to receipt of materiel will be adjusted
b. The objective is to accomplish reconciliation on a fully auto- or reported under provisions of AR 735–11–2 or AR 55–38. Addi-
mated follow-up basis. Pending the automated system capability to tionally, discrepancy’s incident to shipment of classified COMSEC
execute fully automated follow-ups, all due-ins will be reconciled equipment and CCI require investigation and submission of incident
with the next higher supply source on a monthly basis. COMSEC reports per TB 380–41 and Pam 25–380–2, respectively.
accounts will conduct validation and reconciliation through COM- (5) Assets not picked up by the customer within 15 days of
SEC support channels per instructions in TB 380–41. notification of availability will be posted to the SSA account unless
c. Validation of open requisitions will be accomplished on a other arrangements have been made.
quarterly basis as indicated below. (6) Procedures will be developed to ensure controls are applied
that prevent the release of passing action receipts when the demand
(1) A monthly due-out listing will be provided to each supported
has already been satisfied (for example, early receipt of a replenish-
unit to allow for validation of need and a reconciliation of records.
ment requisition; turn-ins by another activity and the subsequent
It is mandatory that an item-by-item review be conducted with the
issue of this materiel). These receipts will be picked up and ac-
requester quarterly to validate the continued need for the item and
counted for as an asset of the SSA.
quantity requested.
b. Receipts from user organizations are handled as described
(2) Property book officers will verify that open requests plus below:
assets on hand do not exceed authorized allowances. Requests for (1) Returns from the user organizations play a major role in
amounts in excess of authorized allowances will be canceled. support of the Army supply system. Both serviceable and unservice-
(3) The PLL and unit maintenance personnel will verify that able repairable items are used to meet current requirements. DS
open requests are still required on a quarterly basis. Requests for supply receiving personnel will make sure that returned items are
PLL stockage will be verified to ensure that the quantity requested accurately identified and receipt documentation forwarded to the
plus the quantity on-hand does not exceed the total PLL authorized stock control section within one workday after receipt. The stock
level. Requests for items identified for a specific piece of equipment record account will reflect line entries for all returns, both servicea-
will be validated using the equipment uncorrected fault record. Re- ble and unserviceable.
quested items not found in the uncorrected fault records will be (2) Materiel turned in as serviceable or unserviceable will be
canceled or transferred to another work order. identified by stock number, item description, and quantity. DS sup-
(4) Support maintenance supply personnel will verify that open ply receiving personnel will provide technical assistance to customer
supply requests are still required for specific work orders. Requests personnel in the identification and tagging of items (see additional
for items not on open work order will be canceled or transferred to guidance in para 3–36 for receipt of reportables).
another work order. (3) The serial number of CCI end items, Tracking Assets by
(5) Both unit and support maintenance activities operating on a Serial Number-Aviation (TASN-A) designated items, small arms
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 49

and accounting legend code (ALC-1) COMSEC will always be property disposal office. The container (serviceable or unservice-
entered on the turn-in documents. For all CCI, the turn-in document able) will be retained and accounted for on the SRA.
and package will be clearly annotated “CCI.” (b) Report excess Government-owned containers to the wholesale
(4) Assemblies, subassemblies, and line replaceable units (LRUs) item manager in compliance with the materiel returns program, AR
will be identified with an NSN or part number, nomenclature, and 725–50. It is envisioned, that as TAV is fully implemented, it will
end item application at time of turn-in to the DS supply operation. contain the necessary information for wholesale item management,
Assistance in the identification of these items will be furnished by but until then, reports must continue to be submitted.
the AMC logistics assistance representatives. Normally these indi- (c) Return containers qualifying for automatic return (AR 710–1).
viduals have duty positions in division and corps areas (see AR (d) Redistribute Government-owned containers to insure maxi-
700–4). mum reuse.
(5) Customer units may turn in end items with component or BII (13) Returned Government-owned reusable containers under
shortages. The customer unit is required to attach a shortage list $200 do not require stock record accounting.
signed by either the customer’s unit commander or PBO to the turn- (a) Containers will not accompany condemned contents to the
in document. This shortage list must accompany the turn-in docu- property disposal office. The container will be retained and used at
mentation through supply channels to the receiver of the item. The the SSA.
document number of adjustment transactions per AR 735–5 will be (b) Reusable containers will not be discarded too soon. When
recorded on the shortage list adjacent to component shortages that containers have deteriorated to the point that contents could become
are either nonexpendable or recoverable. Expendable and durable damaged, the deteriorated parts will be discarded according to local
BII will be picked up on the stock record account for unserviceable guidelines, and any usable materiel such as cushioning will be saved
end items not being turned in to the wholesale level. for reuse.
(6) Materiel turned in as unserviceable through other than FWT (14) All Government-owned refillable containers such as cylin-
will have adjustment documentation prepared and processed by the ders, carboys, and liquid petroleum gas containers are accountable.
responsible commander under AR 735–5. DS supply receiving per- (a) Records of receipt, issue, transfer, or loss of containers will
sonnel will make sure that turn-in documents for items accounted identify containers by type.
for by reports of survey include a release statement by the appointed (b) Containers will be turned in when requesting refills. If empty
survey officer. containers are not furnished, justification must be given.
(7) Materiel turned in to an SSA as “found on installation” will c. Receipts of replenishment and nonstock items from the whole-
be accepted in an “as is” condition and vouchered. If these supplies sale depots are handled as follows:
are requested at the same time by the finding organization, they will (1) Receipt processing for these items takes two types of docu-
be issued, if authorized, on a “free issue” basis. Movement of the ments and each document has a specific purpose. The first docu-
materiel is not required in this case. Property found on an installa- ment shows shipment receiving and is used for in-transit visibility of
tion will be picked up on the SRA and, at the same time, issued to a shipment and for reporting receipt of that shipment by the DS
the finding unit when requested, or processed as a receipt not due- supply activity to the Logistic Intelligence File (LIF). The second
in. A copy of the receipt and issue document, if applicable, will be document is a line item receipt and is used to post the detailed items
provided to the CBS-X central collection activity. Accountability for to the stock record account.
the item must be accepted at the turn-in point. Classified COMSEC (2) Upon receipt of the shipment at the OCONUS SSA, the DIC
equipment and CCI that are not on accountable records and are TK6/TK9 document will be completed or prepared to indicate the
turned in as “found on installation,” require an Incident Report to be date of arrival at the SSA. If a new document is prepared to docu-
submitted per TB 380–41 and DA Pam 25– 380–2, respectively. ment the shipment receipts, it is not necessary to complete the dates
(8) DS supply receiving personnel will be responsible for trans- of point of debarkation (POD) receipt and shipment; only the SSA
ferring repairable unserviceable items to maintenance. receipt date need be completed.
(9) Property book items turned in will be technically inspected (3) The manifest accompanying the shipment is a list of the
prior to turn-in. Certain items may require only a visual inspection. number of boxes or pieces included in the shipment. The DS supply
The more complex items may require formal technical inspection by receiving personnel will use the manifest to tally in the shipment. If
qualified maintenance personnel. all the boxes and pieces are not delivered, the manifest will be
(10) Nonproperty book items do not require a technical inspec- annotated and forwarded to the stock control section.
tion (TI) before turn-in. Receiving personnel are responsible for (4) Shipments to CONUS SSAs will, as an objective, be from the
transferring “unserviceable” repairable items to the maintenance ac- wholesale shipper directly to the SSA. When this is not possible,
tivity for TI and/or repair. shipments will be directed to the installation CRP. After receipting
(11) All unserviceable durable or expendable items replaced at for the shipment, CRPs will deliver materiel to the SSA.
the organization level having RCs of “O” or “Z” that are not actu- (5) Shipments to CONUS CRPs will be reported through comple-
ally consumed in use, are turned in by the customer unit to the tion or preparation of DIC TK4 documents. The date of shipment
supporting SSA as scrap. When the SSA confirms that the items are arrival and the date of delivery to the SSA will be entered on the
scrap, the SSA may direct the customer unit to turn the scrap in to documents. Care must be exercised to ensure that the actual date of
the DRMO. The SSA does this by entering “SCRAP CONDITION delivery is reflected.
VALIDATED. DIRECT TURN-IN TO DRMO AUTHORIZED” on (6) Shipments directly to CONUS SSAs will be reported through
the turn-in document. The accountable officer signs the statement or completion or preparation of DIC TK4 documents. In this case, only
delegates to subordinate supervisors, in writing, authority to sign the the SSA receipt date will be completed.
statement. (7) After completing the shipment receipt acknowledgment, the
(12) Supply support activities will maintain accountability on the SSA must process receipt documents for the individual document
SRA for empty Government-owned containers costing $200 or numbers included in the shipment. Actual processing will vary
more. Classify empty reusable Government-owned containers with depending upon the condition of the materiel, the type document
provided, and the state of automation employed at the SSA.
the proper condition code.
(8) For those DS SSAs equipped with interactive receipt process-
(a) A combination NSN identifying the container and its contents
ing capability, receipts will be processed one at a time by bar code
may be assigned if both the container and contents are assigned an
scanning the receipt document or by key entry of the document
NSN. The combination NSN will be used only as long as the
number. If the SSA is not equipped with interactive equipment, DIC
contents remain in the container.
D6S documents furnished by the wholesale supplier will be matched
1. The condition code on the SRA will be the condition code of
to the receipt document and forwarded to the stock control section.
the item in the container.
(9) When the container seal has been broken, the shipment is less
2. Containers will not accompany condemned contents to the
than a container or intermediate pack, or when the shipment shows
50 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

signs of damage, individual document numbers within the shipment 3–27. Pseudoreceipts
must be processed. Individual receipts are processed by opening the a. When the materiel receipt acknowledgment (DIC D6S) is not
intermediate (multipack) container and withdrawing individual items processed, the retail level Supply Management, Army Fund (former-
together with their materiel release orders. DS supply receiving ly Army Stock Fund) or Army industrial fund loses cash because
personnel will report discrepancies to the stock control section. Operation Maintenance Army funds cannot be billed. The objective
d. Receipt of materiel from vendors or contractors is as follows: is to eliminate SSA’s failure to process receipt documents by resolv-
(1) Receipt processing for these items takes two types of docu- ing overdue shipments at the SSA level through transportation fol-
mentation. Each document has a specific purpose. The first docu- low-ups and processing receipts when the shipment has already
ment is the procurement delivery document that is used to pay the arrived. Then, if individual items have not arrived, discrepancies
vendor, and the second document is used for property will be reported under the provisions of AR 735–11–2 or AR 55–38.
accountability. Pending automated system capability to accomplish SSA transporta-
(2) A receipt from vendor can come from central or local pro- tion follow-up and subsequent level correction, pseudoreceipt trans-
curements. A procurement delivery document should always accom- actions will be employed, except for the following:
pany each shipment. (1) Items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,” “8,” “9,”
(3) Materiel received from vendors will be inspected, and the “N,” “P,” (firearms) “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision devices and
quantity listed on the delivery document will be verified. navigation systems (GPS)).
(4) Complete the tally-in process by indicating the actual quantity (2) Nonexpendable items with an ARC of “N.”
and condition of materiel received. b. When pseudoreceipts are processed, the customer billings are
(5) The completed receipt documentation will be forwarded to processed, resulting in the customer funds reimbursing the stock
the stock control section within one workday after receipt. fund.
(6) Customers supported by the SSA will provide the DS supply (1) Outstanding document numbers will not be pseudoreceipted
operations stock control receipt documents for supplies and equip- unless the following criteria are met:
ment (including lease equipment) received directly from vendors or (a) There is an outstanding due-in and due-out recorded on the
contractors within 3 working days of receipt. The stock control document history file (DHF).
section will provide a copy of these documents to the servicing (b) Shipment status has been posted to the DHF but receipt has
FAO within 3 working days from the date documents are received. not been posted.
For local purchase and lease equipment, receipt documents will also (c) Sufficient time has elapsed for delivery of the materiel from
be provided to the contracting office. the source of supply to the customer.
(7) Accountable officers are responsible for completion of the (d) The required number of follow-ups to the customer has been
acceptance block of local and small purchase FOB destination remade, customer indicates nonreceipt, and transportation follow-up
ceiving reports. indicates receipt by the CRP servicing the customer (CONUS) or
(8) Vendor-owned containers will be returned to the vendor ac- the cosignee (OCONUS).
cording to contract terms. Container accountability will be assumed (2) The MACOMs will ensure that the number of days from
by the Accountable Officer assuming content accountability. Con- posting of shipment status to generation of the first follow-up will
tainer responsibility belongs to the person assigned content responsi- not be less than 20 days within CONUS and 30 days for OCONUS.
After generation of the first follow-up, two subsequent follow-ups
bility. Records of receipt, issue, transfer, disposition, or loss will
will be generated. Initiation of the pseudoreceipt transaction to close
identify containers by type and will include the contract number.
the record will be within 45 days from posting of the original
Files will be maintained by contract number for vendor-owned con-
shipment status to the DHF.
tainers. The files will be the accountable record for the containers
and will contain the documents described above. Periodic follow- 3–28. Storage operations
ups will be made by the accountable officer to the custodian of the a. Storage operation involves the act of storing, the act of being
containers for status and date of return. stored, or the keeping or placing of property in a warehouse, shed,
e. Receipts resulting from crossleveling will be processed as pre- open area, or other designated facility. Storage is a continuation of
scribed in b above. receiving and is preliminary to the shipping or issuing operations.
f. Bulk petroleum receipts will be assigned a voucher number and b. The DS supply activity must be able to operate in both garri-
posted to the SRA as of the day received. Defuels will be posted to son and field locations. In both garrison and field the DS/GS supply
the daily issue form and abstracted daily to the monthly abstract. support storage section remains basically the same. The section is
Accountable records will reflect only the actual quantity received. responsible for receiving, inspecting, stocking, safeguarding, inven-
DA Pam 710–2–2 outlines procedures for ordering and receiving torying, and maintaining the inventory consigned to the DS supply
bulk petroleum products from commercial sources. Volume correc- accountable officer. It is also responsible for issuing supplies to
tions will be accomplished per subparagraph 3–29r(5). Transporta- authorized customers.
tion loss allowances are as follows: c. A stock location system will be set up at each storage activity.
(1) Transportation losses for Government-owned bulk petroleum Stock accounting systems will be designed to permit recording of
are allowable when they do not exceed one-half of one percent of multiple locations by condition of each stocked line. For uniformity,
the quantity documented as shipped per each conveyance. In the see policies, procedures, and methods in DOD 4145.19–R–1. DS
case of railcar shipments, each individual railcar will be treated as a storage operations are contained in the above DODI. Ammunition
single conveyance. When the loss per conveyance exceeds the al- storage system procedures and methods are contained in FM 9–38
lowable loss, the receiving accountable officer will initiate a dis- and DA Pam 710–2–2.
crepancy report per AR 735–11-2 or AR 55-38. d. Commanders are directly responsible for safeguarding all sup-
(2) When shipments are received from commercial contractors, plies under their control as shown below.
FOB origin (acceptance at origin) losses are allowable when they do (1) Ammunition will be stored and secured per AR 190–11,
not exceed one-half of one percent of the quantity documented as DOD Directive 4145.19–R–1, AR 740–1, and TM 9–1300–206 and/
shipped. When the loss exceeds the allowable loss, the receiving or host nation agreements and public law, whichever is more
accountable officer will initiate a discrepancy report per AR 735-11- restrictive.
2 or AR 55-38. (2) Unclassified, nonsensitive items, identaplates, and credit cards
(3) For shipments received from commercial contractors, FOB will be stored per AR 190–51.
destination (acceptance at destination), the Army does not sustain (3) For controlled medical substances and other medically sensi-
transportation losses because it is accountable only for the quantity tive items, see AR 190–50.
actually received. (4) CCI will be secured per DA PAM 25–380–2.
(5) The AR 380 series prescribes security of classified items.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 51

(6) For nuclear and chemical items, see AR 50–5–1, AR 50–6–1, k. For items other than small arms ammunition, verified losses of
and AR 190–54. sensitive items (CIIC 1–6 and 8) will be adjusted per AR 735–5.
(7) Classified COMSEC equipment will be secured per AR Additionally, losses of classified COMSEC materiel and CCI re-
380–40 and TB 380–41. quire the submission of an incident report per TB 380–41 and DA
(8) Weapons will be secured under AR 190–11 and AR 190–51. Pam 25–380–2, respectively.
When responsibility for the custody of keys for an SSA arms stor- l. Adjustments of negotiable media will be supported by a report
age facility is transferred between individuals, they will conduct a of survey or an AR 15–6 investigation.
physical count of the weapons and major parts for arms, such as m. Discrepancies between ammunition stock record balances and
barrels and major sub-assemble with CIIC 1–4 therein. Results of inventory counts that show overages or shortages of ammunition
the count will be recorded. This count does not replace the quarterly and explosives will be reported under AR 190–11. Overages or
weapons inventory. shortages are those that meet AR 15–6 investigation requirements as
specified in AR 190–11.
3–29. Inventory and adjustment n. All discrepancies (not covered above) in stock record balances
a. The purpose of a physical inventory is to determine the condi- found during inventories will be adjusted and reported on DA Form
tion and quantity of items by physical inspection and count. An 444 (Inventory Adjustment Report (IAR)). Inventory adjustment
important part of the inventory process is the location survey. reporting and approval policy is contained in AR 735–5. IARs will
b. The purpose of a location survey is to determine the location be used to document condition code changes and reidentification of
and condition of materiel and correct records and the cause of assets. Because these transactions do not represent an actual gain or
discrepancies. loss to the account, approving authority signature is not necessary,
c. Inventories will be conducted in a manner that assures each however, the IAR will be signed by the Stock Record Officer (SRO)
item is verified at least annually. Results of inventories will be and a copy maintained in the voucher file.
recorded on the stock accounting records within 3 workdays after o. Causative research will be conducted for inventory discrepan-
completion of the inventory. Stock accounting procedural publica- cies of the following categories:
tions will have instructions for correcting incorrect stock record (1) Items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,” “8,” “9,”
postings. Other errors on the stock record will be corrected by the “N,” (firearms) “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision devices and
inventory and adjustment policy in this regulation. Only PD 01–03 navigation systems (GPS)).
and NMCS transactions must be processed during an inventory. (2) Adjustments over $500 in extended line item value.
d. Inventories will be conducted as— p. Causative research will be completed within 30 calendar days
(1) Closed (wall-to-wall). The counting of all assets of an ac- following completion of the inventory. Causative research will be
count during a given period. accomplished at the direction of the accountable officer. The re-
(2) Open or cyclic. The counting of some selected assets of an search ends when the cause of variance has been determined or no
account during a prescribed period. specific causes can be identified. The accountable officer will decide
e. Special inventories will be made when— if action under AR 735–5 is required. The results of causative
(1) A negative on-hand balance is recorded. research will be recorded on the inventory adjustment form.
(2) A materiel release denial occurs. q. Adjustments resulting from inventory will be reported to the
(3) A location survey finds an item in an unrecorded location or appropriate asset reporting system.
in an incorrect location. r. Bulk fuel storage tanks will be inventoried or gauged per the
(4) There is evidence of forced or unauthorized entry. following:
(5) Directed by the commander or accountable officer. (1) Rigid wall tanks or containers above or below the ground will
f. Items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,” “8,” “9,” be physically gaged according to the procedures contained in FM
“N,” (firearms) “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision devices 10–18 and FM 10–69.
and navigation systems (GPS)) will be inventoried quarterly, by (2) Collapsible wall tanks or containers will be physically inven-
serial number when applicable. These items in bulk storage will be toried by reconciling beginning inventory, issues, receipts, and by
inventoried by type and quantity on basis of the outside count physically checking the tank, couplings, fittings, and area around the
markings on sealed containers. Inventory of ammunition will be tank to ensure no leaking has occurred. A common sense approach
conducted by type, lot, and serial number. must be used in visually checking the container to ascertain that
g. All COMSEC equipment and components assigned ALC 1 or stated quantity appears to be present.
2 must be physically inventoried at least semiannually and the (3) When a bulk fuel storage tank has either an issue or receipt,
inventory results reconciled with the ACCOR. All other COMSEC that tank will be inventoried or gaged that day. Physical inventory
equipment and components must be physically inventoried at least data will be recorded on an DA Form 5831–R (Petroleum Produc-
annually or upon change of custodian (see procedures in TB tion Inventory Control Sheet) or equivalent local form per DA Pam
380–41–3). 710–2–1. Inventories will be reconciled daily to compare physical
h. Activities conducting a closed (wall-to-wall) inventory will not inventory data against daily issues and receipts. Volume correcting
take more than 5 workdays to complete the count. The commander is optional on daily inventories.
may selectively approve additional count days. In the ARNG and (4) All other bulk fuel storage tanks will be inventoried or gaged
USAR, 10 workdays are allowed to complete the count. A 10-day weekly. Physical inventories will be recorded on DA Form 5831–R
extension may be approved by the State AG/MUSARC. Command- or equivalent local form per DA Pam 710–2–1. Inventories will be
ers will monitor time frames of other inventories (cyclic or special) reconciled against issues and receipts. This information will be re-
to make sure operations are not unduly disrupted. corded and it must allow easy identification of inventory discrepan-
i. Except for items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,” cies. Volume correcting is optional on weekly inventories.
“8,” “9,” “N,” (firearms) “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision (5) In addition to the daily and weekly inventories, a monthly
devices and navigation systems (GPS)), or if negligence may be inventory of all bulk petroleum products will be performed for each
involved, discrepancies that have an extended line item value of $50 type and grade of product. This inventory will be documented on
or less will not be reported for inventory adjustment approval. In DA Form 4702–R (Monthly Bulk Petroleum Accounting Summary)
these cases, the adjustment will be posted to the accountable record per DA PAM 710–2–1. The report will reflect the quantity on hand
and the value of the adjustment will be included in Inventory Ad- as of 0800 hours local time, the last day of the month per AR
justment Rate (see para 1–22g). 11–27. In the event the last day of the month is a nonduty day and
j. Whenever discrepancies can be attributed to negligence, or no issue or receipts will be made, the monthly inventory may be
there is evidence that negligence may be involved, the discrepancy conducted at the close of business the last work day of the month.
will be adjusted under AR 735–5. An innage gage sheet or local equivalent form will be used to record
52 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

inventory data. All products on hand will be inventoried as specified or past experience. Approving authority’s disapproval of any loss on
below. the MBPAS automatically requires the initiation of a report of
(a) Measured volumes that equal or exceed 3,500 gallons will be survey. Disapproval of any gain requires an investigation per AR
volume corrected. The volume correction factors in American Soci- 15–6.
ety for Testing and Materials (ASTM) tables 5B and 6B will be (10) The MBPAS with all supporting documents (receipt, issue,
used. ASTM tables 5A and 6A will be used for JP-4 and may be and inventory) will be retained in an active file for 1 year and in an
obtained through normal publication channels as PMT Volume I. inactive file for 2 years. These documents will be filed per AR
ASTM tables 5B and 6B will be used for petroleum products other 25–400–2.
than JP-4 and may be ordered as PMT Volume II. For instances in
which the observed data is expressed in metric units, ASTM tables 3–30. Issues
52, 53 and 54 will be used to correct measured volumes to gallons a. After a receipt is received and edited, using the policies con-
at 15 degrees Celsius. Residual fuel (FO#4, FO#5, FO#6) will be tained in paragraph 3–26, resulting materiel release orders will be
volume corrected regardless of measured volume. The accountable processed within the following policy:
officer will ensure the inventory is reconciled so that shortages or (1) Selection of stock for issue should include issue of the oldest
overages are identified. date of pack first unless specific individual requirements are for
(b) Activities using automated gauging and inventory systems, to more current dates of pack.
include leak detection, must conduct end-of-month inventories by (2) The objective is to make stock available to transportation or
manually gaging all petroleum storage systems to verify the ac- directly to the customer within the following time frames:
curacy and integrity of the automated system. (a) PD 01–08 (within 1 day).
(c) Commanders may correct all measured volumes less than 3, (b) Other requirements (within 2 days).
500 gallons of Army-owned products to 60 degrees Fahrenheit. b. Storage activities will keep a file copy of the current assump-
(6) The accountable officer will document losses of fuel because tion of command and/or PBO appointment memorandum for each
of spillage or contamination for quantities over 25 gallons. The customer. The authorized signature of the customer representative
documentation will be attached to the DA Form 4702–R as a sup- will be obtained for items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of
porting document to adjust records. “1–6,” “8,” “9,” “N,” “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision
(7) Adjustments to product inventories are required for blending devices and navigation systems (GPS)) and all items requiring prop-
or regrading actions. At the end of the month, the accountable erty book accountability.
officer will— c. Petroleum requirements are as follows:
(a) Prepare a statement listing the quantities of all products (1) Petroleum issues not made directly into or specifically identi-
blended or regraded during the month and the reason for the action. fiable to a consuming end item of equipment are considered bulk
(b) Attach this statement and a copy of the proper laboratory issues. These issues will be posted to the appropriate accountable
report to the MBPAS as a supporting document. record as of the day of the issue. Retail issues will be recorded daily
(c) All rigid wall storage tanks of 10,000 gallons or larger will on the daily issues form. They will be abstracted daily to the
have a capacity table. When a modification is made to these tanks monthly abstract. At the end of each month, the monthly abstract
or they become suspect of inaccuracies, a new capacity table will be will be totaled, assigned a voucher number, and posted to the ac-
prepared. The capacity tables will permit measurement in 1/8th-inch countable record. Volume corrections will be made per sub-
increments. paragraph 3–29r(5).
(8) Loss or gain allowances used for petroleum products are as (2) Petroleum products may be sold subject to the policies and
follows: restrictions outlined in appendix E.
(a) Losses or gains for jet fuels, (excluding JP8) AVGAS, and (3) All contaminated petroleum within the Army will be recov-
other gasoline’s are allowable when they do not exceed a plus (+) or ered according to appendix D to enhance energy conservation and
minus (-) one percent of the total of the opening inventory, plus the environmental pollution control.
receipts for the month (see procedures in DA Pam 710–2–2). (4) Commanders are responsible for the petroleum quality sur-
(b) Losses or gains for all other petroleum products are allowable veillance and technical assistance program outlined in appendix C as
when they do not exceed plus (+) or minus (-) one-half of one indicated below.
percent of the total of the opening inventory, plus the receipts for (a) Quality Surveillance Program.
the month. (b) Petroleum Technical Assistance Program (may be established
(c) When the loss exceeds the stated allowance above and the OCONUS if desired).
entire loss exceeds a value of $500, a report of survey is required. (c) Operational Surveillance Program.
When a loss exceeds the allowable, but has a total value less than (d) Air Pollution Abatement Program (CONUS only).
$500, causative research will be initiated. A copy of these reports (e) Engineering Review of Petroleum Facilities Program.
will be attached to the MBPAS as a supporting document. When the
gain exceeds the allowable limit, causative research will be initiated. 3–31. Materiel returns policy
A copy of the report will be attached to the MBPAS as a supporting a. Materiel above the authorized ASL’s RO is considered mate-
document. riel returns. Materiel returns are generated as a result of inventory
(9) Adjustment of accountable records used for bulk petroleum is discrepancies, receipts not due-in, customer returns, ASL turbulence,
as follows: force modernization, force reductions, systemic deficiencies, I&S
(a) Accountable stock records for bulk petroleum products will irregularities, ordering the wrong item, etc. This materiel is availa-
be adjusted by using MBPAS for all losses or gains revealed by ble to be used through attrition, command redistribution and referral
monthly inventories. The accountable officer will complete the processes, and finally turned-in to a designated receiving activity for
MBPAS, assign it a document number, and post it to the respective return to the supply system. Under the current philosophy, the mate-
accountable record within 3 working days of the last day of the riel returns program is considered part of the ASL requisitioning
month reported. The MBPAS, with applicable supporting docu- objective management. These two strategies are designed to measure
ments, report of survey, and causative research, will be forwarded and accomplish two different requirements. ASL management con-
for approval. The MBPAS will also be used to make adjustments to siders that having materiel on hand based on previous recurring
accountable records when a new accountable officer assumes duties. demands will be consumed. It does not provide for systemic or
(b) The next higher commander of the activity having accounta- inventory errors and it assumes constant demands. The materiel
bility is the approving authority for adjustments by MBPAS. The returns policy recognizes that there are many reasons why materiel
approving authority may disapprove the adjustment of any item on is available for return to the supply system. The two positions are
the MBPAS that does not appear justified on basis of facts available mutually exclusive but interdependent.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 53

(1) Management of materiel returns is ensuring that materiel re- 2. Greater than $100 but less than $1000 may be delegated to the
turns have in-transit visibility of materiel moving between SSA and accountable officer.
designated receiving activity. SSAs that do not interface directly 3. Less than $100 may be retained and deferred for review by the
with the wholesale level will transfer uneconomically repairable semiannual ASL review board.
materiel with an RC of “F,” “O,” or “Z” to their servicing DRMO. (b) Commanders will maintain visibility of all items above the
Transfers to DRMO require following the “two-person-rule.” All RO and report the dollar value of those items as redistributable
other materiel that is excess will be evacuated to the designated assets on the quarterly excess class IX report.
turn-in point within 10 days after the materiel return determination (c) Forward DSU’s will continue to process excess on a monthly
is made (see table 4–2 for disposition determination). If unit pack basis to main DSU. Retention level will not be computed at the
creates on hand quantities greater than the requisition objective, the forward DSU’s collocated with a main DSU. Collocated forward
materiel will be kept and reduced through attrition. DSU’s demands will be rolled into the supporting main DSU for
(2) Those SSAs and their storage activities that interface with the computing retention above the RO.
wholesale supply system for retrograde will request disposition in- (2) Objective system—
structions on all materiel above the retention level. Nonrepairable (a) The commander or designated representative will—
materiel with an extended dollar value of $100.00 or less and not 1. Make initial decision by NSN to retain or not retain for mate-
meeting unit pack criteria will not be reported to SOS for disposi- riel returns. This decision must be documented and will become
tion instructions, but retained for 90 days pending potential use and entry on NSN record.
then turned in to the DRMO (see table 4–1 for disposition determi- 2. Elect a hold quantity for each ASL/NSL NSN (preferred NSN
nation). Materiel will be reported based on quantity per unit pack. within OOU group).
(3) Commands and wholesale NICPs have the authority and obli- 3. Establish the lower and upper limits for variable dollar value
gation to direct the redistribution of on-hand assets when necessary for repairable (MRC “F,” “H,” “D,” and “L”) to be referred for
to satisfy valid stockage or mission requirements. Retail activities management review.
will use the policy in paragraph 3–31 for inter/infra MACOM g. Materiel returns will be reviewed at least quarterly. Local
redistribution of on hand asset. command may direct more frequent reviews. Future quarterly re-
(a) AR 725–50 contains the policy and procedures for requesting views will only include identified retention NSNs and new candi-
disposition from the wholesale supply source. date NSNs.
(b) Use DRMO to purge the supply system of materiel classified h. ASL review board will manage the materiel returns program
as scrap, condemned, or uneconomically repairable as follows: separately from its review requirements. Results of each of quarterly
1. The DSU may direct customer units to turn in to the DRMO review will be documented (rationale for retaining or reduction of
materiel that has been verified as scrap per subparagraph 2–13e. RL quantity) and approved by the commander.
2. The DSU will transfer to DRMO condemned or uneconomi- i. Supply condition codes “F” and “H” will not be retained.
cally repairable items with an RC of “O,” “F,” or “Z.” Items with an j. Forward DSU’s will not be authorized a materiel returns reten-
RC of “D,” “H,” or “L” require evacuation to the GSU. tion level except when detached from its management structure.
3. The GSU will direct disposal of condemned or uneconomically k. Authority to not hold materiel returns. The first O-6 com-
repairable items with an RC other than “D” or “L.” Items with an mander is authorized to elect to not hold or establish a retention
RC of “D” or “L” will be returned, based on the Automatic Return level for materiel over the requisition objective (RO).
Item List (ARIL), or disposed of according to disposition instruc- l. Redistribution
tions from the wholesale level. (1) The Deputy Under Secretary of Defense (Logistics) directed
DLA and the services to provide visibility and redistribution capa-
4. Refer to subparagraph 1–16h for DEMIL instructions.
bility for all assets in the inventory within DOD to include the retail
b. For excess determination and disposal of bulk and packaged
level. The Army Total Asset Visibility (TAV) provides Army-wide
petroleum products see chapter 5.
visibility and facilitates redistribution. Materiel returns stocks must
c. Efforts will be made to identify noncataloged, nonstandard be used to fill existing backorders, and offset repair and procure-
commercial excess items to NSN. As a minimum, the complete item ment decisions (limit buys and repairs) to save scarce procurement
description and end item application will be provided upon turn-in funds and demonstrate stewardship of resources.
d. All CCI are considered automatic return items (ARI). Excess (2) Therefore, to increase Army-wide readiness, managers must
CCI, serviceable and unserviceable, will be shipped to Commander, use TAV to increase their capability to redistribute assets to meet
Tobyhanna Army Depot, ATTN: SDSTO-MC-D, (W81U11) Bldg emergency requirements. Accordingly, at the national level, the na-
73, Tobyhanna, PA 18466-5110. tional inventory control points (NICP’s, Army, DLA, and other
e. Excess classified COMSEC both serviceable and unservice- services’ NICP’s) will place redistribution orders (A4) when they
able, will be shipped to Commander, ATTN: COMSEC Account have requisitions on backorder, or have requirements that affect the
5B1099 Tobyhanna Army Depot, Tobyhanna, PA 18466-5110. See readiness of their customers when it is economically feasible. When
TB 380–41 for procedures to report excess classified COMSEC they are in a buy position, they will buy back stock from the retail
equipment. level using the FTE and FTR process to preclude unnecessary pro-
f. At the discretion and the specific direction of the first O-6 curement or repair. This policy applies to stocks owned by the
commander, activities are authorized to hold items that are tempo- defense business operating fund (DBOF), supply management,
rary above the RO to satisfy forecasted requirement(s) or Army (installation and COSCOM) general purpose and excess sto-
redistribution. cks (purpose codes A and M respectively) and includes both con-
(1) Legacy systems currently operating at the MSB and non- sumable and repairable items. Stocks reserved for operational
divisional activities are authorized to retain maximum stockage of projects, direct support units funded by OMA and GS units involved
two times the requisition objective (this logic will be extended to in production line repair are exempt from the business rules for
SARSS-1(I) nondevelopment item). All materiel over the maximum redistribution.
level (2xRO) will automatically be turned in. (3) Under TAV, visibility of DOD assets will be provided to all
(a) Commanders will exercise, at minimum, a monthly review of levels as follows:
the excess cycle (reviewed as an independent activity) and make a (a) HQDA and ARMY MACOMs will have sufficient visibility
determination to hold or turn in based on forecasted demand, levels of retail level supply activities’ assets and requirements within their
of inventory investment, probability of lateral distribution, and fi- respective component to assess capability to support operational and
nancial considerations. Approval authority is as follows: contingency plans and to support weapon system readiness.
1. Retention of extended dollar amounts in excess of $1000 must (b) The NICP’s (Army, DLA, and other services’ NICP’s) will
be personally approved at the colonel level (0-6). make available:
54 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

1. Asset information to the retail level activities that are author- 3–32. Shipping
ized to requisition directly from the wholesale system. Shipping is the process of packaging, packing, providing documen-
2. Asset and requirements information needed to assess support tation for, and sending or transporting supplies. Materiel declared
for operational or contingency plans and weapon systems readiness excess during the disposition process will be documented using a
to unified and component commanders and weapon system materiel release order, which in turn will be processed using the
managers. following policy:
(c) DLA (DRMS) will make asset information available through a. Selection of stock should be based upon the oldest date of
the interrogation requirements information system (IRIS), and on- pack first.
line capability to NICP’s and retail level. b. The objective is to ensure the materiel is released to transpor-
(d) MACOM retail level supply activities will have read only tation within 3 days after the materiel release order is produced. If
visibility of assets across all DOD components to the extent neces- organic transportation is used, excess materiel should arrive at its
sary to achieve lateral redistribution. Retail level supply activities destination within 10 days.
will have visibility of assets and requirements of other retail activi- c. Management of excess for SSAs that report directly to whole-
ties within MACOMs. Intra-MACOM redistribution of assets to sale supply sources will be exercised by the MMC under the follow-
provide satisfaction of end user requirements will be made. If re- ing policies:
quirements cannot be filled within MACOMs, MACOMs will requi- (1) Excess items not coded as ARI on the AMDF are shipped
sition the item from the NICP. according to the instructions provided by the applicable NICP.
(4) The following business rules or procedures apply to whole- (2) ARI will be shipped to either Automatic Return Item List
sale-to-retail redistribution orders (A4’s) originated by the NICP: (ARIL) or theater designated maintenance facilities and will be
(a) For the purpose of limiting buys and repairs, the NICP’S will accomplished within 10 days of receipt in the SSA.
apply all retail level (down to consumer level but not including (3) Any decision to bypass the theater or ARIL channel and
OMA) assets and/or wholesale assets against wholesale return materiel directly to a different repair facility or storage depot
requirements. is not authorized.
(b) Assets above the installation and COSCOM DBOF SMA d. SSAs that do not report directly to wholesale supply sources
requisitioning objective (RO) are available for satisfying requisitions will evacuate ARI and excess to their support SSA. When applica-
regardless of priority, and all lateral redistribution orders will be ble, shipping documents and containers will be marked “ARI” and
honored, no lines will be backordered, and substitutes will be IAW ARI will be segregated from other items in a shipment.
existing interchangeable and substitutable relationships. e. Release orders will contain the following (if applicable):
(1) Identification of ARI.
(c) Assets below the RO will be made available for high priority
(2) Identification of CCI.
(issue priority group (IPG) 1) (Priority 01–03) or IPG II (Priority
(3) Serial and/or registration numbers.
04–08) with a nonmission-capable supply (NMCS) code requisition.
(4) Hazardous materiel identification.
These are identified by “N or 9” in card column 62 of the requisi-
f. When nonorganic transportation is employed, procedures in
tion. NMCS referrals may draw accounts down to zero balance.
DOD 4500.32–R will be adhered to. These procedures include trans-
(d) Redistribution within MACOMs retail activities should occur portation movement control documentation and shipment tracing.
before wholesale level requisitioning. This determination will be g. Classified COMSEC equipment will be documented for trans-
made based on cost effectiveness. fer and shipped through DCS channels per TB 380–41.
(e) All redistribution transactions will be processed in DSS and h. Protecting materiel returns.
ALOC (or UMMIPS) time standards, and status will be provided to (1) Materiel returns will be protected consistent with the provi-
the requisitioner. sions of AR 700–15. When technical requirements have not been
(f) NICP will reimburse the retail DBOF SMA for standard army developed, the materiel will be protected as follows:
master data file army log cost of item for lateral redistribution and (a) Serviceable materiel. The shipping activity will provide suffi-
acquisition cost for items returned to depot. Also, DLA will pay a cient packaging to ensure that no damage occurs. Marking will be as
3.5 percent packaging, crating, and handling (PC&H) cost for DLA- required per MIL-STD-129.
managed items and AMC will pay a 1 percent PC&H cost for (b) Unserviceable repairable materiel. The shipping activity will
Army-managed items. Actual transportation costs will be reim- provide enough packaging to ensure that the item does not deterio-
bursed via MILLSBILS by the NICP (approximately 2 percent). rate to a lower condition code. All items will be identified with the
(5) This subparagraph pertains to DLA referrals. Referrals will national stock number, nomenclature, and quantity. Materiel condi-
contain a “2” in the distribution field (cc 54). Issue Group 1 (priori- tion tags or labels will be applied as needed per MIL-STD-129.
ty 01–03) NMCS requisitions will be recognized IAW AR 725–50 (2) Determination of packaging requirements. The nature of an
procedures, i.e., required delivery field (cc 62–64) equals 999 or item determines the type and extent of protection needed to prevent
NXX. NMCS referrals may draw accounts down to zero balance. deterioration of an item in storage.
DLA referrals will be on a fill or kill basis only. Army units will (3) Combinations. When a combination of conditions used for
not bill for referrals containing distribution code “2” . SOS will determining the level of protection falls within more than one level,
submit bills and provide status to their customers. the highest level will apply. If packaging requirements at the re-
(6) The following army business rules apply to DBOF asset quested level are not established, the next higher established level
transactions within a MACOM: will apply.
(a) Installation and COSCOM DBOF/SMA lateral redistribution i. Levels of protection.
of assets are as described above and as contained in the STAMIS (1) Level A. This packaging provides maximum protection. It is
manuals, i.e., SAILS TM 38–103 series and SARSS-O ADSM-18L needed to protect materiel under the most severe worldwide ship-
series. Business rules or procedures or Army wholesale level are in ment, handling, and storage conditions. Preservation and packing
AR 710–1 Centralized Inventory Management of the Army Supply will be designed to protect materiel against direct exposure to ex-
System. tremes of climate, terrain, and operational and transportation envi-
(b) Procedures for a MACOM redistribution of retail level assets ronments, without protection other than that provided by the pack.
will be the same as subparagraph 3–31i(4) except for reimburse- (2) Level B. This packaging provides intermediate protection. It
ments. The retail level DBOF SMA of the gaining installation will is needed to protect materiel under anticipated favorable environ-
reimburse the retail level DBOF SMA of the installation redistribut- mental conditions of worldwide shipment, handling, and storage.
ing the assets at AMDF price. PC&H and transportation will not be Preservations and packing will be designed to protect materiel
reimbursed. against physical damage and deterioration during favorable condi-
tions of shipment, handling, and storage.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 55

(3) Level C. This packaging provides minimum protection. It is 1. Items with a U.S. Army registration number. The registration
needed to protect materiel under known favorable conditions. number will be recorded as the serial number.
j. A report of discrepancy is used to report item and packaging 2. Items listed in the AMDF with a CIIC other than “U” or
discrepancies. Refer to AR 735-5. blank, and the item has a serial number.
k. The marking for shipment and storage will be according to 3. IMPE and external peripheral components (except keyboards
MIL-STD-129, DOD 4500.32–R, and other applicable standards, and Tier III items (less CCI)).
specifications, and authorized instructions. 4. Class 5 items. Post the lot number and the serial numbers.
(4) Due-in files, to identify assets due-in to the SRA, will contain
Section IV the following essential elements of information:
Stock Control (a) Stock number.
(b) Document number (including suffix if applicable).
3–33. Stock control function (c) Quantity due in.
Stock control is the establishment and maintenance of formal re- (d) Source of status.
cords of materiel in stock reflecting such information as quantities (e) Project code, if any.
and condition. (f) Current status.
(g) Estimated delivery date.
3–34. Stock record account (h) Date last follow-up.
The Army stock record accounting system is used to account for (i) Detailed transportation control number.
U.S. Government supplies and equipment. All Army property is- (j) Consolidated transportation control number.
sues, including leased equipment, to a user or PBO must be docu- (k) Priority.
mented in the stock record account supporting the user or PBO. (l) Type due-in; for example, temporary loan, redistribution,
a. The stock accounting system is a set of accounting files and wholesale.
records known as an SRA. These records show the receipt, issue, (5) Due-out files, to identify unfilled customer requirements, will
and asset status of supplies. contain the following essential elements of information:
b. The SRA is operated by an accountable officer appointed (a) Stock number.
under AR 735–5. He or she is accountable for supplies from the (b) Document number (including suffix if applicable).
time of receipt until issued, released, or dropped from (c) Quantity due out.
accountability. (d) Project code, if any.
c. After obtaining MACOM or the CNGB approval to establish (e) Date of last follow-up.
SSAs for either customer or mission support, the account will be (f) Priority.
identified by requesting a DODAAC under the provisions of AR (6) Transaction history files will be maintained to record activity
725–50 to distinguish between the SRA and the unit operating the in the SRA and to provide an audit trail. They will be retained for
SSA. 24 months.
d. The objective is for all SRAs to operate standard automated (a) Hard copy documents, with signatures, will be maintained for
systems. Pending automated system availability, the files and re- receipt, issue, turn-in, and balance adjustment transactions for items
cords identified in DA Pam 710–2–2 will be employed in manual identified on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,” “8,” “9,” “N,” (firearms)
SRAs. “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision devices and navigation
e. The following two types of SRAs are employed: systems (GPS)) and all items requiring property book accountability
(1) Customer support SRAs employing detailed and/or summary (microfiche or microfilm images will satisfy this requirement).
item accounting using the policy contained in this chapter. (b) Automated transaction history files will be maintained in a
(2) Mission support SRAs employing detailed item accounting computer machine readable form such as magnetic tape, disk, or a
and also using the policy contained in this chapter. compact disk-read only memory (CD-ROM). The automated file
will be used to record the following transactions processed by the
3–35. Stock record account files SSA including those supporting hard copy documents in (a) above:
a. Accountable officers will establish and maintain the following 1. Receipts.
files with the essential elements listed: 2. Adjustments, both increases and decreases.
(1) Catalog files with item identification, interchange, and sub- 3. Issues.
stitute, packaging data, and freight information as defined in AR 4. Turn-ins.
708–1 (see paragraph 3–4 for policies regarding catalog access). 5. Stockage code changes.
(2) ASL files that identify required and authorized stock levels, 6. Stockage level changes.
as computed using the policies contained herein, will contain re- (7) Demand history files are maintained to record recurring re-
cords with the following essential elements of information: quirements. The demand history files will include the following
essential elements of information:
(a) Stock number.
(a) End item code.
(b) Project code.
(b) Stock number.
(c) Date of the last change to the stockage code or level (c) Frequency of demand by month for the previous 12 months.
authorized. (d) Quantity demanded for the previous 24 months.
(d) Requisitioning objective. (e) For receipts from higher supply sources, the average order
(e) Reorder point. ship time experienced for the previous 12 receipts.
(f) Safety level. (f) For items repaired at supporting maintenance as a source of
(g) Stockage code. supply, the average repair cycle time from original turn-in document
(3) Availability balance file (ABF), which identifies actual assets date through repair and return to stock posting for the previous 12
on hand, will contain the following elements of information: repairs.
(a) Stock number. (g) Quantity repaired and returned to stock as a source of supply
(b) Project code. for the previous 24 months.
(c) Condition code. (8) The temporary loan file will contain a copy of each open
(d) Quantity on hand. temporary loan transaction.
(e) Date of last inventory. b. COMSEC logistics support facilities overseas and CONUS
(f) Serial number. Items recorded in the SRA that meet any of the COMSEC supply support activities will maintain stock records as
following conditions require serial number accounting: prescribed in this chapter and related procedural publications. How-
ever, these records for classified COMSEC equipment are informal
56 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

property accounting records for management purposes only, and will (b) SSA level reporting is the report extracted from the voucher
be clearly marked, “Accountable under TB 380–41, see records of or document history file and submitted weekly for reportable items
COMSEC custodian.” to USAMC. Logistics Support Activity (LOGSA). All SSAs will be
c. A voucher register will be kept to control assignment of required to accomplish this weekly report but, pending the auto-
voucher numbers. All transactions that affect the SRA balance will mated capability to produce the report, it will be submitted through
be recorded in the voucher register. Vouchers with customer unit the CCA. SAILS activities will submit the report through automated
document numbers will not be recorded in the voucher register, means. This weekly report is used to build and update the TAV data
except for ammunition accounts. The voucher register will contain base.
the essential elements of data listed below. (c) The COSCOM, TAACOM and Installation DOLs will operate
(1) Account number (DODAAC). a CBS-X Central Collection Activity (CCA) if directed by the
(2) Page number. MACOM. CCA functions are as follows:
(3) Voucher number, see below. 1. Coordinate between CBS-X reporting activities and the AMC
(a) DODAAC. LOGSA CBS-X data base.
(b) Julian date. 2. Disseminate CBS-X reporting procedures and information to
(c) Four position serial number. reporting units.
(4) To or from. 3. Collect and maintain a file of manual CBS-X reports submit-
(5) Stock number. ted and maintain for a period of 90 days after submission.
(6) Date completed. 4. Submit CBS-X reports to AMC LOGSA.
d. The document number in all transactions for classified COM- 5. Provide CBS-X training and assistance to supported units.
SEC equipment initiated by COMSEC custodians will contain the 6. Assist LOGSA personnel during equipment control program
assigned COMSEC account number in positions one through six. (ECP) CBS-X reconciliations.
COMSEC custodians will assign voucher serial numbers for COM- (3) Registration and Reporting of U.S. Army Vehicles (RCS
SEC materiel as specified in TB 380–41. CSGLD-1608). Registrations and reporting are separate functions
and should be acted upon accordingly.
3–36. Asset reporting (a) Registration. Registration is the function of accepting mate-
a. To keep both wholesale and retail managers aware of the riel into the Army inventory and requesting an Army registration
location and condition of selected assets, a vertical management number from the U.S. Army Central Vehicle Registry maintained by
information report is generated at the SSA level and transmitted to AMC LOGSA. Registration is accomplished by the procuring activ-
the wholesale manager. ity for the materiel and will normally have already occurred at the
b. Vertical management asset and information reports take sev- time the materiel is received by the using units. However, units
eral forms as detailed below. All are used to communicate specific must prepare and submit an acceptance and registration report for
information to the wholesale manager responsible for worldwide materiel reclaimed from DRMOs; materiel previously identified as a
requirements. Some of these reports are automatically produced by combat loss that is recovered or recaptured; and materiel modified
the automated systems employed, the others must be prepared that identifies the item to a different category per AR 710–3, table
manually. MACOMs are responsible for establishing central collec- 5–1. Acceptance and registration reports will not be limited to those
tion and reporting activities to collect and monitor reports manually items listed in the appendixes to DA Pam 738–750, but will be
prepared by users. prepared and submitted for all items subject to registration number
c. AR 710–3, AR 725–50, and DA Pam 710–2–2 contain proce- assignment and control. Acceptance and registration are accom-
dures and formats for reporting. plished in accordance with AR 710–3, chapter 5.
d. The types of reports required are listed below: (b) Reporting. Reporting is the function of controlling the where-
(1) Selected Item Management System-Expanded (SIMS-X). abouts of materiel requiring registration. Materiel that is transferred
These are selected high cost or critical secondary items. They are between units and materiel that is a loss to the Army inventory will
identified on the AMDF with RICC 8 and include CCI repair parts. be reported to AMC LOGSA, through the MACOM and/or Data
(a) Reporting is required for all SSAs. Reduction Center. Transfer reports and deletion reports will not be
(b) The SSAs will report the status of SIMS-X lines when either limited to those items contained in appendixes to DA Pam 738–750,
the quantity on hand, due in, due out, or materiel condition code has but will be submitted on all item’s subject to registration number
changed and whenever the stockage code or requisitioning objective assignment and control. Transfer reports and deletion reports will be
is changed. Report transactions will be transmitted direct to the prepared and submitted per AR 710–3, chapter 5.
Defense Automatic Addressing System (DAAS), with information (c) Objective. The objective for Army automation is to accom-
copies being transmitted to the TAMMC when appropriate. As Total plish U.S. Army vehicle reporting by the supply and accounting
Asset Visibility is fielded it will replace SIMS-X. When that occurs, system as a by-product of the receipt and issue process. As TAV
managers must ensure the above listed changes are properly re- becomes more fully developed and implemented, it is envisioned
corded within TAV. that such reports would no longer be required as the data base
(2) Continuing Balance System-Expanded (CBS-X). This process would be automatically updated by its feeder systems. If reporting is
requires that all activities report transactions for all RICC 2, A and not automatically accomplished by the supply and accounting sys-
Z. tem, manual reports will be prepared and submitted.
(4) DOD Small Arms Serialization (RCS DD-MIL(A)1629). The
(a) Property book CBS-X reporting is automatically accom-
purpose of DODSASP is to maintain continuous visibility over
plished if the property book is maintained by an automated system.
small arms, by serial number, from procurement through
This process becomes one of the feeder reports of TAV. If the
demilitarization and disposal. It is designed to provide investigative
property book is not automated, but the SSA through which issue
agencies, within 72 hours, the identification of the last Army activ-
and receipt transactions are processed is automated, then these trans-
ity accountable for a specific, serial-numbered small arm.
actions will automatically be reported to CBS-X. Other transactions
(a) The definition of small arms reportable under the DODSASP
such as lateral transfers and AAR that are not processed through the
is included in the consolidated glossary.
SSA must be manually reported by the property book to the CCA. If
(b) An Army logistics automation objective is to accomplish
the property book and supporting SSA through which issues and
DODSASP reporting by supply and accounting systems as a by-
turn-ins are manual, the SSA will manually report all transactions
product of receipt, issue, and adjustment. It is envisioned that as
for reportable items to the CCA. The DA minimum goal for CBS-X
TAV is fully developed and implemented that it would contain the
compatibility is 98 percent. Because this data feeds TAV, it is
data required to fulfill the DODSASP purpose.
essential that the SSAs report the data promptly for CCA inclusion
(c) If DODSASP reporting is not automatically accomplished by
in TAV.
the logistics STAMIS used, comply with the procedures in AR
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 57

710–3, chapter 4. The serial number data will be provided to the chapter 4. The serial number data will be provided to the designated
designated local supporting DODSASP reporting activity within 5 local supporting CCISP reporting activity within 5 days of the
days of the supply transaction. The local SASSO will ensure that the supply transaction. The local CCISSO will ensure that the local
local DODSASP reporting activity files are updated, and that the CCISP reporting activity files are updated, and that the data is
data is formatted and reported to the DA Central Registry within 10 formatted and reported to the DA Central Registry within 10 days of
days of the supply transaction. The MACOM will designate the the supply transaction. The MACOM will designate the reporting
reporting activities within the command, which operates on an in- activities within the command, operates on an installation or over-
stallation or overseas area support basis. PBO/SSAs should ensure seas area support basis. PBO/SSAs should ensure they have identi-
they have identified their supporting reporting activity. fied their supporting reporting activity.
(5) Radiation Testing and Tracking System. The purpose of the (7) The Tracking Assets by Serial Number-Aviation System. The
DOD RATTS is to maintain continuous visibility by serial number Tracking Assets by Serial Number-Aviation (TASN-A) System
and wipe test of all chemical detector cells (Radioactive Source tracks selected items by serial number to facilitate tracking perform-
NSN 6665–01–114–0073) and drift tube modules (Radioactive ance by manufacturer lot number, to isolate diagnostic problems, to
Source NSN 6665–99–257–0069) from procurement through identify problem items, and to promote and to enhance maintenance
demilitarization and disposal, and to provide strict control of all data collection. An Army Logistics automation objective is to auto-
cells and drift tubes for the purpose of safety to the user and matically accommodate serial number tracking requirements as a
maintainer. The chemical detector cell is a component of the by-product of receipt, issue, and adjustment transaction processing
M43A1 chemical detector, and the drift tube is a component of the in the standard supply and accounting system. It is envisioned that
CAM. It is designed to provide the identification of the last Army as TAV is fully developed and implemented that it would contain
activity accountable for a specific serial numbered cell and to track the data required to fulfill this objective. If standard supplies and
wipe test data. PBOs will ensure that serial numbers for source accounting systems do not accomplish TASN-A reporting, manual
components are recorded on property books. Changes will be repor- reporting is required.
ted to the designated SSO as prescribed in AR 710–3. Serial num- (8) Central Demand Data Bank. Each SSA directly supporting
bers will be reconciled as directed by the SSO. customers will copy each customer request, with an EIC, change the
(a) An Army logistics automation objective is to accomplish document identifier code to “BAH,” and transmit these images to
RATTS reporting by supply, accounting, and maintenance systems the CDDB, using the procedures contained in AR 725–50. CDDB
as a by-product of receipt, issue, transfer and adjustment, and main- reporting is not applicable to transactions for COMSEC materiel.
tenance actions such as wipe testing. It is envisioned that as TAV is (9) SSA Level Availability Balance File reporting. ABF reports
fully developed and implemented that it would contain the data are employed to inform wholesale managers of reportable assets that
required to fulfill this objective. are held at the SSA level. All SSAs are required to report, via
(b) If RATTS reporting is not automatically accomplished by the magnetic tape, to the TAV (AMC LOGSA) as a minimum monthly.
logistics STAMIS used, comply with the procedures in AR 710–3, Pending availability of automated systems capable of providing this
chapter 4. The serial number data will be provided to the designated report, only those SSAs operating with an automated system are
local RATTS reporting activity within 5 days of the supply transac- required to submit these reports.
tion. See AR 710–3, paragraph 4–33, for wipe test reporting require- (10) Requirements for submitting data on bulk petroleum. All
ments. The local SSO will ensure that the data is formatted and military activities are required to submit data on all bulk petroleum
reported to the DOD Central Registry within 10 days of the supply storage facilities. Army activities are required to submit the follow-
transaction. The MACOM will designate the reporting activities ing reports:
within the command, which operates on an installation or overseas (a) Bulk Petroleum Storage Facilities Report RCS DD-MIL (A)
area support basis. PBO/SSAs should ensure they have identified 506 (CONUS and OCONUS). This report will be submitted to
their supporting reporting activity. If RATTS reporting is not auto- USAPC every 3 years by activities with a 500-barrel capacity or
matically accomplished by automated supply and accounting sys- more, either singly or in manifold configuration.
tems, manual reporting to the SSO will be accomplished. (b) Bulk Petroleum Storage Facilities Report (CONUS) AMC
(c) If the MACOM has directed establishment of a SASSO at the 830. This report will be submitted to USAPC annually upon request,
COSCOM/TAACOM, the organization will establish an SSO. The by activities with a capacity of under 21,000 gallons but not less
SSO will establish a file of RATTS reports submitted and retain a than 200 gallons.
copy of these reports for a period of 90 days. The SSO will also (c) Bulk Petroleum Terminal Message Report RCS DLA (W)
ensure that supported activities submit required reports to either the 1884 (DFSC). This report will be submitted to DFSC weekly.
SSO or directly to the DOD Central Registry. (d) Source Identification and Ordering Authorization (SIOATH)
(6) Controlled Cryptographic Item Serialization Program Control Record RCS DLA (M) 1882 (DFSC). This report will be
(CCISP). The purpose of the DA CCISP is to maintain continuous submitted to DFSC monthly. It will be based upon information
visibility over designated CCI end items by serial number from obtained from the SIOATH control record maintained by activity.
procurement through demilitarization and disposal. It is designed to (e) Defense Energy Information Systems Report (DEIS I and
provide the NSA and investigative agencies the identification of the DEIS II) RCS DD-MM (AR) 1313. This report will be submitted
last Army activity accountable for a specific serial numbered CCI monthly to respective MACOM.
end item.
(a) The definition of CCI is included in the consolidated glossa- Section V
ry. The NSA designates items as CCI and establishes asset tracking Ammunition Management
requirements. All CCI end items are reportable based on their as-
signed Reportable Item Control code (RICC). See SB 700–20 to 3–37. General
identify CCI reportable items and those exempted from CCISP a. Ammunition (Class 5) is provided by the ASP and the CSA/
reporting. TSA on an area basis. When activated, ATPs provide class 5 sup-
(b) An Army logistics automation objective is to accomplish port in the brigade train and divisional rear area. ASPs and ATPs
CCISP reporting by supply and accounting systems as a by-product are primarily resupplied from the CSA. Each TSA, CSA, and ASP
of processing supply transactions such as receipt, issue, transfer, and have a stock control section, which accomplishes the supply and
adjustment. It is envisioned that as TAV is fully developed and property accounting function within the facility, using either the
implemented that it would contain the data required to fulfill this manual or automated Standard Army Ammunition System-4
objective. (SAAS-4). Overall supply management within the Theater and
(c) If CCISP reporting is not automatically accomplished by the Corps is accomplished at the TAAMMC/CMMC utilizing the SAAS
logistics STAMIS used, comply with the procedures in AR 710–3, 1/3.
58 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

b. Packing materiel will be cared for and handled to assure dam- gained to items in storage without damaging the seal. Additional
age is kept to a minimum. SB 755–1 provides disposition instruc- policy and procedures for the use of protective seals can be found in
tions for those items the MACOM determines are in excess of the AR 190–51, appendix E.
MACOMs requirements. b. Transportation.
(1) Each vehicle will display an appropriate placard as required
3–38. Stockage by AR 55–355 and 49 CFR.
a. MACOMs will establish the stockage objective for each ASP, (2) The shipment will be loaded, blocked, and braced by the unit
CSA, and/or PSP and may include all or some of the following per approved drawings reflected in AMC drawing 19–48–75–5 and,
types of stock. for security risk category (SRC) cargo, the appropriate transporta-
(1) Training ammunition. tion protective service (TPS) requested per AR 55–355.
(2) Ammunition basic load. (3) Requirements for vehicle inspections are found in paragraphs
(3) Operational loads. 3–42 and 3–44.
b. Class 5 ammunition stockage will be the minimum required to (4) Vehicles transporting inert ammunition items and inert resi-
perform the mission. For training ammunition, stockage will not due do not require a motor vehicle inspection form or a form of
exceed a 180-day stockage level at the SSA unless required to meet special instructions for motor vehicle drivers.
an authorized 12 months forecast requirement.
c. A minimum stockage of Class 5 supplies may be authorized, 3–41. Receiving ammunition
based on CTA 50–909 and also as specified by the MACOM a. Military Standard Transaction Reporting and Accounting Pro-
commander. cedures for receiving class 5 supplies, as prescribed in AR 725–50,
d. The requisition objective may be adjusted to the nearest unit are mandatory for ASP operations.
pack quantity. b. Receipt for class 5 items will be sent to the SSA stock control
section and posted to the accountable records within 24 hours of
e. Class 5 stocks will be monitored for excess stockage and
receipt.
possible redistribution of that excess stockage. Class 5 items that are
c. When materiel is received without documentation (such as
excess to the needs or authorization of the owning activity (unit)
amnesty turn-ins and lost documentation), the SSA receiving per-
will be reported as excess for turn-in.
sonnel will make the documents needed to process the receipt to the
3–39. Storage stock record account.
a. Ammunition will be stored under the provisions of this regula-
3–42. Inventory and inspections
tion, AR 385–64 (used by AMCCOM), AR 740–1, TM a. Inventory.
9–1300–206, public law, and/or host nation agreements, whichever (1) Physical inventories will be conducted per paragraph 3–29
is more restrictive. and the following:
b. A storage location system will be established at each storage (a) Physical inventory is accomplished by counting palletized
activity. The automated or manual storage locator system will be configuration and/or outer pack. Banded pallets will not be disas-
capable of recording multiple locations by condition of each line sembled to count individual boxes. Sealed boxes will not be opened
stored. DODI 4145.19–R–1 and FM 9–38 contain procedures for to count individual items. If markings are believed to be incorrect,
storage. In addition, automated system user procedures will define an actual count of each item will be made of those configurations
storage procedures. believed to be incorrectly marked.
(1) Sensitive, classified, and pilferable items require special con- (b) MDCs will only be used to aid in resolving discrepant ac-
trols when they are stored and moved. Stocks will be stored and/or countable records and as an aid for storage. MDCs will be removed
secured and protected in accordance with the CIIC. This code is from storage structures prior to inventory and returned after the
listed on the AMDF. inventory is recorded on the MDCs. Inventories will be recorded on
(2) The SSA’s will develop planographs (space utilization draw- the MDCs as they are conducted.
ings) that show all DODICs and their locations within the storage (c) Ammunition stored in a locked and sealed container (Igloo,
area or facility to provide rewarehousing, receipt, or bulk issue CONEX, and so on). If unbroken serially numbered seal is the same
planning. seal installed upon container at completion of last inventory, data
(3) Magazine data cards. from last inventory may be used.
(a) MDCs are working documents that help control the receipt, (2) Inventory frequency.
storage, issue, and inventory of munitions within a storage location. (a) Theater stocks: All Category I ammunition (CIIC of “1,” “5,”
MDCs are not formal accountable documents. “6,” and “$”) will be physically inventoried semiannually. All other
(b) MDCs will be used in all storage locations, including depots, theater stocks will be physically inventoried annually.
holding areas, and field storage, for munitions remaining in a stor- (b) Training ammunition stocks. All Category I ammunition
age location more than 24 hours. (CIIC of “1,” “5,” “6,” and “$”) will be physically inventoried
monthly. All other training munitions will be physically inventoried
3–40. Security and transportation quarterly.
a. Security. (c) Ammunition and explosive items rigged or preconfigured for
(1) Ammunition will be secured under the provisions of this rapid deployment and not stored in an SSA will be inventoried
regulation, AR 190–11, public law, and/or host nation agreements, monthly. If there are indications that loads have been tampered with,
whichever is more restrictive. they will be inventoried immediately. Loads will be secured and
(2) Inert and expended Category I rocket and missile launcher checked per AR 190–11 and these checks for tampering will be
tubes, inert Claymore mines, inert hand grenades, and Rocket documented.
Launcher, M190, with M73 sub-caliber practice rocket, used as (d) RDTE bulk munition stocks. All Category I ammunition
training devices are vulnerable to pilferage, misuse, or conversion to (CIIC of “1,” “5,” “6,” and “$”) will be physically inventoried
live ammunition. Such devices or training aids will be con- quarterly. All other RDTE munitions will be physically inventoried
spicuously marked to prevent accidental turn-in or turn-in as live semiannually.
fire residue. Those items that can be converted to live ammunition (e) RDTE stocks issued to testing activities will be physically
or explosives will be accounted for and secured as Category IV live inventoried monthly.
ammunition and explosives. (3) Discrepancies between ammunition stock record balances and
(3) Protective seals will be used when ammunition and explo- inventory counts that show overages or shortages of ammunition
sives are stored in an enclosed or covered vehicle, container, or and explosives (sensitive items) will be reported under AR 190–11.
structure. Protective seals will be installed so that access cannot be AR 190–11 establishes sensitive item overages or shortages that
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 59

require AR 15–6 investigation. Immediately upon discovery of dis- technician, Quality Assurance Specialist (Ammunition Surveillance),
crepancy, an initial telephone report will be made to the chain of or Military Ammunition Inspector. Serviceable training ammunition
command. Do not delay a report to search for missing items. turn-ins will also be inspected to determine if the user opened an
(4) Inventory results will be posted to stock records within 30 excessive number of boxes compared to the quantity issued and
days from the original first count date. used (10 percent of ammunition issued opened but not used). SSA
(5) The goal for first-count inventory accuracy of ammunition commander will report such occurrence through command channels.
and explosives is 95 percent. (7) Using units will account for shortages between the quantity of
b. Inspections. ammunition turned in and the quantity issued (less expended) by
(1) Ammunition in storage. submitting DA Form 5811–R. The first LTC in the chain of com-
(a) Protective seals used on enclosed or covered vehicles, con- mand will determine appropriate action and sign the form.
tainers, or structures must be given serial numbers and the condition (8) Small arms ammunition that has been returned to the SSA
verified on a daily basis. without lot identity, which is otherwise serviceable, can be returned
(b) Protective seals must be installed so the container cannot be to stock and issued to the next requisitioner. SSA will assign a local
opened and/or contents removed without damage to the seal. lot number.
(2) Daily inspections of training ammunition in open storage will (9) Ammunition returned in an unserviceable condition because
be conducted to ensure continuous accountability. Records of these of improper handling or transportation and not because of fair wear
inspections will be made. and tear (FWT) will result in an investigation being conducted per
(3) Vehicle inspections. Each vehicle designated to carry ammu- AR 735–5.
nition will be inspected by the unit per DD Form 626 (Motor (10) Turn-in documents will be maintained in the completed
Vehicle Inspection) (see AR 55–355). transaction file for a period of 2 years.
e. Vehicle inspections.
3–43. Records and reports (1) Units must arrive at the vehicle inspection point at the ap-
a. The SSAs will maintain records and utilize procedures in ac- pointment time coordinated with the SSA.
cordance with SAAS-4 automated procedures. (2) The unit, after prior coordination with the SSA, may bring all
b. Worldwide Ammunition Reporting System (WARS), RCS vehicles that will be used for transporting ammunition to the vehicle
CSGLD- 1322(RI(MIN)). Activities storing ammunition will comply inspection point prior to the training mission. The vehicles will be
with the reporting requirements of AR 700–19. inspected, and if satisfactory, the motor vehicle inspection form will
c. Guided Missile and Large Rocket (GMLR) Ammunition Issue, be valid until completion of the exercise.
Receipts, and Expenditure Report. Activities storing materiel report- (3) Ammunition surveillance personnel or military ammunition
able under the provisions of AR 700–19 will ensure that applicable inspector will inspect every vehicle that will transport ammunition
reports are submitted. as required.
3–44. Customer support (4) When vehicles containing ammunition to be returned to the
a. External SOP. Each SSA will develop and provide to all its SSA fail the inspection, the vehicle will not be permitted to travel
customers an SOP that outlines the SSA’s operations and the proce- on any roadways. A vehicle may be relocated, if the inspector
dures to be followed in requesting, receiving, returning ammunition, determines the risk is acceptable, to a location where the ammuni-
and residue. tion can be offloaded from the vehicle and the appropriate actions
b. Customer requests. taken with the ammunition and vehicle.
(1) Requests for ammunition from supported units will be sub-
3–45. Amnesty program
mitted in the format prescribed in DA Pam 710–2–1. a. The SSA/CSAs will support the amnesty program as estab-
(2) The unit document number will not be changed at the SSA. lished in paragraph 2–43.
The unit’s request will be filled or killed on basis of available stock. b. The SSA’s will maintain records of all amnesty turn-ins. Per-
Customer requests for training ammunition will normally be missible and required data to be maintained are date, DODIC, NSN
delivered to the SSA by messenger at least 72 hours prior to RDD. quantity, serial number and lot number, and condition code.
(3) Selection of ammunition stock to be issued by the SSA/CSA
will be based on the following criteria: Section VI
(a) Ammunition condition code. Wartime Policies
(b) Lot quantity (small lots first).
(c) Oldest lot. 3–46. General wartime policy
(d) (Rescinded.) a. Implementation of all or part of this section must be by direc-
c. Issue processing. tion of the Secretary of the Army. Return to peacetime accountabil-
(1) The SSAs will establish a suspense for the return of ammuni- ity also will be at the Secretary’s direction. These policies give
tion and residue. accounting requirements for SSAs in time of war or emergency.
(2) The SSAs will provide a listing of required residue based on b. This section applies to SRAs in a theater of operations. It also
DA Pam 710–2–1, appendix L for reconciliation. applies to SRAs deployed to other areas when authorized by the
d. Turn-ins. Secretary of the Army.
(1) A 24-hour projected turn-in notice will be given to the SSA. c. Theater commanders may impose more stringent recordkeep-
(2) Training ammunition and components will be turned in to the ing requirements according to tactical or operational situations. If
SSA within the first 5 working days following completion of the imposed, policies in sections I through V of this chapter apply.
training mission. d. CBS-X reporting requirement down to the unit property book
(3) Turn-ins will be reconciled with the original issue docu- level remains in effect throughout wartime, beginning with deploy-
ment(s). More than one issue document may be used for a single ment and continuing through deactivation.
training mission. Reconciliation of training ammunition issues will
be accomplished within 5 working days of the training completion 3–47. Wartime policy modifications
date listed on the issue document. a. The accounting records and files prescribed by section IV will
(4) No training ammunition for future training missions will be continue to be kept. Vouchers supporting entries to the SRA do not
issued until all reconciliation actions have been completed for the have to be kept after posting.
prior training mission. b. Except for real-time systems, the post or post method of mak-
(5) Visiting units will reconcile prior to departing the MTA. ing issues will be primarily employed. Summary accounting tech-
(6) User turn-ins will be inspected for serviceability by a trained niques may be employed. Minimum identification of the customer
60 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

units representative (that is, markings on vehicles or personal recog- responsible for theater distribution to include return of unserviceable
nition) is all that is required before making issues. Signature cards excess to CONUS, if appropriate.
are not required except for persons authorized to authenticate re-
quests for controlled supply rate ammunition and special 3–48. Wartime policy (Ammunition)
ammunition. a. AR 700–100, provides the requirements placed on other Serv-
c. Inventories will be conducted as the situation allows. However, ices in order for them to request munitions from an ASP.
only the cyclic method will be employed. Wall-to-wall inventories b. Ammunition stockage will be the minimum required to per-
are not allowed. Discrepancies have to be recorded but not reported, form the mission. Ammunition retention at the DS level ASP will be
except incident reports on shortages of classified COMSEC equip- 1 to 3 days of supply. CSAs, which also perform a DS/GS function,
will normally stock 7 to 10 days of supply. TSAs, which also
ment and CCI, which will be submitted per TB 380–41 and DA
perform a DS/GS function will normally stock 30 days of supply.
Pam 25–380–2, respectively.
c. Considering reports from SAAS 1/3 located at COSCOM and
d. Requests for cancellations and follow-ups will be processed as TAACOM levels, SAAS-4 at SSA, CSA, TSAs, and known or
submitted. Reconciliation and validation of customer dues-out are projected requirement, the TAMMC (SAAS 1/3 will requisition
not required. replenishment ammunition from the NICP. When materiel is
e. Customer returns will be accepted in an as-is condition. delivered to the POD, the TAMMC will notify appropriate MMC
f. Retrograde of unserviceable and excess items will be made TAACOM or CMMC of shipment arrival.
rapidly to avoid abandonment or destruction on movement of the d. Prior coordination is desired for normal resupply in wartime,
SSA. but is not required.
g. A DS SSA will turn in excess ASL assets to a corps GS SSA. e. The SAAS 1/3 (MMC) will evaluate the transactions from
All other serviceable or unserviceable repairable excess, will be sent SSAs to determine if excess stockage is available at those activities.
to a theater collection and classification center. This center will be The MMC may direct redistribution or other appropriate action to
relieve the excess condition.
Table 3–1
ASL Stockage
Categories Criteria SLC Level Auth Review Requirements
1. Demand Supported 9 recurring demands in 360 days Q DS/GS At least annually ASL Review Board
to add.1 Reviews—
(a) SLC “Q” items qualified for dele-
tion.
And (b) Items qualified for addition to
ASL as SLC “Q.”
3 recurring demands in 360 days D DS/GS INSTALL N/A
to retain. As directed by ICP and
the MACOM.
As directed by ICP and the
MACOM.
2. Mandatory (a) SLAC P DS ASL Review Board will—
(a) At end of the first year, may con-
sider deleting items from stockage. If
the retention criteria is not met and
no demands are expected for the
second year.
(b) At end of the second year, retain
on ASL as SLC “Q” if the item has
met the retention criteria of three
demands.
(b) IMPLs. P DS/GS N/A
3. Command Directed (a) Seasonal and combat essential M DS/GS Anually by ASL Review Board.
(minimum level to meet readiness
goals).
(b) ORF Support F DS/GS Annually to validate requirement.
4. NSL Items not demand supported nor Z DS/GS These items are excess and must be
required but are on-hand. turned-in.
5. Decrement stock Stock identified for issue to bring R INSTALL N/A
an active unit to full ALO-1.
Notes:
Missile, air defense, special weapons nuclear, life-saving equipment, air traffic control, nontactical communications, COMSEC, intelligence gathering, engineer (MTOE),
and aviation items require three recurring demands in a 360-day period to add item to the ASL and one recurring demand to retain.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 61

Chapter 4 (1) Sets up a universal supply language, standardizing supply
Supply Support for Installations, U.S. Property management data.
Fiscal Offices (USPFO), Strategic (2) Supports all other supply functions.
b. Item identification involves systematically classifying, naming,
Section I describing, and numbering all supplies. Items will be identified by
General one of the following numbers, which are described in AR 708–1.
(1) The NSN, when assigned, is to be used to identify supply
4–1. Introduction items.
a. This chapter provides supply policy for installation, USPFO, (2) The Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGE) and
Strategic Communications Facility, and TDA Activities. the PN are used to identify supply items if an NSN is not assigned.
b. This section contains general information that explains the (3) If an NSN has not been assigned and a CAGE and PN cannot
installations’ structure for supply operations; section II explains in- be determined, assign a MCN under AR 708–1, chapter 3, as
ventory control; section III explains supply control; section IV ex- follows:
plains stock control; and section V explains ammunition (a) MCNs will be assigned using the criteria stated.
management. (b) MCNs are for internal use and will not be perpetuated into
the wholesale supply system. This system is not intended to prohibit
4–2. General information the forwarding of demand data to the wholesale system for the
The organization for the installation supply operation is structured identification of items eligible for NSN assignment.
under a TDA. The U.S. Army Property Fiscal Offices, Strategic (c) MCNs will be assigned to all local purchase requisitions for
Communications Facilities, and other TDA activities will follow the items that are not identified by a valid NSN, part number or when
general policies outlined for installations. Specific differences in part number plus CAGE exceeds 15 digits, except for those items
operations will be addressed in the applicable subparagraphs. excluded from MCN assignment. An MCN will be assigned to a
a. ISSA is a supply distribution activity. It provides DS of supply group of components configured as a system, such as systems furni-
classes 1 through 5 (including maps), 7 (ORF), and 9 supplies ture, for local management and accounting purposes. Catalog data
(Classes of supply are explained in appendix G) directly to non-DSS for each MCN will list all components to include part number,
units on a customer support basis. The ISSA provides GS to both description, and quantity of each component. A separate MCN will
DSS and non-DSS units. be assigned to each system with a different configuration.
b. The ISD of the DOL provides overall supply management for c. Before using a CAGE and PN or MCN, the Federal Catalog
all classes of supply using a standard Army automated system to System will be asked to ensure that an NSN has not already been
accomplish the supply and property accounting functions. assigned at the request of either Army or any other Federal agency.
c. CONUS ISSAs managing a COMSEC account and USAISC d. Local catalog data will be maintained at the level authorized to
COMSEC logistics support facilities OCONUS will comply with issue MCNs for all CAGE and PNs and all MCNs in active use.
applicable policies in chapter 1, as well as this chapter, and proce- This data will be used to accumulate demands and to identify items
dures outlined in the TB 380–41 for control of COMSEC materiel. meeting the criteria for NSN establishment. Catalog data will be
d. Installations use two distinct funds: OMA or operating or con- supplied to supported SSAs on a monthly basis or as changes occur.
sumer funds and Supply Management Army Retail Funds. The The data supplied will include—
OMA funds at the installation level are divided into two distinct (1) CAGE and PN or MCN.
categories—mission and base operations. OMA mission funds are (2) Description.
used for clearly defined mission purposes. Base operation funds are (3) Unit of issue.
used to support all mission support activity on the installation. The (4) MATCAT structure code.
Retail Fund is used to finance the supply of repair parts and minor (5) Supply category of materiel code.
items of supply. All OMA user requisitions are processed through (6) Unit price.
the Supply Management Army Retail Fund to the Wholesale Stock e. A semiannual review of all assigned MCNs will be made to
Fund. When customer requisitions are routed through the Supply determine which will be retained, canceled, or replaced with an
Management Army Retail Fund, simultaneous obligation of OMA NSN. The catalog data will be kept only as long as there is a need
funds and Supply Management Army Retail Fund obligation author- to identify the item by the MCN.
ity occurs when the transaction processes through the Standard f. Activities responsible for the assignment of MCNs will main-
Army Financial Inventory Accounting and Reporting System tain an MCN control register. The MCNs will be assigned in numer-
(STARFIARS) and then the Standard Finance System (STANFINS). ical sequence regardless of class of materiel. The register will
STARFIARS is used to accomplish financial inventory accounting contain the following essential elements of data:
and produce financial reports. STARFIARS then meets with STAN- (1) Management control number.
FINS to provide an installation level system for financial manage- (2) Item description.
ment of consumer funds (AR 37–100–FY, AR 37–1). (3) Cross reference number.
(4) MATCAT structure code.
Section II (5) Unit of issue.
Inventory Control (6) Unit price.
(7) Supply category of materiel code.
4–3. Inventory control functions (8) Identification of the issuing activity or person.
This section provides policy on that function of supply that controls g. Supply management data are collected, recorded, and distrib-
the acquisition, allocation, and disposal of materiel that includes uted along with cataloging. They support inventory control and are
cataloging, requirement’s determination, repair and overhaul direc- used to manage requirements, acquisition, distribution, maintenance,
tion, and distribution. and disposal operations. Each SSA will keep a supply management
data file. The publications in this file will be obtained and kept
4–4. Cataloging current under AR 708–1. Each SSA will help its customers with
Cataloging, supply management data, and item data are used in cataloging.
inventory control, supply control, and stock control. Cataloging h. Item identification and supply management data are recorded
provides essential elements of item identification, interchange, and in the catalog references below. These references are the minimum
substitute. Packaging, freight, maintenance repair, and retrograde required and will be available within each SSA.
data are required to perform the other supply functions. (1) SB 708–21 and SB 708–22.
a. The Federal Catalog System used within DA— (2) SB 708–41, SB 708–42, and SB 708–43.
(3) ARMS Army Master Data File.
62 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

(4) ARMS Packaging File. sent to the wholesale supplier. Requisitions for major items man-
(5) ARMS Freight File. aged under TAEDP will be validated under AR 710–1.
(6) ARMS History File. a. Each SSA will maintain an ASL of all items it is authorized to
(7) Cataloging Handbook H1 (overview of the Federal Catalog stock. ASL items are those items that are demand supported, com-
System.) mand determined combat essential (mission essential for nondeploy-
(8) Supply catalogs. able units), and mandatory stockage authorized by the SLAC or
(9) Identification lists. IMPL. The ASL review board determines additions and deletions to
(10) Master cross reference lists. the ASL. The ASL review boards will be conducted per sub-
(11) Components lists. paragraph 3–9j. Additional details are listed below:
(1) Item essentiality is a primary consideration when determining
(12) Technical manuals or commercial equivalent for supported
the range of an ASL. The cataloged essentiality of each NSN will
equipment.
be the EC in the AMDF.
(13) Technical bulletins. (2) When the reasons for stockage change, and when the catalog
(14) Supply manuals. data is updated, the additions, changes, or deletions will also be
(15) Supply bulletins not otherwise listed. made in the ASL. When an interchangeability and substitution rela-
(16) Modification work orders. tionship are cataloged, the preferred NSN will be listed on the ASL.
(17) Management data list consolidated. (3) When two or more items have functional and physical charac-
(18) Automatic return item list. teristics that cause them to be equivalent in performance, reliability,
(19) AR 725–50. and maintainability, only one of the items will be on the ASL.
(20) AR 71–13. (4) Within these limits, the ASL will be reviewed at least annu-
(21) IMPL’s of supported units. ally for potential reductions in range. Class 9 ASLs will be estab-
i. If an error in the catalog is suspected, a request for review of lished by the headquarters responsible for management of the ASL.
the coding will be submitted through the same channels by which b. Each item on the stockage list will be assigned an SLC that
catalog support is received, to the Director, USAMC LOGSA, will be recorded in the stock accounting record. SLCs are listed
ATTN: AMXLS-L, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898-7466. below:
(1) Stocked Demand (SLC Q). This demand is a supported item.
4–5. Distribution Stockage is based upon actual recurring demands in a 360-day
Distribution is that phase of logistics that includes, within the retail period. Items may be added to the ASL, based on the ninth recur-
supply system, positioning authorized stocks in an efficient and ring demand within a 360-day period, and deleted when the item has
timely manner to satisfy requirements. not received at least three demands in the most recent 360-day
period. Repair parts for missile, special weapons (nuclear), air de-
4–6. Disposal fense, life-saving equipment, air traffic control, nontactical commu-
Disposal is that function of supply management that purges the nications, COMSEC, intelligence gathering equipment, engineer
system of excess, obsolete, or condemned and nonrepairable mate- (MTOE) and aviation materiel categories, require three recurring
riel under proper authority. demands to add, and one recurring demand to retain.
a. To prevent needed materiel from being transferred to the (2) Stocked Provisioning (SLC P). This nondemand is a sup-
DRMO, the “two-person-rule” applies. Specifically, transfer to dis- ported item that is stocked to support a newly introduced end item
posal will be reviewed and approved by the local item manager and for up to 2 years until forecast requirements are based entirely upon
the next higher level of management (supervisor) before release to actual demands. Initial stockage is prescribed by the SLAC and will
DRMO. This review will ensure that requirements have not changed be reviewed at the end of a 1-year period. If the item has met the
since the request for disposition instructions was sent. The reviewers retention criteria of three demands it will be converted to SLC Q.
will also try to find the reasons for the excess position to identify Items may be deleted from stockage if retention criterion is not met
and correct deficiencies that may contribute to the generation of during the first year and no demand is expected for the second year.
excess. Disposal of nonrecoverable expendable items in condition At the end of 2 years, items failing to meet the retention criteria will
codes F, G, or H do not require this review. be deleted from stockage unless they are on a supported unit’s
b. Local item managers will challenge only Army wholesale IMPL. Additions or changes to the level prescribed in the SLAC
NICP commodity managers at least once on disposition instructions without demand support are not authorized. Also, IMPL items will
that appear to be in error for DRMO transfer of serviceable materiel. be on the ASL as stocked numeric items, SLC P. The items will
c. Transfers of equipment to DRMO will be processed under only be stocked as prescribed by a published IMPL. This stock may
policy in AR 725–50. not be reduced below the prescribed level unless directed by
HQDA. Quantities may be increased based upon actual demand
d. The OCIE being turned in to DRMO and the DODAAC of the
data. The ASL is required to umbrella customer’s IMPL stocks. An
SSA making the turn in will be marked with the word “DRMO.”
IMPL is in support of missile systems only.
Items to be marked and procedures for marking are contained in DA
(3) Stocked insurance (SLC S). This nondemand is a supported
Pam 710–2–2. essential item. Replacement is not expected as a result of normal
e. Refer to 1–16h for DEMIL instructions. use. It is used when there is an unacceptable lead time.
(a) Standby supplies for any future emergencies will be on the
Section III ASL as stocked insurance items. These items must be authorized by
Supply Control the installation or division commanders and reviewed at least annu-
ally. The authority to stock can be delegated.
4–7. Supply control functions (b) Stocked insurance items will be added to or deleted from the
This section provides policy on the process by which an item of ASL when the standby list is approved by the installation command-
supply is controlled within the retail supply system that includes er. In those instances where the installation commander is a general
requisitioning, receipt, storage, issue, and disposition. officer approval authority may be delegated to the director of
logistics.
4–8. Stockage selection
(4) Stock Numeric (SLC M). This nondemand is a supported item
The installation SSA will not keep stocks, except repairables
with expected use, but it does not meet the set stockage criteria, or
repaired by the installation, for DS or GS SSAs or installation
it is an item with the computed stocked demand quantity less than
activities that are identified as DSS customers. Requisitions for
the assigned stockage level. The RO is set based on the expected
those classes of supply under DSS will flow through the installation use or to support a special requirement. SLC “M” items will be
SSA for editing, funding, and screening for excesses before being reviewed at least annually.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 63

(a) Combat essential supplies that do not qualify for any other (4) The control period for computing the RO will be a minimum
stockage reason may be kept on an ASL only as a stocked numeric, of 360 days, for both order ship time and demand data.
SLC “M.” Selection will be based only on combat essentiality. The (5) The quantity demanded is the total recurring quantity deman-
RO will be the quantity needed to repair one piece of equipment. ded during the most recent 360 days (12 months). Do not count the
The ROP will be zero. SLC “M” items must be listed by stock month in which the computation is being made.
number, RO, and ROP. Commanders will establish the minimum b. The EOQ mode will be used by automated accounts. Non-
level to meet readiness goals. These lines will be revalidated during automated accounts will use EOQ in cases other than those
the annual ASL review. previously allowed for DOS. Stocked demand items will have an
(b) Seasonal supplies that do not qualify for any other stockage EOQ RO computed at least annually or whenever net assets are
reason may be kept on the ASL as stocked numeric items (SLC equal to or less than the ROP.
“M”). (1) The SL and OST used in EOQ computations will follow the
(c) When necessary to support systems life cycle requirements guidelines previously described in the DOS discussion, sub-
involving one of a kind, unique, or other critical systems the RO paragraph 4–9a.
will be established at a level that allows retention of provisioned (2) The OL will be computed using the EOQ formula prescribed
stocks to support the life cycle without creating excess. in DA Pam 710–2–2 or the automated systems manuals.
(5) Stocked other (SLC “F”). This nondemand is a supported (3) The EOQ concept permits the replenishment of larger quanti-
item. ORF stocks are kept as SLC “F.” ties of low-dollar value items while replenishing smaller quantities
(6) Nonstocked items (SLC “Z”) This nondemand is a supported of high-dollar value items. The EOQ will be constrained to a 1-year
supply. Automated accounts will constrain EOQ to 30 days for
item. These items will not have a set RO. Inventory and use data
items that are critically short, seasonal, or perishable.
will be recorded, but replenishment will not be made. NSL items on
c. Initial stockage of ASLs for new SSAs will be set up using
hand as a result of unit turn-ins or receipts will be processed for
one or more of the following:
disposition.
(1) Compute stockage quantities using the equipment density or
(7) Decrement Stock (SLC R). Applies to assets earmarked for soldiers to be supported, and the applicable technical manual or
issue to bring Active Army units from the current Authorized Level authorization document.
of Organization (ALO) to the full required (ALO-1) Level. These (2) Use demand history data of a unit that uses similar equip-
items will not have a set RO. Inventory data will be recorded. ment; modify per mission requirements, if necessary.
(8) Stocked demand (SLC “D”). This demand is for supported (3) Request an ASL (for supply class 9) from Director, USAMC
items. Stockage is based on restricted levels for items that otherwise LOGSA, ATTN: AMXLS-L, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898-7466.
qualify under SLC “Q.” These items may have a critical worldwide d. Reduction in stockage levels because of fiscal constraints is
shortage and the requisitioning objective is determined by the authorized.
wholesale ICP and the MACOM, high-dollar value restriction im- (1) Reductions will be made to nonessential items determined by
posed by the MACOM commander or designated for such programs ECs.
as AIMI and Integrated Sustainment Maintenance. (2) Nonessential items qualifying as stocked demand need not be
c. The CCI repair parts will be managed by and recorded on added to the ASL until the constraint has ended.
automated SRAs to ensure Selected Item Management System-Ex- e. The force modernization program may create an excess of
panded (SIMS-X) reporting is completed. Manual SRAs will not be repair parts. To determine which lines would become excess, the
utilized to manage CCI. NSA requires central visibility of CCI class 9 manager should request a Reverse SLAC Report from AMC
components by quantity. As TAV is fielded, it will replace SIMS-X. LOGSA for those items being displaced.
When that occurs managers must ensure that CCI parts are properly f. Combat ASL for ARNG and USAR.
recorded in the STAMIS feeders to TAV. (1) ARNG divisions, ARNG, and USAR separate brigades sup-
ported by an organic SSA will maintain a combat ASL consisting of
4–9. Stockage levels parts required for stockage by an SLAC/IMPL. ARNG SSAs will
Each ASL item must have an RO that will be recorded in the stock requisition and maintain a combat ASL upon approval and alloca-
accounting record. The RO is the sum of the ROP and the OL. The tion of funds by CNGB. Procedures will be established to rotate
ROP is the sum of the SL and the OST level. The RO is the stocks in the combat ASL if the ASL is not used for peacetime
maximum quantity of the item authorized to be on hand and on maintenance. Units will deploy with their combat ASLs.
order at any time. Any materiel on hand that is beyond an estab- (2) ARNG roundout brigades will receive their combat ASL sup-
lished requisitioning objective quantity for any stock items is known port from the Active component division to which they are assigned.
as excess. Retention of assets above the RO is authorized under The combat ASL computed for the division will include the roun-
certain conditions. RO computations are made in a DOS or EOQ. dout requirements.
Activities with automated capability will maintain a transaction his- (3) ARNG and USAR nondivisional combat ASL requirements
tory file in a machine-usable form and retain the file for 2 years. for D to D-60 units will be computed by AMC LOGSA.
Demand frequency files will reflect the most recent 12-month period
and as an objective a 24-month period stratified to the EIC. 4–10. Repairables stockage
a. The DOS mode will be used by nonautomated accounts when a. Repairable items may be stocked when they meet the follow-
computing stockage of items critically short, seasonal, highly perish- ing criteria:
able, or that have a shelflife of less than 1 year. A DOS RO will be (1) The item must be authorized for removal, replacement, or
computed at least annually or when the balance on hand equals zero repair by the installation materiel maintenance activity (IMMA) or
(see AR 40–61 for medical SRA). the GS maintenance or at a lower level as prescribed by the mainte-
(1) The OL will be 15 days in CONUS and 30 days OCONUS. nance use code in the applicable technical manual for a supported
weapons system end item.
However, AMC is authorized 30 days in CONUS.
(2) The item must have nine recurring demands in the most
(2) The SL will be 5 days in CONUS and 15 days OCONUS for
recent 360-day period to add and will be deleted if it fails to receive
class 2, 3 (packaged), 4, and 9. For class 9 (ALOC) items, the SL at least three recurring demands in the most recent 360-day period.
will be 5 days in OCONUS. AMC is authorized a 15-day SL in (3) Aviation, COMSEC, air defense, special weapons (nuclear),
CONUS. life saving, air traffic control, nontactical communications, intelli-
(3) OST is measured in the actual number of days that elapse gence gathering, engineer (MTOE) and missile items must have
between the document date of a nonbackordered requisition and the three recurring demands in a 360-day period to add and one demand
date the receipt is posted to the stock accounting record. Average in a 360-day period to retain.
OST will be updated each time the RO is recomputed. b. Stockage level computation for repairable items, at the level
64 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

where repair is accomplished, differs from the computations for (7) Request for repair parts will include the EIC of the end item,
materiel not repairable at that level. The RO for items not repairable if assigned, for which the part is required. SSAs will create an
at that level will be computed per subparagraph 4–9b. For items image demand report transaction card (DIC BAH) in the format
repaired at that level, the RO will be the sum of the following specified in DA Pam 710–2–2 and forward to the CDDB.
incremental levels: (8) An availability edit will be performed on all customer
(1) RCL based on average annual repairs accomplished (see DA requests.
Pam 710–2–2, app G). (a) The objective is to meet the customer’s materiel demand on
(2) OL requirements will be based on average annual washouts time without operating and transportation costs becoming an over-
using EOQ techniques. riding factor.
(3) OST level requirements will be based on the average OST for (b) SSAs that receive requests and cannot meet the customer’s
washout replenishments only. RDD will forward them to the next higher echelon of supply. Before
(4) The SL quantity will be 5 days of supply based on average forwarding, however, it will be determined whether—
washouts only. 1. A firm due-in can meet the demand by the RDD.
c. After computing the increments above, the ROP will be com- 2. It can be met sooner if forwarded to the next higher supply
puted as the sum of the RCL, SL, and the OST level. The RO will echelon for direct delivery.
be the sum of the ROP plus the OL. b. DSS customer units.
d. Repair cycle times are as follows: (1) If there is stock on hand above the RO (above the ROP for
(1) The repair cycle times will include segments of the repair PD 01–08) at the installation SSA, requests will be filled. When
pipeline beginning when an unserviceable item enters the supply partial issue is made, a requisition for the unfilled quantity will be
system and ending when the unserviceable item is restored to a funded and sent to the wholesale supplier. This requisition will
serviceable condition and is recorded as ready for issue on the perpetuate all entries, except the quantity, from the original request.
supply accountable records. (2) If there is no stock on hand above the RO (above the ROP
(2) All of the applicable time between the beginning and end of for PD 01–08) at the installation SSA, the request will be funded
the repair cycle time will be included in computing repair cycle and sent to the wholesale supplier.
requirements. This time period will not include avoidable delays (3) Demands will be recorded for all requests processed whether
such as time incurred because of mismanagement or inefficiency. or not an issue has been made. These demands are recorded for
Beginning and ending points of each segment of the total repair retention decisions, not for computing the RO.
cycle time are described as sectors. c. Non-DSS customer units.
(3) Pending automated system capability to compute a repairable (1) If there is stock on hand the request will be filled. Stocks
stockage level using the policy stated above, the DS level SSAs may may be issued to zero balance. When a partial issue is made, the
use normal stockage computations with a fixed 25-day OST/RCT. remaining quantity will be placed on backorder and filled when
e. There is no RL for repairables. When the RO is exceeded, replenishment is received.
assets above the RO will be reported as excess. This policy does not (2) If there is no stock on hand the request will be placed on
render assets unavailable to fill critical Army requirements. Com- back order and filled when replenishment is received.
mands and NICPs have the authority and obligation to direct the d. Accountable officers will ensure that authorized local sources
redistribution of on-hand assets when necessary to satisfy valid of supply, such as cannibalization point, local purchase, contractor
stockage or mission requirements. operated parts stores (COPARS), and DRMO, are considered during
f. The provisioning of repair parts for newly fielded equipment to attempts to satisfy requirements, especially those urgently needed,
support installation maintenance is based upon the SLAC. The ISD before passing actions.
is not authorized an ASL to umbrella the shop stocks supporting its e. Supply document processing procedures will be based on the
maintenance mission. policies in this regulation and AR 725–50. The objective of auto-
(1) If the IMMA has never had a requirement to repair an item, it mated supply systems is to achieve one cycle per work day.
will be given data relative to shop stock requirements in support of f. Supply status for PD 01–08 requisitions will be sent to DS and
the new maintenance mission. These items will not be issued as part GS SSA and customers as received. Also, shipment status and
of TPF, but only when requested by the maintenance shop stock supply status reflecting a nonpositive supply decision for all priori-
supply officer. ties will be sent as received. Other status may be accumulated and
(2) If the IMMA already has a requirement to repair an item it sent on a monthly basis.
will be given data relative to the increased depth of shop stock 4–12. Requisitioning
required to support the increased population in their maintenance ISSAs requisition initial and replenishment stocks only. All other
mission. These stocks will not be issued as part of TPF. They will requisitions leaving the ISSA are passing actions for requisitions
be requisitioned by the SSA. received from supported customers.
a. Supply documents sent to wholesale supply sources will com-
4–11. Customer requests ply with Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue Procedures
a. Requests for supplies containing the essential elements of data
(MILSTRIP)(see AR 725–50).
prescribed in chapter 2 will be processed by the SSA. Supply docu-
b. Purchase request documents sent to the purchasing and con-
ments will be accepted as they are sent. SSAs with the Distribution
tracting officer for local purchase or lease of equipment will be
Execution System (DES) capability will perform a validation edit on
processed per AR 37–1.
all requests for end items. The flow will not be inhibited by the
c. Requisitions sent to other supply sources will contain either a
SSA. SSAs are required to accept all valid supply documents and
recurring or nonrecurring demand code. The following rules apply:
operate under the following requirements:
(1) A recurring demand code will be used when—
(1) The unit document number will not be changed. (a) A requisition received from a customer cites a recurring
(2) The unit’s request will be either filled, backordered, rejected, demand for a nonstocked item.
or passed to the higher supply source. (b) The SSA submits a replenishment requisition for a stocked
(3) UND “A” requests may be delivered by any expedient means. item.
(4) Supply requests will not be rejected because of age. (2) A nonrecurring demand code will be used when—
(5) SSAs will perform a manual technical edit of all non-NSN (a) A requisition received from a customer cites a nonrecurring
requests for the purpose of attempting to convert them to NSN demand for a nonstocked item.
requests. (b) The SSA submits a requisition for the initial establishment of,
(6) SSAs will assume responsibility for complete and accurate or an increase in, levels for a stocked item.
document processing.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 65

4–13. Operational readiness float (1) Stock number.
a. The ORF program is designed to assist in maintaining the (2) Item description.
readiness posture of combat units and specialized activities. ORF is (3) Accounting requirements code.
an additional controlled level of selected mission essential items of (4) Recoverability code.
equipment authorized to be on-hand to meet unprogrammed inter- (5) Controlled inventory item code.
mediate maintenance requirements when repair of similar items (6) Unit of issue.
from a unit cannot be accomplished on time. AR 750–1 contains (7) Location (to designate physical location of item).
policy on the management and determination of ORF materiel. (8) Stockage code.
b. The Army distributes approved ORF levels to MACOMs (9) Date (date initial stockage level was established).
through the TAEDP. (10) Quantity (stockage quantity authorized).
c. ORF will be accounted for at the maintenance support activity (11) Document number.
SRA. (12) Quantity requested.
d. Accountable officers will ensure on-hand ORF is located in (13) Balance on-hand.
maintenance areas. d. To qualify for shop stock, an item must have had at least three
e. ORF will be exchanged on a one-for-one basis. demands in a control period to add and one to retain. (ARNG and
f. All ORF items being repaired for return to ORF stock will USAR aviation TDA support facilities, two demands in a control
have the highest priority designator assigned to supported units. period provided that the item has an essentiality code of “C” or
g. The maintenance officer will determine what will be used to higher, is approved by the commander and is in support of older
satisfy a supported unit’s RDD. The accountable officer will ensure stage aircraft (15 years or older) and one demand in one control
with the using unit PBO the simultaneous issue and turn-in of the period to retain.) A control period is 180 days (360 days for ARNG,
serviceable and unserviceable asset. They will also ensure that asso- USAR and AMC maintenance depots). Stockage will be constrained
ciated asset reporting requirements per AR 710–3 are processed. to 15 days supply for units with a collocated SSA, 30 days for units
h. Accountable officers will ensure ORF is placed on requisition without a collocated SSA. Each shop stock line will be reviewed at
using the highest customer FAD assigned to the units supported least quarterly (semiannually for ARNG, USAR and annually for
using the TRC 3C, initial issue; 3E, replacement for unserviceable; AMC maintenance depots). Stockage will not be reduced for the
or 3F, replacement because of redistribution. first two full review periods. Stockage may be increased after the
first full review period. Items will be deleted from stockage when
4–14. Maintenance shop supply policy they fail to have at least one demand in the last control period
a. Support maintenance facilities are authorized a limited amount unless they support—
of expendable supplies and repair parts required for efficient shop (1) Seasonal requirements and demand is expected.
operations. Such supplies are issued from a stock record account (2) Requirements peculiar to nonstandard equipment.
and used only for internal shop support. e. Excess stocks will be turned in within 10 days of review.
b. Two types of maintenance related supplies are authorized to be f. Stockage level for shop stock will be developed from the requ-
on hand in support-level maintenance activities: shop stock (demand isitioning objective table as outlined in DA Pam 710–2–2.
supported stocks) and bench stock (unpredictably used consuma- g. Replenishment of stock will be based on an ROP. Automated
bles). Different management policy applies to each type. Paragraph systems may use the use-one, order-one concept. Replenishment
4–15 defines shop stock and those maintenance activities authorized requests will use UND “C.” The customer’s work request priority
to have shop stocks. All support-level maintenance activities and may be used to request the quantity required to complete the job
AVUM are authorized bench stocks. Bench stock criteria are out- when stock is at zero balance. Using the customer’s work request
lined in paragraph 4–16. Units authorized a PLL will not be author- priority to request the quantity for the work order and for stock
ized a shop stock or bench stock. Organizations authorized to replenishment is not authorized unless UND “C” is used.
perform maintenance functions higher than unit maintenance on h. CCI repair parts required by COMSEC maintenance activities
organic equipment may include items on their PLL that are desig- for diagnostic purposes will be hand receipted on temporary loan
nated by technical manuals for the maintenance level they perform. from the supporting SSA. Uninstalled CCI repair parts must be
tracked Army-wide through SIMS-X and cannot be stocked in the
4–15. Shop stocks maintenance activity shop stock.
a. Shop stocks are demand supported repair parts and consuma- i. Shop stock lists will be prepared for the using unit command-
bles stocked within a support-level maintenance activity (an activity er’s approval and submitted to the SSA. It is not necessary to
with a support-level maintenance mission authorized by a document submit an entire new list to the SSA upon each periodic review.
such as MTOE, TDA, or JTA). Shop stocks are for internal use to After submitting an initial list, the unit will give any changes, as
accomplish maintenance requests for programmed repair. they occur, to the SSA. An entire new list will be prepared annually
b. Shop stocks are authorized for— or when extensive changes are made.
(1) Repair of items in support of the repairable program. j. Shop stock will be inventoried during the regular scheduled
(2) Elements of maintenance units operating at a remote location review period. Results of the inventory will be documented and
such as contact maintenance teams. retained, at least until the next scheduled review period. Records
(3) Repair of items requiring diagnostic modules. Diagnostic will be updated accordingly. Controlled items will be inventoried
modules prescribed by the technical manuals for diagnostic purpose IAW table 2–1, subparagraph i. Discrepancies found during the
are exempt from the demand criteria for initial stockage. Subsequent inventory of small arms parts will be documented and causative
stockage will be based on demands or the level prescribed by the research conducted. If the discrepancies can be attributed to negli-
technical manuals, whichever is greater. gence, or there is evidence that negligence may be involved adjust-
(4) Maintenance units not collocated, as determined by the com- ment action will be conducted per AR 735–5.
mander, with an SSA. k. No one individual will perform duties as a materiel repairer
(5) Maintenance units not supported by an organic SSA and not and shop stock clerk at the same time.
on DSS. DSS customers are those units that requisition directly
4–16. Bench stock
from the wholesale supply system through the intermediate level a. Bench stocks are low cost, high use, consumable class 2, 3
with no backup ASL at the DS or intermediate level. (packaged), 4, and 9 (less components) items used by maintenance
c. Shop stocks will have a record of demands. The record of personnel at an unpredictable rate. Bench stocks consist of common
demands for diagnostic modules will be annotated for diagnostic hardware, resistors, transistors, capacitors, wire, tubing, hose, ropes,
use. The essential elements of data for the record demands are as webbing, thread, welding rods, sandpaper, gasket materiel, sheet
follows: metal, seals, oils, grease, and repair kits. Only small arms repair
66 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

parts coded CIIC “U” are authorized for bench stock. Controlled submit requests to Commander, USAPC, ATTN: SATPC-L, New
items will be inventoried IAW table 2–1, subparagraph i. Cumberland, PA 17070-5008, per the purchase program submission
b. Activities with a support-level maintenance mission specified schedule.
by authorization document, such as a MTOE or TDA, are authorized c. All inquiries and correspondence pertaining to the following
bench stock. will be directed to the Commander, USAPC, ATTN: SATPC-L,
c. Bench stock lists and bench stock replenishment tags will be New Cumberland, PA 17070-5008—
reviewed semiannually (annually for AMC maintenance depots). (1) Solid fuels requisitioning.
Essential elements of data are listed below. (2) Procurement status.
(1) Bench stock list. (3) Delivery and receipt problems.
(a) Unit or activity. d. All inquiries and correspondence pertaining to the following
(b) UIC. will be directed to the Commander, USAPC, ATTN: SATPC-L,
(c) Prepared by. New Cumberland, PA 17070-5008—
(d) Approved by. (1) Solid fuels quality and associated technical problems.
(e) NSN. (2) Solid fuels handling equipment.
(f) Item description. (3) Refusals of shipments based on visual inspection.
(g) Quantity. (4) Computation associated with analysis of delivered solid fuels.
(h) Unit of issue. (5) Certification of coal-sampling personnel.
(i) Date. (6) Laboratory analysis and testing of coal samples.
(j) Location. (7) Technical assistance visits.
(2) Bench stock replenishment tag. e. The policy contained in a through d above applies worldwide
(a) NSN. to all installations where solid fuels are consumed, including—
(b) Item noun. (1) GOCO installations and facilities operated by non-Govern-
(c) Stockage level. ment activities.
(d) Unit of issue. (2) Army industrially funded installations and activities.
(e) Quantity. (3) Overseas installations, when it is determined that solid fuels
(f) Date. are to be purchased by DFSC.
(g) Location. f. Specifications determination for solid fuels is a technical re-
(h) Contract and lot number whenever possible. sponsibility of the installation commander. Specifications will be
d. Stockage will be limited to 15 days supply for units with a established to procure the most economical solid fuels with charac-
collocated organic SSA and 30 days for units without a collocated teristics suitable for the equipment in which they are to be used and
SSA. Replenishment requests will use UND “C.” The customer’s that comply with environmental requirements. Assistance in deter-
work request priority may be used to request the quantity required mining solid fuels specifications may be obtained from USAPC.
to complete the job when stock is at zero balance. Sulfur limitations for solid fuels will be specified per the Environ-
e. To qualify for bench stock, an item must meet all the criteria mental Protection Agency (EPA), or State and local air pollution
listed in (1) through (5) below. control regulations for sulfur dioxide emissions, whichever is more
stringent. In overseas facilities, limitations on sulfur dioxide emis-
(1) CIIC = “U,” “J,” or “7” (“J” and “7” can not be small arms
sions will be specified per applicable host nation requirements and/
repair parts).
or any agreement between the United States and the country
(2) Expendable (ARC = “X”).
involved.
(3) Nonrepairable (RC = “Z”).
g. Commanders at all levels will ensure that solid fuels—
(4) Stock funded (second position of the MATCAT = “2”).
(1) Size and analytical specifications are technically adequate for
(5) Supply class is 2, 3 (packaged), 4, or 9 (SCMC = “2,” “33,” power and/or heating plants.
“36,” “4,” or “9”). (2) Meet accepted specifications. When such fuels do not meet
f. Approval of the bench stock list by the maintenance officer is specifications, they will be reported to USAPC (SATPC-L).
required semiannually (annually for AMC maintenance depots). (3) Are handled and stored to minimize degradation.
This stock is not subject to the demand-supported criteria in sub- (4) As shipments of coal are sampled per prescribed procedures.
paragraph 4–16d. These samples are to be mailed to a supporting USAPC laboratory
g. Bench stock for aviation peculiar items should be provided for analysis. All coal samples within Europe will be mailed to
segregated storage (bin dividers), by manufacturer, contract, lot Defense Fuel Region Europe (DFRE) Petroleum Laboratory, Rhine
number, source and date packed (when physical capabilities exist). Ordnance Barracks, Building 320, Unit 23135, box 28, APO AE
4–17. Solid fuels 09227-5355, for testing and analysis.
a. This paragraph provides policy guidance to commanders h. Contracts and deliveries will be as follows:
processing solid fuels purchase requests for coal, coke, or briquettes (1) Contracts awarded by DFSC are normally requirements-types
(hereafter referred to as solid fuels). Wood pellets are exempt from for an estimated quantity. If a requirement exists for tonnage to
provisions of this paragraph. Installations will prepare a separate exceed the estimated quantity indicated in the contract, an order for
purchase request for each kind and size of solid fuels required. additional tonnage not to exceed more than 10 percent above the
USAPC is the Service Item Control Center for solid fuels. Requisi- original requirement, may be placed with the contractor. If the
tions will be filled out per DA Pam 710–2–2. Periodic surveillance contractor does not elect to supply tonnage exceeding the estimated
of quantities on hand and review of dues-in will be made to assure quantity stated in the contract, a supplemental purchase request will
quantities are adequate to meet estimated requirements. Require- be initiated by the installation.
ments may often change because of weather conditions, fluctuation (2) Deliveries will be made only as authorized by written orders
in population serviced, or change in mission. The normal procure- issued by the installation per the clause “Ordering” under the
ment lead time for solid fuels is 180 days. However, purchase action contract.
on supplemental or emergency requirements will be completed as (3) Installations will notify USAPC if a reduction exists in re-
soon as possible per the justification furnished by the installation quirements during the contract period and it is determined that the
commander. Local purchase by individual military activities is au- maximum tonnage under the contract will not be ordered. This
thorized, subject to military service regulations, where the annual procedure is essential as tonnage remaining under the contracts may
requirement, per line item, does not exceed $25,000. be diverted to other Government installations or facilities.
b. CONUS installations and overseas commands will estimate (4) USAPC will be advised immediately in the event a contractor
annual solid fuels requirements and related delivery schedules and fails to deliver per delivery order or fails to perform per contract
terms and conditions.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 67

(5) In the event of a dispute between using activity and contrac- c. When an SSSC is set up, demand-supported items on the ASL
tor, USAPC will be advised immediately. A priority message will be should be transferred to the SSSC when all the guidelines in (1)
sent containing all pertinent information, including name and tele- through (6) below are met. Items not meeting all of the guidelines
phone number of person to be contacted. listed will not be transferred. These guidelines apply to the NSN as
i. Installation or activity will centralize responsibility and assign listed in the AMDF.
one qualified person who will assure completion of all functions (1) Unit price is not greater than $100 ($300 for Information
listed in this regulation pertaining to solid fuels. This person will Management Processing Equipment (IMPE) items only, such as
be— toner, developer cartridges for laser jet printers and similar items)
(1) Thoroughly experienced in all phases of solid fuels handling except where the unit of issue contains more than one item (such as
and storage yard operations. box, drum, roll, sheet). However, the cost of a single item (in unit of
(2) Thoroughly familiar with the solid fuels contract under which measurement quantity) must not exceed $100 ($300 for IMPL
the shipments are being made. items).
(3) Furnished with all documents that are required for discharg- (2) Unclassified or hand tools (CIIC = “U” or “M”).
ing the responsibilities in connection with shipment, storage, and (3) Expendable or durable (ARC = “X” or “D”).
handling. Documents furnished will include copies or extracts of (4) Nonrepairable (RC = “Z”).
shipping notices, award of contract notices, contracts, contract (5) Stock funded (second position of the MATCAT = “2”).
amendments, and supplier furnished analytical test reports. (6) Supply class is 2, 3 (packaged) or 4 (SCMC = “2,” “36,”
(4) Furnished analytical test reports. “4”).
(5) Furnished copies of all shipping documents, including way- d. AMC subordinate installations may stock repair parts in SSSC
bills and the materiel inspection and receiving report. Solid fuels except those repair parts peculiar to support programmed depot
operating procedures as described in TM 5–675 and TB ENG 249 maintenance. Repair parts stocked under this provision may be is-
will be followed. sued (sold) to DS units but not to MTOE units that they support.
e. Class 9 items meeting the QSS stockage criteria may be sto-
4–18. Quick supply store cked in the SSSC at an installation when a QSS has not been
a. The QSS is designed to improve supply support by reducing established or where a QSS is not within the same geographical
the workload. QSS uses summary item accounting for selected low- location of the SSSC (excluding divisional QSS). Accountability
dollar value consumable supplies. QSS is used to support combat, and issue of QSS items under this provision will follow the same
tactical training, and garrison operations. Establishment of QSS will policy for SSSC items.
be determined by MACOMs. When a QSS is established, it will be f. The SSSC items will be transferred to detail item accounting
the sole source of supply for the items it stocks. when they are no longer demand supported or when they no longer
b. Demand-supported items will be reviewed every 6 months for meet the guidelines in c(1) through (6) above. The installation com-
conversion to QSS. mander has authority to deviate from detail accounting to summary
c. The QSS stockage levels will be based on EOQ. accounting.
d. Items will be converted to QSS if all of the criteria in (1) g. Non-NSN items may be stocked if a suitable NSN is not
through (8) below are met. available. AMDF data for a similar NSN will be used for a non-
(1) The unit price is not greater than $10 except where the unit of NSN item. The criteria for NSN items apply except that the actual
issue contains more than one item. However, the cost of an item (in acquisition cost will be used.
unit of measurement quantity) must not exceed $10. h. Standard unit prices published in the AMDF will be used.
(2) Unclassified (CIIC = “U” or “7”). Standard unit prices for items purchased locally will be equal to the
(3) Expendable (ARC = “X”). acquisition cost.
(4) Nonrepairable (RC = “Z”). (1) Standard unit packs may be repackaged and sold in smaller
(5) Stock funded (second position of the MATCAT = “2”). lots. The smaller lot will be sold at a price equal to its value within
(6) Nonreportable (RICC = “0”). the unit pack.
(7) Nonessential (EC = “G” or “J”). (2) Price changes will be made on the first work day of each
(8) Repair part (SCMC = “9”). month and will be based on that month’s AMDF.
e. The QSS items will be reviewed at least every 6 months. (3) Price changes for items purchased locally will be made only
Those NSNs that do not meet all of the criteria in (1) through (8) when all stock from the previous purchase has been sold and stock
above will be converted to detail item accounting. from a new acquisition is displayed for sale.
f. At least every 6 months, customers will be given an updated i. Customer accounts will be identified by—
QSS list of items in the store. (1) DODAAC or UIC.
g. QSS turn-ins are made over-the-counter by using unit repre- (2) Work control center codes for AIF activities.
sentatives. Turn-in may be accomplished without documentation. (3) Subaccounts developed using a two-position number suffix.
The suffix “00” will be used to summarize (parent) account.
4–19. Self service supply center j. Customer accounts may be set up for authorized nonap-
a. The SSSC is designed to improve supply and financial opera- propriated fund activities. Requirements are as follows:
tions by reducing the workload. SSSC use summary dollar account- (1) Sales are reimbursable.
ing for selected supplies issued to customers on a self-service basis. (2) A daily transfer summary will be prepared and sent to FAO
b. The commander of any SSA that provides class 2, 3 (pack- with a copy of the sales slip for billing and collection under AR
aged), and 4 supplies may establish an SSSC. The USPFO may set 37–1.
up an SSSC for ARNG. Only one SSSC is authorized at an installa- k. A list of items stocked in the SSSC will be published every 6
tion. Accountability for the SSSC inventory, as well as supervisory months. List requirements are as follows:
responsibility for operations, is assigned to the accountable officer (1) Listing will be in alphabetic sequence by item noun and will
or USPFO. include item description, NSN, unit of sale and unit price.
(1) Instead of a SSSC, installations may elect to use a General (2) Changes to the basic list must be published quarterly, but
Services Administration (GSA) Customer Supply Center (CSC) as a may be done on a monthly basis.
source of supply for GSA items. (3) The above cited list is not restricted to hard copy only.
(2) Installations electing to use a GSA Customer Supply Center automation may be utilized.
as a source of supply will not establish SSSC lines for GSA items. l. Cash sale of handtools to replace lost, damaged, or destroyed
Customer may have only one source of supply for GSA items, for handtools is authorized under AR 735–5. The SSSC will maintain a
example, either the SSSC or the CSC. record of cash sales on a cash collection register for handtools. Cash
68 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

collection registers for handtools will contain the essential elements will designate a specific individual or personally review and ap-
of data listed below: prove requests for local purchase.
(1) Date of sale. (2) The quantity of materiel requested will be used to satisfy an
(2) Account number. immediate requirement, but not exceed 15 days of supply for PLLs
(3) Amount of sales. of Shop Stocks; all others will not exceed 7 days of supply.
(4) Amount of depreciation. (3) The following categories of items will be procured under the
(5) Amount paid. regulations cited:
(6) Accounting classification. (a) Commercial laundry equipment and supplies, AR 210–130.
(7) Purchaser’s name. (b) Dependent school commercial equipment and supplies, AR
m. In the SSSC, each item location will be marked with its NSN, 352–3.
noun, stockage level, unit of sale, and unit price. Each item of stock (c) Dogs, AR 700–81.
in the location will be marked with its price. Where LOGMARS bar d. Parts for commercial vehicles. Commercial construction, and
coding capability exists, labels will contain the required elements of commercial material handling equipment should be obtained through
data, and will be used instead of the bin markings. COPAD, COPARS, or local procurement, whichever is more eco-
nomical and meets delivery time requirements.
n. SSSC turn-ins are made over the counter by authorized using
e. The local purchase of COMSEC material of any kind is strictly
unit representatives without documentation. The item(s) should be in
controlled within the guidelines provided in subparagraph 1–14c.
the same unit pack as purchased. Credit will be given to the unit
upon receipt of the turn-in. 4–21. Contractor-operated parts stores and contractor-
operated parts depot
4–20. Local purchase a. Contractor-operated parts stores (COPARS).
SSA accountable officers may direct local purchase, as a source of (1) COPARS are contractor operated facilities on military instal-
supply, to satisfy requests submitted by supported units and mainte- lations. COPARS provide over-the-counter sales of repair parts for
nance activities at the installation. Demand data will be recorded. nonstandard, commercial designed equipment authorized on MTOE/
Local purchase may be an option for any centrally managed, com- TDA documents such as—
mercially available item provided such action best serves the interest (a) Nontactical wheeled vehicles.
of the Government in terms of the combination of quality, timeli- (b) Commercial designed construction equipment and construc-
ness, and cost that best meets the requirement. tion support equipment.
a. The Supply Support Activity (SSA) accountable officer is the (c) Material handling equipment.
official who will decide which requirement will be satisfied by local (d) Tactical vehicles of a commercial design.
purchase. Local purchase requests will be forwarded to the local (e) Commercial designed communication electronic equipment.
contracting office or to a designated ordering officer who has been (2) The MACOMs will approve establishment of COPARS. Ac-
properly warranted by a contracting officer to make micro-pur- tivities having a COPARS must—
chases. A local purchase decision can be made under the following (a) Make sure authorizations to use the store are controlled. Au-
circumstances: thorizations will be limited to members of TDA maintenance activi-
(1) A bona-fide emergency, when delivery from the wholesale ties, DSU and GSU maintenance shops, or SSAs. Granting
sources will not meet the emergency need. A copy of the procure- authorizations is the responsibility of the contracting officer’s
ment documentation must be sent to the Integrated Materiel Man- representative.
ager (IMM) for materiel identified through the Federal Catalog (b) Prevent theft and fraud, because items are generally usable on
System and AR 708–1). privately-owned vehicles.
(2) The IMM (central manager) has assigned AAC “K” or “L” or (c) Make sure that COPARS do not compete with the Army’s
has otherwise granted authority to local purchase. supply system.
(3) The item is not on the AMDF. (3) Items meeting any of the guidelines below may be obtained
(4) In cases other than those above, a local purchase action will through COPARS without referral to the wholesale supply system.
be taken when it is judged to be in the best interest of the Govern- (a) AAC “K” (CONUS only) or “L,” as listed in AMDF.
ment in terms of the combination of quality, timeliness, and cost (b) Previous requisitions rejected by wholesale supply system
that best meet the requirement provided: with status “CP.”
(a) Its advantage is documented for a purchase requirement over (c) Requisitions rejected by wholesale supply system with status
$2,500. “CW” (one time only).
(b) An IMM of NICP waiver is obtained before initiating a re- (d) Part numbers not listed in the MCRL, CAGE, and PN to
quirement exceeding $100,000. NSN.
b. The following types of items are excluded from local purchase (4) Establish procedures to require purchase receipts to be sub-
without the approval of the IMM/NICP: mitted to the SRO. Activities having an organic SRA are authorized
(1) Items critical to the safe operation of a weapon system. to make direct purchase from COPARS. Activities not having an
(2) Items with special security characteristics. organic SRA must be authorized by the SSA in writing to process
(3) Items of a dangerous nature such as explosives and purchases or process all purchases through the SSA. Provision will
munitions. be made for the SRO to submit receiving reports to the contracting
(4) Aviation time change components of assemblies containing officer as required by AR 37–1. Purchase receipt documents need
not be vouchered in the SRA. Record of receiving reports satisfies
time change components will not be purchased locally unless ap-
the audit trail requirement. The contracting officer will verify the
proval is granted by U.S. Army Aviation Systems Command
COPARS sales reports against the receiving reports and forward the
(AVSCOM), ATTN: AMSAV-S, St. Louis, MO 63120-1798.
COPARS request for payment to the FAO.
(5) The local purchase of small arms is strictly controlled. Pro-
(5) Activities obtaining parts from COPARS must be authorized
curement of commercial weapons by Army elements must be
to perform the repair, and personnel and tools must be authorized to
viewed as exception to normal Army acquisition policies for stand- accomplish the repair.
ard weapons and must be carefully evaluated and approved on a (6) Stockage of COPARS parts in the using activities or in SSAs
case-by-case basis by the NICP and HQDA, ODCSLOG, before is not authorized.
acquisition. b. Contractor-Operated Parts Depot (OPAD).
c. Requests for local purchase will be submitted to the SSA (1) COPAD supplies commercial repair parts that are requisi-
under the following circumstances: tioned from the DCSC. NSN and part numbered items may be
(1) Commanders of requesting units and maintenance activities supplied from COPAD. Requisitions for COPAD part numbered
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 69

items will be submitted to the DCSC and will contain a project code program will be limited to 60 DOS using mortality factors, plus one
listed below. order ship time. All unused serviceable repair parts from the GS
(a) “JZO” for commercial vehicles or tactical vehicles of a com- maintenance program will be turned in to the supply system within
mercial design. 60 days after the completion of the program.
(b) “JZC” for commercial construction equipment. b. Organic maintenance shops are authorized shop stocks and
(c) “JZM” for commercial material handling equipment. bench stocks required for maintenance shop operations. These sto-
(2) Stockage of COPAD parts in the PLL, ASL, and shop stock cks will be used only for internal shop support. Records of demands
is authorized. Stockage will be limited to 30 DOS plus average are required by the stock record officer for demand data or to
OST. monitor consumption.
4–22. Defense Reutilization and Marketing Office 4–26. Petroleum (bulk)

a. Request for property from DRMO will be processed through Sufficient tankage must be available to store the peacetime stockage
the SSA that normally supplies the property. objective and war reserve levels described below. Funding for the
b. The SSA accountable officer will provide the DRMO and the storage facilities necessary to accommodate these petroleum stocks
individuals concerned, a memorandum containing the names of indi- will be per DOD directive 4140.25.
viduals authorized to withdraw property from the DRMO utilizing a. Peacetime operating stocks. POS for class 3 (bulk) will be
the SSA’s DODAAC. established for each retail operating location. The POS will consist
of stocks sufficient to sustain anticipated usage until economic
(1) SSA memorandum will include the following statement:
resupply can be effected, plus a safety level. The safety level will
“Named individuals are authorized to receipt for property from the
consist of stocks sufficient to—
disposal system using this DODAAC.” The memorandum will re-
(1) Sustain normal peacetime operations for at least 5 days.
flect the typed name, title, and signature of the accountable officer.
(2) Sustain utilities at oil-burning installations for at least 30 days
(2) Responsibility for notifying the DRMO of changes, additions, of the coldest experienced weather, unless 30 days’ supply of an
or deletions of individuals authorized to withdraw property from the approved alternative fuel is available. For installations where stocks
DRMO belongs to the SSA accountable officer. have not been established, Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) may,
c. In the case of a GOCO facility, the US representative (property according to DOD Directive 4140.25, acquire additional storage
administrator) located at the respective facility will function as the capacity for utility fuels sufficient to establish a 30-day supply for
accountable officer for the above transactions. the area served by the DFSP.
b. Available stockage capacity. If the POS does not fill available
4–23. Mission supply support activity
stockage capacity at installations, additional POS may be procured
a. The MSSA exists to support a specific mission. It keeps a
and stored when petroleum market conditions justify or when a
mission SRA. These accounts will not be used to supply using units.
supply shortage can be foreseen. This “full-tank” policy will be
They are restricted to making issues to the mission they were set up
applied judiciously as storage and product availability dictates. Such
to support. procurements will be made only within the funds available and upon
b. A mission SSA must be set up by the MACOM or the CNGB approval of the applicable MACOM.
if the MTOE or TDA does not authorize an SSA within the operat- c. Control of petroleum during an emergency. DOD 4140.25–M
ing unit and is not supported by an SSA. This procedure applies implements DOD Directive 4140.25 for covering responsibilities
normally to elements of their command that have a development, and actions to be taken during an emergency. DOD 4140.25–M
maintenance, manufacturing, production, renovation, research, or prescribes procedures in processing requirements, allocation and dis-
testing mission. Do not confuse the MSSA with the SSA. SSA tribution of bulk petroleum products, and allocation of industry
applies to a stock record account established to support the general capacity during periods of international tension and during limited
supply and maintenance missions that include resupply from whole- or general war.
sale supply system, repair and return to the user, and the repair d. General war petroleum planning documents. DOD 4140.25–M
program to support the demands for repairables in the command. directs the preparation and submission of wartime petroleum plan-
c. Commanders of parent organizations that have MTOE or TDA ning data. DOD 4140.25–M provides procedures for the preparation,
authority to operate an SSA for specific commodities solely within processing, and compilation of required forms. The Commander,
their command and no other customer organization will establish a USAPC, is responsible for the computation of Army requirements
mission SSA. for CONUS and overseas area. Requirements will be forwarded by
d. TOE organizations operating one or more DS or GS SSAs will USAPC to DFSC for consolidation per due dates specified in DOD
not operate a mission SSA. The existing customer support SRA will 4140.25–M.
be used to provide internal support. e. Requirements submission.
e. These accounts will be allowed flexible stockage consistent (1) During periods of international tension or in limited war,
with the needs of the assigned mission. activities and installations will continue to submit requirements ac-
f. Mission SRAs are not required to keep nonstocked demand cording to policies and procedures set forth in this paragraph. The
data when stockage will not be based on the data. supply demand balance will be closely evaluated and industry will
g. MSSA organic maintenance shops and laboratories are author- be requested to deliver petroleum products when and where needed.
ized shop stocks for maintenance shop or laboratory operations. Such controls, as necessary, will be invoked at the national level to
These stocks will be used only for internal shop support. Record of ensure adequate supplies and the best use of petroleum products for
demands may be required by the stock record office for demand national defense and essential civilian purposes.
data or to monitor consumption. Bench stocks are authorized. (2) Coordination of military support and civil defense plans is
accomplished through the various regional coordinating boards.
4–24. Area maintenance and supply facilities (3) Specified MACOMs will submit mobilization and activation
a. AMSFs provide selected classes of supplies and maintenance fuel requirements to United States Army Petroleum Center
support to designated units in its area of operation. (USAPC) annually, not later than (NLT) 31 August of the current
b. AMSF organic maintenance shops are authorized a shop stock calendar year. The following items must be considered in determin-
required for maintenance shop operations. Record of demands are ing mobilization and activation fuel requirements:
required by the stock record officer for demand data or to monitor (a) Mobilization requirements should be determined on basis of
consumption. Bench stocks are authorized. stationing plans for full mobilization level of troops and on basis of
installation stationing plans. The requirements would include activi-
4–25. Installation materiel maintenance activities ties that lengthen hours of operation to accommodate mobilization
a. Supplies that are required to operate a production line repair mission requirements.
70 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

(b) Activation requirements should be determined on basis of (a) Fuel requirements to meet all Army Training Evaluation Pro-
activities for which no current peacetime requirement exists. These grams (ARTEPs), Operational Readiness Tests (ORTs), joint train-
activities include dormant manufacturing plants and installations not ing exercises, Army training exercises, and all other special
currently receiving petroleum products via DFSC contract bulletin. operational or training tests.
(c) The MACOMs will submit mobilization and activation re- (b) Fuel requirements for newly constructed facilities such as
quirements in 10-day increments for each type of petroleum require- administrative buildings, hospitals, and troop barracks. Care should
ments from 10 days to 10 + 90. Installations and activities that be exercised to delete fuel requirements for facilities that have been
currently receive fuel support via DFSC contracts should cross- torn down, or are no longer in use. Fuel in storage tanks no longer
reference the line item number shown in the DFSC contract bulletin in use should be removed and used after testing.
to the product required. Installations that are dormant and have no (c) Fuel conservation programs.
current peacetime fuel requirements will, in addition to mobilization (d) New equipment or changes in mission that will either in-
and activation requirements, report method(s) of delivery and the crease or decrease fuel requirements.
capacity and number of storage tanks available by product. (e) Army Flying Hour Program and other aircraft operations.
(d) Installations that would only have a short-term surge in (f) Modifications to equipment that increases or decreases fuel
demand should identify increased requirements for the duration of consumption.
the surge. The MACOMs that will become tenant activities on an (g) Transient service to official vehicles and aircraft.
installation of another MACOM must coordinate submission of fuel (3) CONUS contingency heating fuel requirements. These re-
requirements for those tenant activities. quirements will be submitted with the annual peacetime require-
f. Peacetime estimated requirements. Peacetime estimated re- ments with the following information:
quirements will be submitted to USAPC as prescribed in DA Pam (a) Thirty-day requirements of heating fuel (total gallons).
710–2–2 for petroleum products, per the submission schedule pub- (b) Installation total heating fuel storage capability.
lished by USAPC. Installation ordering officers will maintain a (c) Programmed new tankage.
record showing actual quantities ordered. The information will be (d) Scheduled occupancy of new tankage.
the basis for the next requirements submission and will ensure more g. Single Point Payment Program. Installations will submit to
realistic quantities are contracted for each line on the DFSC contract DFAS, Columbus, the Order for Supplies and Services or the Mate-
bulletin, to ensure total orders do not exceed the contract quantity. If riel Inspection and Receiving Report within 2 working days of
significant requirement changes occur anytime during the contract receipt of requested products. Procedures are outlined in DA Pam
delivery period, such requirements revision will be sent immediately 710–2–2. DFAS will interfund bill the activity and installation at the
to USAPC. CONUS installation commanders will satisfy annual DBOF (standard) price.
requirements of less than 10,000 gallons by using local purchase
procedures. OCONUS commanders will satisfy annual requirements 4–27. Aviation intensively managed items (AIMI) program
of less than 20,000 gallons by using local purchase procedures. The AIMI program includes aircraft component intensive manage-
Priority or emergency requirements may be submitted by memoran- ment system (ACIMS) items and those aviation-related secondary
dum, message, or telephone (DSN 977–6886) to USAPC. Activities items that are in a critical supply position.
are requested to submit estimated requirements for purchase pro- a. The intensive management of aviation-related secondary item
gram as follows: will be conducted per AR 710–1.
(1) Submission of annual bulk petroleum requirements. Activities b. Requisitions for AIMI negotiated levels will be forwarded to
or commands below will submit annual requirements for bulk petro- arrive 45 days in advance of the RDD for overseas commands and
leum products by purchase programs for each separate point of 30 days in advance of the RDD for CONUS commands.
delivery by DODAAC. A single product delivered to multiple loca-
tions with the same DODAAC within the confines of an installation 4–28. Maintenance contracts
will be considered as one delivery point. Nearby housing areas will a. Maintenance direction is the emphasis that provides the guid-
ance, requirements, and resources related to the overhaul, rebuild,
be considered as within the confines of an installation. These areas
and reclamation repair program.
will be indicated, including the direction and mileage from the
installation. b. Installations and MACOMs may initiate contracts with the
civilian community to achieve an effective repair program. Army
(a) Commanders of each Army installation or activity, including
property and materiel may be furnished to contractors under the
GOCO plants (even when option is exercised for the operating
terms of the contract.
contractors to furnish their own fuel requirements). Submission will
c. Installations and MACOMs will control access of contractors
include requirements for: all organic, tenant, and satellite units or
to DOD materiel inventories. Installations establishing a contract
activities of the Active Army and USAR either temporarily or per-
that authorizes a contractor use of Government Furnished Materiel
manently located within the designated geographical logistical sup-
(GFM) and access to the Department of Defense’s supply system
port area; units or activities of other military services, Government
will comply with AR 725–50, chapter 16, to include setting up a
department or agencies; and civil agencies that depend on the Army
Management Control Activity (MCA).
for petroleum support through an authorized interservice supply
support agreement. 4–29. Reconciliation and validation
(b) The USPFO of each state, the Virgin Islands, Guam, the a. Reconciliation is a process used to keep due-in and due-out
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the District of Columbia. files synchronized; validation is the process to ensure requests and
(c) Army units or activities that receive petroleum support from requisitions are for valid requirements. COMSEC accounts will con-
other Services, Government departments, or civil agencies (includ- duct validation and reconciliation through COMSEC support chan-
ing GOCO plants). nels per the instructions contained in TB 380–41.
(d) Each District Engineer of the Corps of Engineers (will submit b. The objective is to accomplish reconciliation on a fully auto-
requirements for civil works programs only). mated follow-up basis. Pending the automated system capability to
(2) Requirements planning considerations. Computation of execute fully automated follow-ups, all due-ins will be reconciled
peacetime requirements is normally based on demand experience for with the next higher supply source on a monthly basis.
the preceding 12 months with adjustments for known changes. c. Validation of open requisitions will be accomplished on a
Guidance for computing requirements based on consumption factors quarterly basis as indicated below.
and rates for units and individual equipment is contained in AR (1) A monthly due-out listing will be provided to each supported
11–11, FM 101–20, and SB 710–2. In computing requirements, unit to allow for a validation of need and a reconciliation of records.
consideration will be given to— It is mandatory that an item-by-item review be conducted with the
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 71

requester quarterly to validate the continued need for the item and has already been satisfied (for example, early receipt of a replenish-
quantity requested. ment requisition; turn-ins by another activity and the subsequent
(2) Property book officers will verify that open requests plus issue of this materiel). These receipts will be picked up and ac-
assets on hand do not exceed authorized allowances. Requests for counted for as an asset of the SSA.
amounts in excess of authorized allowances will be canceled. g. When materiel is received without documents, the SSA will
(3) PLL and unit maintenance personnel will verify that open make the documents needed to process the receipt through the
requests are still required on a quarterly basis. Requests for PLL account. When items with obvious research and development, proto-
stockage will be verified to ensure that the quantity requested plus type, or foreign country configuration are received undocumented,
the quantity on hand does not exceed the total PLL authorized level. the NICP believed to have responsibility will immediately be sent
Request for items identified for a specific piece of equipment will all available identification data. Other supplies misshipped or
be validated using the equipment uncorrected fault record. Re- unidentified will be directed to the intended recipient. If the recipi-
quested items not found in the uncorrected fault records will be ent is not known, the responsible NICP will be notified. These items
canceled. will be afforded security if directed by the accountable officer.
(4) Support maintenance supply personnel will verify that open h. Discrepancy’s incident to shipping will be reported under AR
supply requests are still required for specific work orders. Requests 735–11–2 or AR 55–38. Additionally, shortages of COMSEC equip-
for items not on open work order will be transferred to another open ment and CCI require insecurity reports per TB 380–41 and DA
work order or canceled. PAM 25–380–2, respectively.
(5) Both unit and support maintenance activities operating on a i. Each SSA is responsible for receiving supplies returned to the
work order basis will cancel or transfer all open requests for a work supply system. These returns are known as turn-ins. Turn-ins will
order at the time work orders are closed. include unserviceable authorized property returned by the supporting
maintenance facility; unserviceable, recoverable repair parts; and all
(6) Stock record accounts will, as an objective, ensure that open
serviceable or unserviceable excess property regardless of type of
requisitions plus assets on hand do not exceed authorized levels plus
source. Policies for conducting turn-ins are as follows:
due-outs each day a line item has activity.
(1) Supplies turned in to an SSA as “Found On Installation” will
d. The Standard Army Validation and Reconciliation (SAVAR)
be accepted in a “as is” condition and vouchered. If these supplies
process are accomplished monthly and are scheduled so that adjust- are requested at the same time by the finding organization and if the
ments generated as a result of one cycle will be posted before finding organization is authorized the supplies, they will be issued,
initiating the next monthly reconciliation. if authorized, on a “free issue” basis. Movement of the property is
e. The SAVAR process is as follows: not required in this case. Found on installation property will be
(1) The SSA cut-off date to the customer will be not later than picked up on the SRA and, at the same time, issued to the finding
the fifth calendar day of each month. unit when requested, or processed as a receipt not due-in. A copy of
(2) Include all open requisitions that are more than 30 days old the receipt and issue document, if applicable, will be provided to the
(from document date). CBS-X central collection activity. Accountability for the item must
(3) All UMMIPS PDs will be included. be accepted at the turn-in point. COMSEC equipment and CCI that
(4) One complete cycle will be completed each month (quarterly are not on accountable records and are turned in as “Found on
for ARNG and USAR). Within the monthly cycle, each individual Installation,” require an insecurity report to be submitted per TB
segment will be initiated without regard for the completion of any 380–41 and DA Pam 25–380–2, respectively.
other segment. (2) Within their capability, customers will be required to identify
(5) The quarterly materiel obligation validation (MOV) will be supplies being turned in by stock number, item description, and
used instead of the LIF bottoms-up reconciliation (BUR) require- quantity.
ment for these months. (3) Customer units may turn in end items with component or BII
f. The SSA will, after written notification to the customer, initiate shortages. The customer unit is required to attach a shortage list,
cancellation actions for all requisitions not validated by the request- signed by either the customer unit commander or PBO, to the turn-
ing activity for two consecutive SAVAR cycles. in document. This shortage list must accompany the turn-in docu-
mentation through supply channels to the receiver of the item. The
4–30. Receipt processing document number of adjustment transactions per AR 735–5 will be
a. Military standard transactions reporting and accounting proce- recorded on the shortage list adjacent to component shortages that
dures for receiving supplies, as prescribed in AR 725–50, are man- are either nonexpendable or recoverable. Expendable and durable
datory for all SSAs. Receipt documentation will be sent to stock BII will be picked up on the stock record account for unserviceable
control within either 1 day (PD 01–08) or 2 days (PD 09–15). end items not being retrograded to the wholesale level.
Detailed procedures for processing receipts of COMSEC equipment (4) When a customer unit turns in an item that is unserviceable
and material by COMSEC accounts are contained in TB 380–41. through other than FWT, the commander must ensure that adjust-
b. Customer units receiving supplies directly from sources other ment documentation is prepared and processed under AR 735–5.
than their supporting SSA will furnish the supporting SSA with SSA personnel will ensure that turn-in documents for items ac-
receipt documents within 3 days of receipt. The stock control will counted for by a report of survey include a release statement.
provide a copy of these documents to the servicing FAO within 3 (5) SSAs will provide instructions for turn-in of “inventory tem-
working days from date documents were received. For local pur- porarily in use” (temporary loan) property.
chase and lease equipment, receipt documents will also be provided (6) Property book items must be technically inspected before
the contracting officer as required. turn-in. The more complex items may require formal technical in-
c. After posting accountable records SSA/ISD will process Mate- spection by qualified maintenance personnel.
riel Receipt Acknowledgment Document (MRAD) DIC (D6S) (7) The serial number of CCI end items, TASN-A designated
through their automated system. Completed MRADs will then be items, other nonexpendable items, (ALC 1) COMSEC equipment,
sent to DAAS as prescribed AR 725–50. small arms, and sensitive items will be entered on turn-in docu-
d. Audit trails will be set up for Army assets processed by an ments. ARIs will cite project code “ARI” on turn-in documents and
SSA for issue to a user. on the outside of packaging. CCI will be clearly annotated “CCI” on
turn-in documents and on the outside of packaging.
e. Assets not picked up by the customer within 15 days of notifi-
(8) Nonproperty book items do not require a TI before turn-in.
cation of availability will be posted to the account unless other
Receiving personnel are responsible for work ordering repairable
arrangements have been made.
items to the maintenance activity for TI and/or repair.
f. Procedures will be developed to ensure controls are applied (9) After receiving repaired items from maintenance, those not
that prevent the release of passing action receipts when the demand within the retention limits will require disposition (see table 4–1).
72 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

(10) Government-owned reusable containers. (1) Transportation losses for Government-owned bulk petroleum
(a) Maintain accountability on the SRA for empty Government- are allowable when they do not exceed one-half of one percent of
owned containers costing $200 or more. Classify empty reusable the quantity documented as shipped per each conveyance. In the
Government-owned containers with the proper condition code. case of railcar shipments, each individual railcar will be treated as a
Stock record accounting is not required for returned containers cost- single conveyance. When the losses per conveyance exceed the
ing less than $200. allowable loss, the receipting accountable and responsible officer
(b) A combination NSN identifying the container and its contents will initiate an SF 361 (Transportation Discrepancy Report) or SF
may be assigned if both the container and contents are assigned an 364 (Report of Discrepancy (ROD)) per AR 55–38 or AR
NSN. The combination NSN will be used only as long as the 735–11–2.
contents remain in the container. (2) When shipments are received from commercial contractors,
1. The condition code on the SRA will be the condition code of FOB origin (acceptance at origin), losses are allowable when they
the item in the container. do not exceed one-half of one percent of the quantity documented as
2. Containers will not accompany condemned contents to the shipped. When the loss exceeds the allowable loss, the receipting
Defense Reutilization and Marketing Office. The container (service- accountable and responsible officer will initiate a TDR or ROD per
able or unserviceable) will be retained and accounted for on the AR 55–38 or AR 735–11–2.
SRA. (3) When shipments are received from commercial contractors,
(c) Report excess Government-owned containers costing over FOB destination (acceptance at destination), the Army will not sus-
$200 to the wholesale item manager in compliance with the materiel tain transportation losses, because it is accountable for only actual
returns program under AR 725–50. quantities received.
(d) Return containers qualifying for automatic return (AR b. Federal excise tax (FET). Effective 1 January 1994, gasoline
710–1). and diesel are assessed FET at the terminal rack and passed on to
(e) Redistribute Government-owned containers to ensure maxi- the end user.
mum reuse. (1) Active and Reserve CONUS activities must add FET to all
(f) Containers will not accompany condemned contents to the contract purchases of highway motor fuels; for example, Mogas and
Defense Reutilization and Marketing Office. The container will be Diesel. Tax exempt certificates should not be provided to contract
retained and used at the SSA. vendors. Activities that utilize motor fuels for nontaxable purposes;
(g) Reusable containers will not be discarded too soon. When that is, off-highway, on-installation, or in tracked combat vehicles,
containers have deteriorated to the point that contents could become must file a claim with Internal Revenue Services (IRS) for refund
damaged, the following action will be taken: on those quantities. Installations and activities must maintain detail
1. Deteriorated container parts will be discarded according to receipt and issue records to support FET refund claims.
local guidelines. (2) Army National Guard (ARNG) is defined as part of State
2. Usable container materiel such as cushioning will be saved for Government and is exempt from paying FET on all motor fuels.
reuse. ARNG should provide tax exempt certificates to contract vendors.
Contractors must be registered Ultimate Vendors with the IRS to
(h) All Government-owned refillable containers such as cylin-
sell tax free fuels to ARNG. Vendors that are not registered with the
ders, carboys, and liquid petroleum gas containers are accountable.
IRS or not willing to float the tax will pass FET on to ARNG. In
(i) Records of receipt, issue, transfer, or loss of containers will
these cases, ARNG should file a claim with IRS for FET refund on
identify containers by type.
total purchase amount. ARNG must maintain detailed receipt re-
(j) Containers will be turned in when requesting refills. If empty
cords to support FET refund claims.
containers are not furnished, justification must be given.
c. Solid fuels.
(11) Vendor-owned refillable containers will be returned to the (1) Inspection and sampling will be as follows:
vendor according to contract terms. Container accountability will be (a) Solid fuels received at an installation will be visually in-
assumed by the Accountable Officer having content accountability. spected and samples taken by a qualified sampler who has been
Container responsibility belongs to the person assigned content recertified for proficiency by USAPC. Inspection and sampling will
sponsibility. Records of receipt, issue, transfer, disposition, or loss be accomplished per TM 5–675 and DFSC Manual 4185.1.
will identify containers by type to include the contract number. Files (b) A single sample will not represent shipments of solid fuels
will be maintained by contract number for vendor-owned containers. received under more than one contract, nor represent shipments of
The files will be the accountable record for the containers and will solid fuel from more than one mine source. A separate set of sample
contain the documents described above. Periodic followups will be identification numbers will be used under each contract and/or sepa-
made by the accountable officer to the custodian of the containers rate item under a contract.
for status and date of return. (c) Samples will be forwarded to a supporting laboratory for
k. As TAV is fielded, it will eliminate the need for many of the analysis within 3 days following the date of the last sample.
manual reports. However, it will continue to require active involve- (d) Solid fuels sampling will be accomplished by a coal sampler
ment of managers to ensure assets are picked up on the records who has been certified for competency and trained in the proper
when received from wholesale, customers or found on installation. sampling procedures as outlined in DFSC Manual 4185.1. A mini-
Materiel such as CCI, containers, Small Arms, and other similar mum of two certified samplers will be stationed at each solid fuel
items must be properly recorded. This procedure will enable manag- burning installation. Samplers will be required to be recertified after
ers at all levels to base future requisitioning, or current redistribu- 3 years. Requests for certification of sampling personnel will be
tion decisions on the most accurate possible information. See forwarded to the Commander, USAPC, ATTN: SATPC-L, New
subparagraph 3–31i, Redistribution, for additional guidance on TAV Cumberland, PA 17070-5008.
use in the redistribution process. (2) Solid fuels’ shipments that pass the minimum visual specifi-
cations’ requirements will be accepted. When, on visual inspection,
4–31. Bulk fuel receipts solid fuels do not meet the technical specification and the shipment
a. Petroleum. Receipts will be assigned a voucher number and
is refused, USAPC will be notified of details immediately by tele-
posted to the SRA as of the day received. Defuels will be posted to
phone with confirmation by priority message.
the daily issue form and abstracted daily to the monthly abstract.
Accountable records will reflect only the actual quantity received. 4–32. Pseudoreceipts
DA Pam 710–2–2 outlines procedures for ordering and receiving When the materiel receipt acknowledgment (DIC) (D6S) is not
bulk petroleum products from commercial sources. Volume correc- processed, the retail level Supply Management, Army Fund (former-
tions will be accomplished per subparagraph 4–34o. Transportation ly Army Stock Fund) or Army industrial fund loses cash because
loss allowances are as follows: Operation Maintenance, Army (OMA) funds cannot be billed. To
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 73

overcome this problem, pseudoreceipt transactions are generated and see policies, procedures, and methods in AR 740–3, DOD 4145,
customer billings are processed, resulting in stock fund or Army 19–R–1, DA Pam 710–2–2, and FM 9–38.
industrial fund reimbursements. The objective is to eliminate SSA
failure to process receipt documents by resolving overdue shipments 4–34. Inventory and adjustment
at the SSA level through the use of transportation follow-ups and The purpose of an inventory is to determine the condition, location,
processing receipts when the shipment has already arrived. Then if and quantity of materiel on hand; to adjust stock records to reflect
individual items have not arrived, discrepancies will be reported actual quantities; and to determine and correct the cause of discrep-
under the provisions of AR 735–11–2 or AR 55–38. Pending auto- ancies. Inventories will be conducted at least annually. Results of
inventories will be recorded on the stock accounting records within
mated system capability to accomplish transportation follow-up and
3 work days after completion of the inventory. Stock accounting
subsequent level correction, pseudoreceipt transactions will be
procedural publications will have instructions for correcting incor-
employed.
rect stock record postings. Other errors on the stock record will be
a. Outstanding document numbers will not be pseudoreceipted corrected by the inventory and adjustment policy in this regulation.
unless the following criteria are met: a. Annual inventories are made as either—
(1) There is an outstanding direct delivery due-in and due-out (1) Closed (wall-to-wall). The counting of all assets of an ac-
recorded on the intermediate level DHF. count during a 5-work day period. The commander may approve
(2) Shipment status has been posted to the DHF but receipt has additional count days. In the ARNG, 10 work days may be allowed
not been posted. to complete the count. A 10-day extension may be approved by the
(3) Sufficient time has elapsed for delivery of the materiel from State AG.
the source of supply to the customer. (2) Open or cyclic. The counting of some selected assets of an
(4) The required number of follow-ups to the customer has been account during a prescribed period. Commanders will monitor
made, customer indicates nonreceipt, and transportation follow-up timeframes of cyclic or special inventories to ensure operations are
indicates receipt by the CRP servicing the customer (CONUS) or not unduly disrupted.
the consignee (OCONUS). b. Each SSA will have a location audit program consisting of the
b. The MACOMs will ensure that the number of days from following:
posting of shipment status to generation of the first follow-up will (1) Location survey. A verification of the recorded location data
be not less than 20 days within CONUS and 30 days for OCONUS. with the physical location of assets. SRAs conducting cyclic inven-
After generation of the first follow-up, two subsequent follow-ups tories will conduct a location survey annually. A location survey
will be generated. Initiation of the pseudoreceipt transaction to close will be conducted before a closed inventory.
the record will be within 45 days from posting of the original (2) Location reconciliation. A reconciliation of location survey
shipment status to the DHF. results and the accountable records. Location reconciliation’s iden-
c. Pseudoreceipts will not be processed for: tify and correct situations where items are in location but not on
(1) Items identified on the AMDF by controlled inventory item record; on record but not in location; or other elements of data
code (CIIC) of “1–6,” “8,” “9,” “$,” “N,” “P,” “Q,” “R,” or “Y” (other than quantity) do not match. A location reconciliation is
(night vision devices and navigation systems (GPS)). required only when an item is recorded on accountable or location
records.
(2) Nonexpendable items identified in the AMDF with an ARC
c. Special inventories will be made when—
of “N.”
(1) A negative on-hand balance is recorded.
(2) A materiel release denial occurs.
4–33. Storage operations
(3) A location survey finds an item in an incorrect location.
Storage operations involve the act of storing, the act of being stored,
(4) There is evidence of forced or unauthorized entry.
the keeping or placing of property in a warehouse, shed, open area,
(5) Directed by the commander or accountable officer.
or other designated facility. Storage is a continuation of receiving
d. Periodic inventories will be made (sampling is not allowed) as
and is preliminary to the shipping or issuing operations.
follows:
a. Commanders are directly responsible for safeguarding all sup- (1) Items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of “1-6,” “8,” “9,”
plies under their control. Commanders and stock record officers will “N,” (firearms) “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision devices and
comply with— navigation systems (GPS)) will be inventoried quarterly, by serial
(1) AR 50–5–1, AR 50–6–1, and AR 190–54 for nuclear and number when applicable.
chemical items. (2) As an exception, medical activities will inventory CIIC “Q”
(2) AR 190–11 for arms and ammunition. In addition, when and “R” items per AR 40–61.
responsibility for the custody of keys for an SSA arms storage (3) Those items referenced d(1) above in bulk storage will be
facility is transferred between individuals, they will conduct a physi- inventoried quarterly by type and quantity, based on the outside
cal count of the weapons therein. Results of the count will be count markings on sealed containers.
recorded. This count does not replace the quarterly weapons (4) After 1 year has elapsed and the item has not been invento-
inventory. ried for any other reason, an inventory will be made.
(3) AR 385–64, AR 740–1, and TM 9–1300–206 to meet ammu- e. Only PD 01–03 and NMCS transactions must be processed
nition and explosive safety requirements. during an inventory.
(4) AR 190–50 for controlled medical substances and other medi- f. Whenever discrepancies can be attributed to negligence, or
cally sensitive items. there is evidence that negligence may be involved, the discrepancy
(5) AR 190–51 for unclassified, identaplates, credit cards and will be adjusted under AR 735–5.
nonsensitive items. g. Verified losses of sensitive items (CIIC 1–6 and 8), except
(6) The AR 380–series for security of classified items. small arms ammunition, will be adjusted per AR 735–5. Additional-
(7) DA Pam 25–380–2 for CCI. ly, losses of CCI require the submission of an insecurity report per
DA Pam 25–380–2.
(8) Ammunition will be stored per DOD 4145.19–R–1, AR
h. Discrepancies between ammunition stock record balances and
740–1, and TM 9–1300–206 and/or host nation agreements and
inventory counts that show overages or shortages of ammunition
public law, whichever is more restrictive.
and explosives will be reported under AR 190–11. Overages or
(9) AR 380–40 and TB 380–41 for COMSEC equipment. shortages that meet AR 15–6 investigation requirements are speci-
b. A storage location system will be set up at each storage activi- fied in AR 190–11.
ty. Stock accounting systems will be designed to permit recording of i. Except for items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,”
multiple locations by condition of each stocked line. For uniformity, “8,” “9,” “N,” (firearms) “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision
74 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

devices and navigation systems (GPS)), or if negligence may be volume corrected. The volume correction factors referenced in
involved, discrepancies that have an extended line item value of $50 ASTM tables 5B and 6B will be used. ASTM Tables 5A and 6A
or less will not be reported on the inventory adjustment report for will be used for JP-4 and may be obtained through normal publica-
approval. In these cases, the adjustment will be posted to the action channels as PMT Volume I. ASTM Tables 5B and 6B will be
countable record and the value will be included in the inventory used for petroleum products other than JP-4 and may be ordered as
adjustment rate (see para 1–22g). PMT Volume II. Contractor-delivered fuels will be volume cor-
j. All discrepancies (not covered above) in stock record balances rected when volumes equal or exceed 3,500 gallons. In instances in
found during inventories will be adjusted and reported on an IAR. which the observed data is expressed in metric units, ASTM tables
The IAR and approval policy is contained in AR 735–5. The IARs 52, 53, and 54 will be used to correct measured volumes to gallons
will be used to document condition code changes and reidentifica- at 15 degrees Celsius. Residual fuel oil (FO#4, FO#5, FO#6) will be
tion of assets. Because these transactions do not represent an actual volume corrected regardless of measured volume. The accountable
gain or loss to the account, approving authority signature is not office will ensure the inventory is reconciled so that shortages or
necessary; however, the IAR will be signed by the SRO and a copy overages will be identified.
maintained in the voucher file. (7) Activities using automated gauging and inventory systems, to
k. Causative research will be completed within 30 calendar days include leak detection, must conduct end of month inventories by
following adjustment to the accountable records. Causative research manually gauging all petroleum storage systems to verify the ac-
will be accomplished at the direction of the accountable officer. The curacy and integrity of the automated system.
research ends when the cause of variance has been determined or no (8) Commanders may correct all measured volumes less than 3,
specific cause can be identified. The accountable officer will decide 500 gallons of Army-owned products to 60 degrees Fahrenheit.
if action under AR 735–5 is required. Causative research will be (9) The accountable officer will document losses of fuel because
conducted for inventory discrepancies of the following: of spillage and/or contamination for quantities over 25 gallons. The
(1) Items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,” “8,” “9,” documentation will be attached to the MBPAS record as a support-
“N,” (firearms) “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision devices and ing document to adjust records.
navigation systems (GPS)). (10) Adjustments to product inventories are required for blending
(2) Adjustments over $500 in extended line item value. or regrading actions. At the end of the month, the accountable
l. A copy of the IAR or other adjustment document will be officer will—
provided to the CBS-X central collection activity if reportable items (a) Prepare a statement showing the quantities of all products
are contained thereon. blended and regraded during the month and the reason for the
m. In the SSSC, physical inventories will be taken every 6 action.
months. The results will be reconciled with the operating account. (b) Attach this statement and a copy of the proper laboratory
Net semiannual adjustment greater than one-half of one percent of report to the MBPAS as a supporting document.
the total sales since the last inventory will be investigated under AR (11) Installation commanders will ensure that all rigid-wall stor-
15–6. The SSSC may be closed for not more than 3 days for age tanks of 10,000 gallons or larger will have a capacity table.
inventory. When a modification is made to these tanks, or they become suspect
n. Items in QSS are exempt from physical inventory requirements of inaccuracies, a new capacity table will be prepared. The capacity
in this chapter if it has been less than 1 year since the last reorder tables will permit measurement in 1/8-inch increments.
item count. (12) Losses or gains for jet fuels, (excluding JP-8), AVGAS, and
o. Bulk fuel storage tanks will be inventoried or gauged as other gasolines are allowable when not in excess of a plus or minus
follows: 1 percent of the total of the opening inventory plus the receipts for
(1) Rigid-wall tanks and containers above or below ground will the month.
be gauged according to the procedures contained in FM 10–18 and (13) Losses or gains for all other petroleum products are allowa-
FM 10–69. ble when not in excess of a plus or minus one-half of one percent of
(2) Collapsible wall tanks and containers will be inventoried by the total of the opening inventory plus the receipts for the month.
reconciling beginning inventory, issues, receipts, and by physically (14) When the loss exceeds the stated allowance above and the
checking the tank, couplings, fittings, and area around the tank to entire loss exceeds a value of $500, a Report of Survey is required.
ensure no leaking has occurred. A common-sense approach must be When a loss exceeds the allowable, but has a total value less than
used in visually checking the container to ascertain that the stated $500, causative research will be initiated. A copy of these reports
quantity appears to be present. will be attached to the MBPAS as supporting documents. When the
(3) When bulk fuel storage tank has either an issue or receipt, gain exceeds the allowable limit, causative research will be initiated.
that tank will be inventoried or gauged that day. Physical invento- A copy of the report will be attached to the MBPAS as a supporting
ries will be recorded on a DA Form 5831–R or equivalent local document.
form per DA Pam 710–2–1. Inventories will be reconciled daily. (15) Accountable stock records for bulk petroleum products will
Volume-correcting daily inventories are optional. be adjusted by using the MBPAS for all losses or gains revealed by
(4) All other tanks will be inventoried or gauged weekly. Physi- monthly inventories. The accountable officer will complete the
cal inventories will be recorded on DA Form 5831–R per DA Pam MBPAS, assign it a document number, and post it to the respective
710–2–1. Inventories will be reconciled against daily issues and accountable record within 3 working days of the last day of the
month reported. The MBPAS, with applicable supporting documents
receipts. This information will be recorded and must allow easy
(Report of Survey, causative research) will be forwarded for approv-
identification of inventory discrepancies. Volume correcting weekly
al. The MBPAS will also be used to make adjustments to accounta-
inventories is optional.
ble records upon change of accountable officer.
(5) In addition to the daily and weekly inventories, a monthly
(16) The next higher commander of the activity having accounta-
inventory of all bulk petroleum products will be performed for each
bility is the approving authority for adjustments made by the
type and grade of product. This inventory will be documented on
MBPAS. The approving authority may disapprove the adjustment of
the MBPAS report and will reflect the quantity on hand as of 0800
any item on the MBPAS that does not appear justified, based on
hours, local time, the first day of the month per AR 11–27. In the
facts available or past experience. Approving authority’s disapproval
event the last day of the month is a nonduty day, the monthly
of any loss on the MBPAS automatically requires the initiation of a
inventory may be conducted at the close of business the last work
Report of Survey. Disapproval of any gain requires an investigation
day of the month. DA Form 3853–1 will be used to record inven- under AR 15–6.
tory data. All products on hand will be inventoried as specified (17) The MBPAS with all supporting documents (receipt, issue,
below. and inventory) will be retained in an active file for 1 year and an
(6) Measured volumes that equal or exceed 3,500 gallons will be inactive file for 2 years and filed per AR 25–400–2.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 75

(18) Bulk petroleum products placed into storage tanks that are of each month, the monthly abstract will be totaled, assigned a
directly connected to heating, power units, or test generating equip- voucher number, and posted to the accountable record. Volume
ment is excluded from formal accountability after proper receipt. corrections for bulk petroleum will be made per subparagraph
However, the user is responsible for the petroleum product. There- 4–34o.
fore, the user must maintain physical control of consumption re- (2) Petroleum products may be sold subject to the policies and
cords to provide an adequate audit trail. restrictions outlined in appendix E.
(19) To help ensure the accuracy of petroleum receipts and is-
sues, a program must be established to ensure all petroleum oils and 4–37. Materiel returns policy
lubricants (POL) meters are checked for accuracy by qualified per- a. The quantity of items authorized to be on hand or on order is
sonnel as outlined in FM 10–20 and TM 5–678. the requisitioning objective (operating level, plus safety level, plus
p. All COMSEC equipment and components assigned ALC 1 and order ship time); anything above this is excess. Materiel, on order or
2 must be physically inventoried at least semiannually and the on hand, over the requisitioning objective quantity authorized is
inventory results reconciled with the ACCOR. All other COMSEC considered requisitioning into or holding excess. SSAs that report
equipment and components must be physically inventoried at least excess stock directly to the CONUS wholesale supply sources will
annually or upon change of custodian (see procedures in TB comply with table 4–1 and the following:
380–41). Also, losses of COMSEC require the submission of an (1) This policy does not provide authority to requisition any
insecurity report per TB 380–41. amount above the RO. These limits may be further constrained by
storage capacity or shelf life.
4–35. Petroleum quality surveillance (2) All due-ins above the RO will be canceled.
a. Commanders are responsible for the Petroleum Quality Sur- (3) Retention limits (RLs) for assets on hand are as follows:
veillance and Technical Assistance Programs outlined in appendix (a) A retention level is authorized for supply classes 2, 3p, and 9
C. Subject areas are indicated below— at the installation level operating under the Supply Management
(1) Quality Surveillance Program. Army Retail Fund. The retention level is not associated with the
(2) Petroleum Technical Assistance Program. RO. Materiel in the supply classes above (less MRC “F,” “H,” “D,”
(3) Operational Surveillance Program. or “L”) that have six or more annual demands per year, based on
(4) Air Pollution Abatement Program (CONUS only). demand history is authorized to be retained. One year’s worth of
(5) Engineering Technical Review of Petroleum Facilities stock is authorized for retention. Only those assets above this reten-
Program. tion limit are considered excess. This retention policy is not author-
(6) Laboratory Certification. ity to requisition quantities above the RO. This policy does not
render assets unavailable to fill critical Army requirements. Com-
b. All possibly contaminated petroleum products within the Army
mands and wholesale NICPs have the authority and obligation to
will be recovered according to appendix D to enhance energy con-
direct the redistribution of on-hand assets when necessary to satisfy
servation and environmental pollution control.
valid stockage or mission requirements.
4–36. Issues (b) This policy applies to ASL and non-ASL materiel.
a. Issue processing procedures will be based on the policies in (4) Stocks on hand with a recoverability code of “D,” “F,” “H,”
this regulation and AR 725–50. Issues will be made using the “pre- or “L;” ARI; and SIMS-X will be reviewed for excess whenever
post” method, where the stock record is posted before the stock is activity occurs on that line. All other items will be reviewed
picked. monthly for excess.
(1) Stock may be selected in one of two ways— (5) AR 725–50 contains the policy and procedures for requesting
(a) Progressive—first in, first out. disposition from the wholesale supply source.
(b) Selective—oldest date of pack issued first. (6) Excess CCI, serviceable and unserviceable, will be shipped to
1. Shelf life items. Commander, Tobyhanna Army Depot, ATTN: COMSEC W81U11,
Bldg 73, Tobyhanna, PA 18466-5110. All CCI are ARI. Excess
2. Class 5 (include condition code, potential use of item, and
COMSEC items, both serviceable and unserviceable, will be
other restrictions).
shipped to Commander, Tobyhanna Army Depot, ATTN: CA
(2) Storage activities will keep a file copy of the current assump-
5B1099, Bldg 73, Tobyhanna, PA 18466-5110. See TB 380–41 for
tion of command and/or PBO appointment order for each customer
procedures for reporting excess COMSEC equipment.
unit. The signature of the customer unit representative will be ob-
(7) Materiel will be reported on basis of quantity per unit pack. If
tained for items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,” “8,”
unit pack creates on-hand quantities greater than the requisition
“9,” “N,” (firearms) “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision
objective, the excesses will be kept and reduced through attrition.
devices and navigation systems (GPS)) and all items requiring prop- Not repairable materiel with an extended dollar value of $100.00 or
erty book accountability. less and not meeting unit pack criteria will not be reported to SOS
b. Normally, QSS issues will be made to customers without en- for disposition instructions, but retained for 90 days pending poten-
tailing paperwork. When the SSA commander or ARNG USPFO tial use and then turned in to the DRMO.
requires documentation, one copy of a locally produced multiline (8) Requisition Objective may be adjusted to the nearest unit
want slip may be used. This procedure is the maximum paperwork pack quantity.
that will be prescribed for QSS issues. (9) Use DRMO to purge the supply system of materiel classified
c. Request for issue through standard on-line requisitioning pro- as scrap, condemned or uneconomically repairable as follows:
cedures will be used to request repairable items. Subject to stock (a) The SSA may direct customer units to turn in to the DRMO
availability, urgent requirements may be exchanged on a post-post, materiel that has been verified as scrap, per subparagraph 2–13e.
over-the-counter basis. (b) The SSA will direct disposal of condemned or uneconomi-
d. AMSF supplies issued from the stock record account to the cally repairable items with an RC other than “D” or “L.” Items with
organic maintenance shop will be made on a supply request for an RC of “D” or “L” will be returned based on the ARIL or
issue or turn-in document (single line or multiline form). Mainte- disposed of according to disposition instructions from the wholesale
nance shops will maintain a document register for supply requests. level.
e. Petroleum requirements are as follows: (c) Refer to subparagraph 1–16h for DEMIL instructions.
(1) All issues not made directly into or specifically identifiable to b. Redistribution of noncritical excess and displaced equipment
a consuming end item of equipment are considered bulk issues. will be as follows:
These items will be posted to the appropriate accountable record as (1) In the ARNG and USPFO, redistribution will be made before
of the day of the issue. Retail issues will be recorded daily, on the reporting excess to the NICP.
daily issue form, and added daily to the monthly abstract. At the end (2) In the USAR, MUSARC will make redistribution before
76 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

reporting excess to the installation supply support activity. on the automatic return item list. The ARIL contains the priority for
Redistribution may include transfers by the MACOM. return and the facility to which excess serviceable and unserviceable
(3) Installation supply support activity will make redistribution ARI will be returned.
before reporting excess to the NICP. b. SSAs that do not report excess directly to wholesale supply
(4) For OCONUS, SSAs will make redistribution before report- sources will ship ARI to their support SSA. SSAs that report excess
ing excess to the MACOM. directly to wholesale supply sources will ship serviceable ARI to the
(5) The MACOMs will ensure that redistribution is made before closest AOD (Red River, Defense Distribution Depot Susquehanna,
reporting excess to the wholesale supply source. PA, or Sharpe) and unserviceable ARI to the location specified in
(6) Before redistribution, all equipment will be brought up to the the ARIL. CCI ARI will be disposed of per subparagraph 4–37a(6).
standards prescribed in AR 750–1. c. Retention of ARI will be per paragraph 4–37.
(7) TAV will provide managers at all levels with asset visibility. d. AR 710–1 contains additional policy and procedural guidance
The TAV can be used to assist managers in redistributing assets no for the ARI program.
longer required at their management level. It also gives managers at
the wholesale level worldwide visibility of assets for use in their 4–40. Disposition of petroleum products
Disposition of excess bulk petroleum products and packaged petro-
redistribution, procurement offset, and excessing decision making
leum is as follows:
processes. By providing better visibility, and thus more efficient
a. DFSC DLA-owned. DFSC will determine excesses of DLA-
redistribution and purchasing, the TAV should ensure a high state of
owned bulk fuels based on terminal inventory reports and require-
readiness while simultaneously reducing stockage levels and their
ments, by location, received from the military services. However,
associated costs.
should any Army organizational plan call for a major fuel conver-
c. Efforts will be made by the SSA to identify noncataloged,
sion program that would result in a 15 percent or greater increase or
nonstandard commercial items to an NSN. Also, the availability of
decrease in consumption, USAPC will be advised as soon as possi-
such excess serviceable materiel will be advertised by the SSA
ble of all details.
within the geographic area around the installation holding the mate-
b. Army-owned. bulk products and packaged fuels of 500 gallons
riel. Materiel will also be crossleveled on the installation, between
or greater per product by grade that are excess to CONUS activities
the installation SSA and the COSCOM MMC, and between the
will be reported to USAPC. The notification will include type of
COSCOM MMC and DSU. Materiel will be held for possible
product, quantity, exact location of product, and latest laboratory
demand for 30 days after advertising. test results. In overseas commands, similar Army-owned excesses of
d. Process excess stock for turn-in within 10 days after the excess bulk products and packaged petroleum fuels will be reported
determination is made. through command channels to the appropriate DFSC regional office.
4–38. Cannibalization points c. CONUS. DLA (DGSC) manages packaged petroleum prod-
a. Cannibalization points (CPs) provide a source for— ucts, containers, and related items in a serviceable condition. Items
(1) Reinforcement of ASLs by being an economical source of in a serviceable or unserviceable, but economically repairable condi-
items stocked in ASLs. tion, will be reported to DGSC for credit determination and disposi-
tion instructions. Items of less than the stated value; all
(2) Repair parts, components, and assemblies, that have low mor-
noncataloged items; locally assigned NSNs; and unserviceable, un-
tality or are difficult to obtain.
economically, repairable items will not be reported to DGSC. These
(3) High priority needs, when required delivery date cannot be
items will be transferred to the servicing DRMO (see app E for
met.
waste products).
(4) Items not stocked in the supply system. d. Turn-in of bulk and packaged products.
b. CPs will operate as an SRA with an accountable officer ap- (1) DLA will not accept any product that does not meet product
pointed under AR 735–5 and follow the procedures listed below— use limit criteria, as specified in MIL-HDBK-200. DLA will accept
(1) A separate account need not be established, if an existing and provide credit at the standard price for a product that—
SRA operates the CP. (a) Has not exceeded its established use limits.
(2) ARNG CP account may be set up by the USPFO at Com- (b) By agreement between Army and DLA, has been downgraded
bined Support Maintenance Shops and Mobilization and Training with an appropriate NSN change. In this case, credit will be granted
Equipment Sites and Area Aviation Support Facilities with a support at the standard price for the product of intended use.
maintenance mission. (c) Has been reprocessed and meets product use limits of the
(3) The number will be limited to what is needed to efficiently NSN under which it is being offered for return.
recover selected serviceable items from disposal materiel. (2) A product offered for return that has been agreed to as ac-
(4) CPs will normally be set up at installations with fixed mainte- ceptable will be delivered by the offer or, as directed by DLA, its
nance facilities. Detailed procedures for CP operations are in DA regional office, or authorized agent.
Pam 710–2–2. (3) Transportation charges for these products will be borne by the
c. Items put into CPs will only be those for which the SSA has shipper. DLA reserves the authority for direct shipment of such
received disposition instructions from the NICP reflecting turn-in to product to a point of immediate use or requirement.
DRMO. (4) Bulk and packaged fuels exceeding 500 gallons and not meet-
d. Items put into CPs must contain repair parts, components, or ing product use limits, as specified in MIL-HDBK-200, will be
assemblies applicable to end items supported. reported telephonically (DSN 977-6445) to USAPC for disposition
e. Customers of a CP will be furnished a listing (at least quarter- instructions. In overseas commands, similar Army owned excesses
ly) of items available for cannibalization. of bulk products and packaged petroleum fuels will be reported
f. Directed strip list removal actions must be completed before through command channels before transfer to DRMO.
the customers continue cannibalization. Predisassembly for ASL (5) Packaged petroleum products, containers, and related items in
support will be allowed to the extent approved by the command Federal Supply Classes (FSCs) 6810, 6840, 6850, 7240, 8110, 9110,
setting up the CP. 9150, and 9160 will be reported to the wholesale supply source for
g. Storage of items held for cannibalization at other than the CP disposition per procedures in AR 725–50.
is not authorized. These items will not be reissued or loaned. All
items that have been held for cannibalization will be transferred to 4–41. Repairable management
the DRMO when cannibalization actions are complete. a. The management of repairables involves the following
processes:
4–39. Automatic return items (1) Requisitioning, stocking, and issuing.
a. ARI are items that are critically short worldwide and identified (2) Receiving customer turn-ins.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 77

(3) Work ordering repairables for maintenance. requisition number with 10 days. Exceptions may be granted on a
(4) Turning in items to the depot and special repair activity or case-by-case basis.
transferring items to the designated disposal activity. (d) Commanders may freeze the account of a delinquent cus-
b. Managing repairables requires proper use of the SMR codes in tomer until all unserviceable repairable dues-in are cleared.
AR 700–82 in conjunction with supply policy. The applicable parts (3) Prepare a work order for the repairable within 3 work days
of the SMR code are a combination of the MUC, MR code, and RC. of receipt. Considering the need, assign the applicable UND to the
The MUC for repair parts is found in technical manuals for the work order. This UND will be A, B, or C as necessary to ensure
applicable end item. Both the MR and RC are found in the AMDF. serviceable stock availability.
The explanation of these codes is as follows: g. After return of repairables from maintenance, items are either
(1) The RC is a code for designating the level (DS, GS, depot or stocked, turned-in, or disposed of according to the following
special repair activity) which may decide final disposition of un- guidelines:
economically repairable, condemned repairables. (1) Stock repairables if classified as serviceable and if not excess.
(2) The MR code is a code that indicates whether an item is a (2) Turn-in repairables to the depot or special repair activity if
repairable and the maintenance level authorized to do complete the item is:
repair. (a) Excess to the ASL.
(3) The MUC identifies maintenance levels authorized to remove (b) Coded as “not repairable this station” (NRTS) except for
and replace the item. NRTS code “9” (condemned).
c. The level designated by the RC is the lowest level authorized (c) Classified as uneconomically repairable or condemned and
to determine final disposition of repairables classified as condemned the RC is “D” or “L.”
or uneconomically repairable. The explanation of each RC designa- (d) ARI materiel if coded as NRTS.
tion is listed below. Application of these codes is explained in (3) Transfer RC “H” repairables classified as uneconomically
subparagraph 4–41g. repairable or condemned to the designated disposal activity.
(1) RC “Z.” Item is not a repairable. When unserviceable, dis- (4) When RC is blank as indicated on the AMDF item should be
pose of it at the DS or higher level. work ordered to maintenance for TI.
(2) RC “O” or “F.” Item is a repairable. When condemned or (5) Refer to subparagraph 1–16h for DEMIL instructions.
uneconomically repairable, dispose of it at the DS or higher level. h. Items turned in that appear to be unserviceable because of
(3) RC “H.” Item is a repairable. When condemned or un- other than FWT must be accompanied by appropriate documents per
economically repairable, dispose of it at the GS or higher level. AR 735–5, paragraph 14–26 (damaged property).
(4) RC “D” or “L.” Item is a repairable. When condemned or i. Classified COMSEC repairables will be managed as specified
in this regulation by COMSEC accounts. All turn-ins and issues will
uneconomically repairable, the depot or special repair activity level
be through COMSEC supply channels. Maintain formal accountabil-
determines final disposition.
ity as outlined in TB 380–41.
d. The MR code is assigned to indicate whether the item is to be
j. Process requests for issue through standard on-line requisition-
repaired and to identify the lowest maintenance level authorized to
ing procedures. However, subject to stock availability, issues of
perform complete repair; that is, remove, replace, repair, assemble,
serviceable for unserviceable repairables may be authorized as an
and test. The explanation of each MR code designation is listed
immediate over-the-counter issue.
below:
k. Stockage selection is per paragraph 4–8.
(1) MR “O.” The unit is the lowest maintenance level authorized l. Stockage level computation for repairables is as prescribed in
to conduct complete repair. paragraph 4–9.
(2) MR “F.” DS is the lowest maintenance level authorized to m. Receipt processing is under paragraph 4–30.
conduct complete repair.
(3) MR “H.” GS is the lowest maintenance level authorized to 4–42. Shipping
conduct complete repair. Shipping is the process of packaging, packing, providing documen-
(4) MR “D.” The depot is the only maintenance level authorized tation for, sending, or transporting supplies. Materiel declared ex-
to conduct complete repair or overhaul. cess during the disposition process will be documented on a materiel
(5) MR “L.” The complete repair or overhaul of these items is release order which in turn will be processed using the following
restricted to designated specialized repair activities. policy:
(6) MR “Z.” The item is not a repairable. No repair is authorized. a. The objective is to ensure that materiel is released to transpor-
(7) MR “B.” No repair is authorized. The item may be recondi- tation within 3 days after the materiel release order is produced. If
tioned by adjusting, lubricating, and so on, at the lowest level. No organic transportation is used, excess materiel should arrive at its
parts or special tools are procured for the maintenance of the item. destination within 10 days.
e. The lowest maintenance level authorized to remove and re- b. ARIs are identified on the AMDF with an ARI code. Shipping
place repairables is designated by the MUC as follows: documents and containers will be marked “ARI” and ARI will be
(1) MUC “O.” Unit level. segregated from other items in a shipment.
(2) MUC “F.” DS level. c. Release orders will contain the following (if applicable):
(3) MUC “H.” GS level. (1) Identification of ARI.
(4) MUC “D.” Depot level to include specialized repair (2) Identification of CCI.
activities. (3) Serial or registration numbers.
f. Upon receipt of a customer request for a repairable— (4) Hazardous materiel identification.
(1) A repairable is turned-in by a customer: d. When nonorganic transportation is employed, DOD 4500.32–R
(a) Establish stock record accounting for the item. will be adhered to. This precedure includes transportation movement
control documentation and shipment tracing.
(b) Initiate supply issue procedures if a replacement is requested.
e. COMSEC will be documented for transfer and shipped through
(2) A repairable is not turned in by a customer:
DCS channels per TB 380–41.
(a) Establish reason for customer not compiling with sub- f. Protecting materiel returns will be per subparagraphs 3–32h
paragraph 2–6e of this regulation. through 3–32k, this regulation.
(b) Issue a serviceable and establish a due-in from the customer g. Hazardous cargo is regulated by 49 CFR 100–199 for geo-
for the unserviceable using the customer’s requisition number. Note: graphical North America shipments, Inter-Governmental Maritime
This due-in will be additive to the dues-in during net assets Consultative Organization (IMCO) for international vessels, Interna-
computation. tional Air Transport Association (IATA) for international air ship-
(c) Direct customer to return unserviceable repairable using same ments, AFR 71–4/TM 38–250/NAVSUBPUB 5–5/MCO PA030D/
78 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

DLM 4145.3 for military air shipments, transportation through the (6) Date of last inventory.
Defense Transportation System is covered in DOD 4500.32–R. (7) Serial number. Items recorded in the SRA that meet any of
the following conditions require serial number accounting:
Section IV (a) Items with a U.S. Army registration number. The registration
Stock Control number will be recorded as the serial number.
(b) Items listed in the AMDF with a CIIC other than “U” or is
4–43. Stock record accounts blank and the item has a serial number.
The Army stock record accounting system is used to account for (c) IMPE and external peripheral components (excepting key-
U.S. Government supplies and equipment. All Army property is- boards and End User Operated items (less CCI)).
sues, including leased equipment, to a user or PBO must be docu- (d) Class 5 items. Post the lot number and the serial number.
mented in the stock record account supporting the user or PBO. d. Due-in files, to identify assets due in to the SRA, will contain
a. The Army SRA is a formal set of records containing item the following essential elements of information:
identification, quantities, values, balances, and property transactions. (1) Stock number.
The SRA is maintained as follows: (2) Document number (including suffix if applicable).
(1) The account is maintained on prescribed forms or an auto- (3) Quantity due in.
mated equivalent. (4) Source due in from.
(2) The SRA is maintained by or under supervision of an ac- (5) Project code if any.
countable officer officially designated under the provisions of AR (6) Current status.
735–5. That officer is accountable for supplies from time of receipt (7) Estimated delivery date.
until issued, shipped, or dropped from accountability. (8) Date last follow-up.
b. Two types of SRAs are available, customer support and mis- (9) Detailed transportation control number.
sion support. A customer support SRA provides supplies to desig- (10) Consolidated transportation control number.
nated customer units. The authority to set up a customer support (11) Priority.
SRA is the parent unit’s authorization document. A mission support (12) Type due in; for example, temporary loan redistribution,
SRA provides supply support for a specific mission or authority. A wholesale.
mission support SRA must be authorized in writing by the MACOM e. Due-out files, to identify unfilled customer requirements, will
commander or the CNGB, unless authorized in specified, approved contain the following essential elements of information:
authorization documents. This account will not furnish supplies by (1) Stock number.
means of ORF, QSS, SSSC, or CPs. (2) Document number (including suffix if applicable).
c. The account will be identified by requesting a DODAAC (3) Quantity due out.
under the provisions of AR 725–50 to distinguish between the SRA (4) Project code, if any.
and the unit that operates the SSA. (5) Date last follow up.
d. The objective is for all stock record accounts to operate stand- (6) Priority.
ard automated systems. Pending automated system availability, the f. Transaction history files will be maintained to record activity
files and records identified in DA Pam 710–2–2 will be employed in in the SRA and to provide an audit trail. They will be retained for
manual SRAs. 24 months.
e. All Army property must be processed through an SRA. Sup- (1) Hard copy documents with signatures will be maintained for
plies will be accounted for in terms of dollars, items, or both. Detail receipt, issue, turn-in, and balance adjustment transactions for items
or summary accounting techniques are used. In detail accounting, identified on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,” “8,” “9,” “N,” (firearms)
each customer transaction is recorded. In summary accounting, “P,” “Q,” “ R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision devices and navigation
transactions are not separately associated with customers. systems (GPS)) or ARC of “N” (nonexpendable). Serial numbers
f. SRAs will use item detail accounting except as follows: and registration numbers will be included. (Microfiche or microfilm
(1) QSS will use item summary accounting. images will satisfy this requirement.) Hard copy documents are not
(2) SSSC will use dollar summary accounting. required for all other supply transactions if the automated system
provides an audit trail. The automated audit trail listings will be kept
4–44. Stock record account files for the same period as voucher files. If a voucher is missing or lost,
SRAs will establish and maintain the following files with the essen- a statement signed by the accountable officer (instead of the vouch-
tial elements listed: er) will be put in the voucher file.
a. Catalog files with item identification, interchange and sub- (2) Automated transaction history files will be maintained in a
stitute, packaging, and freight information as defined in AR 708–1 computer machine readable form such as magnetic tape, disk, or a
(see para 4–4 for policies regarding catalog access). CD-ROM. This automated file will be used to record, as a mini-
b. ASL files that identify required and authorized stock levels mum, the following transactions processed by the SSA, to include
using the policies contained in paragraph 4–9. The ASL file will those supporting hard copy documents in subparagraph (1) above:
contain records with the following essential elements of information. (a) Receipts.
(1) Stock number. (b) Adjustments, both increases and decreases.
(2) Ownership or purpose code. (c) Issues.
(3) Project code. (d) Turn-ins.
(4) Date of the last change to the stockage code or level (e) Stockage code changes.
authorized. (f) Stockage level changes.
(5) Requisitioning objective. g. Demand history files, which are maintained to record recurring
(6) Reorder point. requirements. The demand history files will include the following
(7) Safety level. essential elements of information:
(8) Stockage code. (1) End item code.
c. The availability balance file that identifies actual assets on- (2) Stock number.
hand will contain the following essential elements of information: (3) Frequency of demand by month for the previous 12 months.
(1) Stock number. (4) Quantity demanded for the previous 24 months.
(2) Ownership and purpose code. (5) For receipts from higher supply sources, the average order
(3) Project code. ship time experienced for the previous 12 receipts.
(4) Condition code. (6) For items repaired at supporting maintenance as a source of
(5) Quantity on-hand. supply, the average repair cycle time from original turn-in document
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 79

date through repair and return to stock posting for the previous 12 (b) Postings to the Customer Transaction Ledger Account will be
repairs. initially entered in either the Sales and Returns Journal or the Cus-
(7) Quantity repaired and returned to stock as a source of supply tomer Deposit-Withdrawal Journal.
for the current and previous 24 months. (3) SSSCs that hold assets of a retail stock fund or Army indus-
h. The temporary loan file will contain a copy of each temporary trial fund must keep financial inventory accounting. MATCAT ledg-
loan transaction. ers will be kept by the FAO. Ledgers will show the opening
i. A voucher register will be kept to control assignment of inventory, increases, decreases, and the closing inventory. This
voucher numbers. All transactions that affect the SRA balance will process does not apply to SSSCs that hold assets of an OMA fund,
be recorded in the voucher register. Vouchers with customer unit nor does it apply to ARNG.
document numbers will not be recorded in the voucher register, (4) Dollar accounting procedures within the SSSC will provide
except for ammunition accounts. The voucher register will contain for a monthly SSSC statement of financial operations.
the essential elements of data listed below. (5) Dollar accounting procedures within the SSSC will provide
(1) Account number (DODAAC). for a monthly statement of customer account.
(2) Page number. d. Repairables.
(3) Voucher number: (1) All repairables will be accounted for on the stock record
(a) DODAAC. account.
(b) Julian date. (2) The accountable record will reflect the appropriate mainte-
(c) Four position serial number. nance use code and maintenance repair code to indicate which items
(4) To or from. are authorized for removal, replacement, or repair at the organiza-
(5) Stock number. tional, DS/GS levels. The recoverability code will also be reflected
(6) Date completed. on the accountable record.
j. The document number in all transactions for classified COM- (3) The accountable record will reflect all assets on-hand, both
SEC equipment initiated by COMSEC custodians will contain the serviceable and unserviceable, and will include those unserviceable
assigned COMSEC account number in positions’ one through six. assets in maintenance for repair.
COMSEC custodians will assign voucher serial numbers for COM- e. SRA for bulk petroleum. Installations will establish an SRA for
SEC materiel as specified in TB 380–41. bulk petroleum using the procedures outlined in DA Pam 710–2-2.
k. COMSEC support elements overseas and CONUS COMSEC
4–46. In transit aircraft refueling
supply support activities will maintain stock records as prescribed in a. Into-Plane Contracts. An Into-Plane Contract may be estab-
this chapter and related procedural publications. However, these lished at a commercial airport, where military refueling is not avail-
records for classified COMSEC equipment are informal property able, provided requirements are submitted by message or letter to
accounting records for management purposes only, and will be USAPC (see DA Pam 710–2–2 for format).
clearly marked, “Accountable under TB 380–41, see records of (1) An evaluation will be attached to justify the request for Into-
COMSEC custodian.” Plane Contract coverage. The evaluation must reflect existing com-
4–45. Special purpose stock record accounts mercial service prices and an adequate estimate of cost to provide
a. Installation materiel maintenance activities. The IMMA exists military service.
to provide maintenance support to designated units in its area of (2) Requirements for Into-Plane Contract coverage will be sub-
operations. IMMAs on DSS will set up a stock record account. A mitted for new locations only. Do not submit for locations already
stock record officer will be appointed by the Director of Logistics listed in the current AVFUEL/AVOIL Into-Plane contract listing.
per AR 735–5. The SRA requirement does not apply to AMC (3) An AVFUELS Into-Plane Contract Sales Slip will be used at
IMMAs where stockage is maintained by the installation SSA and Army airfields (other than home stations); at Navy and Air Force
the IMMA is a customer of the SSA. In this case, the AMC IMMA installations; and commercial vendors under Government contract,
is considered organic to the installation SSA for supply support. as identified in DFSC Into-Plane contract bulletins.
Supplies issued to the AMC IMMA will be for immediate use. (4) An AVFUELS Into-Plane Contract Sales Slip will be used as
b. AMSF. the basic issue document for all issues made to military services,
(1) AMSFs will set up an SRA. Government agencies, and authorized civil or foreign aircraft issued
from Army-owned inventory. Under no circumstances will a petro-
(2) A stock record officer will be appointed by the commander or
leum company or U.S. Government credit card be used to imprint
chief of the AMSF.
data on an AVFUELS Into-Plane Contract Sales Slip.
(3) The stockage policy in paragraphs 4–8, 4–9, and 4–10 ap-
(5) The pilot, or authorized representative, will ensure that prod-
plies. When the AMSF provides supply and maintenance support, it
uct services are recorded on the AVFUELS Into-Plane Contract
may perform all the operations normally done by an SSA.
Sales Slip as rendered. This individual will present the proper iden-
c. SSSC.
taplate to the refueling operator to have the essential sales data
(1) Accounting procedures within the SSA that operates the
imprinted. If the contractor uses a commercial credit card form, the
SSSC will provide for:
pilot will ensure that the sales data clearly shows the aircraft model/
(a) Using the stockage policy prescribed in this chapter. design/series (MDS) and tail number, as well as the home station
(b) Using the operating level quantity of the RO as the SSSC and MACOM of the aircraft. If a contractor or refueling agency
stockage level. insists on using a commercial delivery form in addition to the
(c) Increasing the dollar value of the SSSC operating account AVFUELS Into-Plane Contract Sales Slip, the pilot will annotate
based on materiel release orders that transfer stock to the SSSC. the commercial form as follows: ” Duplicate-AVFUELS Into-Plane
(d) Decreasing the dollar value of the SSSC operating account, Contract Sales Slip accomplished.“
based on shipments returning stock to the SSA. (6) When the pilot is unable to produce either a current iden-
(2) Dollar accounting procedures within the SSSC will provide taplate or a completed request for AVFUELS identaplate form, DA
for a Merchandise Inventory General Ledger Account for the SSSC, Form 4701–R (Request for AVFUELS Identaplates) per DA PAM
and a Customer Transaction Ledger Account for each account or 710–2–1. The refueling operator will record the aircraft type, seven-
subaccount. digit tail number, user and supplementary DODAACs, signal and
(a) Postings to the Merchandise Inventory General Ledger Ac- fund code in the appropriate block of the AVFUELS Into-Plane
count will be initially entered in one of the following journals: Contract Sales Slip and verify the name and unit of the pilot by
1. Receipts and Shipments. checking the pilot’s DOD identification card and the equipment log
2. Sales and Returns. book.
3. Merchandise Inventory Adjustments Journals. b. DOD AVFUEL identaplate. The DOD AVFUEL identaplates
80 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

are not authorized for obtaining petroleum products that are to be (b) SSAs will report the status of SIMS-X lines when either the
dispensed into any type container or storage tanks or for purchasing quantity on-hand, due-in, due-out, or material condition code has
products in advance of actual dispensing into aircraft. changed and whenever the stockage code or requisitioning objective
(1) USAPC is the only authorized source that Army activities can is changed. Report transactions will be transmitted direct to the
obtain AVFUEL identaplates. Requests must be forwarded in writ- DAAS. As TAV replaces SIMS-X, the NICP managers will use
ing. They must be signed by the appropriate installation or activity TAV business rules to distribute selected high cost and/or critical
commander or the designated representative. Emergency requests items. Until TAV is fully implemented, however, SSAs must con-
will be accepted by telephone, but subsequent confirmation in writ- tinue SIMS-X reporting as described above.
ing must follow. The request must include complete information as (2) CBS-X. This procedure requires that all activities report trans-
outlined in DA Pam 710–2–2. A request for an AVFUEL iden- actions for all RICC 2, A and Z.
taplate for newly assigned aircraft must be accompanied by an (a) Property book CBS-X reporting is automatically accom-
Army Aircraft Inventory Status and Flying Time form or other plished if the property book is maintained by an automated system.
documentation showing ownership of aircraft by the activity. This process becomes one of the feeder reports of TAV. If the
(2) The identaplates available for issue are sequentially numbered property book is not automated, but the SSA, through which issue
to ensure adequate controls for their issue, use, and disposition. All and receipt transactions are processed is automated, then these trans-
AVFUEL identaplates issued will have in the lower right hand actions will automatically be reported to CBS-X. Other transactions
corner an imprinted expiration date, which will not exceed 2 years such as lateral transfers and AAR that are not processed through the
from date of issue. Identaplates for aircraft with the last digit of the SSA must be manually reported by the property book to the CCA. If
tail number ending in an even number will expire in an even- the property book and supporting SSA through which issues and
numbered year. Identaplates for aircraft with the last digit of the tail turn-ins are manual, the SSA will manually report all transactions
number ending in an odd number will expire in an odd-numbered for reportable items to the CCA. The DA minimum goal for CBS-X
year. Identaplates will be automatically reissued before expiration. compatibility is 98 percent. Because this data feeds TAV, it is
Upon receipt of newly issued identaplates, the old identaplates will essential that the SSAs report the data promptly for CCA inclusion
be destroyed. A certificate of destruction will be forwarded to in TAV.
USAPC. Only one identaplate is authorized per aircraft. Refueling (b) SSA level transaction reporting is the report extracted from
of more than one aircraft using one identaplate is prohibited. the voucher or document history file and submitted weekly for
(3) An identaplate may become invalid because of excessive reportable items to USAMC LOGSA. All SSAs will be required to
wear, mutilation, or a change in the DODAAC of the home station accomplish the weekly report but activities pending the automated
or supplementary (bill-to) address. If the plate is invalid, a certifi- capability to produce the report will be submitted through the CCA.
cate of destruction will be provided to USAPC along with a request Installation activities will submit the report through automated
for a new identaplate if a new identaplate is desired. A copy of the means. This weekly report is used to build and update the TAV data
Request for AVFUELS Identaplate form will be retained in the base.
aircraft until the new plate is received. This form can be used (c) The installation will operate a CBS-X CCA if directed by the
instead of the identaplate pending receipt. Lost plates or those sus- MACOM. CCA functions are as follows:
pected of being misused will be reported by serial number immedi- 1. Coordination between CBS-X reporting activities and the
ately to USAPC, who will declare the plates invalid. USAPC will USAMC LOGSA CBS-X data base.
publish and distribute semiannually a complete list of all lost plates. 2. Disseminate CBS-X reporting procedures and information to
Army activities are authorized to confiscate and return to USAPC reporting units.
any identaplate advertised as lost or misplaced. If a pilot, crew 3. Collect and maintain a file of manual CBS-X reports submit-
member, or others refuse to surrender any such identaplate, advise ted and maintain for a period of 90 days after submission.
USAPC immediately by message. Message information procedures 4. Submit CBS-X reports to AMC LOGSA.
are contained in DA Pam 710–2–2. 5. Provide CBS-X training and assistance to supported units.
c. U.S. Government credit cards. U.S. Government credit cards 6. Assist LOGSA personnel during equipment control program
are authorized for use only when motor pool, DOD facilities, or (ECP) CBS-X reconciliations.
established Into-Plane contracts are not available. Purchases are lim- (3) Registration and Reporting of U.S. Army Vehicles (RCS
ited to $10,000 per refueling stop. Use of the credit card for aircraft CSGLD-1608). Registration and reporting are separate functions and
refueling at an established Into-Plane Contract site is prohibited. should be acted on accordingly.
U.S. Government credit cards will be obtained from GSA. Proce- (a) Registration. Registration is the function of accepting mate-
dures for obtaining credit cards are outlined in DA Pam 710–2–2. riel into the Army inventory and requesting an Army registration
number from the U.S. Army Central Vehicle Registry maintained by
4–47. Asset reporting AMC LOGSA. Registration is accomplished by the procuring activ-
To keep both wholesale and retail managers aware of the location ity for the materiel and will normally have already occurred at the
and condition of specific assets, vertical management information time the materiel is received by the using units. However, units
reporting is generated at the SSA and transmitted to the wholesale must prepare and submit an acceptance and registration report for
manager. materiel reclaimed from DRMOs, materiel previously identified as a
a. Vertical management asset and information reporting involves combat loss that is recovered or recaptured, and materiel modified
several process factors as detailed below. All are used to communi- that identifies the item to a different category in AR 710–3. Accept-
cate specific information to the wholesale manager responsible for ance and registration report will not be limited to those items listed
worldwide requirements. Some of these reports are automatically in the appendixes to DA Pam 738–750, but will be prepared and
produced by automated systems and others must be prepared submitted for all item’s subject to registration number assignment
manually. and control. Acceptance and registration are accomplished per AR
b. The MACOMs are responsible for establishing central collec- 710–3, chapter 5.
tion and reporting activities to collect, monitor, and forward reports (b) Reporting. Reporting is the function of controlling the where-
manually prepared by users. abouts of materiel requiring registration. Materiel that is transferred
c. AR 710–3, AR 725–50, and DA Pam 710–2–2 contain proce- between units and materiel that is a loss to the Army inventory will
dures and formats for reporting. be reported to AMC LOGSA, through the MACOM, Data Reduc-
d. Required reports are listed below: tion Center. Transfer reports and deletion reports will not be limited
to those items contained in appendixes to DA Pam 738–750, but
(1) SIMS-X. These items are selected high cost and/or critical
will be submitted on all item’s subject to registration number assign-
secondary items identified on the AMDF with RICC “8.”
ment and control. Transfer reports and deletion reports will be
(a) Reporting is required for all SSAs.
prepared and submitted per AR 710–3, chapter 5.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 81

(c) Objective. The objective for logistics automation of the Army (a) The NSA designates items as CCI and establishes asset track-
is to accomplish U.S. Army vehicle reporting by the supply and ing requirements. All CCI end items are reportable based on their
accounting system as a byproduct of the receipt and issue process. assigned reportable item control code (RICC) (see SB 700–20 to
As TAV becomes more fully developed and implemented, it is identify CCI reportable items and those exempted from CCISP
envisioned that such reports would no longer be required as the data reporting).
base would be automatically updated by its feeder systems. If repor- (b) An Army logistics automation objective is to attain CCISP
ting is not automatically accomplished by the supply and accounting reporting from supply and accounting systems as a by-product of
system, manual reports will be prepared and submitted.
processing supply transactions such as receipt, issue, transfer, and
(4) DOD Small Arms Serialization (RCS DD-MIL(A) 1629). The
adjustment. It is envisioned that as TAV is fully developed and
purpose of the DODSASP is to maintain continuous visibility over
small arms, by serial number, from procurement through implemented that it would contain the data required to fulfill this
demilitarization and disposal. DODSASP is designed to provide objective.
investigative agencies, within 72 hours, the identification of the last (c) If CCISP reporting is not automatically accomplished by the
Army activity accountable for a serial numbered small arm. logistics STAMIS used, comply with the procedures in AR 710–3,
(a) See glossary for definition of small arms reportable under the chapter 4. The serial number data will be provided to the designated
DODSASP. local supporting CCISP reporting activity within 5 days of the
(b) An Army logistics automation objective is to accomplish supply transaction. The local CCI Serialization Surety Officer will
DODSASP reporting by supply and accounting systems as a by- ensure that the local CCISP reporting activity files are updated, and
product of processing supply transactions such as receipt, issue, the data is formatted and reported to the DA Central Registry within
transfer, and adjustment. It is envisioned that as TAV is fully 10 days of the supply transaction. The MACOM will designate the
developed and implemented that it would contain the data required local reporting activities within the command, which operate on an
to fulfill the DODSASP purpose. installation or overseas area support basis.
(c) If DODSASP reporting is not automatically accomplished by
(7) Tracking Assets by Serial Number-Aviation System. The se-
the logistics STAMIS used, comply with the procedures in AR
lected aircraft items are tracked by serial number. SSAs will report
710–3, chapter 4. The serial number data will be provided to the
designated local supporting DODSASP reporting activity within 5 the receipt, adjustment, issue, or turn-in of TASN-A items. Report
days of the supply transaction. The local SASSO will ensure that the transactions will be transmitted direct to DAAS. Reporting is re-
local DODSASP reporting activity files are updated and the data is quired for all manual or automated activities. It is envisioned that as
formatted and reported to the DA Central Registry within 10 days of TAV is fully developed and implemented that it would contain the
the supply transaction. The MACOM will designate the local report- data required to fulfill this objective. If standard supply and ac-
ing activities within the command, that operate on an installation or counting systems does not accomplish TASN-A reporting, manual
overseas area support basis. reporting is required.
(5) Radiation Testing and Tracking System. The purposes of the (8) SSA Level ABF reporting. This report is used to furnish the
DOD RATTS are to maintain continuous visibility by serial number wholesale manager’s asset information. All OCONUS SSAs will
and wipe test of all detector chemical cells (Radioactive Source report, by magnetic tape, to the AMC LOGSA monthly. Pending
NSN 6665–01–114–0073) and drift tube modules (Radioactive availability of automated systems capable of providing this report,
Source NSN 6665–99–257–0069) from procurement through only those SSAs operating with the SAILS are required to submit
demilitarization and disposal. The RATTS also will provide strict this report.
control of all cells and drift tubes for the purpose of safety to the
user and maintainer. The detector chemical cell is a component of (9) CDDB. Each SSA, directly supporting customers, will copy
the M43A1 chemical detector and the drift tube is a component of each customer request, with an EIC, change the document identifier
the CAM. RATTS is designed to provide the identification of the code to “BAH” and transmit these images to the CDDB using the
last Army activity accountable for a specific serial numbered cell formats and procedures contained in AR 725–50 and DA Pam
and to track wipe test data. PBOs will ensure that serial numbers for 710–2–2.
source components are recorded on property books. Changes will be (10) Petroleum storage reports. All activities are required to sub-
reported to the designated SSO as prescribed in AR 710–3. Serial mit data on all bulk petroleum storage facilities. Reports requiring
numbers will be reconciled as directed by the SSO. submission are:
(a) An Army logistics automation objective is to accomplish (a) Bulk Petroleum Storage Facilities Report (CONUS and over-
RATTS reporting by supply, accounting and maintenance systems seas) RCS DD-MIL(A) 506. The report will be submitted to USAPC
as a by-product of receipt, issue, transfer, adjustment, and mainte- every 3 years by activities with a 500-barrel capacity or more, either
nance actions such as wipe testing. It is envisioned that as TAV is singly or in a manifold configuration.
fully developed and implemented that it would contain the data
required to fulfill this objective. (b) Bulk Petroleum Storage Facilities Report (CONUS) AMC
(b) If RATTS reporting is not automatically accomplished by the 830. This report will be submitted to USAPC annually upon request
logistics STAMIS used, comply with the procedures in AR 710–3, by activities with a capacity of under 21,000 gallons, but not less
chapter 4. The serial number data will be provided to the designated than 200 gallons.
local RATTS reporting activity within 5 days of the supply transac- (c) Bulk Petroleum Terminal Message Report RCS DLA(W) 1884
tion (see AR 710–3, for wipe test reporting requirements). The local (DFSC). This report will be submitted to DFSC weekly.
SSO will ensure that the local RATTS reporting activity files are (d) Source Identification and Ordering Authorization Control Re-
updated and the data is formatted and reported to the DOD Central cord RCS DLA(M) 1882 (DFSC). Report will be submitted to DFSC
Registry within 10 days of the supply transaction. The MACOM monthly from information obtained from DD Form 1886 (Sioath
will designate the local reporting activities within the command, Control Record) maintained by activity.
which operate on an installation or overseas area support basis.
(6) Controlled Cryptographic Item Serialization Program (e) Defense Energy Information Systems Report (DEIS I and
(CCISP). The purpose of the CCISP is to maintain continuous visi- DEIS II) RCS DD-M(AR) 1313. This report will be submitted
bility over designated CCI end items by serial number from procure- monthly to their respective MACOM.
ment through demilitarization and disposal. It is designed to provide
the NSA and investigative agencies the identification of the last 4–48. Ammunition management
Army activity accountable for a specific serial numbered CCI end The applicable policy for ammunition management at installation/
item. USPFO is contained in chapter 3, section V.
82 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table 4–1
Disposition of Excess
(For SSAs that interface with the wholesale level)
Major Item Condition ARI Item Recoverability Code Action Required
Yes N/A N/A N/A Request disposition (FTE) from wholesale Source
of Supply.
No Serviceable Yes N/A Ship to area oriented depot (AOD) and report FTA
to wholesale SOS.
No Unserviceable Yes N/A Ship to closest repair activity (ARIL) and report
(FTA) to wholesale SOS.
No Serviceable No N/A Request disposition (FTE) from wholesale SOS.
No Unserviceable No D or L Request disposition (FTE) from wholesale SOS.
No Unserviceable repairable No F or H Request disposition (FTE) from wholesale SOS.
No Uneconomically repairable or condemned. No F or H Dispose through DRMO following the “two person
rule.”1
No Uneconomically repairable or condemned. No A Comply with disposition instructions in applicable
manual.
Notes:
1 The two person rule refers to the requirement for the local item manager and the next higher level of management (supervisor) to both ensure that no requirements
exist before items are sent to DRMO. The work order citing the “uneconomically repairable” or “condemned” classification will be retained in the SSAs file for 2 years.
When OCIE is turned in to DRMO, the OCIE will be marked with “DRMO” and the DODAAC of the SSA making the turn-in. Refer to subparagraph 1–13h for DEMIL
instructions. All classified COMSEC materiel and CCI equipment must be returned to Tobyhanna Army Depot (TOAD) regardless of condition. Disposal through DRMO
channels is prohibited (see para 4–37a(6)).
Table 4–2
Disposition of Excess
(For SSAs that do not interface with the wholesale level)
Major Item Condition Recoverability Code Action Required
Yes N/A N/A Ship to supporting installation, corps, or other designated activity.2
No Serviceable N/A Ship to supporting installation, corps, or other designated activity.2
No Unserviceable H, D, or L Ship to supporting installation, corps, or other designated activity.2
No Unserviceable, repairable F or Z Turn-in to supporting installation, corps, or other designated activity.2
No Uneconomically repairable F or Z Dispose through DRMO following the “two person rule”.1
or condemned.
No Uneconomically repairable A Comply with repairable or disposition condemned instructions in applica-
or condemned. ble manual.
Notes:
1 The “two-person rule” refers to the requirement for the local item manager and the next higher level of management (supervisor) to both ensure that no requirements
exist before items are sent to DRMO. The work order citing the “uneconomically repairable” or “condemned” classification will be retained in the SSAs file for 2 years.
When OCIE is turned in to DRMO, the OCIE will be marked with “DRMO” and the DODAAC of the SSA making the turn-in. Refer to subparagraph 1–13h for DEMIL
instructions. All classified COMSEC materiel and CCI equipment must be returned to Tobyhanna Army Depot (TOAD) regardless of condition. Disposal through DRMO
channels is prohibited (see para 4–37a(6)).
2 Automated systems will perform the excess process at the CORPS or similar level.
Chapter 5 5–2. General information

Corps Support Command and Theater Army Area a. COSCOM and TAACOM supply activities providing direct
Command supply support to customers will use the policy contained in chapter
3.
Section I b. The COSCOM/TAACOM MMC will maintain management
Policy supervision over supply operations at the supply and maintenance
activities. Included are both forward and rear area SSAs operating in
5–1. Introduction the COSCOM/TAACOM.
c. The Army supply system maintains its wholesale stockage in
a. This chapter provides policy for supply management and oper-
CONUS and uses an expedient distribution and transportation sys-
ations of Corps Support Command, Theater Army Area Command,
tem to provide resupply directly from the wholesale sustaining base
and other materiel management centers above division level and to individual SSAs worldwide in both peace and war. Distribution is
below MACOM. accomplished by the DSS using surface transportation, sea lines of
b. This section contains general information about the supply communication (SEALOC), and ALOC. Through the use of this
support structure in the corps and TAACOM; section II explains technique, the Army is able to achieve superior supply support
inventory control, section III explains supply control, section IV while reducing stockage to just that maintained at the wholesale and
explains stock control, section V explains ammunition management, the directly supporting SSAs. No COSCOM/TAACOM ASL backs
and section VI explains wartime policies. up another ASL. The backup stockage is retained at the wholesale
level.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 83

(1) Because of direct distribution between the wholesale sustain- (3) A listing containing the MCN, description, MATCAT, unit of
ing base and the retail SSA, materiel is consolidated and container- issue, supply class of materiel code, unit price, and cross reference
ized at CONUS-based area supporting CCP. At the CCP level, CAGE/PN (if applicable) will be distributed to customer units and
materiel for any given SSA is unitized (placed in multipack triwal- activities at least semiannually. Finance and accounting activities
led boxes) to the FSB level and containerized (unitized boxes are and supported SSAs will be provided with MCN data as additions,
consolidated) on Air Force pallets or other containers to the MSB changes, or deletions occur.
level. Thus the transportation system is able to deliver the container e. Activities responsible for the assignment of MCNs will main-
or pallet directly to the division rear area and the division is able to tain an MCN control register. The MCNs will be assigned in numer-
break the container or pallet and put through or deliver the unitized ical sequence regardless of class of materiel. The register will
cargo to the FSBs. Nondivisional SSAs operating in the COSCOM contain the following essential elements of data:
and TAACOM area also receive pallets directly from the CCP. (1) MCN.
COSCOM and TAACOM MMCs are responsible for managing the (2) Item description.
flow of this materiel to ensure uninterrupted movement between the (3) Cross reference number.
overseas POD and the SSA. (4) MATCAT structure code.
(2) While materiel flow is direct from the SOS to the individual (5) Unit of issue (UI).
SSAs, the COSCOM, TAACOM, and TAMMC are kept aware of (6) Unit price.
the supply situation through the use of management information (7) SCMC.
supplied by the SSAs to the wholesale SOS. Image copies go to the (8) Identification of the issuing activity or person.
COSCOM or TAACOM and the TAMMC. In a like manner, mate- f. CMMC/TAAMMC will provide customer assistance catalog
riel retrograded directly from an SSA to wholesale or theater main- support.
tenance point will be reported in image copies to the COSCOM or
g. The following publications, as a minimum, will be maintained:
TAACOM MMC.
(1) SB 708–21 and SB 708–22.
d. Corps and TAACOM MMCs operate under the Supply Man-
(2) SB 708–41, SB 708–42, and SB 708–43.
agement Army Retail Fund concept. The Supply Management Army
Retail Fund was chartered to finance the supply of repair parts and (3) ARMS Army Master Data File.
minor items of supply. All OMA user requisition is processed (4) ARMS Packaging File.
through the Supply Management Army Retail Fund to the Whole- (5) ARMS Freight File.
sale Stock Fund. When customer requisitions are routed through the (6) ARMS History File.
Supply Management Army Retail Fund, simultaneous obligation of (7) Overview of the Cataloging Handbook H1 Federal catalog
OMA and Supply Management Army Retail Fund obligation author- system.
ity occurs when the transaction processes through the Standard (8) Management data list—consolidated.
Army Financial Inventory Accounting and Reporting System (9) Supply catalogs.
(STARFIARS) and then the Standard Finance System (STANFINS). (10) Identification lists.
STARFIARS is used to accomplish financial inventory accounting (11) Master cross reference lists.
and produce financial reports. STARFIARS then interfaces with (12) Component Lists.
STANFINS to provide an installation-level system for financial (13) Technical manuals or commercial equivalent for supported
management of customer funds (AR 37–100–FY, AR 37–1). equipment.
(14) Technical bulletins.
Section II (15) Supply manuals.
Inventory Control (16) Modification work orders.
(17) Automatic return items list.
5–3. Inventory control functions (18) AR 725–50.
This section provides policy on the function of supply that controls
(19) AR 71–13.
the acquisition, allocation, and disposal of materiel. This includes
h. If an error in the catalog data is suspected, a request for review
cataloging, requirement’s determination, procurement, production,
of the coding will be submitted through the same channels by which
overhaul and rebuild direction, and distribution.
catalog support is received, to the Director, USAMC LOGSA,
5–4. Cataloging ATTN: AMXLS-L, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898-7466.
Cataloging provides essential elements of item identification, inter-
change and substitute, packaging, freight, maintenance repair, and 5–5. Distribution
retrograde data required to perform the other supply functions. Distribution is that phase of logistics that includes, for the field
army, the positioning of authorized stocks in an efficient and timely
a. The primary source of catalog data is the Army Central Logis-
manner to satisfy requirements.
tics Data Bank. Catalog data is distributed on the AMDF. When
AMDF data is not available, the CMMC/TAAMMC (OCONUS 5–6. Disposal
only) will obtain the data from the Defense Integrated Data System Disposal is that function of supply management that purges the
(DIDS). When catalog data is not available from either AMDF or system of excess, obsolete, or condemned (nonrepairable) materiel
DIDS, it will be obtained locally and added to catalog files. under proper authority.
b. All items will be cataloged using an NSN if an NSN has been
assigned. Section III
c. If any NSN has not been assigned, the item will be cataloged Supply Control
using the CAGE/PN combination if the combined code length does
not exceed 15 characters. 5–7. Supply control functions
d. When a supply item does not have an assigned NSN, when the This section provides policy by which an item is controlled within
CAGE/PN cannot be determined, or when the CAGE/PN exceeds the supply system. The policy includes requisitioning, receipt, stor-
15 characters, an MCN will be assigned. MCNs will be managed age, issue, disposition, recovery, and shipping. It also includes the
using the following policies: requirements computation process that is concerned with selecting
(1) MCNs used to identify CAGE/PN over 15 characters in of items for stockage and, after selection, the computation of requ-
length will be deleted when an NSN is assigned for the CAGE/PN. isitioning objectives by specific quantities for specific periods of
(2) MCNs will be deleted when no demand data has been re- time.
corded for 12 months and the item is not stocked.
84 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

5–8. Stockage selection c. The level designated by the RC is the lowest level authorized
COSCOMs and TAACOMs materiel management center stockage to determine final disposition of repairables classified as condemned
selection will be under the provisions of chapter 3. or uneconomically repairable. The explanation of each RC designa-
tion is listed below. Application of these codes is explained in
5–9. Petroleum subparagraph h below.
Peacetime operating stocks for class 3 (bulk) will be established for (1) RC “Z.” Item is not a repairable. When unserviceable, dis-
each operating location. The POS will consist of stocks sufficient to pose of it at the DS or higher level.
sustain anticipated usage until economic resupply can be effected (2) RC “O” or “F.” Item is a repairable. When condemned or
from a designated wholesale DFSP or a reliable supply source, plus uneconomically repairable, dispose of it at the DS or higher level.
a safety level determined by the MACOM. At oil-burning installa- (3) RC “H.” Item is a repairable. When condemned or un-
tions the safety level will consist of stocks sufficient to sustain economically repairable, dispose of it at the GS or higher level.
utilities for at least 30 days of the coldest experienced weather, (4) RC “D” or “L.” Item is a repairable. When condemned or
unless 30 days of an approved alternative fuel is available. uneconomically repairable, the depot or special repair activity level
a. For activities where stocks above have not been established, determines final disposition.
DLA may, according to DOD Directive 4140.25, acquire additional d. The MR code is assigned to indicate whether the item is to be
storage capacity for utility fuels sufficient to establish a 30-day repaired and to identify the lowest maintenance level authorized to
supply for the area served by the DFSP. perform complete repair; that is, remove, replace, repair, assemble,
b. If the POS does not fill available stockage capacity, additional and test. The explanation of each MR code designation is listed
POS may be procured and stored when petroleum market conditions below.
justify or when a supply shortage can be foreseen. This “full-tank” (1) MR “O.” The unit is the lowest maintenance level authorized
policy will be applied judiciously as storage and product availability to conduct complete repair.
dictates. Such procurements will be made only within the funds (2) MR “F.” DS is the lowest maintenance level authorized to
available and upon approval of the applicable MACOM. conduct complete repair.
(3) MR “H.” GS is the lowest maintenance level authorized to
5–10. Quick supply store (QSS) conduct complete repair.
The QSS stock selection and accounting methods may be employed (4) MR “D.” The depot is the only maintenance level authorized
in the SSA supported by the CMMC/TAAMMC using the policy to conduct complete repair or overhaul.
contained in chapter 3, but it will not be used in the CMMC/ (5) MR “L.” The complete repair or overhaul of these items is
TAAMMC storage sites. restricted to designated specialized repair activities.
(6) MR “Z.” The item is not a repairable. No repair is authorized.
5–11. Self-service supply center (7) MR “B.” No repair is authorized. The item may be recondi-
The SSSC stock selection and accounting methods may be em- tioned by adjusting, lubricating, etc., at the lowest level. No parts or
ployed in the SSA supported by the CMMC/TAAMMC using the special tools are procured for the maintenance of the item.
policy contained in chapter 4, but it will not be used in the CMMC/ e. The lowest maintenance level authorized to remove and re-
TAAMMC storage sites. place repairables is designated by the MUC as follows:
5–12. Operational readiness float (ORF) (1) MUC “O.” Unit level.
ORF stock selection and accounting methods may be employed in (2) MUC “F.” DS level.
the SSA supported by the CMMC/TAAMMC using the policy con- (3) MUC “H.” GS level.
tained in chapter 3, but it will not be used in the CMMC/TAAMMC (4) MUC “D.” Depot level to include specialized repair
storage sites. activities.
f. Management of repairables for the COSCOM/TAACOM will
5–13. Cannibalization point be exercised by the CMMC/TAAMMC. The CMMC/TAAMMC
Cannibalization point stock selection and accounting methods may provides management information regarding the issue and retrograde
be employed in the SSA supported by the CMMC/TAAMMC using of repairable items.
the policy contained in chapter 3, but it will not be used in the g. Upon receipt of a customer request for a repairable:
CMMC/TAAMMC storage sites. (1) A repairable is turned-in by a customer—
(a) Establish stock record accounting for the item.
5–14. Repairable management (b) Initiate supply issue procedures if a replacement is requested.
a. The CMMC/TMMC will stock a portion of the repair cycle (2) A repairable is not turned-in by a customer—
level quantity of repairable repaired at EAC (MRC D H L). The (a) Establish reason for customer not compiling with sub-
management of repairables involves the following processes: paragraph 2–6e of this regulation.
(1) Requisitioning, stocking, and issuing. (b) Issue a serviceable and establish a due-in from the customer
(2) Receiving customer turn-ins. for the unserviceable using the customer’s requisition number. Note:
(3) Work ordering repairables for maintenance. This due-in will be additive to the dues-in during net assets
(4) Turning-in items to the GSU/special repair activity or trans- computation.
ferring items to the designated disposal activity. (c) Direct the customer to return unserviceable repairable using
b. Managing repairables requires proper use of the SMR codes in the same requisition number with 10 days. Exceptions may be gran-
AR 700–82 pertaining to supply policy. The applicable part of the ted on a case-by-case basis.
SMR code is a combination of the MUC, MR code, and RC. The (d) Commanders may freeze the account of a delinquent cus-
MUC for repair parts is found in technical manuals for the applica- tomer until all unserviceable repairable dues-in are cleared.
ble end item. Both the MR and RC are found in the AMDF. The (3) Prepare a work order for the repairable within 3 work days of
explanations of these codes are as follows: receipt. Considering need, assign the applicable UND to the work
(1) The RC is a code for designating the level (DS, GS, depot, or order. This UND will be A, B, or C as necessary to ensure servicea-
special repair activity), which may decide final disposition of un- ble stock availability.
economically repairable, condemned repairables. h. After return of repairables from maintenance, items are either
(2) The MR code is a code that indicates whether an item is a stocked, turned in, or disposed of according to the following
repairable and the maintenance level authorized to do complete guidelines:
repair. (1) Stock repairables if classified as serviceable and if not excess.
(3) The MUC identifies maintenance levels authorized to remove This policy does not render assets unavailable to fill critical Army
and replace the item. requirements. Commands and NICPs have the authority and obliga-
tion to direct the redistribution of on-hand assets when necessary to
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 85

satisfy valid stockage or mission requirements. TAV is designed to wholesale supply sources. The Distribution Execution System (DES)
provide the asset visibility to the managers to enable them to make will also be utilized.
the requirement and redistribution decisions. (2) Items with an ARC “D” or “X” will be considered
(2) Turn in repairables to the GSU if the item is— authorized.
(a) Excess to the ASL. d. Availability edits will be performed using table 5–2 to ensure
(b) Coded as NRTS except for NRTS code “9” (condemned). that correct fill and pass logic are exercised.
(c) Classified as uneconomically repairable or condemned and e. Supply status indicating the action taken, including requisitions
the RC is “D” or “L.” delayed while under review by managers, will be supplied to the
(d) ARI and theater turn-in point item list (TIPIL) materiel if requisitioner, using formats contained in AR 725–50.
coded as NRTS. Turn in this materiel to the designated maintenance f. Followup transactions received will be processed as follows:
facility (as listed on the ARIL or theater TIPIL). Complete the turn- (1) If the entire requisition has been passed, forward follow-up to
in within 10 days after classified as NRTS. the same activity that the requisition was passed.
(3) Transfer RC “O,” “F” or “H” repairables classified as un- (2) If the requisition was partially filled, provide status code BA
economically repairable or condemned to the designated disposal or shipping status, as appropriate, for the portion released and for-
activity. ward follow-up to the same activity to that the requisition was
(4) Refer to 1–16h for DEMIL instructions. passed for the pass quantity.
i. Items turned in that appear to be unserviceable because of (3) If the requisition is under management review, provide delay
other than FWT must be accompanied by appropriate documents per status.
AR 735–5, paragraph 14–26 (damaged property). (4) If no record is found, pass follow-up to the next higher
supply source.
j. Classified COMSEC repairables will be managed as specified
g. Selection of stock for issue should include issue of the oldest
in this subparagraph by COMSEC accounts. All turn-ins and issues
date of pack first unless specific individual requirements are for
will be through COMSEC supply channels. Maintain formal ac-
more current dates of pack.
countability as outlined in TB 380–41.
h. The objective is to make stock available to transportation or
k. Process requests for issue through standard on-line requisition- directly to the customer within the following timeframes:
ing procedures. However, subject to stock availability, issues of (1) PD 01–08 (within 1 day).
serviceable for unserviceable repairables may be authorized as an (2) Other requirements within 2 days.
immediate over-the-counter issue.
l. Stockage selection is made per subparagraph 3–9c. 5–17. Local purchase (OCONUS only)
m. Stockage level computation for repairables is prescribed in Local purchase, as a source of supply, may be employed at the
paragraph 5–9. CMMC/TAAMMC level to satisfy requisitions submitted by sup-
n. Receipt processing is accomplished per paragraph 4–10. ported SSAs. The policy listed in paragraph 4–20 will apply.
5–15. Replenishment requisitioning 5–18. Reconciliation and validation

Replenishment requisitioning is accomplished by CMMC/ Reconciliation is a process used to keep due-in/due-out files syn-
TAAMMC stock record accounts only. chronized, while validation is the process to ensure requests and
a. All requisitions leaving the CMMC/TAAMMC are passing requisitions are for valid requirements.
actions for requisitions received from supported SSAs under the a. The objective is for automation to accomplish reconciliation
following conditions: on a fully automated follow-up basis. Pending the automated system
(1) Supported SSAs pass requisitions through the CMMC/ capability to execute fully automated follow-ups, all due-ins will be
TAAMMC for funding. The objective is to accommodate funding reconciled with the next higher supply source on a monthly basis.
certification in the divisional system. Pending automated system b. Reconciliation of open requisitions will be accomplished as
capabilities to provide funds certification interface with the financial indicated below—
system, all requisitions will be passed through the CMMC/ (1) The National Inventory Control Points’ MOV is a quarterly
TAAMMC for funds certification. process that provides a top-down reconciliation to the COSCOM or
(2) Supported SSAs pass PD 01–03 and NMCS requisitions TAACOM MMCs of requisitions that are 30 days old or older and
through the CMMC/TAAMMC for possible issue from the are listed as due-in.
OCONUS Army war reserve-sustainment (AWR-S). (2) COSCOM/TAACOM/TAMMC conduct three separate bot-
b. OCONUS CMMC/TAAMMC will request AWR-S stocks tom-up reconciliations as follows:
within the following policies: (a) SAILS to the LIF. This is done monthly except when the
MOV is provided by the NICP.
(1) In accordance with AR 710–1 requisitions will be prepared
(b) SAILS to SAILS. This is a monthly reconciliation between the
and submitted using standard procedures in AR 725–50.
COSCOM/TAACOM and the TAMMC.
(2) Requisitions will contain the same priority as was used by the
(c) SSAs to supported SSAs. This is a bottom-up between the
customer SSA when the requisition was filled or a normal replenish- COSCOM/TAACOM MMCs and the SSAs.
ment priority. (3) SSAs to the PLL is a top-down reconciliation that is done
monthly after the SSA has worked the bottom-up reconciliation
5–16. Customer requisitions
Requisitions from SSAs supported by the CMMC/TAAMMC will from the COSCOM or TAACOM MMCs.
be submitted in the formats prescribed by AR 725–50. The most c. The detailed procedures to accomplish reconciliation and vali-
dation processes are contained in DA Pam 710–2–1 or DA Pam
expeditious form of communications will be employed to transmit
710–2–2.
requisitions from supported SSAs to the CMMC/TAAMMC. After
receipt, requisitions will be processed as follows: 5–19. Receipt processing
a. Routine edits will be performed to determine if the requested Receipt processing takes two phases and each phase has a specific
materiel is managed by the CMMC/TAAMMC. purpose. The first, shipment receiving, is employed to close the
b. Accuracy edits will be performed using table 5–1 to ensure transportation visibility segment and report receipts to the AMC
documents are properly formatted and prepared. LOGSA. The second phase is to accept the items into the stock
c. Authorization edits will vary depending upon the ARC in the record account.
AMDF. a. The materiel flow for overseas and CONUS requirements will
(1) Items with an ARC “N” require validation using the monthly take maximum advantage of the economies afforded by container
Requisition Validation System (REQ-VAL) before submission to and pallet movement. CCPs are used to support overseas SSAs.
86 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Materiel for overseas SSAs is directed to the CCP, based upon the (2) COSCOM/TAACOM MMC storage sites will receive mate-
BBP contained in the DODAAD. At the CCP, materiel is container- riel from the supported divisional and nondivisional SSAs unless a
ized and palletized in either vans or Air Force 463L pallets. The centralized activity has been designated by the MACOM for that
objective is to unitize (fill triwalled multipack containers) to the purpose. When turn-ins to centralized activities are made, image
FSB level and to containerize (fill vans or 463L pallets) to the main copies will be forwarded to the CMMC/TAAMMC.
support or nondivisional SSA level. Full container or pallet loads (3) Storage site receiving activities will forward receipt docu-
are shipped to a single main support or nondivisional SSA whenever ments to the stock control activity within 1 workday of receipt.
possible. However, not all addresses generate sufficient cargo vol- (4) The serial number of CCI end items, other nonexpendable
ume to fill a van or pallet. To achieve full container utilization and items, small arms, and sensitive items will be entered on turn-in
to reduce order shipping time, sequential loading of a van or pallet documents. ARI will cite project code “ARI” on turn-in documents
for delivery to multiple SSAs or to drop point is used. The integrity and outside the packaging. CCI will be clearly annotated “CCI” on
of each SSA shipment and the accompanying documentation is turn-in documents and outside the packaging.
maintained in the container or pallet. f. All local purchase transactions will be posted in the SRA and
b. Shipments to CONUS SSAs will, as an objective, be from the receipt documents or receiving reports provided the contracting offi-
wholesale shipper directly to the SSA. When this is not possible, cer and the FAO per AR 37–107. For items directly delivered from
shipments will be directed to the installation CRP. After receipting vendors to using units, procedures will be established to require the
for the shipment, CRPs will deliver materiel to the SSA. using units to submit receipt documents to the SSA within 3 work-
c. Shipments to CONUS CRPs will be reported through comple- ing days of receipt.
tion or preparation of DIC TK4 transactions. Shipments to overseas
SSAs will be processed first by the port of debarkation before 5–20. Pseudoreceipts
forwarding to the SSAs. After receipt of the shipment at the SSA, a. When a storage site fails to process materiel receipt acknowl-
the TK6/TK9 transaction will be completed or prepared to indicate edgment cards, the retail level stock fund or Army industrial fund
the date of arrival at the SSA. loses money because OMA funds cannot be billed. The objective is
d. Detailed item receipt processing at COSCOM/TAACOM stor- to eliminate SSA’s failure to process receipt documents by resolving
age sites is shown below. overdue shipments at the SSA level through the use of transporta-
(1) After completing the shipment receipt acknowledgment, the tion follow-ups and processing receipts when the shipment has al-
storage site must process receipt documents for the individual docu- ready arrived. Then, if individual items have not arrived,
ment numbers included in the shipment. Actual processing will discrepancies will be reported under the provisions of AR 735–11–2
vary, depending upon the condition of the materiel, the type of or AR 55–38. Pending automated system capability to accomplish
document provided, and the state of automation employed at the transportation follow-up and subsequent level correction, pseudo-
storage site. Additional policy and procedures are contained in chap- receipt transactions will be employed except for the following:
ter 3 of this regulation and DA Pam 710–2–2. (1) Items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of “1-6,” “8,” “9,”
(2) The objective is to allow SSA personnel to enter a single “N,” “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision devices and naviga-
consolidated transportation control number (CTCN) representing the tion systems (GPS)).
container or pallet. To facilitate this, the CCP provides AMC (2) Nonexpendable items with an ARC of “N.”
LOGSA with a DIC BBC for each document number included in b. When pseudoreceipts are processed, the retail stock fund is
the container pallet identifying the CTCN and document number billed, resulting in the retail stock fund’s reimbursing the wholesale
cross reference. Using the BBC, AMC LOGSA provides the receiv- stock fund.
ing SSA with a DIC BBD, which objectively is to be used to group (1) Outstanding document numbers will not be pseudoreceipted
due-in records into the CTCN association. When the CTCN option unless the following criteria are met:
for receipt processing is employed, the SSA system will extract, (a) There is an outstanding direct delivery due-in/due-out re-
from the due-in file, all records that cite the CTCN for further corded on the intermediate level DHF.
processing. An individual DIC D6S transaction will be prepared for (b) Shipment status has been posted to the DHF but receipt has
each item included in the shipment and release or storage instruc- not been posted.
tions will be printed for each line item received. Materiel release (c) Sufficient time has elapsed for delivery of the materiel from
orders will be prepared for each dedicated customer receipt and the source of supply to the storage site.
backorder release action required. When residual assets remain after (d) The required number of follow-ups to the storage site has
releasing backorders, and when the quantity remaining is within been made, storage site indicates nonreceipt, and transportation fol-
authorized retention limits, a storage ticket will be prepared identi- low-up indicates receipt by the CRP servicing the customer (CON-
fying all known storage locations for the materiel. US) or the consignee (OCONUS).
(3) When the container seal has already been broken, when the (2) MACOMs will ensure that the number of days from posting
shipment is less than a container or intermediate pack, or when the of shipment status to generation of the first follow-up will be not
shipment shows signs of damage, individual document numbers less than 20 days within CONUS and 30 days for OCONUS. After
within the shipment must be processed. Individual receipts are proc- generation of the first follow-up, two subsequent follow-ups will be
essed by opening the intermediate (multipack) container and with- generated. Initiation of the pseudoreceipt transaction to close the
drawing individual items together with their materiel release orders. record will be within 45 days from posting of the original shipment
If the SSA is equipped with interactive receipt processing capability, status to the DHF.
receipts will be processed one at a time by bar code scanning the
materiel release documents or by key entry of the document num- 5–21. Storage operations
ber. If the SSA is not equipped with interactive equipment, DIC Storage operations involve the act of storing, or the act of being
D6S cards supplied by the wholesale supplier will be matched to the stored, the keeping or placing of property in a warehouse, shed,
materiel release form and forwarded to the stock control activity. open area or other designated facility. Storage is a continuation of
e. Each storage site is responsible for receiving supplies returned receiving and is preliminary to the shipping or issuing operations.
to the supply system. These returns are known as turn-ins. Turn-ins a. A storage location system will be established at each storage
will include unserviceable authorized property returned by the sup- activity. The storage system will be capable of recording multiple
porting maintenance facility; unserviceable, recoverable repair parts; locations by condition of each line stored. AR 740–3, DOD
and all serviceable or unserviceable excess property regardless of 4145.19–R–1, DA Pam 710–2–2, and FM 9–38 contain procedures
type or source. Policies for conducting turn-ins are as follows: for storage. In addition, automated system user procedures will
(1) Customers will make their turn-ins directly to the supporting define storage procedures. Ammunition will be stored under the
SSAs. policies of AR 740–1, TM 9–1300–206, DOD 4145.19–R–1 and/or
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 87

host nation agreements, and public law (whichever is more USAR, 10 workdays are allowed to complete the count. A 10-day
restrictive). extension may be approved by the State AG/MUSARC. Command-
b. Commanders are directly responsible for safeguarding all sup- ers will monitor timeframes of other inventories (cyclic or special)
plies under their control. Commanders and stock record officers will to make sure operations are not unduly disrupted. Only (PD 01–03)
comply with— and (NMCS) transactions must be processed during an inventory.
(1) AR 50–5–1, AR 50–6–1, and AR 190–54 for nuclear and h. Except for items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,”
chemical items. “8,” “9,” “N,” (firearms) “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision
(2) AR 190–11 for arms and ammunition. In addition, when devices and navigation systems (GPS)), or if negligence may be
responsibility for the custody of keys for an arms storage facility is involved, discrepancies that have an extended line item value of $50
transferred between individuals, they will conduct a physical count or less will not be reported for inventory adjustment. In these cases
of the weapons therein. Results of the count do not suffice for the the adjustment will be posted to the accountable record and the
quarterly weapons inventory. value of the adjustment will be included in the inventory adjustment
(3) AR 190–50 for controlled medical substances and other medi- rate and the DODAAC of the SSA making the turn in (see para
cally sensitive items. 1–22g).
(4) AR 190–51 for unclassified, identaplates, credit cards and i. Whenever discrepancies can be attributed to negligence, or
nonsensitive items. there is evidence that negligence may be involved, the discrepancy
(5) The AR 380 series for security of classified items. will be adjusted under AR 735–5.
(6) DA Pam 25–380–2 for CCI. j. For other than small arms ammunition, verified losses of sensi-
tive items (CIIC 1–6 and 8) will be adjusted per AR 735–5. Addi-
5–22. Inventory and adjustment tionally, losses of CCI require the submission of an incident report
a. The purpose of location surveys, inventory, and adjustment is
in accordance with DA Pam 25–380–2.
to—
k. Adjustments of negotiable media will be supported by a report
(1) Determine the location and condition of materiel.
of survey or an AR 15–6 investigation.
(2) Determine the quantity of materiel on hand.
l. Discrepancies between ammunition stock record balances and
(3) Adjust stock records to show actual quantities.
(4) Determine the cause for discrepancies when they are found.
(5) Correct the cause of discrepancies.
shortages that meet AR 15–6 investigation requirements are speci-
b. Inventories will be conducted in a manner that assures each
fied in AR 190–11.
item is verified at least annually. Results of inventories will be
recorded on the stock accounting records within 3 workdays after m. All discrepancies (not covered above) in stock record balances
completion of the inventory. Stock accounting procedural publica- found during inventories will be adjusted and reported on an IAR.
tions will have instructions for correcting stock records with incor- Inventory adjustment reporting and approval policy is contained in
rect postings. Other errors on the stock record will be corrected by AR 735–5. IARs will be used to document condition code changes
the inventory and adjustment policy in this regulation. and reidentification of assets. Because these transactions do not
c. Inventories will be conducted as either— represent an actual gain or loss to the account, approving authority
(1) Closed (wall-to-wall). The counting of all assets of an ac- signature is not necessary. However, the IAR will be signed by the
count during a given period. The activity will be closed for business accountable officer and a copy maintained in the voucher file.
during the inventory except for high priority requisitions. n. Causative research will be conducted for inventory discrepan-
(2) Open or cyclic. The counting of some selected assets of an cies of the following categories:
account during a prescribed period (monthly, quarterly, or (1) Items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,” “8,” “9,”
semiannually). “N,” (firearms)“P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision devices and
d. Special inventories will be made when— navigation systems (GPS)).
(1) A negative on-hand balance is recorded. (2) Adjustments over $500 in extended line item value.
(2) A materiel release denial occurs. o. Causative research will be completed within 30 calendar days
(3) A location survey finds an item in an unrecorded location or following completion of the inventory. Causative research will be
in an incorrect location. accomplished at the direction of the accountable officer. The re-
(4) There is evidence of forced or unauthorized entry. search ends when the cause of variance has been determined or no
(5) Directed by the commander or accountable officer. specific cause can be identified. The accountable officer will decide
e. Inventories of items, identified on the AMDF by CIIC of if action under AR 735–5 is required. The results of causative
“1–6,” “8,” “9,” “N,” (firearms) “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night research will be recorded on the inventory adjustment form.
vision devices and navigation systems (GPS)) will be inventoried p. Adjustments resulting from inventory will be reported to ap-
quarterly, by serial number when applicable. For these items in bulk propriate asset reporting system.
storage will be inventoried by type and quantity based on the out-
side count markings on sealed containers. Inventory of ammunition 5–23. Issues
will be by type, lot and serial number. After supported SSA requisitions are received and edited using the
f. Each storage site will have a location audit program, consisting policies contained in paragraph 5–16, resulting materiel release or-
of— ders will be processed within the following policy:
(1) Location survey, verification of the recorded location data a. Criteria for selection of stock for issue should include issue of
with the physical location of assets. SRAs conducting cyclic inven- the oldest date of pack first, unless specific individual requirements
tories will conduct a location survey annually. A location survey are for more current dates of pack.
will be conducted before a closed inventory. b. The objective is to make stock available for transportation or
(2) Location reconciliation, reconciliation of location survey re- directly to the customer within the following timeframes—
sults and the accountable records. Location reconciliations identify (1) PD 01–08 within 1 day.
and correct situations where items are in location but not on record; (2) Other requirements within 2 days.
on record but not in location; or other elements of data (other than c. When nonorganic transportation is employed, DOD 4500.32–R
quantity) that do not match. A location reconciliation is only re- will be adhered to, including issuing shipping status, transportation
quired when an item is recorded on accountable or location records. movement control documentation, and shipment tracing.
g. Activities conducting a closed (wall-to-wall) inventory will not d. Release orders will cite serial/registration numbers when
take more than 5 workdays to complete the count. The commander applicable.
may selectively approve additional count days. In the ARNG/
88 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

5–24. AACOM/COSCOM materiel returns credit determination and disposition instructions per AR 725–50.
For TAAMMC/COSCOM and their storage activities, the policies of Line items in batches or lots of less than the stated value; all
paragraph 3–31 will apply. noncataloged; locally assigned MCN items; and all unserviceable,
a. Ammunition retention levels for forward COSCOM ASPs are uneconomically repairable items will not be reported to the DGSC.
limited to 3–5 days of supply. COSCOM rear ASPs employ a 7–10 These items will be transferred to the DRMO. A list of serviceable
day of supply retention level. For training ammunition, stockage not items not required by DGSC will be circulated by MACOMs to
to exceed 180 days of supply at the ASP is authorized. organizations within their areas of jurisdiction to ensure maximum
b. CCI repair parts will be managed by and recorded on auto- economical use before forwarding to the DRMO.
mated SRAs to ensure SIMS-X reporting is completed. Manual
e. DLA will not accept any product that does not meet product
SRAs will not be utilized to manage CCI. NSA requires central
visibility of CCI components by quantity. As Total Asset Visibility use limit criteria, as specified in MIL-HDBK-200. DLA will accept
is more fully fielded, it will replace SIMS-X. When that occurs a product and provide credit at the standard price for a product
repair parts must still be recorded to ensure that NSA managers that—
have the necessary TAV information. (1) Has not exceeded its established use limits.
c. A retention level is authorized for supply classes 2, 3p, and 9 (2) By agreement between Army and DLA, has been downgraded
consumables at CONUS installation level (SAILS activities) and at with an appropriate NSN change. In this case, credit will be granted
the Theater level DS for OCONUS. OCONUS MACOMs have the at the standard price for the product of intended use.
authority to designate the exact location of the materiel returns (3) Has been processed and meets product use limits of the NSN
facility. The retention level is not associated with the requisitioning under which it is being offered for return.
objective (RO). Materiel in the supply classes above (less MRC “F,”
“H,” “D,” or “L”) that have six or more annual demands per year, f. A product offered for return that has been agreed to as accepta-
based on demand history is authorized to be retained. One year’s ble will be delivered by the offeror, as directed by DLA, its regional
worth of stock is authorized for retention. Only those assets above office, or authorized agent.
the retention limit are considered materiel returns. This policy ap- g. Transportation charges for these products will be borne by the
plies to ASL and non-ASL materiel. This retention policy is not shipper. DLA reserves the authority to direct shipment of such
authority to requisition quantities above the RO. This policy does products to a point of immediate use or requirement.
not render assets unavailable to fill critical Army requirements. h. Bulk and packaged fuels exceeding 500 gallons and not meet-
Commands and wholesale NICPs have the authority and obligation ing product use limits, as specified in MIL-HBDK-200, will be
to direct the redistribution of on hand assets when necessary to reported to USAPC for disposition instructions.
satisfy valid stockage or mission requirements. DS activities will i. Packaged petroleum products, containers, and related items in
use paragraph 3–31 for redistribution policy.
FSCs 6810, 6840, 6850, 7240, 8110, 9110, 9150, and 9160 will be
d. Excess COMSEC materiel. Excess CCI, both serviceable and
reported and processed per procedures in AR 725–50.
unserviceable will be shipped to Tobyhanna Army Depot (TOAD),
ATTN: COMSEC W81U11. Excess classified COMSEC items will j. All possibly contaminated petroleum within the Army will be
be shipped to TOAD, ATTN: COMSEC Account 5B1009. TB recovered per appendix D to enhance energy conservation and envi-
380–41 provides procedures for reporting excess classified COM- ronmental pollution control. Recovery is the initial step to recycling
SEC materiel. the product to its original intended use or some alternate use. In all
cases, recovery necessitates systematic procedures for segregation,
5–25. Disposition of excess POL retrieval, handling, and storage of contaminated petroleum products
Determinations of excess bulk petroleum products and packaged until proper disposition is made of these products.
petroleum and their disposal are made as follows:
a. DFSC will determine excesses of DLA (DFSC)-owned bulk 5–26. Shipping
fuels based on terminal inventory reports and requirements, by loca-
Shipping is the process of packaging, packing, providing documen-
tion, received from the military Services. However, should any
Army organizational plan call for a major fuel conversion program tation for, and sending or transporting of supplies. Materiel declared
that would result in a 15 percent or greater increase or decrease in excess during the disposition process will be documented on a
consumption, USAPC will advise DFSC, at the earliest possible materiel release order, which in turn will be processed using the
date, of any conditions that may create excesses. This process will following policy:
allow DFSC to develop a program for inventory attrition to preclude a. Selection of stock should be based upon the oldest date of
loss of funds to the DLA stock fund. pack first.
b. Army-owned bulk products and packaged petroleum fuel of b. The objective is to ensure that materiel is released to transpor-
500 gallons per product by grade that are excess to CONUS activi- tation within 3 days after the materiel release order is produced. If
ties will be reported to USAPC. The notification will include type of organic transportation is used, excess materiel should arrive at its
product, quantity, exact location of product, and latest laboratory destination within 10 days.
test results. In overseas commands, similar Army-owned excesses of c. Release orders will contain the following (if applicable):
bulk products and packaged petroleum fuels will be reported
through command channels to the servicing DFSC regional office or (1) Identification of ARI.
the Joint Petroleum Office (JPO). (2) Identification of CCI.
c. All CONUS DLA (DGSC) manages packaged petroleum prod- (3) Serial and registration numbers.
ucts, containers, and related items in a serviceable condition. items (4) Hazardous materiel identification.
in a serviceable or unserviceable, but economically repairable condi- d. When nonorganic transportation is employed, DOD 4500.32–R
tion, will be reported to DGSC for credit determination and disposi- will be adhered to and will include transportation movement control
tion instructions per AR 725–50. Items of less than the stated value;
documentation and shipment tracing.
all noncataloged items; locally assigned MCNs; and unserviceable,
uneconomically repairable items will not be reported to DGSC. e. Protecting materiel returns will be per subparagraph 3–32h
These items will be transferred to the servicing DRMO as outlined through 3–31i (3–32k) this regulation.
in AR 725–50. f. Classified COMSEC materiel will be documented for transfer
d. All overseas DLA (DGSC) managed petroleum products, con- by Army COMSEC accounts only, and shipped through DCS chan-
tainers, and related items in a serviceable condition and unservice- nels per TB 380–41.
able, uneconomically repairable items will be reported to DGSC for
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 89

Section IV d. Due-in files, to identify assets due in to the SRA, will contain
Stock Control the following essential elements of information:
(1) Stock number.
5–27. Stock control function (2) Document number (including suffix if applicable).
Stock control is the establishment and maintenance of formal re- (3) Quantity due-in.
cords of materiel in stock reflecting such information as quantities (4) Source due-in from.
and condition. (5) Project code, if any.
(6) Current status.
5–28. Stock record account (7) Estimated delivery date.
The Army stock record accounting system is used to account for (8) Date of last follow-up.
U.S. Government supplies and equipment. All Army property is- (9) Detailed transportation control number.
sues, including leased equipment, to a user or PBO must be docu- (10) Consolidated transportation control number.
mented in the stock record account supporting the user or PBO. (11) Priority.
a. The stock record accounting system is a set of accounting files (12) Type due-in; for example, temporary loan, redistribution,
and records known as an SRA. These records show the receipt, wholesale.
issue, and asset status of supplies. e. Due-out files, to identify unfilled customer requirements, will
b. The SRA is operated by an accountable officer appointed contain the following essential elements of information:
under AR 735–5. He or she is accountable for supplies from the (1) Stock number.
time of receipt until they are issued, released, or dropped from (2) Document number (including suffix if applicable).
accountability. (3) Quantity due out.
c. After obtaining MACOM or CNGB approval to establish an (4) Project code, if any.
SRA for either customer or mission support, the account will be (5) Date of last follow-up.
identified by requesting a DODAAC under the provisions of AR (6) Priority.
725–50 to distinguish between the SRA and the unit that operates f. Audit trail files are used to record activity in the SRA for
the SSA. historical reference. The audit trail will include the following types
d. The objective is for all stock record accounts to utilizing of data:
standard automated systems. Pending automated system availability, (1) Hard copy documents, with signatures, will be kept in manual
the files and records identified in DA Pam 710–2–2 will be em- files for receipt, issue, turn-in, and balance adjustments for items
ployed in manual SRAs. identified on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,” “8,” “9,” “N,” (firearms)
e. The following SRA are employed in the COSCOM: “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision devices and navigation
(1) CMMC SRAs employing detailed item accounting. systems (GPS)) or ARC of “N” (nonexpendable). Serial numbers
(2) Customer support SRAs (DS/GS) employing detailed and/or and registration numbers will be included (Microfiche or microfilm
summary item accounting, using the policy contained in chapter 3. images will satisfy this requirement).
f. The following three types of SRA are employed in the (2) Automated audit trail files will be kept in a computer ma-
TAACOM: chine readable form such as magnetic tape, disk, or a CD-ROM for
(1) TAAMMC, will employ detailed item accounting to account 24 months. This automated file will be used to record the following
for materiel received from supported SRAs while awaiting retro- transactions processed by the SRA, including those in the hard copy
grade disposition. file above:
(2) Customer support SRAs employing detailed and/or summary (a) Receipts.
item accounting using the policy contained in chapter 3. (b) Adjustments, both increases and decreases.
(3) Mission support SRAs employing detailed item accounting (c) Issues.
using the policy contained in chapter 3. (d) Turn-ins.
(e) Stockage code changes.
5–29. Stock record account files (f) Stockage level changes.
SRAs will establish and maintain the following files with the essen- g. Demand history files are maintained to record recurring re-
tial elements listed: quirements. The demand history files will include the following
a. Catalog files with item identification, interchange and sub- essential elements of information:
stitute, packaging, and freight information as defined in AR 708–1. (1) End item code.
For policies regarding catalog access, see paragraph 5–4. (2) Stock number.
b. ASL files that identify required and authorized stock levels as (3) Frequency of demand by month for the previous 12 months.
computed using the policies contained in paragraph 3–8. The ASL (4) Quantity demanded for the previous 24 months.
file will contain records with the following essential elements of (5) For receipts from higher supply sources, the average order
information: ship time experienced for the previous 12 receipts.
(1) Stock number. (6) For items repaired at supporting maintenance as a source of
(2) Ownership/purpose code. supply, the average repair cycle time from original turn-in document
(3) Project code. date through repair and return to stock posting for the previous 12
(4) Date of the last change to the stockage code or level repairs.
authorized. (7) Quantity repaired and returned to stock as a source of supply
(5) Requisitioning objective. for the previous 24 months.
(6) Reorder point. h. The temporary loan file will contain a copy of each open
(7) Safety level. temporary loan transaction.
(8) Stockage code.
c. ABF that identifies actual assets on hand will contain the 5–30. Asset reporting
following essential elements of information: a. To keep wholesale and retail managers aware of the location
(1) Stock number. and condition of selected assets, vertical management information
(2) Ownership/purpose code. reporting is generated at the SSA level and transmitted to the whole-
sale manager.
(3) Project code.
b. Vertical management asset and information reporting takes
(4) Condition code.
several forms as detailed below. All are used to communicate spe-
(5) Quantity on hand.
cific information to the wholesale manager responsible for world-
(6) Date of last inventory. wide requirements. Some of these reports are automatically
90 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

produced by automated systems and others must be prepared acceptance and registration report will not be limited to those items
manually. MACOMs are responsible for establishing central collec- listed in the appendixes to DA Pam 738–750, but will be prepared
tion and reporting activities to collect, monitor, and forward reports and submitted for all items subject to registration number assign-
manually prepared by users. ment and control. Acceptance and registration are accomplished per
c. AR 710–3, AR 725–50, and DA Pam 710–2–2 contain proce- AR 710–3, chapter 5.
dures and formats for reporting. (b) Reporting. Reporting is the function of controlling the where-
d. The types of reports required are listed below: abouts of materiel requiring registration. Materiel that is transferred
(1) SIMS-X. These are selected high-cost and/or critical second- between units and materiel that is a loss to the Army inventory will
ary items. They are identified on the AMDF with RICC 8. This be reported to AMC LOGSA, through the MACOM/Data Reduction
includes CCI repair parts. Center. Transfer reports and deletion reports will not be limited to
(a) Reporting is required for all SSAs. those items contained in appendixes to DA Pam 738–750, but will
(b) SSAs will report the status of SIMS-X lines when either the be submitted on all items subject to registration number assignment
quantity on hand, due in, due out or materiel condition code has and control. Transfer reports and deletion reports will be prepared
changed and whenever the stockage code or requisitioning objective and submitted per AR 710–3, chapter 5.
change. Report transactions will be transmitted direct to the DAAS (c) Objective. The objective for automation of the Army vehicle
with information copies being transmitted to the TAMMC. Reports reporting system is to have such reporting accomplished by the
by SSAs that do not requisition through the COSCOM/TAACOM supply and accounting system as a by-product of the receipt and
MMC will be transmitted directly to DAAS with information copies issue process. As TAV becomes more fully developed and imple-
to the TAMMC. As Total Asset Visibility is fielded it will replace mented, it is envisioned that such reports would no longer be re-
SIMS-X. When that occurs, managers must ensure the above listed quired as the data base would be automatically updated by its feeder
changes are properly recorded within TAV. systems. If reporting is not automatically accomplished by the sup-
(2) CBS-X. AR 710–3 requires that all activities report transac- ply and accounting system, manual reports will be prepared and
tions for all RICC 2, A and Z. submitted.
(a) Property book CBS-X reporting is automatically accom- (4) DOD Small Arms Serialization (RCS DD-MIL (A) 1629).
plished if the property book is maintained by an automated system. (a) The purpose of DODSASP is to maintain continuous visibil-
This becomes one of the feeder reports of TAV. If the property ity over small arms, by serial number, from the point of procure-
book is not automated but the SSA through which issue and receipt ment through demilitarization and disposal. It is designed to provide
transactions are processed is automated, then these transactions will investigative agencies, within 72 hours, the identification of the last
automatically be reported to CBS-X. Other transactions such as Army activity accountable for a specific serial-numbered small arm.
lateral transfers and AAR that are not processed through the SSA (b) The definition of small arms reportable under the DODSASP
must be manually reported by the property book to the central is included in the glossary.
collection activity (CCA). If the property book and supporting SSA (c) An Army logistics automation objective is to accomplish
through which issues and turn-ins are accomplished are manual, the DODSASP reporting by supply and accounting systems as a by-
SSA will manually report all transactions for reportable items to the product of processing supply transactions such as receipt, issue,
CCA. The DA minimum goal for CBS-X compatibility is 98 per- transfer, and adjustment. It is envisioned that as TAV is fully
cent. Because this data feeds TAV it is essential that the SSAs developed and implemented that it would contain the data required
report the data promptly for CCA inclusion in TAV. to fulfill the DODSASP purpose.
(b) This report, extracted from the voucher or document history (d) If DODSASP reporting is not automatically accomplished by
file and submitted weekly for reportable items to USAMC Logistics the logistics STAMIS used, comply with the procedures in AR
Support Activity (LOGSA). All SSAs will be required to accom- 710–3, chapter 4. The serial number data will be provided to the
plish this weekly report but, pending the automated capability to designated local supporting DODSASP reporting activity within 5
produce the report will be submitted through the CCA. SAILS days of the supply transaction. The local SASSO will ensure that the
activities will submit the report through automated means. This local DODSASP reporting activity files are updated, and the data is
weekly report is used to build and update the TAV data base. formatted and reported to the DA Central Registry within 10 days of
(c) The COSCOM, TAACOM, and Installation DOLs will oper- the supply transaction. The MACOM will designate the local report-
ate a CBS-X Central Collection Activity (CCA) if directed by the ing activities within the command that operates on an installation or
MACOM. CCA functions are as follows: overseas area support basis.
1. Coordinate between CBS-X reporting activities and the AMC (5) Radiation Testing and Tracking System.
LOGSA CBS-X data base. (a) The purposes of the DOD RATTS are to maintain continuous
2. Disseminate CBS-X reporting procedures and information to visibility by serial number and wipe test of all detector chemical
reporting units. cells (Radioactive Source NSN 6665–01–114–0073) and drift tube
3. Collect and maintain a file of manual CBS-X reports submit- modules (Radioactive Source NSN 6665–99–257–0069) from pro-
ted and maintain for a period of 90 days after submission. curement through demilitarization and disposal, and to provide strict
4. Submit CBS-X reports to AMC LOGSA. control of all cells and drift tubes for the purpose of safety to the
user and maintainer. The detector chemical cell is a component of
5. Provide CBS-X training and assistance to supported units.
the M43A1 chemical detector, and the drift tube is a component of
6. Assist LOGSA personnel during equipment control program
the CAM. It is designed to provide the identification of the last
(ECP) CBS-X reconciliations.
Army activity accountable for a specific serial-numbered cell and to
(3) Registration and reporting of U.S. Army Vehicles (RCS
track wipe test data. PBOs will ensure that serial numbers for source
CSGLD-1608). Registration and reporting are separate functions and
components are recorded on property books. Changes will be repor-
should be acted upon accordingly.
ted to the designated SSO as prescribed in AR 710–3. Serial num-
(a) Registration. Registration is the function of accepting mate-
bers will be reconciled as directed by the SSO.
riel into the Army inventory and requesting an Army registration
(b) An Army logistics automation objective is to accomplish
number from the U.S. Army Central Vehicle Registry maintained by
RATTS reporting by supply, accounting, and maintenance systems
AMC LOGSA. Registration is accomplished by the procuring activ-
as a by-product of processing supply transactions such as receipt,
ity for the materiel and will normally have already occurred at the issue, transfer, and adjustment, and maintenance actions such as
time the materiel is received by the using units. However, units wipe testing. It is envisioned that as TAV is fully developed and
must prepare and submit an acceptance and registration report for implemented that it would contain the data required to fulfill this
materiel reclaimed from DRMOs; materiel previously identified as a objective.
combat loss that is recovered or recaptured; and materiel modified (c) If RATTS reporting is not automatically accomplished by the
and identified to a different category in AR 710–3, table 5–1. An logistics STAMIS used, comply with the procedures in AR 710–3,
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 91

chapter 4. The serial number data will be provided to the designated submit data on all bulk petroleum storage facilities. Army activities
local RATTS reporting activity within 5 days of the supply transac- are required to submit the following reports:
tion. See AR 710–3, paragraph 4–33 for wipe test reporting require- (a) Bulk Petroleum Storage Facilities Report RCS DD-MIL (A)
ments. The local SSO will ensure that the local RATTS reporting 506 (CONUS and Overseas). This report will be submitted to
activity files are updated, and the data is formatted and reported to USAPC every 3 years for activities with a 500-barrel-or-more ca-
the DOD Central Registry within 10 days of the supply transaction. pacity, either singly or in a manifold configuration.
The MACOM will designate the reporting activities, within the (b) Bulk Petroleum Storage Facilities Report (CONUS), AMC
command, which operate on an installation or overseas area support 830. This report will be submitted to USAPC annually upon request
basis. PBD/SSAs should ensure they have identified their supporting by activities with a capacity of under 21,000 gallons, but not less
reporting activity. than 200 gallons.
(6) Controlled Cryptographic Item Serialization Program. The (c) Bulk Petroleum Terminal Message Report RCS DLA (W)
purpose of the DA CCISP is to maintain continuous visibility over 1884 (DFSC). This report will be submitted to DFSC weekly.
designated CCI end items by serial number from procurement (d) Source Identification and Ordering Authorization (SIOATH)
through demilitarization and disposal. It is designed to provide the Control Record RCS DLA (M) 1882 (DFSC). This report will be
NSA and investigative agencies the identification of the last Army submitted to DFSC monthly, it is based on information from the
activity accountable for a specific serial numbered CCI end item. SIOATH control record maintained by the activity.
(a) The definition of CCI is included in the glossary. The NSA (e) Defense Energy Information System Report (DEIS I and DEIS
designates items as CCI and establishes asset tracking requirements. II) RCS DD-M (AR) 1313. This report will be submitted monthly to
All CCI end items are reportable based on their assigned Reportable the respective MACOM.
Item Control code (RICC). See SB 700–20 to identify CCI report-
able items and those exempted from CCISP reporting. Section V
(b) An Army logistics automation objective is to accomplish Ammunition Management
CCISP reporting by supply and accounting systems as a by-product
of processing supply transactions such as receipt, issue, transfer, and 5–31. Stockage
adjustment. It is envisioned that as TAV is fully developed and a. MACOMs will establish the stockage objective for each “SSA
implemented that it would contain the data required to fulfill this (TSA ASP/CSA/PSP)” and may include all or some of the follow-
objective. ing types of stock:
(c) If CCISP reporting is not automatically accomplished by the (1) Training ammunition.
logistics STAMIS used, comply with the procedures in AR 710–3, (2) Ammunition basic load.
chapter 4. The serial number data will be provided to the designated (3) Operational loads.
local supporting CCISP reporting activity within 5 days of the b. A minimum stockage of Class 5 supplies may be authorized,
supply transaction. The local CCI Serialization Surety Officer will based on CTA 50–909 and as specified by the MACOM command-
ensure that the local CCISP reporting activity files are updated, and er. Corps MMC (CMMC) SAAS-1/3 will monitor the transaction
the data is formatted and reported to the DA Central Registry within from ASPs and CSAs to determine if excess stockage is available at
10 days of the supply transaction. The MACOM will designate the those activities. The CMMC may direct redistribution or other ap-
reporting activities, within the command, which operate on an in- propriate action to relieve the excess condition.
stallation or overseas area support basis. PBO/SSAs should ensure c. SAAS-1/3 (MMC) will evaluate the transactions from SSAs to
they have identified their supporting reporting activity. determine if excess stockage is available at those activities. The
(7) The TASN-A System. MMC may direct redistribution or other appropriate action to relieve
(a) The TASN-A System tracks selected items by serial number the excess condition.
to facilitate tracking performance by manufacturer and lot number,
to isolate diagnostic problems, to identify problem items, and to 5–32. Amnesty program
promote and to enhance maintenance data collection. The COSCOM will monitor amnesty turn-ins to determine trends
(b) The objective for automation of the Army TASN-A is to and necessary actions required.
accommodate serial number tracking requirements as a by-product
of receipt, issue, and adjustment transaction processing in the stand- Section VI
ard supply and accounting system. It is envisioned that as TAV is Wartime Policies
fully developed and implemented that it would contain the data
required to fulfill this objective. If standard supply and accounting 5–33. Implementation
systems do not accomplish TASN-A reporting, manual reporting is a. Implementation of all or part of this section must be by direc-
required per AR 710–3. tion of the Secretary of the Army. Return to peacetime accountabil-
(8) WARS, RCS CSGLD-1322 (RI(MIN)). Activities storing am- ity also will be at the Secretary’s direction. These policies give
munition will comply with the reporting requirements of AR accounting requirements for SSAs in time of war or emergency.
700–19. b. This section applies to SRAs in a theater of operations. It also
(9) GMLR Ammunition Issue, Receipts, and Expenditure Report applies to SRAs deployed to other areas when authorized by the
RCS AMC-193. Activities storing materiel reportable under the pro- Secretary of the Army.
vision of AR 700–19 will ensure that applicable reports are c. Theater commanders may impose more stringent recordkeep-
submitted. ing requirements according to tactical or operational situations. If
(10) CDDB. CMMC and TAAMMC will copy each request, with imposed, policies in sections I through VI of this chapter apply.
an EIC; change the document identifier code to “BAH,” and trans-
mit these images to the AMC LOGSA using the procedures and 5–34. Wartime policy modifications
formats contained in AR 725–50. a. The accounting records and files prescribed by section IV will
(11) SSA level ABF reporting. ABF reports are employed to in- continue to be kept. Vouchers supporting entries to the SRA do not
form wholesale managers of reportable assets that are held at the have to be kept after posting.
SSA level. All SSAs will be required to report, on magnetic tape, to b. Issues will be made immediately upon request, using the
the AMC LOGSA on a monthly basis. Pending availability of auto- “post-post” method, if necessary. Summary accounting techniques
mated systems capable of providing this report, only those SSAs may be employed. Minimum identification of the customer units
operating with the SAILS will be required to submit these reports. representative (for example, markings on vehicles or personal recog-
(12) Petroleum reports. All military activities are required to nition) is all that is required before making issues. Signature cards
92 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

are not required except for persons authorized to authenticate re- 5–36. COSCOM/TAACOM stock replenishment
quests for controlled supply rate ammunition and special a. Class 1. COSCOM or TAACOM will submit to TAMMC a
ammunition. daily strength report. The TAMMC will compute class 1 require-
c. Inventories will be conducted as the situation allows; however, ments and ship the replenishment quantity to the COSCOM/
only the cyclic method will be employed. Wall-to-wall inventories TAACOM.
are not allowed. Discrepancies have to be recorded, not reported;
b. Class 3 (packaged), 4, non-ALOC class 2 and 9. COSCOM or
however shortages of CCI will be reported per DA Pam 25-380–2.
d. Requests for cancellation and follow-ups will be processed as TAACOM MMC will submit daily replenishment requisitions to
submitted. Reconciliation and validation of customer dues-out are TAMMC. Quantity ordered will be sufficient to fill RO plus ba-
not required. ckorders. COSCOM/TAACOM submit daily class 3 bulk require-
e. Customer returns will be accepted in an “as-is” condition. ments to TAMMC, forecasting requirements for the following 3
f. Retrograde shipments of unserviceable and excess items will be days. TAMMC will initiate replenishment action and ship to the
made rapidly to avoid abandonment or destruction on movement of COSCOM/TAACOM storage sites.
the storage activity. c. Class 5. COSCOM or TAACOM MMCs will submit con-
g. A DS SSA will turn in excess ASL assets to a COSCOM or sumption data on a daily basis. TAMMC will initiate replenishment
TAACOM storage site. All other serviceable or unserviceable action and ship to the COSCOM/TAACOM storage sites.
repairable excess will be sent to a theater collection and classifica- d. Class 7. COSCOM or TAACOM will submit a daily report to
tion center. This center will be responsible for theater distribution to the TAMMC for end items used from stocks to replace battle losses.
include return of unserviceables to CONUS if appropriate. COSCOM or TAACOM MMC will also submit requisitions to the
h. Wartime accountability may remain in effect for a period of at TAMMC to request replacement for items turned-in to the echelons
least 60 days following the end of hostilities. This time may not be
above corps area for maintenance. TAMMC will distribute class 7
extended without prior approval of HQDA, (ASAILE). This policy
assets based on the direction of the theater Army commander.
will also apply to other deployments or contingencies as announced
by HQDA. e. Class 9 and maintenance-related class 2 ALOC. COSCOM or
TAACOM will submit daily replenishment requisitions to the
5–35. COSCOM/TAACOM wartime stockage CONUS supply base.
The Army distribution system maintains its wholesale stockage in f. Class 2, 3 (packaged), 4, and 9 (non-ALOC) not stocked by the
CONUS and uses a modern distribution and transportation system to theater. The CONUS supply base will be the primary source of
resupply the SSAs directly from the CONUS wholesale base. Distri- supply. Requisitions for these items will be forwarded by the COS-
bution is accomplished by the DSS by surface and air transportation. COM or TAACOM MMC to the CONUS supply base for delivery
a. Stockage includes— to the requisitioner through DSS.
(1) Theater reserves of class 1, 2, 3 (packaged), 4, 7, 9 (non-
ALOC) positioned forward in the corps by TAMMC.
(2) The COSCOM/TAACOM stockage of the forward positioned 5–37. Wartime Policy (Ammunition)
PWRM of ALOC, air eligible code 1 and 3, class 9 and mainte- a. AR 700–100 provides requirements placed on other Services
nance related class 2 materiel. to request munitions from an SSA.
b. The COSCOM MMCs will maintain stockage for the classes b. CSAs performing a DS/GS function, will normally stock 7 to
of supply listed below. The initial stockage of these classes will be 10 days of supply. TSAs, which also perform a DS/GS function,
determined by the Theater Commander. The COSCOM MMC will will normally stock 30 days of supply. Ammunition stockage will be
use actual OST and the operating levels shown below to compute the minimum required to perform the mission.
actual stockage requirements. c. SAAS 1/3 (MMC) will evaluate the transaction from SSAs to
(1) Class 1: 5 to 7 DOS. determine if excess stockage is available at those activities. The
(2) Class 2: (Non-ALOC): 4 to 7 DOS. MMC may direct redistribution or other appropriate action to relieve
(3) Class 3: (Packaged): 7 to 10 DOS. the excess condition.
(4) Class 4: 4 to 10 DOS.
(5) Class 5: 7 to 10 DOS. d. Considering reports from SAAS 1/3 located at COSCOM and
(6) Class 7: 10 percent of the authorized equipment in the corps. TAACOM levels, SAAS-4 at ASPs and known or projected require-
(7) Class 9: (Non-ALOC): Up to 7 DOS. ments, the TAMMC (SAAS 1/3) will requisition replenishment am-
munition. When it is delivered at the POD, the TAMMC will notify
appropriate MMC (TAACOM or CMMC) of shipment arrival.
Table 5–1
Accuracy Edits
Question Response Action to Take
1. Is there enough information to identify the requested item? No Contact the requisitioning activity in an attempt to obtain required
information. If unable to obtain required information, reject using
“CG” status.
Yes Continue processing and go to question 2.
2. Is a quantity shown and numeric? No Enter a quantity of 1. Continue processing and go to question 3.
3. Is a priority shown, numeric and valid for FAD? No Assign the lowest PD authorized for the requesting unit. Use the
units FAD to determine this PD. Continue processing and go to
question 4.
4. Is a unit of issue shown and correct? No Get the UI from the AMDF, and correct document. If not on the
AMDF use “EA” and continue with question 5.
5. Is a demand code shown? No Process as recurring. Go to question 6.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 93

Table 5–1
Accuracy Edits—Continued
Question Response Action to Take
6. Is a DODAAC valid? No Attempt to correct DODAAC. If unable to correct DODAAC reject
with CX status.
7. Is document date in the future? Yes Reject request with CD status.
No Continue processing and go to question 8.
8. Is the project code valid? No Blank out Project Code, continue processing.
Yes Continue processing.
Table 5–2
Availability Edits
Questions Response Action to Take
1. Is requested item in stock? No Pass requisition to next higher supply source.

2. Is the requisition IPG 1 (priority 1–3) and NMCS? No Continue processing and go to question 4.
3. Are sufficient assets on hand to fill requisition? Yes Prepare materiel release order for the entire requisition quantity.
No Prepare a materiel release order for the quantity available. Pass
requisition for unfilled quantity to next higher supply source.
4. Are sufficient assets on hand above the RO to fill requisition? Yes Prepare materiel release order for the entire requisition quantity.
No Prepare materiel release order for the quantity available. Pass the
requisition, for any unfilled quantity, to the next higher supply
source.
Chapter 6 6–3. Asset visibility

Theater Army Level Supply Management TAMMC maintains theater-wide asset visibility for the following
commodities:
Section I a. Class 3 bulk petroleum fuels.
Policy b. Class 5 ammunition, guided missiles, and large rockets.
c. Class 7 major end items.
6–1. Introduction d. Class 9 theater level repairables.
a. This chapter provides policies for Theater Army Level Supply e. SIMS-X materiel.
Management. f. As TAV is more fully implemented TAMMC will be able to
b. This section contains general information about the supply maintain visibility over these assets in TAV rather than by special
support structure in the theater; section II explains inventory control; reporting requirements.
section III explains supply control; section IV explains stock con-
trol; section V explains ammunition management; section VI ex- 6–4. Distribution system
plains wartime policies, and section VII explains Withdrawal, The Army supply system maintains its wholesale stockage in
diversion, and temporary loan of Reserve Component equipment. CONUS and uses a modern distribution and transportation system to
provide resupply from that wholesale sustaining base directly to the
6–2. Theater Army Materiel Management Center (TAMMC) individual SSAs worldwide both in peace and during war. Distribu-
mission tion is accomplished by the DS using surface transportation,
The TAMMC mission is to maintain and improve logistics readiness SEALOC, and ALOC. Through the use of this modern technique,
of the forward deployed forces. The peacetime organization must be the Army is able to achieve superior supply support while reducing
tailored to permit expansion to a mature theater of operation in the stockage to only that maintained at the wholesale and the DS SSAs.
event of hostilities. The TAMMC is the theater source of supply for An Army ASL will not back up another ASL. The backup stockage
the following commodities: is retained at the wholesale level AOD/distribution complex.
a. Class 1: subsistence (wartime only). a. Because of direct distribution between the wholesale sustain-
b. Class 2: secondary items (selected critical items only). ing base and the retail SSA, materiel is consolidated and container-
c. Class 3: bulk petroleum fuels. ized at CONUS-based area supporting CCP. At the CCP level,
d. Class 4: barrier materiel and selected construction materiel materiel for any given SSA is unitized (placed in multipack triwal-
(wartime only). led boxes) to the FSB level and containerized (unitized boxes are
consolidated) on Air Force pallets or other containers to the MSB
e. Class 5: ammunition and missiles.
level. Thus the transportation system is able to deliver the container
f. Class 6: sundry items (wartime only). or pallet directly to the division rear and the division is able to
g. Class 7: major end items (less COMSEC). break the container or pallet and throughput or deliver the unitized
h. Class 9: spares and repair parts (selected critical items less cargo to the FSBs. Nondivisional SSAs operating in the COSCOM
COMSEC). and TAACOM area also receive pallets directly from the CCP.
i. Decrement stocks (less medical, COMSEC, IMPE). COSCOM and TAACOM MMCs are responsible for managing the
j. ORF. flow of this materiel to ensure uninterrupted movement between the
overseas POD and the SSA.
94 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

b. While materiel flow is direct from the wholesale source of (7) Supply category of materiel code.
supply to the individual SSAs, the TAMMC maintains visibility (8) Identification of the issuing activity or person.
theater-wide on selected items of interest through the use of man- f. The TAMMC will provide customer assistance catalog support
agement information supplied by the SSA/COSCOM. to CMMC/TAAMMC activities.
c. The TAMMC manages all class 7 (less COMSEC) materiel in g. The following publications, as a minimum, will be maintained:
a theater. All requisitions for class 7 (less COMSEC) will be routed (1) SB 708–21 and SB 708–22.
through TAMMC. The TAMMC may direct excess crossleveling (2) SB 708–41, SB 708–42, and SB 708–43.
within and among major subordinate commands to satisfy high (3) ARMS AMDF.
priority requirements. (4) ARMS Packaging Segment.
d. The theater COMSEC Logistic Support Center (TCLSC) man- (5) ARMS Freight Segment.
ages all COMSEC equipment in the theater. The TCLSC executes (6) ARMS History Segment.
supply transactions and complies with the policies outlined in chap- (7) Introduction to the Federal Supply Catalogs and related
ters 1 and 4, related procedural publications, and the instructions are publications.
contained in TB 380–41. The TCLSC— (8) Management Data List—consolidated (ML-C).
(1) Provides intermediate supply support, and interfaces with the (9) SCs.
NICP. (10) ILs.
(2) Manages theater COMSEC repair and overhaul programs. (11) Master cross reference lists (MCRL-1, 2, and 3).
(3) Manages contingency stocks of COMSEC materiel. (12) CLs.
(13) TMs, or commercial equivalent for supported equipment.
Section II (14) TBs.
Inventory Control (15) SMs.
(16) MWOs.
6–5. General (17) ARIL.
This section provides policy on that portion of supply that controls h. If an error in the catalog data is suspected, a request for review
the acquisition, allocation, and disposal of materiel. This policy of the coding will be submitted, through the same channels that
includes cataloging, requirements determination, procurement, pro- catalog support is received, to the Director, USAMC LOGSA,
duction, overhaul and rebuild direction, distribution, and disposal. ATTN: AMXLS-L, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898&–7466.
i. TAMMC is authorized to establish and maintain a Special Item
6–6. Cataloging Interest Tape (SIIT) identifying selected items by NSN, intensively
Cataloging provides essential elements of item identification, inter- managed by the TAMMC. The SIIT identifies the theater source of
changeable and substitute status, packaging, freight, and retrograde supply for the COSCOM/TAACOM MMC. All requirements for
data required to perform the other supply functions. items identified on the SIIT will be routed to the TAMMC for fill or
a. The primary source of catalog data will be the AMDF main- passing action. Every effort should be made to restrict the SIIT to
tained by the Army Central Logistics Data Bank. When AMDF data items identified for prepositioned war reserve and theater level
is not available, the TAMMC will obtain the data from the DIDS repairables.
maintained by the Defense DLSC. When catalog data is not availa- j. The TAMMC is authorized to establish and maintain the turn-
ble from DIDS, it will be locally obtained and added to catalog in point item list (TIPIL). The listing identifies specific receiving
files. points within the theater Army area of operations to which SIIT
b. All items will be cataloged using an NSN when an NSN has items will be retrograded. Included in the TIPIL will be items
been previously assigned at the request of either Army or any other repaired in theater. Items turned in to these designated receiving
Federal agency. points will be processed for further movement to the appropriate
c. If an NSN has not been assigned, the items will be cataloged repair activity or RSA. The TAMMC will maintain accountability
using the CAGE/PN combination if the combined length does not for the items at the receiving point, repair activity, and RSA.
exceed 15 characters.
d. Only when an item of supply does not have an assigned NSN, Section III
the CAGE/PN cannot be determined, or the CAGE/PN exceeds 15 Supply Control
characters will an MCN be assigned. MCNs will be managed using
the following policies: 6–7. Supply control functions
(1) MCNs used to identify CAGE/PN over 15 characters in This section provides policy on the functions which control the
length will be deleted when an NSN is assigned for the CAGE/PN. supply system. The policy includes requisitioning, receipt, storage,
(2) MCNs will be deleted when no demand data has been re- issue, disposition, recovery, and shipping.
corded for 12 months and the item is not stocked.
6–8. Requirements computation
(3) A listing containing the MCN, description, MATCAT, unit of Requirements computation includes selecting items for stockage
issue, supply category of materiel code, unit price, and cross refer- and, once selected, determining the amount required. TAMMC com-
ence CAGE/PN (if applicable) will be distributed to customer units putes requirements only for class 3, 5 (including maps), 7, and
and activities at least semiannually. Finance and accounting activi- selected class 9 theater level repairables.
ties and supported SSAs will be provided with MCN data as addi- a. Class 3.
tions, changes, or deletions occur. (1) POS for class 3 (bulk) will be established for each retail
e. The TAMMC will allocate groups of MCNs to supported operating location. The POS will consist of stocks sufficient to
COSCOM/TAACOM activities for their use in cataloging materiel. sustain anticipated usage until economic resupply can be effected,
Activities responsible for the assignment of MCNs will maintain an plus a safety level. The safety level will consist of stocks sufficient
MCN control register. The MCNs will be assigned in numerical to—
sequence regardless of class of materiel. The register will contain (a) Sustain normal peacetime operations for at least 5 days.
the following essential elements of data: (b) Sustain utilities at oil-burning installations for at least 30 days
(1) MCN. of the coldest experienced weather, unless 30 days of an approved
(2) Item description. alternative fuel is available.
(3) Cross reference number. (2) If the POS does not fill available stockage capacity at instal-
(4) MATCAT. lations, additional POS may be procured and stored when petroleum
(5) Unit of issue. market conditions justify or when a supply shortage can be foreseen.
(6) Unit price. This “full-tank” policy will be applied judiciously as storage and
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 95

product availability dictates. Such procurements will be made only 4. MR “D.” The depot is the only maintenance level authorized
within the funds available and upon approval of the applicable to conduct complete repair or overhaul.
MACOM. 5. MR “L.” The complete repair or overhaul of these items is
b. Class 5 and missiles. TAMMC is the theater manager for all restricted to designated specialized repair activities.
conventional ammunition and missiles. TAMMC directs intratheater 6. MR “Z.” The item is not a repairable. No repair is authorized.
distribution and intertheater resupply by operating SAAS Level 3. In 7. MR “B.” No repair is authorized. The item may be recondi-
wartime, TAMMC intensively manages critical items, computes tioned by adjusting, lubricating, and so on, at the lowest level. No
available supply rates, and recommends implementation of con- parts or special tools are procured for the maintenance of the item.
trolled supply rates. (e) The lowest maintenance level authorized to remove and re-
c. Class 7. Major end items are managed and controlled by the place repairables is designated by the MUC as follows:
TAMMC. The supported MMCs submit requisitions to the TAMMC 1. MUC “O.” Unit level.
for class 7 items. Considering the command guidance on priority 2. MUC “F.” DS level.
and quantities to be issued, TAMMC either fills the request, directs 3. MUC “H.” GS level.
intratheater crossleveling, or forwards the requisition to CONUS. 4. MUC “D.” Depot level to include specialized repair activities.
d. Class 9 theater repairables. (f) Upon receipt of a customer request for a repairable:
(1) Stockage of theater level repairables is limited to items 1. A repairable is turned-in by a customer—
repaired with MACOM funding. Items repaired with wholesale fun- (a) Establish stock record accounting for the item.
ding will be overhauled under the policy contained in AR 710–1 (b) Initiate supply issue procedures if a replacement is requested.
only. Management of repairables for the theater will be exercised by 2. A repairable is not turned-in by a customer—
the TAMMC. The TAMMC provides management information re- (a) Establish reason for customer not compiling with sub-
garding the issue and return of repairable items. The TAMMC and paragraph 2–6e of this regulation.
GS levels are not authorized ASLs that include support DS (b) Issue a serviceable and establish a due-in from the customer
maintenance. for the unserviceable using the customer’s requisition number.
(a) The management of repairables involves the following Note. This due-in will be additive to the dues-in during net assets
processes: computation.
1. Requisitioning, stocking, and issuing. (c) Direct customer to return unserviceable repairable using same
2. Receiving customer turn-ins. requisition number with 10 days. Exceptions may be granted on a
3. Preparing work orders for maintenance of repairables. case-by-case basis.
4. Turning in items to depot and special repair activity or trans- (d) Commanders may freeze the account of a delinquent cus-
ferring items to the designated disposal activity. tomer until all unserviceable repairable dues-in are cleared.
(b) Managing repairables requires proper use of the SMRs in AR 3. Prepare a work order for the repairable within 3 workdays of
700–82 in conjunction with supply policy. The applicable parts of receipt. Considering need, assign the applicable UND to the work
the SMR code are a combination of the maintenance use code order. This UND will be A, B, or C as necessary to ensure servicea-
MUC, MR code, and RC. The MUC for repair parts is found in ble stock availability.
technical manuals for the applicable end item. Both the MR and RC (g) After return of repairables from maintenance, items are either
are found in the AMDF. The explanation of these codes is as stocked, turned in, or disposed of according to the following
follows: guidelines:
1. The RC is a code for designating the level (DS, GS, depot, or 1. Stock repairables if classified as serviceable and if not excess.
special repair activity) that may decide final disposition of economi- The TAMMC inventory retention limit is equal to the RO plus the
cally unrepairable or condemned repairables. quantity that will support a theater repair program for 90 days. Both
2. The MR code indicates whether an item is a repairable and the CONUS and OCONUS activities will limit stockage of GS-pro-
grammed maintenance repair parts to 60 days of supply plus one
maintenance level authorized to do complete repair.
OST. All unused serviceable repair parts from the GS maintenance
3. The MUC identifies maintenance levels authorized to remove
program will be turned in to the supply system within 60 days after
and replace the item.
completion of the program.
(c) The level designated by the RC is the lowest level authorized 2. Turn-in repairables to depot or special repair activity if the
to determine final disposition of repairables classified as condemned item is in one of the following categories:
or economically unrepairable. The explanation of each RC designa- (a) Excess to the ASL.
tion is listed below. Application of these codes is explained in (e) (b) Coded as “not repairable this station” (NRTS)—except for
below. NRTS code “9” (condemned).
1. RC “Z.” Item is not a repairable. When unserviceable, dispose (c) Classified as uneconomically repairable or condemned and
of it at the DS or higher level. the RC is “D” or “L.”
2. RC “O” or “F.” Item is a repairable. When condemned or (d) ARI and theater turn-in point item (TIPI) materiel is coded as
economically unrepairable, dispose of it at the DS or higher level. NRTS. Turn in this materiel to the ARIL or theater designated
3. RC “H.” Item is a repairable. When condemned or un- maintenance facility. Complete the turn-in within 10 days after clas-
economically repairable, dispose of it at the GS or higher level. sified as NRTS.
4. RC “D” or “L.” Item is a repairable. When condemned or 3. Transfer RC “O,” “F,” or “H” repairables classified as un-
uneconomically repairable, the depot or special repair activity level economically repairable or condemned to the designated disposal
determines final disposition (see 1–16h for DEMIL instructions). activity.
(d) The MR code is assigned to indicate whether the item is to be (h) Classified COMSEC repairables will be managed as specified
repaired and to identify the lowest maintenance level authorized to in this subparagraph by COMSEC accounts. All turn-ins and issues
perform complete repair; that is, remove, replace, repair, assemble, will be through COMSEC supply channels. Maintain formal ac-
and test. The explanation of each MR code designation is listed countability as outlined in TB 380–41.
below: (i) Process requests for issue through standard on-line requisition-
1. MR “O.” The unit is the lowest maintenance level authorized ing procedures. However, subject to stock availability, issues of
to conduct complete repair. serviceable for unserviceable repairables may be authorized as an
2. MR “F.” DS is the lowest maintenance level authorized to immediate over-the-counter issue.
conduct complete repair. (j) Receipt processing is conducted per paragraph 6–12.
3. MR “H.” GS is the lowest maintenance level authorized to (2) The stockage criterion is as follows:
conduct complete repair. (a) The item must be authorized for removal, replacement, or
96 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

repair by lower levels as prescribed by the maintenance use code. the Standard Army Ammunition System (SAAS-3). Theater assets
Items repaired by AMC in OCONUS maintenance activities may be of conventional ammunition and guided missiles or large rockets are
retained in stockage by the MACOM in coordination with AMC reported to the TAMMC by the theater MACOMs (SAAS-3) activi-
while awaiting repair. ties and forwarded by the TAMMC to the appropriate NICP. Thea-
(b) The item must have a frequency of nine recurring demands ter asset visibility by SAAS is used for input into the WARS and
per year to add to the ASL and will be deleted if it fails to receive the GMLR for those guided missiles and large rockets maintained in
at least three demands per year. the theater stockpile.
(c) For aviation, air defense, special weapons (nuclear), life sav- b. Class 7, decrement stocks and ORF.
ing, air traffic control, nontactical communications, COMSEC, intel- (1) All class 7 items, PA principal retail requirements, will be on
ligence gathering, engineer (MTOE), and missile items, the hand or on order within the financed level.
frequency required is three recurring demands per year to add to the (2) PA secondary requirements must be financed to equal either
ASL and one demand per year to retain. on-hand and/or due-in quantities. The IMM/MSCs are required to
(d) The total authorized stockage level will be the sum of the procure retail deficiencies and advise the TAMMC when PA sec-
following incremental levels for theater repaired items: ondary shortages can be requisitioned on the wholesale system. The
1. RCL based upon average annual repairs accomplished (see DA TAMMC will requisition accordingly and increase the financed
Pam 710–2–2, app G). level to the quantity due-in from wholesale.
2. OL requirements will be based upon average annual washouts (3) Stock funded requirements must be financed to equal either
only, using DOS. on-hand and/or due-in quantities. HQDA allocates Stock Fund Mo-
3. OST level requirements will be based upon the average for bilization Augmentation funds to the TAMMC each year. Require-
washout replenishments only. ment shortfalls will be reviewed. The TAMMC must ensure that a
4. The SL quantity will be 5 days of supply based upon average balance of fill is maintained for all stock fund requirements.
washouts only. TAMMC will place requisitions on the wholesale system and in-
5. After computing the increments above, the ROP will be com- crease financed levels accordingly.
puted as the sum of the RCL, SL and OST. The RO will be the sum (4) All required requisitions are considered funded and must be
of ROP plus the OL. prepared per procedures in AR 725–50 and AR 710–1.
(e) Repair cycle times are as follows: c. TAV provides managers with visibility over stocks excess or
1. The repair cycle times will include segments of the repair less critical to the needs of other organizations. Within the estab-
pipeline beginning when an unserviceable item enters the supply lished TAV business rules (para 3–31i), these assets may be
system and ending when the unserviceable item is restored to a redistributed thus reducing the number of requisitions that must be
serviceable condition and is recorded as ready for issue on the placed on the wholesale level.
supply accountability records.
2. All of the applicable time between the beginning and end of 6–10. Requisition processing for supported activities
the repair cycle time shall be included in computing repair cycle This paragraph provides the policy for processing requisitions arriv-
requirements. This time period will not include avoidable delays ing at TAMMC from supported CMMC/TAAMMC activities.
such as time incurred because of mismanagement or inefficiency. a. All major item requisitions are routed through TAMMC by the
Beginning and ending points of each segment of the total repair SAILS SIIT process. Requisitions for which stock is available
cycle time are described as sectors. within theater will be reconciled with a requisition validation prod-
(3) The CCI repair parts will be managed by and recorded on uct and if valid, filled, or backordered awaiting maintenance assets.
automated SRAs to ensure SIMS-X reporting is completed. Manual b. Theater repairable requisitions designated by the SAILS SIIT
SRAs will not be utilized to manage CCI. NSA requires control process will flow to TAMMC through the standard on-line requ-
visibility of CCI components by quantity. As TAV is fully fielded, isitioning process. Upon receipt, TAMMC will fill from available
it will replace SIMS-X. Parts must still be properly recorded to stock, direct intra-theater crossleveling, backorder awaiting mainte-
ensure NSA has the necessary information. nance assets, or forward to CONUS for fill.
e. As TAV is more fully developed, TAMMC will be able to use c. In addition to the SIIT, TAV provides visibility over assets
the information from the TAV data base to determine materiel within the theater, as well as assets available Army wide. TAMMC
available to meet its requirements, which may enable redistribution should also consider using these assets, within the TAV business
of assets to meet identified requirements. rules, when it is cost effective to do so.
6–9. Replenishment requisitioning 6–11. Reconciliation and validation

This paragraph provides policy on replenishment requisitioning at a. Reconciliation is a process used to keep due-in/due-out files
the TAMMC level. synchronized between various levels of supply. Validation is the
a. Class 5 and guided missiles or large rockets. The TAMMC is process used to ensure requests and requisitions have authentic
the sole requisitioner for all conventional ammunition as well as requirements.
guided missiles and large rockets. Theater requisitions for conven- b. The objective is to accomplish reconciliation on a fully auto-
tional ammunition will be initiated by the TAMMC and forwarded mated followup basis. Pending the automated system capability to
to the NICP at Rock Island, IL (AMCCOM), and to Redstone execute fully automated followups, all dues-in will be reconciled
Arsenal, AL (MICOM) for all guided missiles and large rocket with the next higher supply source on a monthly basis.
requisitions. NICPs will process requisitions on a fill or kill basis. c. Validation of open requisitions will be accomplished on a
(1) Ammunition will be requisitioned by the TAMMC using the quarterly basis. Stock record accounts will, as an objective, ensure
AMCCOM CALS document for all conventional munitions and the open requisitions plus assets on hand do not exceed authorized
MIDP for guided missiles and large rockets. Class 5 stocks will levels plus due-outs each day a line item has activity.
normally be requisitioned to fill theater requirements for AIIQ sus- d. Major item requisitions will be validated using a requisition
tainment, operational projects, and training consumption. Both the validation product assigning the proper type requirements code as
CALS and MIDP documents serve as an allocation schedule to be specified in AR 700–120.
used by the TAMMC in developing the theater class 5 program. e. TAMMC performs three different reconciliations as follows:
(2) Class 5 stocks will be distributed by the TAMMC on the (1) The quarterly MOV with NICP. MOV is a tops-down recon-
basis of the current theater requisitioning objective (requirements) in ciliation performed per AR 725–50.
force and as published by HQDA, compared with on-hand asset (2) The monthly reconciliation with the LIF that is not performed
reporting by theater MACOMs using the SAAS. in those months when an MOV is executed. LIF reconciliation is a
(3) Asset visibility of the theater stockpile is maintained using bottoms-up reconciliation.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 97

(3) TAMMC to COSCOM/TAACOM is a monthly bottoms-up (3) A location survey finds an item in an unrecorded location or
reconciliation. in an incorrect location.
(4) There is evidence of forced or unauthorized entry.
6–12. Receipt processing (5) Directed by the commander or accountable officer.
Receipts will be processed through the storing activity. Receipts will e. Items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,” “8,” “9,”
be recorded on both the storage locator record and the SRA. The “N,” (firearms) “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision devices
acceptable DA performance goals for receipt processing are con- and navigation systems (GPS)) will be inventoried quarterly, by
tained in subparagraph 1–22j. serial number when applicable. These items in bulk storage will be
inventoried by type and quantity on basis of the outside count
6–13. Storage operations markings on sealed containers. Inventory of ammunition will be
Involves the act of storing, or the act of being stored, the keeping or conducted by type, lot, and serial number.
placing of property in a warehouse, shed, open area, or other desig- f. Ammunition and explosive items rigged or preconfigured for
nated facility. Storage is a continuation of receiving and is prelimi- rapid deployment and not stored in a storage structure, will be
nary to the shipping or issuing operations. Care of supplies in inventoried monthly. These loads will be secured and checked per
storage and inspections will be managed per AR 740–3, DOD AR 190–11. Checks for tampering will be documented.
4145.19–R–1, and TM 38–450. g. Location surveys will be conducted at least annually and, in
a. A storage location system will be established at each storage addition, just prior to a closed (wall-to-wall) inventory.
activity. The storage system will be capable of recording multiple h. Activities conducting a closed (wall-to-wall) inventory will not
locations by condition of each line stored. DOD 4145.19–R–1, DA take more than 5 workdays to complete the count. The commander
Pam 710–2–2, and FM 9–38 contain procedures for storage. In may selectively approve additional count days. The commander will
addition, automated system user procedures will define storage monitor timeframes of other inventories (cyclic or special) to make
procedures. sure operations are not unduly disrupted.
b. Commanders are directly responsible for safeguarding all sup- i. Except for items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,”
plies under their control. Commanders and stock record officers will “8,” “9,” “N,” (firearms) “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision
comply with— devices and navigation systems (GPS)), or if negligence may be
(1) AR 50–5–1, AR 50–6–1, and AR 190–54 for nuclear and involved, discrepancies that have an extended line item value of $50
chemical items. or less will not be reported for inventory adjustment approval. In
(2) AR 190–11 for arms and ammunition. In addition, when these cases, the adjustment will be posted to the accountable record
responsibility for the custody of keys for an arms storage facility is and the value of the adjustment will be included in Inventory Ad-
transferred between individuals, they will conduct a physical count justment Rate (see para 1–22g).
of the weapons therein. Results of the count do not replace the j. Whenever discrepancies can be attributed to negligence, or
quarterly weapons inventory. there is evidence that negligence may be involved, the discrepancy
(3) AR 190–50 for controlled medical substances and other medi- will be adjusted under AR 735–5.
cally sensitive items. k. For other than small arms ammunition, verified losses of sensi-
(4) AR 190–51 for unclassified and nonsensitive items. tive items (CIIC 1–6 and 8) will be adjusted per AR 735–5. Addi-
(5) The AR 380-series for security of classified items. tionally, losses of CCI require the submission of an incident report
(6) DA Pam 25–380–2 for CCI. per DA Pam 25–380–2.
l. Discrepancies between ammunition stock record balances and
c. Petroleum Quality Surveillance and Technical Assistance Pro-
gram will be established as follows:
(1) Overseas commanders will develop, coordinate, and shortages are those that meet AR 15–6 investigation requirements
monitor— specified in AR 190–11.
(a) Quality Surveillance Program. m. All discrepancies (not covered above) in stock record balances
(b) Operational Surveillance Program. found during inventories will be adjusted and reported on an IAR.
(c) Petroleum Technical Assistance Program (if desired). Inventory adjustment reporting and approval policy is contained in
(d) Engineering Technical Review of Petroleum Facilities AR 735–5. IARs will be used to document condition code changes
Program. and reidentification of assets. Because these transactions do not
(2) Minimum requirements for programs identified above are out- represent an actual gain or loss to the account, approving authority
lined in appendix C. signature is not necessary; however, the IAR will be signed by the
SRO and a copy maintained in the voucher file.
6–14. Inventory and adjustment n. Causative research will be conducted for inventory discrepan-
a. The purpose of location surveys, inventory, and adjustment is cies of the following categories:
to— (1) Items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,” “8,” “9,”
(1) Determine the location and condition of materiel. “N,” (firearms) “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision devices and
(2) Determine the quantity of materiel on hand. navigation systems (GPS)).
(3) Adjust stock records to show actual quantities. (2) Adjustments over $500 in extended line item value.
(4) Determine the causes for discrepancies when they are found. o. Causative research will be completed within 30 calendar days
(5) Correct the causes of discrepancies. following completion of the inventory. Causative research will be
b. Inventories will be conducted in a manner that assures each accomplished at the direction of the accountable officer. The re-
item is verified at least annually. Results of inventories will be search ends when the cause of variance has been determined or no
recorded on the stock accounting records within 3 workdays after specific cause can be identified. The accountable officer will decide
completion of the inventory. if action under AR 735–5 is required. The results of causative
c. Inventories will be conducted as either— research will be recorded on the inventory adjustment form (DA
(1) Closed (wall-to-wall). The counting of all assets of an ac- Form 444).
count during a given period. p. Adjustments resulting from an inventory will be reported to
(2) Open or cyclic. The counting of some selected assets of an appropriate asset reporting activities.
account during a prescribed period.
6–15. Issues
d. Special inventories will be made when— After supported CMMC/TAAMMC requisitions are received and
(1) A negative on-hand balance is recorded. edited, the resulting materiel release order will be processed within
(2) A materiel release denial occurs. the following policy.
98 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

a. Selection of stock for issue should include issue of the oldest selection. The MRO or the DRO will be used to pick the stock
date of pack first, unless specific individual requirements are for using standard stock selection methods and stock issue sequences.
more current dates of pack. d. Make a release denial when quantity picked is less than that
b. The objective is to make stock available to transportation or ordered, using the procedures in DA Pam 710–2–2.
directly to the CMMC/TAAMMC within the following timeframes: (1) Send the release denial to the stock control section using the
(1) PD 01–08 (within 1 day). same method used to send the release order. If the release order was
(2) Other requirements within 2 days. received telephonically, do not confirm it by follow-on documents.
c. When nonorganic transportation is employed, Military Stand- Do not delay release denials for consolidated dispatch. Instead,
ard Transportation and Movement Procedures (MILSTAMP) will be expedite them in the next scheduled dispatch to the stock control
adhered to and will include issuing shipping status, transportation section.
movement control documentation, and shipment tracing. (2) Special inventories will be made as the result of release
d. Release orders will cite serial/registration numbers when denials.
appropriate. e. Pack supplies being shipped under TM 38–230–2. Shipping
section personnel will pack items being shipped and process the
6–16. Materiel return policy release order under the procedures in DA Pam 710–2–2.
a. TAMMC is the wartime theater materiel returns manager. The f. The shipping clerk will arrange for either organic transportation
objectives of materiel returns management are to optimize the distri- or transportation support as follows:
bution of equipment, to improve readiness, and get maximum utili- (1) When organic transportation is used, the following apply:
zation of all equipment in theater. TAMMC use SIMS-X data to (a) Do not use transportation documents.
monitor class 2 and 9; CBS-X data to monitor class 7; SAAS data (b) The shipping clerk will give one copy to the carrier to be
to crosslevel class 5; and manual reports to monitor other classes. In used as a manifest.
time, as TAV is more fully developed and integrated with the (2) When transportation support is used, the shipping clerk will
wholesale systems, it will replace SIMS-X reporting. It will also do the following:
contain the CBS-X and SAAS information, which the mangers may (a) Prepare transportation documents under instruction provided
use to determine asset availability. Within the business rules of by the supporting transportation officer.
TAV (para 3–31i), these assets may be redistributed to meet both (b) Prepare release order under procedures contained in DA Pam
inter and intra theater requirements when it is cost effective to so 710–2–2.
do. Once directed by TAMMC, crossleveling actions are the respon-
g. The shipping clerk will confirm the shipment by making final
sibility of the COSCOM/Division MMC to coordinate and execute
distribution of the release order under the procedures contained in
in a timely fashion.
DA Pam 710–2–2.
b. Materiel will be reported on the basis of quantity per unit
h. Classified COMSEC materiel will be documented for transfer
pack. Nonrepairable materiel with an extended dollar value of
by Army COMSEC accounts only, and shipped through DCS chan-
$100.00 or less and not meeting unit pack criteria will not be
nels per TB 380–41.
reported to SOS for disposition instruction, but will be retained for
90 days pending potential use and then turned in to DRMO. 6–18. Decrement stock
c. All excess CCI, both serviceable and unserviceable will be Decrement stock is the quantity difference between the “required”
shipped to Tobyhanna Army Depot (TOAD), ATTN: COMSEC and “authorized” column of equipment in section III of the MTOE.
W81U11. Excess classified COMSEC items will be shipped to DA approval of an organization level below the required level is the
TOAD, ATTN: COMSEC Account 5B1009. TB 380–41 provides authority for retention in command storage or to requisition decre-
procedures for reporting excess classified COMSEC equipment. For ment stocks. These stocks will be stored in a manner that makes
all other items, refer to subparagraph 1–16h for DEMIL instructions. them readily identifiable to the specific unit for which they were
decremented (that is, decrements will be stored by UIC). This policy
6–17. Shipping also pertains to mobilization TDA (MOBTDA) and CTA items
a. Shipments generated by TAMMC within the theater move formerly included in MTOE.
among remote storage areas (RSA), corps forward storage sites,
a. A wartime distribution plan will be developed by each
prestock points, maintenance facilities, DRMO or CONUS depots.
MACOM for issue of decrement stocks. MACOM commanders may
Releases of items to customers are issues and not shipments as
designate specific categories of equipment to be stored as
discussed here.
decrement.
(1) Storage and maintenance activities will receive an MRO from
b. The rationale expressed above is also applicable to mobiliza-
TAMMC to initiate the shipment.
tion TDA in overseas commands. The MOBTDA will utilize TDA
(2) Storage and maintenance activities will receive a disposal commercial equipment whenever possible. If military equipment
release order (DRO) when stock is being transferred to the support- (SB 700–20, chap 2) is required for the wartime mission, but not in
ing DRMO. peacetime, requirements will be identified from other TDA units
(3) ARI will be prepared for shipment and transported on the first (not having a wartime mission) to meet all requirements. The equip-
available transportation. ment that is designated to satisfy MOBTDA decrement requirements
b. Storage and shipping section personnel of the storing activity and its peacetime location are to be provided to the TAMMC decre-
must jointly plan each shipment. As a minimum, the following ment stock manager.
performance standards must be met: c. The TAMMC will develop procedures for the effective man-
(1) Release orders having PD 01–03 or that are NMCS must be agement of the decrement stock program. These include generation
available to the carrier not more than 24 hours after their receipt by and validation of decrement requirements, requisitions, storage by
the storing activity. This process will be based on a 24-hour work UIC, transportation, release of decrement stocks during mobiliza-
day, 7-day work week. tion, and peacetime use of decrement stocks.
(2) Release orders having PD 04–08 that are not NMCS must be
available to the carrier not more than 2 regular work days after their 6–19. Theater operational readiness float
receipt by the storing activity. Theater ORF represents the difference between the wartime opera-
(3) Release orders having PD 09–15 must be available to the tional readiness float (WORF) and demand-supported peacetime
carrier not more than 4 regular work days after their receipt by the ORF levels. TAMMC posts this level per TAEDP update cycles and
storing activity. peacetime ORF level updates, and requisitions these stocks to be
c. Location information will be entered on the release order by held at theater level.
the storage section before it is sent to the storage area for stock
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 99

6–20. Solid fuels issued by the installation under the “Ordering” clause of the
a. This paragraph provides policy guidance for processing pur- contract.
chase requests for coal, coke, or briquettes (here after referred to as (3) Installations will notify USAPC if a reduction exists in re-
solid fuels). TAMMC will prepare a separate DD Form 416 (Pur- quirements during the contract period and if it is determined that the
chase Request for Coal, Coke, or Briquettes) for each kind and size maximum tonnage under the contract will not be ordered. This
of solid fuels required. USAPC is the service item control code procedure is essential as tonnage remaining under the contracts may
(SICC) for solid fuels. Requisitions will be filled out per DA Pam be diverted to other Government installations or facilities.
710–2–2. Periodic surveillance of quantities on hand and review of (4) USAPC will be advised immediately in the event the contrac-
dues-in will be made to assure quantities are adequate to meet tor fails to deliver under the delivery order or fails to perform per
estimated requirements. Requirements may often change because of contract terms and conditions.
weather conditions, fluctuation in population serviced, or change in (5) In the event of a dispute between using activity and contrac-
mission. The normal procurement lead time for solid fuels is 180 tor, USAPC will be advised immediately. A priority message will be
days; however, purchase action on supplemental or emergency re- used containing all pertinent information, including name and tele-
quirements will be completed as soon as possible per the justifica- phone number of the person to be contacted.
tion furnished by the commander. h. An installation or activity will centralize responsibility and
b. TAMMC will estimate annual solid fuels requirements and assign one qualified person who will assure completion of all func-
related delivery schedules and submit requests to Commander, tions listed in this regulation pertaining to solid fuels. This person
USAPC, ATTN: SATPC-L, New Cumberland, PA 17070-5008 per will be—
the purchase program submission schedule. (1) Thoroughly experienced in all phases of solid fuels handling
c. All inquiries and correspondence pertaining to the following and storage yard operations.
will be directed to USAPC (SATPC-L): (2) Thoroughly familiar with the solid fuels contract under which
(1) Solid fuels requisitioning. the shipments are being made.
(2) Procurement status. (3) Furnished with all documents that are required for discharg-
(3) Delivery and receipt problems. ing the responsibilities in connection with shipments, storage, and
d. All inquiries and correspondence pertaining to the following handling. Documents furnished will include copies or extracts of
will be directed to USAPC (SATPC-L): shipping notices, award of contract notices, contracts, contract
(1) Solid fuels quality and associated technical problems. amendments, and supplier-furnished analytical test reports.
(2) Solid fuels handling equipment. (4) Furnished analytical test reports.
(3) Refusals of shipments based on visual inspection. (5) Furnished copies of all shipping documents, including way-
(4) Computation associated with analysis of delivered solid fuels. bills and materiel inspection and receiving reports. Solid fuels oper-
(5) Certification of coal sampling personnel. ating procedures as described in TM 5–675 and TB ENG 249 will
(6) Laboratory analysis and testing of coal samples. be followed.
(7) Technical assistance visits.
e. The policy contained above applies worldwide to all DA in- Section IV
stallations where solid fuels are consumed, including the following: Stock Control
(1) GOCO installations and facilities operated by non-govern-
ment activities. 6–21. General
Stock control is the establishment and maintenance of records of
(2) Army industrial-funded installations and activities.
materiel in stock reflecting such information as quantities and
(3) Overseas installations when it is determined that solid fuels
condition.
are to be purchased by DFSC.
a. The Army stock record accounting system is used to account
(4) Specifications determination for solid fuels is a technical re-
for U.S. Government supplies and equipment. All Army property
sponsibility of the installation commander. Specifications will be issued to a user or PBO must be documented in the stock record
established to procure the most economical solid fuels with charac- account supporting the user or PBO.
teristics suitable for the equipment in which they are to be used and (1) The stock record accounting system is a set of accounting
that comply with environmental requirements. Assistance in deter- files and records known as a SRA. These records show the receipt,
mining solid fuels specifications may be obtained from USAPC. In issue, and asset status of supplies.
overseas facilities limitations on sulfur dioxide emissions will be (2) The SRA is operated by an accountable officer appointed
specified per applicable host nation requirements and/or any agree- under AR 735–5. He is accountable for supplies from the time of
ment between the United States and the country involved. receipt until they are issued, released, or dropped from
f. Commanders at all levels will ensure that solid fuels— accountability.
(1) Are of a size and meet analytical specifications technically b. This section defines the policy regarding operation of the
adequate for power and/or heating plants. TAMMC SRA. For policies regarding other SRAs in the theater, see
(2) Meet specifications. When they do not meet specifications, the applicable chapters for that level.
they will be reported to USAPC (SATPC-L). c. The TAMMC SRA will consist of several files, each contain-
(3) Are handled and stored to minimize degradation. ing essential elements of information. All files need not be centrally
(4) Are sampled per prescribed DOD procedures and samples are located, but they remain the responsibility of the accountable offi-
mailed to a supporting USAPC laboratory for analysis. All coal cer. The files and their essential elements are as follows:
samples within Europe will be mailed to Commander, U.S. Army (1) Catalog files that contain item identification, interchangeable
Europe Materiel and Equipment Oil Analysis Laboratory, APO AE and substitute, packaging, and freight information as defined in AR
09028, for testing and analysis. 708–1. See paragraph 6–6 for policies regarding catalog access.
g. Contracts and deliveries will be as follows: (2) Authorization files that identify required and authorized stock
(1) Contracts awarded by DFSC are normally requirements type levels as computed using the policies contained in paragraph 6–8.
for an estimated quantity. If a requirement exists for tonnage The authorization file will contain records with the following essen-
exceeding the estimated quantity indicated in the contract, an order tial elements of information:
for additional tonnage, not to exceed more than 10 percent above (a) Stock number.
the original requirement, may be placed with the contractor. If the (b) Ownership and purpose code.
contractor does not elect to supply tonnage in excess of the esti- (c) Project code.
mated quantity stated in the contract, a supplemental purchase re- (d) Date of the last change to the stockage code or level
quest will be initiated by the installation. authorized.
(2) Deliveries will be made only as authorized by written orders (e) Requisitioning objective.
100 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

(f) Reorder point. (g) Quantity repaired and returned to stock as a source of supply
(g) Safety level. for the previous 24 months.
(h) Stockage code.
(3) ABF that identifies actual assets on hand. The ABF will 6–22. Asset reporting
contain the following elements of information: a. To keep both wholesale and retail managers aware of the
location and condition of selected assets, vertical management infor-
(a) Storage activity.
mation reporting is generated at the SSA level and transmitted to the
(b) Stock number.
wholesale manager with image copies to the COSCOM or
(c) Ownership and purpose code. TAACOM and Theater Army MMCs.
(d) Project code. b. Vertical management asset and information reporting takes
(e) Condition code. several forms as detailed below. All are used to communicate spe-
(f) Quantity on hand. cific information from the SSA holding the materiel to the whole-
(g) Date of last inventory. sale manager responsible for worldwide requirements. Some of
(4) Due-in files to identify assets due in to the SRA, which will these reports are automatically produced and others must be pre-
contain the following essential elements of information: pared manually. MACOMs are responsible for establishing central
(a) Stock Number. collection and reporting activities to collect and monitor reports
(b) Document number (including suffix, if applicable). manually prepared by users.
(c) Quantity due in. c. Reporting procedures and formats are contained in AR 710–3,
(d) Source due-in from. DA Pam 710–2–2, and AR 725–50.
(e) Project code, if any. d. The types of reports required are listed below:
(f) Current status. (1) SIMS-X. These are selected high cost and/or critical second-
(g) Estimated delivery date. ary items. They are identified on the AMDF with RICC 8. This item
(h) Date of last followup. includes CCI repair parts.
(i) Detailed transportation control number. (a) SSAs will report the status of SIMS-X lines when either the
(j) Consolidated transportation control number. quantity on hand, due-in, due-out or materiel condition code has
(k) Priority. changed and whenever the stockage code or requisitioning objective
(l) Type due in; for example, temporary loan, redistribution, is changed. Report transactions will be transmitted direct to the
wholesale, or maintenance. DAAS with information copies being transmitted to the TAMMC.
For those SSAs that do not requisition through the COSCOM/
(5) Due-out files to identify unfilled customer requirements, con-
TAACOM MMC, reports will be transmitted directly to DAAS with
taining the following essential elements of information:
information copies to the TAMMC. As Total Asset Visibility is
(a) Stock number. fielded it will replace SIMS-X. When that occurs, managers must
(b) Document number (including suffix if applicable). ensure the above listed changes are properly recorded within TAV.
(c) Quantity due out. (b) TAMMC will monitor on-hand balances for SIMS-X materiel
(d) Project code, if any. in supported SSAs and take appropriate action to correct imbalances
(e) Date of last followup. in coordination with the wholesale item manager. TAV provides a
(f) Priority. vital tool for this process.
(6) Audit trail files. These are used to record activity in the SRA (c) This SIMS-X data will be used by the TAMMC to
for historical reference. The audit trail will include the following redistribute assets. TAMMC has the authority to redistribute assets
types of data. on hand in SSAs that are above the SSA RO. TAV provides visibil-
(a) Hard copy documents, with signatures, will be kept in manual ity of the assets and its business rules govern the materiel redistribu-
files for receipt, issue, turn-in, and balance adjustments for items tion process (see para 3–31i).
identified on the AMDF by a CIIC of “1–6,” “8,” “9,” “N,” (fire- (2) CBS-X. AR 710–3 requires that all activities report transac-
arms) “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” (night vision devices and naviga- tions for All on-hand RICC 2, A and Z items.
tion systems (GPS)) or ARC of “N” (nonexpendable). Serial (a) Property book CBS-X reporting is automatically accom-
numbers and registration numbers will be included (microfiche and plished if the property book is maintained by an automated system.
microfilm images will satisfy this requirement). This system becomes one of the feeder reports of TAV. If the
(b) Automated audit trail files will be kept in a computer ma- property book is not automated, but the SSA through which issue
chine readable form such as magnetic tape, disk, or CD-ROM for 24 and receipt transactions are processed is automated, then these trans-
months. This automated file will be used to record the following actions will be automatically reported to CBS-X. Other transactions
transactions processed by the SRA, including those in the hard copy such as lateral transfers and AAR that are not processed through the
file above. SSA must be manually reported by the property book to the central
1. Receipts. collection activity (CCA). If the property book and supporting SSA
2. Adjustments, both increases and decreases. through which issues and turn-ins are accomplished are manual, the
3. Issues. SSA will manually report all transactions, for reportable items, to
4. Turn-ins. the CCA. The DA minimum goal for CBS-X compatibility is 98
5. Stockage code changes. percent. Because this data feeds TAV, it is essential that the SSAs
6. Stockage level changes. report the data promptly for CCA inclusion in TAV.
(7) Demand frequency files are maintained to record recurring (b) SSA level reporting is the report extracted from the voucher
requirements. The demand frequency files will include the following or document history file and submitted weekly for reportable items
to USAMC Logistics Support Activity (LOGSA). All SSAs will be
essential elements of information:
required to accomplish this weekly report but, pending the auto-
(a) End&–item code.
mated capability to produce the report it will be submitted through
(b) Stock number. the CCA. SAILS activities will submit the report through automated
(c) Frequency of demand by month for the previous 12 months. means. This weekly report is used to build and update the TAV data
(d) Quantity demanded for the previous 24 months. base.
(e) For receipts from higher supply sources, the average order (3) Registration and reporting of U.S. Army Vehicles (RCS
ship time experienced on the previous 12 receipts. CSGLD-1608). Registration and reporting are separate functions and
(f) For items repaired at supporting maintenance as a source of should be acted upon accordingly.
supply, the average repair cycle time from original turn-in document (a) Registration. Registration is the function of accepting mate-
date through repair and return to stock for the previous 12 repairs. riel into the Army inventory and requesting an Army registration
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 101

number from the U.S. Army Central Vehicle Registry maintained by in AR 710–3. Serial numbers will be reconciled as directed by the
AMC LOGSA. Registration for the materiel is accomplished by the SSO.
procuring activity and will normally have already occurred at the (a) An Army logistics automation objective is that RATTS repor-
time the materiel is received by the using units. However, units ting will be accomplished by supply, accounting, and maintenance
must prepare and submit an acceptance and registration report for systems as a by-product of processing supply transactions such as
materiel reclaimed from DRMOs; materiel previously identified as a receipt, issue, transfer, and adjustment, and maintenance actions
combat loss that is recovered or recaptured; and materiel modified such as wipe testing. It is envisioned that as TAV is fully developed
that identifies the item to a different category in AR 710–3, table and implemented that it would contain the data required to fulfill
5–1. The acceptance and registration report will not be limited to this objective.
those items listed in the appendixes to DA Pam 738–750, but will (b) If RATTS reporting is not automatically accomplished by the
be prepared and submitted for all items subject to registration num- logistics STAMIS used, comply with the procedures in AR 710–3,
ber assignment and control. Acceptance and registration are accom- chapter 4. The serial number data will be provided to the designated
plished per AR 710–3, chapter 5. local RATTS reporting activity within 5 days of the supply transac-
(b) Reporting. Reporting is the function of controlling the location. See AR 710–3, paragraph 4–33 for wipe test reporting require-
tion of materiel requiring registration. Materiel that is transferred ments. The SSO will ensure that the local RATTS reporting activity
between units and materiel that is a loss to the Army inventory will files are updated, and the data is formatted and reported to the DOD
be reported to AMC LOGSA, through the MACOM/Data Reduction Central Registry within 10 days of the supply transaction. The
Center. Transfer reports and deletion reports will not be limited to MACOM will designate the reporting activities within the com-
those items contained in appendixes to DA Pam 738–750, but will mand, which operate on an installation or overseas area support
be submitted on all items subject to registration number assignment basis. PBO/SSAs should ensure they have identified their supporting
and control. Transfer reports and deletion reports will be prepared reporting activities.
and submitted per AR 710–3, chapter 5. (6) CCISP. Controlled Cryptographic Item Serialization Program
(c) Objective. One of the objectives for automation of the Army (CCISP). The purpose of the DA CCISP is to maintain continuous
is that U.S. Army vehicle registration be accomplished by the sup- visibility over designated CCI end items by serial number from
ply and accounting system as a by-product of the receipt and issue procurement through demilitarization and disposal. It is designed to
process. As TAV becomes more fully developed and implemented, provide the NSA and investigative agencies the identification of the
it is envisioned that such reports would no longer be required as the last Army activity accountable for a specific serial numbered CCI
data base would be automatically updated by its feeder systems. If end item.
registration is not automatically accomplished by the supply and (a) The definition of CCI is included in the glossary. The NSA
accounting system, manual reports will be prepared and submitted. designates items as CCI and establishes asset tracking requirements.
(4) DOD Small Arms Serialization (DODSASP)(RCS DD-MIL(A) All CCI end items are reportable based on their assigned reportable
1629). item control code (RICC). See SB 700–20 to identify CCI report-
(a) The purpose of DODSASP is to maintain continuous visibil- able items and those exempted from CCISP reporting.
ity over small arms, by serial number, from the point of procure- (b) An Army logistics automation objective is that CCISP report-
ment through demilitarization and disposal. It is designed to provide ing will be accomplished by supply and accounting systems as a by-
investigative agencies, within 72 hours, the identification of the last product of processing supply transactions such as receipt, issue,
Army activity accountable for specific serial numbered small arms. transfer, and adjustment. It is envisioned that as TAV is fully
(b) The definition of small arms reportable under the DODSASP developed and implemented that it would contain the data required
is included in the glossary. to fulfill this objective.
(c) An Army logistics automation objective is that DODSASP (c) If CCISP reporting is not automatically accomplished by the
reporting will be accomplished by supply and accounting systems as logistics STAMIS used, comply with the procedures in AR 710–3,
a by-product of processing supply transactions such as receipt, issue, chapter 4. The serial number data will be provided to the designated
transfer, and adjustment. It is envisioned that as TAV is fully local supporting CCISP reporting activity within 5 days of the
developed and implemented that it would contain the data required supply transaction. The local CCI SSO will ensure that the local
to fulfill the DODSASP purpose. CCISP reporting activity files are updated, and the data is formatted
(d) If DODSASP reporting is not automatically accomplished by and reported to the DA Central Registry within 10 days of the
the logistics STAMIS used, comply with the procedures in AR supply transaction. The MACOM will designate the reporting activi-
710–3, chapter 4. The serial number data will be provided to the ties within the command, which operate on an installation or over-
designated local supporting DODSASP reporting activity within 5 seas area support basis. PBO/SSAs should ensure they have
days of the supply transaction. The local SASSO will ensure that the identified their supporting reporting activity.
local DODSASP reporting activity files are updated, and the data is (7) The TASN-A System.
formatted and reported to the DA Central Registry within 10 days of (a) The TASN-A system tracks selected items by serial number
the supply transaction. The MACOM will designate the reporting to facilitate tracking performance by manufacturer and lot, to isolate
diagnostic problems, to identify problem items, and to promote and
activities within the command, which operate on an installation or
enhance maintenance data collection.
overseas area support basis. PBO/SSAs should ensure they have
(b) One of the objectives for automation of the Army is to ac-
identified their supporting reporting activity.
commodate serial number tracking requirements as a by-product of
(5) Radiation Testing and Tracking System. The purposes of the
receipt, issue, and adjustment transaction processing in the standard
DOD RATTS are to maintain continuous visibility by serial number
supply and accounting systems. It is envisioned that as TAV is fully
and wipe test of all detector chemical cells (Radioactive Source
developed and implemented that it would contain the data required
NSN 6665–01–114–0073) and drift tube modules (Radioactive
to fulfill this objective.
Source NSN 6665–99–257–0069) from procurement through
(c) If standard supply and accounting systems including TAV do
demilitarization and disposal, and to provide strict control of all
not accomplish TASN-A reporting, manual reporting is required.
cells and drift tubes for the purpose of safety to the user and
(8) WARS RCS CSGLD-1322(RI(MIN). Activities storing ammu-
maintainer. The detector chemical cell is a component of the
nition will comply with the reporting requirements of AR 700–19.
M43A1 chemical detector, and the drift tube is a component of the
(9) GMLR Ammunition Issue, Receipts, and Expenditure Report
chemical agent monitor (CAM). It is designed to provide the identi-
RCS AMC-193. Activities storing materiel reportable under the pro-
fication of the last Army activity accountable for a specific serial- vision of AR 700–19 will ensure that applicable reports are
numbered cell and to track wipe test data. PBOs will ensure that submitted.
serial numbers for source components are recorded on property (10) CDDB. TAMMC will copy each request, with an EIC,
books. Changes will be reported to the designed SSO as prescribed change the document identifier code to “BAH” and transmit these
102 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

images to the AMC LOGSA using the procedures contained in AR COSCOM/TAACOM in bulk quantities for the items, and the COS-
725–50. COM/TAACOM will resupply individual units.
(11) SSA level ABF reporting. ABF reports are employed to in-
form wholesale managers of reportable assets that are held at the 6–27. Wartime policy modifications
SSA level. All SSAs are required to report to the AMC LOGSA on a. Issues will be made immediately upon request using post-post
a monthly basis. Pending availability of automated systems capable methods, if necessary. Summary accounting techniques may be
of providing this report, only those SSAs operating with the SAILS employed.
will be required to submit these reports. b. Inventories will be conducted as the situation allows; however,
(12) Submitting data on bulk petroleum. All military activities are only the cyclic method will be employed. Wall-to-wall inventories
required to submit data on all bulk petroleum storage facilities. are not allowed. Discrepancies must be recorded but not reported.
Army activities are required to submit the following reports: However, shortages of CCI are reported per DA Pam 25–380–2.
(a) Bulk Petroleum Storage Facilities Report (CONUS and over- c. Reconciliation and validation of customer dues-out are not
seas) RCS DD-MIL(A) 506. Report will be submitted to USAPC required.
every 3 years for activities with a 500-barrel capacity or more, d. Customer returns will be accepted “as is.”
either singly or in manifold configuration, upon request. e. Retrograde shipment of unserviceable and excess items will be
(b) Bulk Petroleum Terminal Message Report RCS (DLA(W) made rapidly to avoid abandonment or destruction upon movement
1884 (DFSC)). This report will be submitted to DFSC weekly. of the storage site.
(c) Prepositioned War Reserve Requirements for Terminal Stor-
age RCS DLA(A) 1887 (DFSC). This report will be submitted to 6–28. Wartime policy (ammunition)
USAPC annually. a. AR 700–100 provides requirements placed on other Services
(d) SIOATH Control Record RCS DLA(M) 1882 (DFSC). This in order for them to request munitions from an SSA.
report will be submitted to DFSC monthly from information ob- b. Corps level SSAs performing a DS/GS function, will normally
tained from SIOATH control record maintained by the activities. stock 7 to 10 days of supply. Theater level SSAs, which also
(e) Defense Energy Information Systems Reports (DEIS I and perform a DS/GS function, will normally stock 30 days of supply.
DEIS II) RCS DD-M (AR) 1313. This report will be submitted Ammunition stockage will be the minimum required to perform the
monthly to respective MACOM. mission.
(13) Financial inventory reporting. c. SAAS 1/3 (MMC) will evaluate the transaction from SSAs to
(a) Inventory Report of Principal or Secondary Items, RCS: DD- determine if excess stockage is available at those activities. The
AEL(A)1000. MMC may direct redistribution or other appropriate action to relieve
the excess condition.
(b) Quarterly Stratification Report of Secondary Items, Part B—
Overseas Command and CONUS Installations Assets, RCS d. Considering reports from SAAS 1/3 located at COSCOM and
CSGLD-1438. TAACOM levels, SAAS-4 at ASPs and known or projected require-
ments, the TAMMC (SAAS 1/3) will requisition replenishment am-
(c) See AR 710–1 for reports preparation.
munition. When it is delivered at the POD, the TAMMC will notify
appropriate MMC (TAACOM or CMMC) of shipment arrival.
Section V
Ammunition Management
Section VII
6–23. Stockage Withdrawal, diversion, and temporary loan of Reserve
a. MACOMs will establish the stockage objective for each SSA Component
(TSA/CSA/ASP/PSP) and may include all or some of the following
types of stock. 6–29. Introduction
a. This section provides general information and policy for DOD
(1) Training ammunition.
and Department of the Army regarding the withdrawal, diversion,
(2) Ammunition Basic Load.
and temporary loan of Reserve Component equipment by Active
(3) Operational loads. Component MACOMs.
b. A minimum stockage of Class 5 supplies may be authorized b. The Secretary of Defense must approve the withdrawal or
based on CTA 50–909 and as specified by the MACOM diversion of any item of ARNG or USAR equipment for use by
commander. another component or government agency. Conditions requiring
c. Considering reports from SAAS 4 and known requirements, Secretary of Defense approval include:
the TAACOM MMC (SAAS 1/3) will requisition replenishment (1) Reassignment of Active Component units or other govern-
supplies of class 5. When delivered at the POD, the TAACOM ment departments.
MMC, and the CMMCs will direct shipments to the appropriate
(2) Transfer to other countries to satisfy United States Security
CSA or ASP.
Assistance Program requirements.
6–24. Requesting, receiving, and issuing ammunition (3) Transfer incidental to a force restructuring that was not
The TAACOM MMC storage sites do not provide direct supply previously approved during the Planning, Programming, Budgeting,
support to customers except for class 5. ASPs and CSAs provide DS and Execution System process.
on an area basis to customer units in addition to their GS mission. (4) Transfer resulting from statutory or DOD direction where the
allocation between the Active and Reserve components is not
6–25. Amnesty program specified.
The TAMMC will monitor amnesty turn-ins to determine trends and c. Only MACOMs may request authority to withdraw equipment
necessary actions required. from the Reserve Component. Request authority to withdraw equip-
ment only as a last resort. MACOMs will forward request to HQDA
Section VI ODCSOPS, ATTN: DAMO-ODR, Washington, DC 20310-0400.
Wartime Policy During contingency operations, forward requests to the Army Oper-
ations Center, DAMO-ODR will staff and coordinate the request.
6–26. Basic policy d. MACOMs requesting authority to withdraw equipment will
TAMMC will gradually become the theater source of supply for submit detailed equipment replacement plans to HQDA (DAMO-
everything except ALOC and medical items. TAMMC will not ODR). MACOMs will return, fund the replacement, or replace in-
process individual requisitions from units for equipment in the COS- kind each withdrawn item at no cost to the Reserve Component.
COM/TAACOM ALOC safety level but instead will resupply the
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 103

6–30. Withdrawal or diversion of ARNG and USAR Chief, NGB, ATTN: NGB-ARL-M, 111 S. George Mason Drive,
equipment Arlington, VA 22204.
a. This paragraph provides policy for MACOMs to request the (b) Requests for USAR-owned equipment will be forwarded to
withdrawal or diversion of ARNG and USAR equipment, to include Commander, U.S. Army Reserve Command, ATTN: AFRC-LGS-E,
equipment purchased under the Dedicated Procurement Program 3800 North Camp Creek Parkway, SW, Atlanta, GA 30331-5099.
(DPP). (c) For ARNG loans, the State USPFO will process loan requests
(1) MACOMs will forward request for the withdrawal or diver- IAW AR 700–131.
sion of Reserve Component equipment to HQDA ODCSOPS, (d) For USAR loans, the USARC DCSLOG will process loan
ATTN: DAMO-ODR, Washington, DC 20310-0400. DAMO-ODR requests IAW AR 700–131.
will staff each request within the Department of the Army to estab- (2) Upon approval of loan request, the gaining MACOM and
lish the availability of needed equipment. DAMO-ODR will coordi- Reserve Component headquarters will ensure a joint technical in-
nate each request with the NGB and USAR prior to forwarding the spection of equipment to be loaned is accomplished IAW AR
request to OSD. 750–1. DA Pam 738–75 and applicable Technical Manuals. Mainte-
(2) MACOMs will provide the following for each request for nance deficiencies and component shortages will be annotated and
withdrawal or diversion of ARNG/USAR owned equipment: filed with accountability documents.
(a) Complete justification and actions taken internally to fill (3) Gaining MACOMs will report all temporary loans over 60
shortages, (for example, internal redistribution) before requesting days to HQDA, ATTN: DAMO-ODR. Identify the gaining and
Reserve Component equipment. losing units, LIN, NSN, nomenclature, quantities involved, date of
(b) Complete unit designations, locations, MTOE/TDAs, and the loan and expected date of return.
UICs of the gaining and proposed losing units. (4) When an item on temporary loan must be held for over 90
(c) Detailed information for each line item requested including: days by an Active Component unit, the gaining MACOM com-
LIN, BRC, NSN, nomenclature, quantity required, quantity author- mander will submit a request for withdrawal. Submit the request
ized, quantity on-hand, quantity currently requisitioned with docu- prior to the 60th day of the loan.
ment numbers. (a) Submit request for withdrawal IAW 6–61e. Upon approval of
Note. If an item requested was bought under the Dedicated Procurement
a withdrawal, laterally transfer the equipment IAW DA Pam
Program. 710–2–1. The affected losing command (ARNG or USAR) will
ensure losing units drop the transferred equipment from the unit
(d) Replacement plan. property book and requisitions replacement items immediately. The
(3) MACOMs requesting authority to withdraw or divert Reserve gaining MACOM will fund for the replacement of stock funded
Component equipment will submit detailed replacement plans to withdrawn equipment.
HQDA (DAMO-ODR). MACOMs will return, fund the replacement (b) Submit the request to HQDA, ATTN: DAMO-ODR, Wash-
or replace in-kind each withdrawn item at no cost to the Reserve ington, DC 20310-0400.
Component. (5) MACOMs will return loaned equipment to the Reserve Com-
(4) When the President orders to Active Army or mobilizes Re- ponent from which the equipment was loaned in TM 10/20 condi-
serve Component units under full mobilization (10 USG 672a) or tion or in the condition loaned as documented. A joint technical
partial mobilization (10 USG 573(a)), or the Presidential Selective inspection will be conducted by representatives of the using and
Reserve Call Up (10 USG 673b), MACOMs requesting authority to owning unit. The MACOM using the equipment will reimburse the
withdraw the equipment must submit projected replacement plans as owning unit for all repair parts, missing components, basic issue
follows: items, and labor required to restore the equipment to the standard
(a) For equipment withdrawn from mobilized units, MACOM that was issued less FWT. Equipment will be assumed to be in TM
commanders requesting authority to withdraw Reserve Component 10/20 condition at the time of the loan in the event documentation is
equipment will submit replacement plans to HQDA with-in 60 days lost, destroyed, or otherwise missing.
of the date the unit is released from active duty.
(b) For equipment withdrawn from units not mobilized or or-
dered to active duty, MACOM commanders requesting authority to
withdraw or divert Reserve Component equipment will submit re-
placement plans to HQDA within 60 days of the date the equipment
is withdrawn or diverted.
(c) When individual soldiers are ordered to active duty under a
Presidential Selective Call Up (PSRC) (10 USG 672(d)), MACOM
commanders requesting authority to withdraw Reserve Component
equipment will submit the replacement plan as a part of the request
for withdrawal or diversion.
(5) Transfer accountability for approved equipment withdrawals
by a lateral transfer IAW Chapter 2 and DA Pam 710–2–1. The
affected Reserve Component headquarters will ensure losing units
drop the transferred equipment from the unit property book and
requisition replacement items immediately.
b. Temporary equipment loan(s) of ARNG and USAR: This para-
graph provides policy on the temporary loan of ARNG and USAR
equipment to the Active Component. AR 700–131 remains the con-
trolling regulation for procedures and accountability for equipment
loans.
(1) The Reserve Component headquarters (NGB or USAR)
owning equipment requested by MACOMs for temporary loan holds
the authority to approve temporary equipment loans of less than 90
days. The U.S. Army Reserve Command (USARC) will act as the
executive agent for OCAR for processing temporary loan requests
for USAR equipment.
(a) Requests for ARNG-owned equipment will be forwarded to
104 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Appendix A DA Pam 710–2–2
References Supply Support Activity Supply System (Manual Procedures).
(Cited in paras 1–19, 1–21, 2–32, 3–9, 3–11, 3–15, 3–26, 3–28,
Section I 3–36 4–6, 4–10, 4–11, 4–15, 4–17, 4–38, 4–46, 5–18, 5–19, 5–27,
Required Publications 5–30, 6–8, 6–17, and 6–22.)
AR 5–13 DA Pam 738–750

Training Ammunition Management System Test Set. (Cited in para Functional Users Manual for The Army Maintenance Management
2–38.) System (TAMMS). (Cited in paras 2–9, 3–36, 4–47, and 5–30.)
AR 11–27 FM 10–18
Army Energy Program. (Cited in paras 2–34, 3–29, and 4–34.) Petroleum Terminal and Pipeline Operations. (Cited in para 2–34.)
AR 25–400–2 FM 10–69
The Modern Army Recordkeeping System (MARKS). (Cited in Petroleum Supply Point Equipment and Operations. (Cited in para
2–34.)
paras 1–15, and 2–34.)
MIL–STD–129
AR 55–355 Marking for Shipment and Storage. (Cited in para 3–32.)
Defense Traffic Management Regulation. (Cited in para 2–37.)
TM 10–8400–201–23
AR 190–11 Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual, General Repair
Physical Security of Arms, Ammunition, and Explosives. (Cited in Procedures for Clothing. (Cited in para 2–14.)
paras 2–12, 3–28, 3–40, 3–42, 3–44, 4–33, 4–34, 5–21, 6–13, and
6–14.) TM 38–410
Storage and Handling of Handling of Hazardous Materials. (Cited in
AR 190–13 para 1–31.)
The Army Physical Security Program. (Cited in para 2–12.)
Section II.
AR 190–51 Related Publications
Security of Unclassified Army Property (Sensitive and
Nonsensitive). (Cited in paras 3–28, 4–33, 5–21, and 6–13.) AR 1–100
Gifts and Donations
AR 200–1
Environmental Protection and Enhancement. (Cited in paras 1–28 AR 11–1
Command Logistics Review Program
and 1–29.)
AR 11–2
AR 700–141 Internal Control Systems
Hazardous Materials Information System. (Cited in paras 1–29 and
4–20.) AR 11–11 (C)
War Reserves (U)
AR 710–3
Asset and Transaction Reporting System. (Cited in paras 2–9, 2–31, AR 15–6
3–13, 3–36, 4–47, 5–30, and 6–22.) Procedures for Investigating Officers and Boards of Officers
AR 725–50 AR 25–series
Requisition, Receipt, and Issue System. (Cited in paras 1–12, 1–15, Army Information Management Program
2–5, 3–31, 3–34, 3–36, 3–41, 4–6, 4–12, 4–30, 4–40, 4–44, 5–15,
5–24, 5–25, 5–30, 6–9, 6–11, and 6–22.) AR 25–51
Official Mail and Distribution Management
AR 735–5
AR 30–1
Policies and Procedures for Property Accountability. (Cited in paras
Army Food Service Program
1–13, 1–14, 2–5, 2–10, 2–13, 2–14, 2–15, 2–16, 2–17, 2–22, 2–28,
2–40, 2–44, 2–53, 3–17, 3–18, 3–25, 3–29, 3–34, 3–44, 4–30, 4–34, AR 30–18
4–41, 5–22, and 6–14.) Army Troop Issue Subsistence Activity Operating Procedures
DA Pam 350–38 AR 30–19

Standards in Weapons Training. (Cited in para 2–38.) Army Commissary Store Operating Policies
DA Pam 350–39 AR 37–series

Standards in Weapons Training (Special Operation Forces). (Cited Financial Administration
in para 2–38.)
AR 37–1
DA Pam 710–2–1 Army Accounting and Fund Control
Using Unit Supply System (Manual Procedures). (Cited in paras
AR 40–2
1–9, 1–18, 2–14, 2–31, 2–32, 2–34, 2–38, 2–40, 3–19, 3–44, and
Army Medical Treatment Facilities: General Administration
5–18.)
AR 40–4
Army Medical Department Facilities/Activities
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 105

AR 40–61 AR 360–81
Medical Logistics Policies and Procedures Command Information Program
AR 50–5–1 (C) AR 380–5

Nuclear Weapon Security (U) Department of the Army Information Security Program
AR 55–29 AR 380–40 (C)

Military Convoy Operations in CONUS Policy for Safeguarding and Controlling COMSEC Information
AR 55–38 AR 290–5
Reporting of Transportation Discrepancies in Shipments (RCS Army National Cemeteries
MTMC–54 (R1))
AR 385–64
AR 70–6 Ammunition and Explosives Safety Standards
Management of the Research, Development, Tests, and Evaluation,
Army Appropriation AR 385–65
Identification of Inert Ammunition and Ammunition Components
AR 71–13
The Department of the Army Equipment Authorization and Usage AR 420–18
Program Real Property and Resource Management
AR 145–1 AR 500–60
Senior ROTC Program: Organization, Administration and Training Disaster Relief
AR 145–2 AR 570–7
Junior Reserve Officer Training Program Equipment Management: Equipment Survey Program
AR 165–1 AR 700–4
Chaplains Activities in the United States Army Logistic Assistance Program
AR 190–54 AR 700–19
Nuclear Reactor Security Program U.S. Army Munitions Reporting Systems
AR 190–59 AR 700–36
Chemical Agent Security Program Overseas Laboratories for Support of Quality Surveillance on
Petroleum Products
AR 210–1
Private Organizations on Department of the Army Installations AR 700–81
DOD Dog Program
AR 210–50
Furniture and Household Equipment Support for Family Housing AR 700–82
and Bachelor Housing Joint Regulation Governing the Use and Application of Uniform
Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability Codes
AR 210–130
Laundry and Dry Cleaning Operations AR 700–84
Issue and Sale of Personal Clothing
AR 215–1
Administration of Morale, Welfare, and Recreation Activities and AR 700–100
Nonappropriated Fund Instrumentality’s Emergency Munitions Support for Joint Operations
AR 215–5 AR 700–131
Nonappropriated Fund Accounting Policy and Reporting Procedures Loan of Army Materiel
AR 290–5 AR 700–138
Army National Cemeteries Army Logistics Readiness and Substainability
AR 310–25 AR 702–7
Dictionary of United States Army Terms Reporting of Product Quality Deficiencies Across Component Lines
AR 310–49 AR 708–1
The Army Authorization Documents System (TAADS) Cataloging and Supply Management Data
AR 310–50 AR 710–1
Authorized Abbreviations and Brevity Codes Centralized Inventory Management of the Army Supply System
AR 335–15 AR 715–27
Management Information Control System Petroleum Contract Quality Assurance Manual
AR 350–38 AR 735–11–2
Training Device: Policies and Procedures Reporting of Item and Packaging Discrepancies
106 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

AR 735–17 DOD 4500.32–R
Accounting for Library Materials Military Standard Transportation and Movement Procedures
(MILSTAMP)
AR 740–1
Storage and Supply Activity Operations FAR
Federal Acquisition Regulation
AR 740–3
Care of Supplies in Storage (COSIS) FM 9–38
Conventional Ammunition Unit Operations
AR 740–26
Physical Inventory Control FM 10–20
Organizational Maintenance of Military Petroleum Pipelines, Tanks
AR 750–1 and Related Equipment
Army Materiel Maintenance Policy and Retail Maintenance
FM 10–68
Operations Aircraft Refueling
AR 840–10 FM 10–71
Flags, Guidons, Streamers, Tabards, and Automobile and Aircraft Inspection and Testing Petroleum Products
Plates
FM 11–490–7
AR 870–15 Communication-Electronic Military Applicable Radio Systems
Army Art Collection Program (MARS)
AR 870–20 FM 38–741
Museums and Historical Artifacts Direct Support Unit (DSU) Storage Operation
CFR FM 101–Series
Code of Federal Regulations Title 49, Transportation Staff Officers
CTA 8–100 MIL–HDBK–113

Army Medical Department Expendable Supplies Guide for Selection of Lubricants, Power Transmission Fluids,
Corrosion Preventatives for Use in Ground Equipment Systems
CTA 50–900
Clothing and Individual Equipment MIL–HDBK–114
Mobility Fuels User Handbook
CTA 50–909 MIL–HDBK–200
Field and Garrison Furnishings and Equipment Quality Surveillance Handbook for Fuel Lubricant and Related
Products
CTA 50–970
Expendable Items (Except: Medical, Class V, Repair Parts, and MIL–HDBK–773
Heraldic Items) Electrostatic Discharge Protective Packaging
DA Pam 25–30 MIL–STD–838
Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms Lubrication of Military Equipment
DA Pam 75–5 MIL–STD–1191

Index of Storage and Outloading Drawings for Ammunition Foam-In-Place Packaging, Procedures for
DA Pam 710–1 SB 700–20

Aviation Intensive Management Item Program Army Adopted/Other Items Selected for Authorization/List of
Reportable Items
ASTM Tables
American Society for Testing and Material Tables SB 708–3
Department of Defense Ammunition Code
DFSC Manual 4185.1
Quality Assurance Procedures for Receipt of Coal Procured through SB 708–21
Federal Supply Classification; Part 1—Groups and Classes
DFSC
(Cataloging Handbook H2-1)
DLA Bulletin 600–XX–0039 SB 708–22
DLA Contract Bulletin Federal Supply Classification; Part 2—Numeric Index of Classes
(H2-2) (GSA-FSS-H2-2)
DOD 1330–17–R
Armed Services Commissary Regulations SB 708–43
NATO Supply Code for Manufacturers (Excluding United States
DOD 4140.25–M and Canada) Name to Code/Code to Name (GSA-FSS-H4-3)
Bulk Petroleum Products, Storage and Distribution Facilities
SB 708–48
DOD 4145.19–R–1 Cataloging Handbook H4/H8, Commercial and Government Entity
Storage and Materiel Handling (CAGE) Sections A&B (48X Microfiche)
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 107

SB 710–2 DA Form 1687
Supply Control: Combat Consumption Rates for Ground and Notice of Delegation of Authority—Receipt for Supplies
Aviation Petroleum Products
DA Form 1804
SB 742–1 Petroleum Sample
Ammunition Surveillance Procedures
DA Form 2028
SB 755–1 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms
Disposition of Used Ammunition Packing Materiel and Certain
Specified Ammunition Components DA Form 2064
Document Register for Supply Actions.
TB ENG 249
Repairs and Utilities: Coal Sampling DA Form 2407
Maintenance Request
TB 380–40–22
DA Form 2765–1
Security Standards for Controlled Cryptographic Items
Request for Issue or Turn-in.
TB 380–41
DA Form 3020–R
Procedures for Safeguarding, Accounting and Supply Control of
Magazine Data Card.
COMSEC Material
DA Form 3078
TM 5–675 Personal Clothing Request
Repairs and Utilities: Solid Fuel Operations
DA Form 3161
TM 9–1300–206 Request for Issue or Turn-in
Ammunition and Explosives Standards
DA Form 3318
TM 38–230–1 Record of Demands—Title Insert
Packaging of Materiel: Preservation (Volume I)
DA Form 3643
TM 38–230–2 Daily Issues of Petroleum Products.
Packing of Materiel Preservation (Volume 11)
DA Form 3644
TM 38–250 Monthly Abstract of Issues of Petroleum Products and Operating
Packaging And Materials Handling: Preparation of Hazardous Supplies.
Materials for Military Air Shipment
DA Form 3645
TM 746–10 Organizational Clothing and Equipment Record
General Packaging Instructions for Field Units
DA Form 3645–1
Section II Additional Organizational Clothing and Equipment Record
Related Publications
This section contains no entries. DA Form 3744–R
Affidavit Supporting Request for Authorization to Search and Seize
Section III
Required Publications DA Form 3853–1
Innage Gage Sheet (Using Tape and Bob).
DA Form 581
Request for Issue and Turn-in of Ammunition. (Prescribed in para DA Form 4137
2–39c(5)) Evidence/Property Custody Document
DA Form 581–1 DA Form 4697

Request for Issue and Turn-in of Ammunition Continuation Sheet. Department of the Army Report of Survey
(Prescribed in para 2–39c) DA Form 4701–R
Request for AVFUELS Identaplates
DA Form 5515
Training Ammunition Control Document. (Prescribed in para 2–40) DA Form 4702–R
Monthly Bulk Petroleum Accounting Summary
DA Form 5515–1
Training Ammunition Control Document (Continuation Sheet). DA Form 4886
(Prescribed in para 2–40) Issue In-Kind Personal Clothing Record
Section IV DA Form 4949
Referenced Forms Administrative Adjustment Report
DA Form 444 DA Form 5203
Inventory Adjustment Report (IAR) DODIC Master/Lot Locator Record.
DA Form 1659 DA Form 5504

Report of Survey Register Maintenance Request
108 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

DA Form 5514–R Program (CSDP). The CSDP addresses supervisory/managerial re-
TAMIS Training Ammunition Forecast Report. sponsibilities (See para 1–13) within the supply system from the
user to the MACOM levels.
DA Form 5811–R b. The CSDP is a compilation of existing regulatory require-
Certificate, Lost or Damaged Class 5 Ammunition Items. ments. Therefore commanders, supervisors, and managers are re-
quired to implement the provisions of this appendix in order to
DA Form 5831–R standardize supply discipline throughout the Army. As a mandatory
Petroleum Product Inventory Control Sheet program, CSDP is meant to simplify command, supervisory, and
managerial responsibilities. Simplification is accomplished by—
DD Form 250 (1) Compiling the various requirements so responsible personnel
Materiel Inspection and Receiving Report are easily informed.
(2) Standardizing evaluation requirements.
DD Form 362 (3) Formalizing follow-up procedures.
Statement of Charges/Cash Collection Voucher c. The CSDP is a commander’s program. Commanders will im-
plement the CSDP by using their existing resources. Examples of
DD Form 416 existing resources are—Command Logistics Review Program (AR
Purchase Request for Coal, Coke or Briquettes 11–1), Command Inspection Program, Internal Review Office, staff
personnel, and so on. Whichever activity the commander designates
DD Form 626 to assist with implementing the CSDP, that designated activity will
Motor Vehicle Inspection then incorporate CSDP policy in its evaluation plans and proce-
dures. Also, all existing supply evaluation programs will absorb the
DD Form 1131 CSDP. Additionally, local IGs can be used at the commander’s
Cash Collection Voucher discretion to conduct special inspections using the systemic method-
ology for determining root causes for problems identified through
DD Form 1149
the CSDP. Therefore, commanders should not establish new evalua-
Requisition and Invoice/Shipping Document
tion teams because of the CSDP.
DD Form 1348–1A d. USALIA will function as the executive agent for developing
Issue Release/Receipt Document and monitoring the CSDP.
B–2. Purpose
DD Form 1348–2 a. The purpose of the program is to—
DoD Issue Release/Receipt Document With Address Label (1) Establish supply discipline as regulatory guidance.
(2) Standardize supply discipline requirements.
DD Form 1348–6
(3) Provide responsible personnel with a single listing of supply
DOD Single Line Item Requisition System Document (Manual-
policy requirements.
Long Form) (4) Make the U.S. Army more efficient with respect to time spent
monitoring subordinates’ actions.
DD Form 1886
(5) Eliminate repeat findings of noncompliance with policy.
SIOATH Control Record
(6) Serve as a checklist for Internal Management Controls as
DD Form 1896 listed in chapter 1 of this regulation.
Jet Fuel Identaplate b. To achieve the stated purposes, implementation of the CSDP
will—
DD Form 1897 (1) Ensure compliance with DA supply policy and procedures.
AVGAS Identaplate (2) Determine the adequacy of established DA supply policy and
procedures.
GSA Form 1152 (3) Identify supply problems to permit timely corrective action
Vehicle Assign/Term within the chain of command.
SF 149 B–3. Applicability

U.S. Government National Credit Card This regulatory guidance applies to all personnel within the retail
supply arenas from hand receipt/unit to MACOM levels.
SF 361
B–4. Explanation of terms
Transportation Discrepancy Report The following terms are defined for use as they apply to this
appendix:
SF 364
a. Supervisory personnel. All individuals in a position of respon-
Report of Discrepancy (ROD)
sibility whose job involves supply operations within or for the U.S.
Army. This applies to officers, warrant officers, NCO’s, and civil-
SF Form 368
ians. Examples are company commanders, TDA directors of a direc-
Product Quality Deficiency Report
torate, and TDA division chiefs.
b. Supply economy. The conservation of materiel by every indi-
vidual dealing with Army supplies to ensure that only the proper
item in the necessary amount is used to accomplish a task. The term
Appendix B stewardship of resources is synonymous with supply economy.
Command Supply Discipline Program c. Supply discipline. The compliance with established DA regula-
tions to effectively administer supply economy. Supply discipline
Section I applies to all functions and levels of supply (from unit/contractor
Introduction through wholesale users) and to the effective use of supply funds.
d. CSDP. A four-fold program addressing the following:
B–1. General (1) Responsibilities of commanders and supervisory personnel to
a. This appendix implements the Command Supply Discipline instill supply discipline in their operations.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 109

(2) Guidance for evaluating supply discipline. (2) Administrative procedures. The actions needed to complete
(3) Feedback through command and technical channels for im- the regulatory requirement.
proving supply policy and for improving procedures to monitor (3) Reference. The source of the requirement.
supply discipline. (4) Frequency. A listing of how often the regulation specifies the
(4) Follow-up to ensure supply discipline is maintained. accomplishment of the task. An “as needed” frequency is an event
e. Repeat finding. A discrepancy of noncompliance noted from a oriented requirement. The “routine” frequency means as often as
previous evaluation and unresolved beyond the established suspense necessary as a part of the supervisor’s normal functions.
date.
f. Requirements listing. A compilation of existing regulatory re- B–7. Implementation
quirements as a single source listing organized by level of responsi- a. Each commander provides the personal interest and direction
bility or function. (tables B–1 through B–7). necessary to establish an effective CSDP.
g. Parent organization. The command level over the supervisory b. The CSDP is incorporated into existing resources in the com-
personnel and/or PBOs. For TDA organizations, the parent organi- mand to avoid redundancy of effort.
zation is that command level designated as the appointing authority c. Supervisors utilize the requirements listing in the normal per-
for reports of surveys. formance of their duties.
d. Whenever an applicable requirement within the Requirements
Section II Listing cannot be completed, the immediate higher headquarters
Program Guidance must be notified by the affected organization.
B–5. Concept B–8. Evaluations

To assure proper implementation of the CSDP, the intent of the Each command level is required to evaluate the immediate lower
program is as follows: level of operations. Further evaluations of other levels are as re-
a. The CSDP is designed as a commander’s program directed at quired by a commander.
eliminating noncompliance with supply regulations. To accomplish a. User, PBO, direct support, and general support levels.
this, the CSDP assists commanders by making them aware of supply (1) Supervisors (commanders and managers) are primarily ex-
conditions in their command. pected to utilize the CSDP to police their own operations. The most
b. It is not intended to be solely an inspection program. Rather, effective means of ensuring supply discipline is to have an internally
responsible personnel are expected to use the program to— self-administered program practiced on a routine basis.
(1) Gain familiarity with established policy. (2) At these levels, the CSDP requires no additional recordkeep-
(2) Enforce compliance with policy by subordinate personnel. ing. The normal recording of inventories, inspections, and so on, is
c. Evaluations are a necessary part of the CSDP in order to still required.
monitor performance, as explained in paragraph B–9. The intended (3) At the completion of an evaluation by a higher headquarters,
result of these evaluations is to factually present to the commander the evaluated supervisor will determine a suspense date (“get-
what supply problems exist so the chain of command can initiate well”date) for each finding to establish when each discrepancy will
prompt corrective action. be resolved.
(4) The supervisor’s chain of command is authorized to grant
B–6. Requirements listing extensions to the established suspense dates.
a. A compilation of existing requirements is established as a (5) Whenever the resolution of a finding is determined to be
Requirements Listing (tables B–1 through B–6). Each level of com- beyond the supervisor’s capability—policy problems or conflicting
mand will review the Requirements Listing for completeness and command guidance—refer to subparagraph B–9b(5) below.
make the necessary additions to account for any uniqueness within b. Parent organizations and higher commands.
the command. Table B–7 outlines the minimum frequency of evalu- (1) The immediate organizational level above the user/PBO level
ations required to monitor the status of supply discipline in subordi- is the parent organization.
nate units. (2) The parent organization and higher command levels are re-
b. The Requirements Listing is organized into six tables accord- quired to evaluate the subordinate user/PBO for compliance with
ing to level of responsibility. Tables B–1 through B–6 outline the established policy.
various supervisory responsibilities along with references to applica- (3) Parent organizations and higher command levels will conduct
ble regulations. The intent of the Requirements Listings is to pro- formal evaluations of subordinate levels on a periodic basis (per
vide supervisors (be they commanders or managers) with a single table B–7) to—
source of supply policy requirements. (a) Provide supervisors with feedback of their supply discipline
(1) Table B–1 lists user level (hand receipt holder) performance.
responsibilities. (b) Identify supply problems and resolve difficulties before they
(2) Table B–2 lists PBO responsibilities. become serious.
(3) Table B–3 lists the requirements for parent organizations of (c) Determine if resolution of past findings are complete and
the user and PBO levels. appropriate.
(4) Table B–4 lists requirements for supply units or activities (4) Each parent organization and higher command level will
providing direct support to users or PBOs. maintain a file of evaluations to record—
(5) Table B–5 lists requirements for supply units or activities
providing general support to DSUs. (a) Date of evaluation.
(b) Organization evaluated.
Note. Supply operations above the TOE division level are usually both DS
and GS. For example, at the installation level, the ISD is in the GS mode
(c) Findings and associated suspense dates.
when supporting divisional units and in the DS and GS modes when support- (d) Repeat findings.
ing nondivisional units. Therefore, both tables B–4 and B–5 are applicable to (5) Some evaluation findings of noncompliance may be due to
ISD operations. Determining which table to use depends on what type of circumstances beyond the control of the evaluated organization; for
support is provided; that is, supply operations in direct support of the user example, the discrepancy is a result of conflicting command or
are detailed in B–4 and supply operations in support of a supplier are in policy guidance. The level conducting the evaluation is then respon-
B–5. sible for elevating such a finding to the appropriate level capable of
(6) Table B–6 lists MACOM level requirements. resolving the discrepancy.
c. The information within each of the requirements listing is c. Frequency of evaluation.
outlined in the following format: (1) At the user/PBO, direct support and general support levels,
(1) Regulatory requirement. A concise listing of the guidance. supervisors fulfill their responsibilities as directed by their chain of
110 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

command. The frequency of their internal evaluations is set as e. Intraservice Support Agreements. In order to make the CSDP a
desired. responsive and efficient program, maximum use of intraservice sup-
(2) The parent organization and higher command levels will con- port agreements is encouraged. Numerous tenant units are located at
duct formal evaluations on a periodic basis as depicted in table B–7. many installations. Chain of command evaluations of these subordi-
DS and GS supply operations are evaluated semiannually by their nate organizations in accordance with CSDP frequency requirements
higher headquarters; that is, DISCOM evaluates FSB, MSB, and may create extensive travel and man-hour support. Therefore,
DMMC; DOL evaluates ISD. MACOMs are encouraged to enter into intraservice support agree-
(3) Table B–7 lists the various types of organizations within the ments to authorize installation commanders to conduct evaluations
Army force structure. Whenever a unique organizational structure
of applicable tenant units. Evaluation results would then be for-
does not fit the charts in table B–7, the evaluation responsibilities
warded to the respective MACOM headquarters.
then fall on that level immediately higher within the established
force structure.
d. Evaluation procedures— B–9. Monitoring MACOM and DA levels
(1) The purpose of the evaluation is to determine whether or not At MACOM and DA levels, formal visibility of the CSDP is pro-
an organization is complying with regulatory guidance. vided through Command Logistics Review Program (CLRP) per AR
(2) The Requirements Listing (tables B–1 through B–6) es- 11–1.
tablishes the minimum standards. Commanders are encouraged to
develop command checklists using the Requirements Listing as a Section III
baseline. Enforcement of Supply Discipline
(3) CSDP evaluations will include the following:
(a) A review of the property book, document file, document B–10. Methods for enforcing supply discipline
registers, due-in status file, hand receipts, and the PLL. Also, a
Enforcement of supply discipline is accomplished through a combi-
check will be made of procedures used to request, receive, and
nation of leadership, command emphasis, training, administrative
account for property, and to return recoverable items. These areas
are included in the Requirements Listing. measures, and disciplinary measures.
(b) A verification that school-trained supply personnel are as-
signed to and working in supply positions. B–11. Administrative measures
(c) A comparison of a representative sample of completed supply AR 735–5 provides various administrative measures for accounting
transactions for nonexpendables with the organization’s property for lost, damaged, and destroyed property. These actions must be
records (pertains to property book accounts only). Obtain a random followed for relief from property accountability. They are oriented
sample of transactions from each SSA that supplies the unit with however, to supply accountability and are not intended to be used as
nonexpendable supplies. Make sure necessary annotations were corrective or disciplinary actions. The assessment of pecuniary lia-
made in the document register and the property book. Also, verify bility is solely for the purpose of administratively recouping the
that copies of the documents are filed in the supporting document value of losses to the U.S. Government.
file.
(4) Personnel undergoing the evaluation may make on-the-spot
corrections. B–12. Disciplinary measures
(5) Evaluators will record findings on each applicable require- Commanders must recognize that military discipline goes hand-
ment in the Requirements Listing. The results of the last evaluation –in–hand with supply discipline. The commander has several tools
will also be reviewed to determine if past discrepancies were re- available for use. These tools serve as both deterrence and correc-
solved. Resolved and repeat findings will be noted. tive action. Disciplinary measures include reprimands, adverse effi-
(6) The organization’s supervisor will be briefed on the findings ciency reports, and Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ)
at the completion of the evaluation. For each finding, the supervisor action.
will establish, during the out-briefing, a suspense date for resolution
of each discrepancy. In the case of a discrepancy due to circum- B–13. Reacting to incidents of nonpecuniary liability
stances beyond the control of the evaluated organization, refer to
Use of administrative and disciplinary alternatives need not be lim-
subparagraph B–9d(9) below.
ited to cases involving the standards prescribed for pecuniary liabili-
(7) In the case of repeat findings, the chain of command will be
notified of the problem upon completion of the evaluation to rees- ty. Even when no pecuniary liability is found, the facts may warrant
tablish compliance. some form of command action, such as a failure to properly super-
(8) The evaluated organization will be provided copies of each vise an operation or a subordinate’s actions. For example, there is
evaluation made under CSDP. The copies will specify any noncom- little doubt that strong measures should be taken against a supply
pliance findings along with the respective suspense dates determined sergeant whose stocks were found by a command inspection to be
by the supervisor. The evaluator will also retain a copy of the $10,000 short because of his or her misconduct, neglect, or ineffi-
evaluation and use it for follow-up on corrective actions during the ciency. However, similar action might also be appropriate against
next periodic evaluation. supervisors and commanders in the chain of command if an investi-
(9) If major problems with procedure or policy are surfaced dur- gation revealed inadequate command supervision (failure to conduct
ing a CSDP evaluation, these findings will be elevated up the chain or verify inventories, failure to conduct checks, and so on).
of command immediately. The problems will be elevated to that
appropriate level capable of resolving the problems. B–14. Ensuring supply discipline
(10) In summary, the sequence of events is as follows:
The best means of ensuring supply discipline is to be proactive and
(a) Organization is evaluated.
(b) Organization’s supervisor establishes suspense dates for cor- not reactive in supply operations. Also, supply discipline does not
rective actions. lend itself to infrequent emphasis. Enforcing discipline and compli-
(c) Supervisor is required to utilize evaluation results to improve ance with regulations requires constant command emphasis. To ef-
on operations. fectively instill and maintain supply discipline, commanders and
(d) Next routine evaluation occurs and will include review of supervisors must routinely adhere to CSDP procedures and conduct
corrective action(s) taken on last evaluation findings. supply discipline training for all subordinates; for example, hand
(e) Repeat findings require chain of command notification and receipt procedures and inventory techniques.
assistance.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 111

Table B–1
User Level
Regulatory Requirement Administrative Procedures Reference Frequency
A. General
1. When regulatory guidance is not clear, Send requests through command chan- AR 710–2 (1–10) As needed
request clarification. nels per AR 710–2.
2. Deviation from supply policy requires Send requests through command chan- AR 710–2 (1–10), AR As needed
approval from HQDA. nels to Director, U.S. Army Logistics Inte- 735–5 (8–2)
gration Agency, ATTN: LOIA-LM, 54 M
Avenue, Suite 4, New Cumberland, PA
17070-5007.
3. Identify and report supply constraints. Supply constraints are prepared and for- AR 710–2 (1–12). Within 2 work days when
warded through command channels per routine submission of request
AR 725–50. is curtailed or limited for any
reason.
4. Implement the Hazardous Materials The use of HAZMATs will be minimized or AR 710–2 (1–28); AR As needed
Management Program. controlled to decrease hazards to public 200–1 (5–1a, 5–3b, 6–6b;
health and damage to the environment. TM 38–410
Users of HAZMATs will obtain instructions
from their supporting environmental offices
on the proper requisitioning, receipt han-
dling, storage, use, and disposition of
HAZMATs and on mandatory reporting to
minimize the use of HAZMATs to meet the
HQDA-established hazardous waste re-
duction goals.
B. Property authorization documents
1. Commanders ensure they have all perti- Review DA Form 12-series and DA Pam AR 710–2 (2–4), AR 71–13 Annually
nent property authorization documents as 25–30 to verify the latest publications are (2–3)
prescribed in AR 71–13 (MTOE, TDA, on hand.
JTA, CTAs, and so on).
2. Ensure property book allowances are After receipt of the PBOs statement that AR 710–2 (2–4b) Annually
reconciled with authorization documents. property book was reconciled with applica-
ble authorization documents, the com-
mander or designated representative ac-
knowledges in writing that the reconcilia-
tion was completed.
3. Ensure that equipment authorization As stated AR 710–2 (2–4a) As needed
documents are loaded with the Requisition
Validation (REQVAL) System.
C. Requesting and receiving supplies
1. Authorized property is on hand or on re- Ensure that all property and components AR 710–2 (2–6a), AR Routine
quest. listed in the authorized column of the 310–49 (3–15)
MTOE, TDA, or JTA and basic lads are on
hoand or on request.
a Equipment to be replaced through force
modernization action is an authorized sub-
stitute and is retained until receipt of new
equipment being replaced and is no longer
needed. All (CONUS/OCONUS) units will
not request equipment from approved
TAADS changes no sooner than 365 days
before the effective date of the authoriza-
tion document.
b Another exception is for equipment that
is being replaced and is no longer needed.
All (CONUS/OCONUS) units will not re-
quest equipment from approved TAADS
changes no sooner than 365 days before
the effective date of the authorization doc-
ument.
c Where available use the Army Authori- 710–2 (2–6a) As needed
zation Document Systems before submit-
ting all MTOE/TDA requisitions.
112 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–1
User Level—Continued
2. Review all requests with UND “A” or Commanders or designated representative AR 710–2 (2–6d), AR As needed
“B.” will review all requests with UND “A” or “B” 725–50 (2–10c)
for priority abuse. Initial document register
prior to sending request to SSA.
3. Enforce the use of End Item Codes Ensure the EIC is placed on all requests AR 710–2 (2–6g) As needed
(EIC) on applicable repair part requests. for repair parts for end items with an EIC.
The EIC for end items is in the AMDF.
Enter the EIC in block 18 of the DA Form
2765–1 (Request for Issue or Turn-In) or
in the EIC data field for Unit Level Logis-
tics System (ULLS) users.
4. Requesting recoverables. Requests for recoverables are preceded AR 710–2 (2–6e) As needed
by a turn-in of an unserviceable like item
or are accompanied by a statement signed
by the commander or responsible officer
explaining the reason a turn-in was not
made.
5. Training ammunition requests. Submit training ammunition requests AR 710–2 (2–6f) As needed
enough in advance to permit timely deliv-
ery per required delivery date.
6. Establish and maintain document regis- A document register for supply actions is AR 710–2 (2–6h) As needed
ters. kept by each organizational element au-
thorized to request supplies. Establish and
maintain DA Form 2064 (Document Regis-
ter for Supply Actions) or automated
equivalent as directed by the PBO. Main-
tain a due-in status file to support those
actions not completed.
7. Verify the need for a local purchase. Local purchase requests are processed AR 710–2 (2–6l) As needed
through the PBO to the SSA. Command-
ers are responsible for verifying the need
for local purchase and for signing the re-
quest. Commanders may delegate this re-
sponsibility in writing, to specific persons.
8. Command requirements when a unit Appointment is made by the supporting AR 710–2 (2–30b, c) As needed
member is appointed as an ordering/con- contracting officer. The commander en-
tracting officer. sures the PBO or his alternate is not ap-
pointed. Local purchases by the ordering/
contracting officer require a written re-
quest from the PBO. All purchase receipts
are given to the PBO.
9. Requests for DRMO property are sub- Process requests through the PBO to the AR 710–2 (2–6l) As needed
mitted to the SSA. SSA. Requests for supplies to be used for
other than their intended purpose requires
installation commander’s approval. Nonex-
pendable property drawn from the DRMO
requires property book accountability.
10. Receipt for supplies. Responsible officer or designated repre- AR 710–2 (2–8a) As needed
sentative will receipt for supplies for their
unit. To establish designated representa-
tives, prepare signature cards (DA Form
1687 (Notice of Delegation of Authority-
Receipt for Supplies), and send cards to
support activities along with the assump-
tion of command orders or a memoran-
dum that designated a person as the re-
sponsible officer. Supplies received from
other than the SSA are reported through
the PBO to the SSA.
11. Report discrepancies when supplies a Notify the SSA of discrepancies. AR 710–2 (2–8b,c); AR a Within 3 days of receipt (30
are received. 735–5 (6–5) days for USAR).
b Discrepancies related to the receipt of b Immediately
classified COMSEC equipment or CCI re-
quire investigation and submission of Inci-
dent reports per TB 380–41 and or DA
Pam 25–380–2, respectively.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 113

Table B–1
12. Reconciliation and validation of supply Commanders or supervisors will validate AR 710–2 (2–7d) a Monthly reconciliations to
requests. all their open supply requests. Reconcile confirm status of open supply
due-in files with the SSA according to requests (quarterly for USAR
schedule published by the SSA. Annotate and ARNG. Follow-up action
listings and cards and return documents to is on an as-required basis.
SSA.
b Quarterly validations to ver-
ify continued need exists for
open supply requests.
13. Submit document modifiers. Commanders will ensure document modifi- AR 710–2 (2–7a) As needed
ers are prepared and sent to the SSA for
open requests when the FAD of the unit or
the UND have since changed.
14. Submit cancellation requests. Commanders will ensure that when re- AR 710–2 (2–7c) Immediately when an item is
quested items are no longer needed, a re- no longer needed.
quest for cancellation is sent to the SSA.
Request for cancellation is submitted on
DA Form 2765–1.
15. Requisition non- or less-HAZMATs. Select the least HAZMAT available to AR 710–2 (1–28); AR As needed
meet mission requirements. 200–1 (5–1a and 5–3a)
16. Identify HAZMATs to ensure appropri- Ensure all personnel are properly trained AR 710–2 (1–31a); TM As needed
ate handling. in HAZMAT handling. 38–410
D. Disposition of property
1. Ensure transferred property meets ac- Transfer of property between Army and AR 710–2 (2–13a) As needed
countability and maintenance require- non-Army organizations requires HQDA
ments. (DALO-SMP) approval. Transfers between
Army organizations are approved by the
commander over both organizations. Prop-
erty transferred will meet 10/20 PMCS
standards of applicable technical manual.
Component shortages are documented on
a hand receipt annex. Transfers are coor-
dinated through the PBO.
2. Transfers involving COMSEC equip- Transfers of classified COMSEC equip- AR 710–2 (2–13a) As needed
ment. ment and components require approval by
the COMSEC SSA. Transfer documents
are prepared and processed by the COM-
SEC custodian.
3. Turn-in of excess property and associ- Turn-in actions are initiated within 10 cal- AR 710–2 (2–13b) Upon receipt of new authori-
ated components. endar days after the effective date of the zation documents, review for
authorization document change. Property changes in authorized quanti-
no longer required because of authoriza- ties.
tion change(s) may be turned in or trans-
ferred no sooner than 365 days before the
EDATE as long as mission capability and
readiness are not degraded. Ensure a
technical inspection of property book items
is completed by the supporting mainte-
nance activity and then process turn-ins
through the PBO to the SSA. No turn-in is
made directly to the DRMO.
4. Turn-in unserviceable and unrepairable Process item through the PBO to the SSA AR 710–2 (2–13b). As needed
property book items. along with the DA Form 2407 (Mainte-
nance Request) or 5504 (Maintenance
Request) verifying condition of unservice-
able item. Turn-ins to DRMO are made
with approval by the SSA (with the excep-
tion of IMPE reported to the Defense auto-
mated Resource Information Center
(DARIC)).
114 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–1
5. Turn-in of unserviceable COMSEC Unserviceable classified COMSEC equip- AR 710–2 (2–13b) As needed
equipment. ment and components are turned in to the
COMSEC custodian. CCI and other un-
classified items are turned in to the PBO.
Disposal of both classified COMSEC items
and CCI through other than wholesale
6. Turn-in unserviceable reparables. Unserviceable reparables are turned-in to AR 710–2 (2–13b) As needed
the supporting SSA using a DA Form
2765–1.
7. Validate component shortages of prop- Before turn-in, determine and validate AR 710–2 (2–13b) As needed
erty being turned in. component shortages on a shortage list.
8. Turn-in found Government property. Items discovered in a unit that are not on AR 710–2 (2–13d) Immediately upon discovery
accountable records are turned in through of unaccounted property.
the PBO to the SSA as “Found on Installa-
tion” property. ARNG units will assign a
document number to the turn-in document
and process item to the USPFO.
9. Turn-in residue and unexpended am- Segregate the ammunition and residue for AR 710–2 (2–39d) Within 5 work days after
munition after completion of training. turn-in to the SSA. Ensure live rounds, un- training.
fired primers, other dangerous materiel is
not mixed in with residue.
10. Commanders will ensure live ordnance Establish procedures for recovering unex- AR 710–2 (2–38e) As needed
and residue is recovered from training pended ammunition or explosives and ac-
sites. countable residue. Certify on turn-in docu-
ment (DA Form 5811–R), what actions
were taken to account for ammunition
shortages and missing residue.
11. Turn in found ammunition. Support amnesty program for found am- AR 710–2 (2–43) Immediately upon discovery
munition. Turn in ammunition through par- of unaccounted ammunition.
ent organization to SSA as found on in-
stallation property. No turn- in document is
required.
12. Turn in unneeded HAZMATs. Turn-in excess hazardous materiels to the AR 710–2 (1–31d) As needed
supporting supply support activity to elimi-
nate unnecessary exposure to health haz-
ard items.
E. Property Responsibility
1. Property book responsibilities at the us- Refer to table B–2. N/A N/A
ing unit level.
2. Command and supervisory responsibil- Ensure SOPs are current and complete. AR 710–2 (1–14b, 1–31b) Routine
ity for the care, use, and safekeeping of Ensure inprocessing procedures for newly AR 735–5 (2–8a & b)
Government property issued to or used by assigned personnel are thorough (take in-
subordinates are inherent to command ventory of their OCIE and personal cloth-
and supervisory positions. ing, provide them with a means to secure
belongings, etc. when appropriate). Con-
duct periodic inspections of facilities and
equipment. Control access to secure
areas (supply room, arms room, tool room,
etc.). Establish unit/activity-level proce-
dures to provide personnel accurate and
timely information and requisite training on
the identification, handling, storage, and
use of HAZMATs.
3. Unit commander or primary hand re- The commander or primary hand receipt AR 710–2 (2–5g, 2–10d) Whenever property is issued
ceipt holder responsibilities. holder accepts direct responsibility for to the organization or activity.
property signing a hand receipt from each
property book from which property was is-
sued.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 115

Table B–1
4. Assign property responsibility for unit The unit commander or primary hand re- AR 710–2 (2–10f, app F) Subhand receipt property to
and section property. ceipt holder further delegates responsibil- subordinates as soon as pos-
ity for all unit and section property as- sible.
signed by using permanent or temporary
hand receipts. The original of any receipt
is kept by the person issuing the supplies.
The duplicate is kept by the subhand re-
ceipt holder.
5. USAR equipment at ECS. Organizational equipment pooled at ECS AR 710–2 (2–10e) As needed
should be hand receipted.
6. Temporary versus permanent hand re- Use temporary hand receipts to issue AR 710–2 (2–10g) As needed
ceipt. property on loan for less than 30 calendar
days. After 30 days, the property is either
returned or a permanent hand receipt is
prepared.
7. Use an inventory listing when assigning Property meant for general use (i.e., shift AR 710–2 (2–10g) (4) Semiannually (if restrictions
individual responsibility is not practical. operations or multiuse rooms) is listed on are met) and authorized by
a hand receipt and a copy is kept in the the property book officer, and
area where the property is located. updated accordingly.
8. Control components of (SKO) and end Document the issue of components of AR 710–2 (2–10h, app F) Inventory components when
items. SKO and other end items using compo- end item is inventoried.
nent hand receipts, hand receipt annexes,
or aircraft inventory records. When
preprinted component hand receipts are
available, their use is mandatory.
9. Component hand receipt versus hand a. Component hand receipts will list all AR 710–2 (2–10h, app F) As needed
receipt annex. components and will reflect actual quantity
on hand.
b. Hand receipt annexes reflect only the
shortages.
c. Use of the component hand receipt is
mandatory when issuing items with com-
ponents to the intended user. Use either
the component hand receipt or hand re-
ceipt annex when issuing such items to
supervisors above the user.
10. Assign personal responsibility for prop- Property issued for personal use will be is- AR 710–2 (2–10g), AR Routine
erty issued for personal use. sued on a hand receipt, OCIE record or 735–5 (2–1e, app F)
equipment receipt. Examples of property
issued for personal use are barracks furni-
ture, OCIE, and protective masks. Army
property will not be used for any private
purpose except as authorized by HQDA.
11. Keep hand receipts current. Hand receipts are posted as changes oc- AR 710–2 (2–10g, app F) Routine
cur or when change documents are used.
When using change documents, update
hand receipts every 6 months, counting
from the oldest change document in effect.
12. Designate responsibility for ammuni- Ammunition drawn and used for basic or AR 710–2 (2–39b, c) As needed
tion issued to the unit. operational loads or for training requires
strict hand receipt control down to the im-
mediate supervisor.
13. Tool room or tool crib responsibilities. The tool room or tool crib custodian is re- AR 710–2 (2–10i, j) AR Routine
sponsible for all tools contained within the 190–51 (3–22)
tool room or tool crib. Ensure physical se-
curity standards meet AR 190–51 require-
ments.
116 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–1
14. Establish control of commercial (pro- a. Commercial (proprietary) software and AR 710–2 (2–31i) Routine
prietary) software, issued to unit or organi- data media do not require property book
zation. accounting. When issuing commercial
software (regardless of dollar value) use
locally produced log. Manage blank media
data software valued at $300 or less as
expendable items. Blank data media val-
ued at over $300 will be issued using
PHRH local procedures but the following
applies.
b. Packages purchased and loaded on a
single or site stand alone PC license lo-
cated in the work place is evidence that
custody lies with the user.
c. Site and local area network software
loaded onto a LAN server is evidence that
the software package(s) were issued to
the PHRH, not the individual user.
d. Manufacturer or locally assigned serial
numbers of software and the serial num-
ber of PC to which it was installed will be
recorded. The record (log) is updated
when software is added or deleted. The
log will be maintained by the PHRH for the
life cycle of equipment with that organiza-
tion. Do not place software packages on
component hand receipt. The PHRH may
direct central storage of original software
packages as an exception to the above.
15. Provide reports on HAZMATs. Provide necessary information to respond AR 710–2 (1–28b and As needed
to HQDA, Federal, State, DOD, and local 1–31e); AR 200–1 (chap-
HAZMATs reporting requirements. Data ters 5, 6)
compilation and reporting will be accom-
plished per instructions disseminated by
the supporting environmental office.
16. Appoint new HRH. Upon notification that a HRH will be ab- AR 710–2 (2–10g(7) ASAP; not to exceed 30
sent for an extended period, the com- days.
mander or activity chief will appoint an in-
terim HRH and an inventory team.
17. Unit commander or activity head con- Document the conduct of the management AR 735–, 7–7b(3) Annually
duct management review of durable prop- review, stating what the results were, and
erty. what corrective actions, if any, were taken.
Documentation will be prepared as a
memorandum for record (MFR) in dupli-
cate. One copy will be retained at the unit
or activity, and one copy provided to the
next level of command. The MFR will be
retained for 2 years.
F. Organizational clothing and individ-
ual equipment (OCIE) and personal
clothing
1. Maintain OCIE records. Duplicate copies of OCIE records provided AR 710–2 (2–14j) Routine
by OCIE issue point for unit personnel will
be on file.
2. Clear OCIE issue point. Commanders will ensure that all soldiers AR 710–2 (2–14n) Within 5 work days before
clear the OCIE issue point before depart- soldier’s departure.
ing the installation on ETS or permanent
change of station (PCS) moves.
3. Ensure soldier’s authorized OCIE is on When soldiers are assigned, commanders AR 710–2 (2–14n, o). As needed
hand and serviceable. will ensure that the OCIE on hand agrees
with the soldier’s OCIE records. Conduct
periodic inspections of assigned soldiers.
Initiate corrective actions as required.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 117

Table B–1
4. Authorize cash purchases of OCIE from The commander must provide a signed AR 710–2 (2–16b); AR As needed
the CIF. statement authorizing a soldier to make a 735–5 (12–2b)
cash purchase of OCIE in order to replace
missing items. When the soldier is clearing
the installation, a copy of the clearing or-
ders will suffice for authorization to replace
missing items via cash purchase.
5. Unit commanders are authorized to ap- The unit commander signs the damage AR 735–5 (14–25b) As needed
prove damage statements for OCIE dam- statement verifying no negligence or mis-
aged during field training exercises when conduct was involved. With the statement,
no negligence or misconduct was in- OCIE record, and damaged OCIE, the sol-
volved. dier completes an exchange for servicea-
ble OCIE.
6. Permanent marking of OCIE is author- If identification of OCIE is required see DA AR 710–2 (2–14j) Routine
ized. Pam 710–2–1.
7. Maintain soldier’s clothing records. Once a soldier has 6 months time in serv- AR 700–84 (5–2b, 14–5, As needed
ice, conduct an inspection to determine if 15–1f)
all clothing items were issued.
a. For Active Army, keep a copy of the DA
Form 3078 (Personal Clothing Request)
on file for those first 6 months. Once the
soldier has all authorized personal clothing
items, destroy the DA Form 3078. The sol-
dier then becomes financially liable for all
applicable initial issue items that become
lost, damaged, or destroyed.
b. For ARNG and USAR, use DA Form
4886 (Issue In-Kind Personal Clothing Re-
cord) to account for personal clothing is-
sued to individuals. Keep the DA Form
4886 on file until the soldier PCS’s or
leaves the service.
8. Inspect issued personal clothing. Conduct an inspection to ensure that au- AR 700–84 (1–4, 14–5, Annually
thorized items are on-hand and servicea- 15–4)
ble.
G. Management of loads:
1. Basic versus operational loads. a. Basic loads are authorized by MACOM AR 710–2 (2–19, 20) Conduct serviceable inspec-
HQ. They are designed to support combat tions during inventories—
operations for prescribed number of days.
a. Classes 1, 2 (including
maps), 3 (P), 4, 8: Semian-
nually
b. Operational loads are approved by unit b. Classes 3 (B), 5: Monthly.
commanders, but loads of class 3 (bulk)
require MACOM approval Operational
loads are designed to support peacetime
operations up to 15 days.
2. Manage stockage of basic and opera- Maintain a unit file of basic and opera- AR 710–2 (2–20c) Routine
tional loads. tional loads lists. Maintain stockage of
loads based on approved load lists.
3. Maintain basic loads. Units designated by their MACOM will AR 710–2 (2–6b, 2–20a, As needed
maintain basic loads of class 1, 2 (includ- 2–22a)
ing maps), 3, 4 (type classified only), 5 (in-
cluding maps), and 8 (except medical
repair parts) supplies. Stockage levels are
prescribed by the MACOM. Authorized
quantities are on hand or on request.
ARNG units are not authorized to maintain
basic loads.
4. Establish responsibility for basic and The commander accepts responsibility for AR 710–2 (2–20d, app F) As needed
operational loads. class 1 and 5 basic loads from the PBO.
Use hand receipt procedures to establish
responsibility for all basic loads in the unit.
118 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–1
5. Maintain operational loads. Maintain a 15-day (7 days if item is availa- AR 710–2 (2–20b) Routine
ble in SSSC) stockage of expendable and
durable class 2 (including maps), 3 (pack-
aged), 4, and 8 (except medical repair
parts) supplies based on allowances in
CTA 50–970 and CTA 8–100.
6. Maintain operational load of class 1 Maintain a file copy of checks per AR AR 30–1; AR 30–18 As needed
supplies per AR 30–1 and AR 30–18. 30–1.
7. Maintain operational load of class 3 Operational loads of class 3 (bulk) sup- AR 710–2 (2–20b, 2–35) Submit MBPAS report
(bulk). plies are maintained by units as directed monthly to higher level for
by their MACOM. Reconcile consumption approval.
and on-hand data and file within unit files.
Maintain usage within allocation.
8. Maintain minimum stockage of class 5 Refer to CTA 50–909 to determine the AR 710–2 (2–4c, app F) As needed
operational loads and establish hand re- types and quantities of operational loads
ceipt control of quantities on hand. authorized for stockage. Use hand receipt
procedures to designate responsibility.
9. Assign responsibility for durable items CTAs 50–970 and 8–100 prescribe allow- AR 710–2 (2–20b, d, app Routine
within loads. ances for durables. Commanders will en- F).
sure that responsibility for all durables is
assigned using hand receipt procedures.
10. Maintain demand data. Ensure demand data is maintained on AR 710–2 (2–20d) Routine
basic loads of class 2 (including maps), 3
(packaged), 4, and 8 and on operational
loads of class 1, 2 (including maps), 3
(packaged), 4, and 8.
H. PLL
1. Maintain demand data. Records of demand will be kept for all AR 710–2 (2–21c) Routine
repair parts carried on the PLL.
2. Review records of demand. The review of demands includes verifying AR 710–2 (2–21c,e) Quarterly (semiannually for
authorized stockage levels are on hand or USAR and ARNG).
on request and that supplies appear to be
in a serviceable condition. Also, determine
if quantity on hand is adequate. Annotate
record of demands at conclusion of re-
view.
3. Increases and decreases to demand Increases are authorized whenever justi- AR 710–2 (2–21a) At the conclusion of quarterly
and nondemand supported repair parts. fied by the demand data. Decreases are reviews (semiannually for
related to completion of review periods— USAR, ARNG).
a. Initial stockage quantities of demand
supported items will not be reduced for the
first 2 reviews.
b. Initial stockage quantities of non-
demand supported items will not be re-
duced for the first 4 reviews. Changes to
stockage quantities of repair parts suppor-
ting nuclear weapons and related materiel
are directed by the MACOM.
4. Approval of nondemand supported Nondemand supported repair parts, other AR 710–2 (2–21a) Delete items from PLL if not
repair parts on PLL. than IMPL, or SLAC deck parts, must be demand supported during the
approved by the first general officer staff first 4 review periods.
level in the chain of command. Repair
parts must have an EC of “C” on the
AMDF and a maintenance use code of “O”
in the applicable TM.
5. Mandatory stockage. All repair parts prescribed by SLAC deck AR 710–2 (2–21a,b). After 2 years, SLAC deck
(initial provisioning of parts for newly fiel- items must change to
ded items) or IMPL are mandatory stock- demand supported or com-
age and will be carried on the applicable mand directed stockage or
PLL. An IMPL is in support of missile sys- be deleted. IMPL stocks will
tems only. not be reduced by HQDA.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 119

Table B–1
6. Units authorized a PLL are not author- If an organization is authorized to perform AR 710–2 (2–21k) As needed
ized to maintain shop and bench stocks. higher levels of maintenance (DS/GS) on
Exception: AVUM units are authorized their organic equipment, then the associ-
bench stock. ated repair parts are included on the PLL.
7. PLL stockage limited to 300 lines. Note: PLLs stockage is limited to 300 lines. Ex- AR 710–2 (2–21d) As needed
Repair parts stocked for performing au- ceptions are allowed for USAISC, IN-
thorized higher level maintenance (DS/ SCOM, non-deployable and USARSPACE
GS) are not included in the 300 line limit. TDA activities; repair parts to support
medical equipment and (AVUM); support
units authorized to keep repair parts of the
ASL. MTOE units with mandatory stock-
age as a part of their PLL must obtain ex-
ception approval from the first general offi-
cer staff level in the chain of command.
MTOE units without mandatory stockage
within their PLL must obtain approval from
the MACOM to exceed 300 lines.
8. Only repair parts designated as essen- Parts carried on a PLL must be mainte- AR 710–2 (2–21a) Routine
tial by the AMDF (an EC of “C”) and as re- nance related class 2 (including maps), 4,
moval and replacement authorized at the and class 8 and 9 organizational repair
organization level by applicable TMs (a parts that are essentiality coded “C” and
maintenance use code of “O”) are carried have a maintenance use code of “O.” If
on PLLs. stocking such items as demand sup-
ported, they must have 3 demands within
180 days (360 days for ARNG, USAR) to
qualify for PLL stockage and 1 demand to
retain as PLL stockage.
9. Requests for reparables will be accom- When requesting a reparable item AR 710–2 (2–6e) As needed
panied by: (recoverability code of A, D, F, H, or L), a
like unserviceable item must be turned in;
or the request must be accompanied by a
statement signed by the commander stat-
ing the reason a like unserviceable item is
not available for turn-in.
a. An unserviceable like item.
b. A commander’s statement.
10. QSS items are not stocked as part of Minimum quantities of QSS items are sto- AR 710–2 (2–21i) Routine
the PLL. cked separately along with the PLL. When
supported by a QSS, limit quantities to 7
days of supply. Fifteen days of supply are
authorized when not supported by a QSS.
I. Inventories
1. Change of primary hand receipt holder When PHRH is replaced, all unit property AR 710–2 (2–12 and table As needed
(PHRH) inventory. will be jointly inventoried before the new 2–1, para a)
PHRH accepts responsibility. The new
PHRH takes responsibility by signing a
hand receipt from the property book from
which the property was issued.
2. Periodic PHRH’s inventory. The PBO will make sure all unit property is AR 710–2 (2–12d table Annually or cyclic as directed
inventoried Annually Cyclic inventories 2–1, para b) by the PBO.
may be used in lieu of annual inventories.
The PHRH will prepare a signed and
dated statement of inventory results. Out-
put from automated systems will satisfy
this requirement. Manual systems use pro-
cedures in DA Pam 710–2–1.
3. Conduct inventory before receipt, turn- Before the property is receipted or issued, AR 710–2 (table 2–1, para As needed
in, or issue of property. the HRH will conduct a complete inventory f)
to include verification of serial numbers, if
applicable. Before turn-ins, an inventory is
conducted and component shortages are
documented.
120 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–1
4. Change of custody of arms storage fa- When responsibility for the custody of the AR 710–2 (table 2–1, para As needed
cility. arms storage facility keys is transferred g)
between authorized persons, they will con-
duct a physical count of the weapons and
ammunition. Results of the inventory will
be recorded on a hand receipt.
5. Command directed. Commanders ensure inventories are con- AR 710–2 (table 2–1, para Conduct inventory upon noti-
ducted following evidence of insecurity, al- h) fication of wrong doing. Con-
leged misappropriations of Government duct post-field exercise in-
property, or field exercises. ventory within 15 calendar
days after the exercise (30
days for USAR and ARNG).
6. Controlled item inventory other than Items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of AR 710–2 (2–12d and table Quarterly
weapons and ammunition. “1–6,” “8,” “9,” “P,” “O,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” 2–1, para i)
(night vision devices and navigation sys-
tems (GPS)) kept by the using unit will be
inventoried by serial number when appli-
cable. Sensitive item inventory results will
be recorded on a memorandum signed by
the PHRH.
7. Weapons and ammunition inventory. The unit commander or designated repre- AR 710–2 (2–12 and table Monthly (ARNG and USAR
sentative (NCO, Warrant Officer, Commis- 2–1, para j) conducts physical counts of
sioned Officer, or DOD Civilian) will inven- weapons monthly and inven-
tory weapons by serial number and am- tory weapons by serial num-
munition by lot and serial number. Unit ar- ber quarterly)
morers will not conduct this inventory nor
will the same person do this inventory con-
secutively.
8. Ammunition and explosive items rigged Physical inventory is accomplished first by AR 710–2 (2–41c and table Monthly
or preconfigured for rapid deployment. verifying the original bandings and/or 2–1, j)
seals were not broken (sealed boxes need
not be opened if no tampering is evident)
and then by counting total packages of
items.
9. Inventory of basic and operational loads The unit commander ensures loads are in- AR 710–2 (table 2–1, para Semiannually
of class 1, 2 (including maps), 3 (pack- ventoried to verify authorized stockage k)
aged), 4 and 8 supplies. levels are maintained (items are on hand
or on order) and on-hand assets appear to
be serviceable.
10. Inventory of bulk petroleum. a. Bulk fuel point operators must conduct AR 710–2 (2–34a–h and ta- a. Each day of activity or end
an inventory of fuel in bulk storage tanks. ble 2–1, para k). of week when no activity oc-
Compare inventory results to receipt and curred for the week.
issues to determine if pilferage or leakage
has occurred. Post inventory results to DA
Form 5831–R. Maintain documents in unit
files for 1 year.
b. Ensure monthly inventory is conducted b. Monthly at close of busi-
to verify that on hand quantity supports all ness on last duty day per AR
issues and receipts for the month. Post in- 11–27. Forward MBPAS
ventory results to DA Form 5831–R and within 3 work days after end
use as a supporting document to DA Form of month.
4702–R. Maintain copies in permanent
unit files and submit a copy to next higher
commander for approval. Adjust book bal-
ance to reflect the measured inventory on-
hand.
11. PLL inventory. Review demand data to determine ade- AR 710–2 (table 2–1, para Quarterly (semiannually for
quacy of stockage. Verify authorized i) USAR and ARNG).
stockage is on hand or on request. Inspect
on hand supplies for proper storage and
that they appear to be in serviceable con-
dition.
12. Inventories of OCIE must be con- a. Soldiers departing from or newly as- AR 710–2 (table 2–1m) a. Within 5 work days after
ducted following the listed events to en- signed to the unit. arrival or before departure.
sure authorized quantities are on hand
and serviceable.
b. Soldiers placed on AWOL status, hospi- b. Immediately upon notifica-
talized, or emergency leave. tion of status.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 121

Table B–1
c. Soldiers returned from a field exercise. c. As soon as practical.

J. Adjustments for lost, damaged, or
destroyed property
1. Authorized to make adjustments for Prepare a Memorandum for Record, AR 735–5 (14–25a) As needed
losses of durable hand tools up to $100 signed by unit commander. Adjust hand
per incident when losses are not the result receipts and maintain on file.
of negligence or misconduct.
2. Review of Memorandums for Record Summarize Memorandum for Record, at- AR 735–5 (14–25c) Quarterly
(Adjustment for losses of hand tool(s) by tach memorandums to summary, and
Report of Survey approving authority). send to the Report of Survey approving
authority.
3. Initiate adjustment actions for items un- This may involve statement of charges/ AR 710–2 (2–12e and As needed
serviceable due to other than fair wear cash collection voucher or a report of sur- 2–13b)
and tear. vey. Follow procedures in AR 735–5 to
determine the appropriate method.
4. Initiate DD Form 362 (Statement of Prepare DD Form 362 (Statement of AR 735–5 (12–2b (3)) As needed
Charges/Cash Collection Voucher) when Charges/Cash Collection Voucher) and
cash sale of hand tools or OCIE cannot be deliver to FAO/USPFO.
accomplished due to SSSC or CIF being
at zero balance for needed item(s).
5. Initiate statement of charges/cash col- Prepare statement of charges/cash collec- AR 735–5 (12–2c) Active Army—within 5 work
lection voucher to account for lost, dam- tion vouchers when liability is admitted days. ARNG—within 45 work
aged, or destroyed property for which lia- and a Report of Survey is not required. days. USAR—within 60 days.
bility is admitted.
6. Commander authorized to prorate state- Attach a memo to the DD Form 362 speci- AR 735–5 (12–2d) As needed
ment of charges liability if charges exceed fying the length of time for payment.
two-thirds of person’s monthly base pay.
7. Initiate Report of Survey within estab- Initiate a report of survey after discovery AR 735–5 (13–7) Active Army—within 15 cal-
lished time limits. of the type of discrepancies in AR 735–5, endar days. ARNG—within
paragraph 13–2. Complete blocks 1 45 calendar days. USAR—
through 12 of DA Form 4697 (Report of within 75 calendar days.
Survey) to document proof the item(s) ex-
isted, who was assigned responsibility,
and date and circumstances. Process the
DA Form 4697 (Department of Army
Report of Survey) through the approving
authority to the PBO.
8. Commander investigates circumstances Attach a statement to the maintenance re- AR 735–5 (14–26i) As needed
concerning damaged property through quest or turn-in document stating the
other than fair wear and tear. cause of damage.
9. Report the appearance of unlawful con- Contact law enforcement authorities to AR 735–5 (14–26i) As needed
duct associated with the loss of personal conduct investigation.
arms and equipment.
10. Unit commanders are authorized to The unit commander signs the damage AR 735–5 (14–26b) As needed
approve damage statements for OCIE statement verifying no negligence or mis-
damaged during field training exercises conduct was involved. With the statement
when no negligence or misconduct was in- and OCIE the soldier completes an ex-
volved. change for serviceable replacements.
K. Storage
1. Materiel will be kept ready for use. Conduct inspections. AR 710–2 (2–11) Routine
2. Commanders are directly responsible Initiate internal control checklists per AR AR 710–2 (2–8a) Routine
for safeguarding all supplies. 11–2.
L. Petroleum management
1. Refuel convoys at en route military in- Coordinate projected refuel requirements AR 710–2 (2–32b) As needed
stallations. with military installations prior to depar-
ture. When installations are not available,
seek local purchase authorization. Each
convoy carries the estimated resupply re-
quirements for packaged POL.
122 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–1
2. U.S. Government national credit cards Off-post purchases are limited to in the AR 710–2 (2–32e) As needed
are authorized for use only when motor tank requirements and crankcase refueling
pool, DOD facilities, or into-plane con- only.
tracts are not available.
3. AVFUEL identaplates are authorized Use AVFUEL identaplates to refuel Army AR 710–2 (2–32f) As needed
only for purchasing products dispensed aircraft at Army airfields other than home
directly into using aircraft. stations, at Navy and Air Force installa-
tions, or from commercial vendors under
Government contract. AVFUEL iden-
taplates are not used for purchasing prod-
ucts in advance. All purchase receipts are
turned in to the responsible supply officer.
4. Establish petroleum audit trail when re- Unit commander designates a responsible AR 710–2 (2–34b) Post daily transactions on DA
sponsible for maintaining bulk quantities of individual to maintain control of bulk fuels Form 3643. Consolidate daily
fuel. and to provide an audit trail of all transac- postings to DA Form 3644.
tions (receipts and issues). The DA Form
4702–R is used to maintain a record of re-
ceipts, issues, and inventory of petroleum
products.
5. Document losses of more than 25 gal- The unit’s designated responsible individ- AR 710–2 (2–34f) As needed
lons of fuel due to spillage or contamina- ual will document such losses and attach
tion. it to the MBPAS as a supporting docu-
ment.
6. If maintenance of auditable records dur- Included in the statement is verification AR 710–2 (2–34e) Complete the statement
ing field exercises is not feasible, then the that the fuel was used in authorized Army within 3 work days after com-
unit commander must prepare a statement equipment. File the statement as a sup- pletion of the exercise.
summarizing daily issues. porting document to the DA Form 3744-R
(Affidavit Supporting Request for Authori-
zation to Search and Seige) prescribed by
AR 27–10, and use it as a supplement to
audit records.
7. Recover contaminated and used POL Recover, recycle, and dispose of POL AR 710–2 (2–34k) As needed
products. products per AR 710–2, appendix D.
Table B–2
Property Book Officer Level
A. General
1. Request clarification of regulatory guid- Send requests through command chan- AR 710–2 (1–10); AR As needed
ance. nels per AR 710–2. 735–5 (1–5)
2. Request for deviation authority of Send requests through command chan- AR 710–2 (1–10); AR As needed
regulatory guidance. nels to Director, U.S. Army Logistics Inte- 735–5 (8–2)
gration Agency, ATTN: LOIA-LM, 54 M
Avenue, Suite 4, New Cumberland, PA
17070-5007.
3. Identify and report supply constraints. Supply constraints are prepared and for- AR 710–2 (1–12) Within 2 workdays when rou-
warded through command channels per tine submission of request is
AR 725–50. curtailed or limited for any
reason.
4. Implement the Hazardous Materials a. Provide instructions on the proper re- AR 710–2 (1–28), AR As needed
Management Program. quest, receipt, handling, storage, use, and 200–1 (5–1, 5–3, 6–6); AR
disposition of hazardous materiel and on 700–141; TM 30–410
mandatory reporting requirements.
b. Assist in obtaining Material Safety Data
Sheet (MSDSs).
c. Ensure efforts are taken to minimize the
use of hazardous materiels in order to
meet the HQDA-established hazardous
waste reduction goals.
B. Reconcile property authorization
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 123

Table B–2
Property Book Officer Level—Continued
a. Authorization allowances are reconciled AR 710–2 (2–4b), AR Annually

with authorization documents. Complete 71–13
this reconciliation and prepare a statement
for the commander to acknowledge the
reconciliation was conducted. File signed
acknowledgment in front of the property
book.
b. Ensure that equipment authorization
documents are loaded with the requisition
validation (REQVAL) System in all auto-
mated property book systems.
1. Authorized property is on hand or on or- a. Property listed in authorization docu- AR 710–2 (2–4a, 2–6a,(3)) As needed
der. ments or required by basic loads are on
hand or on order. Preferred items (those
specified in authorization documents) are
not requested when an authorized sub-
stitute item or an item awaiting replace-
ment through force modernization is on
hand.
b. Exception. Units will not request nor
cancel requisitions for major items proj-
ected to be deleted when within 365 days
of the effective date of approved TAADS
authorization documents.
c. Where available use the REQVAL Sys-
tem, I-25ALJ prior to submitting all MTOE/
TDA requisitions.
2. Submit all supply requests to the appro- Ensure supply requests are submitted to AR 710–2 (2–6l) As needed
priate SSA. the SSA on the same date as the docu-
ment number date. Requests for property
from the DRMO or for local purchases are
processed through the SSA that normally
supplies the property.
3. Maintain document register. Maintain a document register for property AR 710–2 (2–6h) Routine
book and nonexpendable items. The PBO
designates the organizational elements
which are to maintain durable and expend-
able document registers.
4. Receipts for supplies. The PBO or designated representative will AR 710–2 (2–8a) As needed
receipt for supplies. To designate repre-
sentatives, prepare signature cards DA
Form 1687 and send to SSA with PBO ap-
pointment memorandum.
5. Prepare and submit receiving reports to Supplies received are counted by quantity AR 710–2 (2–8b,c), TB Within 3 work days of receipt.
SSA. and compared to the receipt document. 380–41, and DA Pam 25
Serial, lot, and registration numbers are 380–22
entered on receipt documents. Discrepan-
cies are documented and also reported to
the SSA. Discrepancies involving ship-
ments of COMSEC equipment and CCI re-
quire investigation and submission of inse-
curity reports.
6. Post receipts to property book records Receipt documents are posted to the AR 710–2 (2–8f) Within 3 work days of receipt.
for property listed in subparagraph 2–5a, property book record and filed in the sup- USATA 10 workdays.
this regulation. porting document file.
7. Maintain a supporting document file. All documents that support entries to the AR 710–2 (2–5r) As needed
property book are filed in the supporting
document file. Documents for durable and
expendable supplies are kept when they
support adjustments per AR 735–5. When
a supporting document is missing, the
PBO prepares and signs a statement of
explanation to include information from the
document register for the lost document.
124 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–2
8. The PBO does not request local pur- After receiving authorization, provide the AR 710–2 (2–30c) As needed
chase from an appointed unit ordering/ ordering/contracting officer with a written
contracting officer without written authori- request of what is to be locally purchased.
zation from the SSA. Determine whether the item is nonexpen-
dable, durable, expendable for property
book accountability purposes.
1. Transfers of property require approval Update applicable hand receipts and asset AR 710–2 (2–13a) As needed
by the commander having command juris- reports (CBS-X, DODSASP, etc.).
diction over both the losing and gaining or-
ganizations.
2. Transfers involving COMSEC equip- Transfers of classified COMSEC equip- AR 710–2 (2–13a) As needed
ment. ment and components require approval by
the supporting COMSEC SSA. Transfer
documents are prepared and processed
by the COMSEC custodian.
3. Turn-in of excess property. a. Turn-in actions will be initiated within 10 AR 710–2 (2–13b) As needed
days for property determined to be ex-
cess. Property no longer required because
of authorization change(s) may be turned
in or transferred no sooner than 365 days
before the EDATE as long as mission ca-
pability and readiness are not degraded.
b. Include the serial number on turn-in
documents for items requiring requiring
serial number accounting. For turn-in of
CCI, mark “CCI” in the remarks section of
the turn-in document.
c. Excess property book items are in-
spected by the supporting maintenance fa-
cility before turn-in.
4. Turn in property book items found to be Turn in the item to the supporting SSA AR 710–2 (2–13b) As needed
unserviceable and not repairable by the along with the DA Forms 2407 or 5504
supporting maintenance facility. verifying condition of unserviceable item.
Include the serial number on turn-in docu-
ments for items requiring serial number
accounting. For turn-in of CCI, mark “CCI”
in the remarks section of the turn-in docu-
ment.
5. Turn in unserviceable COMSEC equip- Unserviceable classified COMSEC equip- AR 710–2 (2–13b) As needed
ment. ment and components are turned in to the
COMSEC custodian. CCI and other un-
classified items are turned in to the PBO.
Disposal of both classified COMSEC items
and CCI through other than Wholesale
6. Validate component shortages. Prior to turn-in, determine and validate AR 710–2 (2–13b) As needed
component shortages on a hand receipt
annex.
7. Turn in “found on installation” property. Establish accountability for found items AR 710–2 (2–13d) Immediately upon discovery
that are not on accountable records. Turn of the item.
in item to the SSA as “found on installa-
tion” property in an as-is condition. Turn-in
documents for CCI will contain the serial
number and be marked “CCI” in the
remarks section. Discovered classified
COMSEC equipment and components are
reported to the COMSEC custodian.
8. No item is turned in directly to the Turn-ins to the DRMO are as directed by AR 710–2 (2–13e) As needed
DRMO. the SSA (with the exception of IMPE
reported to the Defense Automated Re-
source Information Center (DARIC)). Clas-
sified COMSEC materiel and CCI cannot
be disposed of through DRMO channels.
(See paragraph 3–31.)
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 125

Table B–2
9. Upon termination of lease contracts, Attach a copy of the turn-in document to AR 710–2 (2–30f) As needed
submit a turn-in document to the SSA. original receipt document and submit to
the SSA. If the turn-in was completed by
the using unit to the contractor, provide
the SSA a copy of the shipping document
or a receipt of acknowledgment by the
contractor.
10. Turn in unneeded hazardous Process unit/activity turn-ins of hazardous AR 710–2 (1–30d) As needed
materials. materials in a timely manner to minimize
safety hazards in the workplace and to
maximize the potential for transfer, recy-
cling, and/or reutilization. Maintain close
coordination with supporting environmen-
tal office and Defense Reutilization and
Marketing Office (DRMO) to expedite the
removal of excess hazardous materials.
E. Property accountability
1. The existence of a parent organization A PBO is appointed in writing for each AR 710–2 (2–5a, f, g,) Appointment of a PBO is re-
UIC is authority to have a property book. property book. When property book is es- quired with each change of
tablished below parent UIC level, a sepa- parent organization com-
rate DODAAC is obtained along with as- mander.
signment of a derivative UIC.
2. Appointment of property book officer. The PBO will be appointed in writing on a AR 710–2 (2–5g) Upon change of the appoint-
memorandum. The appointing memoran- ing authority.
dum will identify the property book UIC.
3. Sign property statement. Upon completion of change of PBO inven- AR 710–2 (2–5h) As needed
tory and corrective actions required by the
inventory, the new PBO will sign a state-
ment accepting property book accountabil-
ity for property in the quantity shown on
each record of the property book. Direct
responsibility is also accepted for property
that is not issued on hand receipt.
4. Maintain essential elements of data on Document the authorization, identification, AR 710–2 (2–5k) Routine
property book records. accounting, and management data on
items authorized and on hand.
5. Organize property books so that organi- There are three types of property book re- AR 710–2 (2–5I, k, l, and Routine
zation and installation property are kept cords: basic, supplemental, and serial 2–31c)
separately. Also, a separate property book number. Also, there are four types of data
is established to account for semitrailers. recorded on property book records: au-
thorization, identification, accounting, and
management data.
6. Account for classified property in a sep- When either the property description or AR 710–2 (2–5I) and AR Routine
arate section in the property book. quantity is classified, account for the prop- 380–5
erty in a separate classified section.
7. Account for property. All property as identified in AR 710–2, AR 710–2, (2–5, 2–31d,e,f) As needed
subparagraph 2–5a, to include air delivery
materiel and chaplains kits, is accounted
for on property book records. Equipment
leased for more than 6 months requires
property book accountability along with
maintaining a leased equipment file. Addi-
tionally, donated/abandoned property will
be recorded on the property book. The
recording of capitalized property will be
dealt with per the financial accounting pro-
cedures outlined in AR 37–1.
8. Account for property by serial number. Items with a U.S. Army registration num- AR 710–2 (2–5l) Routine
ber, have a CIIC of other than “U” or are
blank on the AMDF, are Tier I or II IMPE
along with their external peripheral compo-
nents (except for keyboards), are class 5,
or are determined pilferable by the PBO
will be accounted for by serial, lot, and/or
U.S. Army registration number.
126 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–2
9. Nonexpendable property drawn from Requests for DRMO property are proc- AR 710–2 (2–6l) As needed
the DRMO is accounted for on a property essed through the SSA. Approval by the
book. installation commander is required for re-
quests of DRMO property to be used for
other than their intended purpose.
10. Establish accountability of ammunition On-hand contingency (i.e., security AR 710–2 (2–39c) As needed
drawn for contingencies with no planned guards, emergency signals, site security)
date of expenditure. ammunition authorized by CTA 50–909 re-
quires property book accountability and
hand receipt control procedures.
11. Account for systems furniture by sys- A permanent management control number AR 710–2 (2–31h) As needed
tem on the installation property book re- is assigned by the installation supply divi-
cords. sion to each unique system. Assign sys-
tems furniture using a component hand re-
ceipt.
12. Maintain an accurate CBS-X file Reference CBS-X inputs. The PBO will AR 710–2 (2–9a) Submit changes to CBS-X
through inputs to CBS-X. provide copies of administrative adjust- within 15 days of a transac-
ment reports, adjustments per AR 735–5, tion.
and lateral transfers (gaining PBO only) to
the continuing balance system-expanded
(CBS-X) central collection activity (CCA)
for items with a reportable item control
code (RICC) of 2 A or Z. On-hand balance
changes due to receipts or turn-ins are
reported to the CCA (if manual) or to
SIMA when using SPBS or SPBS-R. The
DA goal for CBS-X compatibility is 98 per-
cent.
13. Input to DODSASP. Ensure the small arms’ (50 cal and below) AR 710–2 (2–9b) Inform the SASSO within 5
serial numbers are properly recorded in work days after posting the
DODSASP. Changes are reported to the property book.
designated SASSO.
14. Input to CCISP. Ensure the CCI serial numbers are prop- AR 710–2 (2–9c) Inform the CCISP within 5
erly recorded in CCISP. Changes are work days after posting the
reported to the designated CCISSO. property book.
15. Input to RATTS. Ensure serial numbers for chemical detec- AR 710–2 (2–9d) Inform the SSO within 5 work
tor cell (radioactive source) of the M43A1 days after posting the prop-
Chemical Detector and drift tube module erty book.
(radioactive source) components of the
Chemical Agent Monitor (CAM) are prop-
erly recorded in RATTs. Changes are
reported to the designated SSO.
16. Follow-up of supplies requested. Follow-up actions are on as-required ba- AR 710–2 (2–7) As needed
sis. Whenever the FAD or the UND
changes, submit document modifiers to
the SSA. Submit cancellation requests to
the SSA immediately when an item is no
longer needed.
17. ORF in the Light Infantry Division (LID) ORF for the LID is separately identified on AR 710–2 (2–30g) As needed
is accounted for on the SPBS. the property book from other authoriza-
tions. ORF is hand receipted to the units
responsible for maintenance and storage
of the items. Exchange of ORF is done us-
ing a DA Form 4949 (Administrative Ad-
justment Report). Follow through with up-
dating asset reports involving serial num-
ber tracking, i.e., DODSASP, CBS-X.
18. Use the AAR, DA Form 4949, as a Use the AAR to correct discrepancies in AR 710–2 (2–5o) As needed
support document to make minor property makes, models, sizes, or obvious errors in
book adjustments when there is no actual serial numbers on the property book re-
gain or loss of property. cords. Explain the reason for the adjust-
ment on the back of the AAR and adjust
the property book and associated hand re-
ceipts. File the AAR in the supporting doc-
ument file. If the adjustment involves a
CBS-X reportable item, forward a copy of
the AAR to the local CBS-X central collec-
tion activity.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 127

Table B–2
19. Provide reports on hazardous Provide necessary hazardous materiels in- AR 710–2 (1–29h); AR As needed
materials. formation to fulfill HQDA, Federal, State, 200–1 (Chapters 5, 6)
DOD, and local reporting requirements.
F. Property responsibility
1. Assign responsibility for property book Responsibility is assigned and acknowl- AR 710–2 (2–10a,b, and c) Routine
items. edged in writing via hand receipt proce-
dures for all property recorded in the prop-
erty book as on hand and issued. Issue
property to persons identified in the au-
thorization document as the user or to per-
sons in the user’s chain of command. The
PBO is responsible for property not issued
on hand receipt. When the property book
is kept at the using unit, the commander
accepts responsibility by signing the state-
ment (para 2– 5h) for filing in the front of
the property book.
2. Controlling components. When property is issued to the intended AR 710–2 (2–10h) As needed
user, responsibility for components is as-
signed using a component hand receipt.
When preprinted component hand receipts
are available, their use is mandatory. All
nonexpendable component shortages for
hand receipt holders are documented on
hand receipt annexes.
3. Hand receipts are current. Hand receipts are posted as changes oc- AR 710–2 (2–10g) Routine
cur. When change documents are used,
then update hand receipts every 6
months, counting from the oldest change
document.
4. Quarters furnishings are issued from Post condition codes on hand receipts for AR 710–2 (2–10g) As needed
the PBO to the family housing occupant each item and have the recipient sign the
on a permanent hand receipt. hand receipt. Change documents are not
required to be posted to the permanent
hand receipt.
5. Temporary versus permanent hand re- Use temporary hand receipts to issue AR 710–2 (2–10g) As needed
ceipt. property on loan for less then 30 calendar
days. After 30 days, the property is either
returned or a permanent hand receipt is
prepared.
6. Use an inventory listing when assigning Property meant for general use (shift oper- AR 710–2 (2–10g)(4)) Inventory semiannually (if re-
individual responsibility is impractical. ations, multiuse rooms, etc.) is listed on a strictions are met) and up-
hand receipt as an inventory listing. File dated accordingly.
original hand receipt and keep a copy in
the area where the property is located.
7. Furnish nonexpendable and durable Property provided to a contractor under AR 735–5 (2–5d,e) As needed
property to contractors as “Government terms of a contract is accounted for as fol-
furnished property” (GFP) when author- lows:
ized by a contract.
a. When contract states accountability for
GFP will be transferred to the contractor,
the PBO will laterally transfer GFP to con-
tractor on DD Form 1149 or DA Form
3161 (Request for Issue or Turn-In).
b. When contract states accountability for
GFP will be retained by the Government,
the PBO will laterally transfer GFP to the
contracting office, and the property admin-
ister will maintain the property records.
128 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–2
8. Establish control of commercial (propri- a. Commercial (proprietary) software and AR 710–2 (2–31I) Routine
etary) software, issued to unit/organiza- data media do not require property book
tion. accounting. When issuing commercial
software (regardless of dollar value) use
locally produced log Manage blank data
media software valued at $300 (including
PC cards) or less as expendable items.
Blank data media (including PC cards) val-
ued at over $300 will be issued using
PHRH local procedures, but the following
applies.
b. Packages purchased and loaded on a
single or site stand alone PC license lo-
cated in the work place is evidence that
custody lies with the user.
c. Site and local area network software
loaded onto a LAN server is evidence that
the software package(s) were issued to
the PHRH, not the individual user.
d. Manufacturer or locally assigned serial
numbers of software and the serial num-
ber of PC to which it was installed will be
recorded. The record (log) is updated
when software is added or deleted. The
log will be maintained by the PHRH for the
life cycle of equipment with that organiza-
tion. Do not place software packages on
component hand receipt. The PHRH may
direct central storage of original software
packages as an exception to the above.
9. Unit commander or activity head con- Document the conduct of the management AR 735–5, 7–7b(3) Annually
duct management review of durable prop- review, stating what the results were, and
erty. what corrective actions, if any, were taken.
Documentation will be prepared as a
memorandum for record (MFR) in dupli-
cate. One copy will be retained at the unit
or activity, and one copy provided to the
next level of command. The MFR will be
retained for 2 years.
G. Management of loads
1. Account for basic loads of class 1 and a. Keep property book records and hand AR 710–2 (2–20d) Routine
5. receipts current. Maintain lot and serial
number accountability.
b. Those units not designated by their AR 710–2 (2–6b, 2–20a
MACOM to stock ABL will have a preap- and d, 2–22a)
proved DA Form 581 that will be used for
deployment purposes.
2. Account for operational loads of class 1 Ammunition on hand to support peacetime AR 710–2 (2–39c) Monthly inventories by lot
and 5. operations as per CTA 50–909 and class and serial number.
1 is maintained on the property book. Use
hand receipt procedures to designate re-
sponsibility for loads.
H. Inventories
1. Change of PBO inventory. When a PBO is replaced, a joint inventory AR 710–2 (table 2–1, para Within 30 days prior to
of all property not issued on hand receipt c) change of PBOs. Up to two
is required. Prior to inventory, hand re- 15-day extensions may be
ceipts will be reconciled with the property granted by the commander.
book. On completion of inventory initiate
any adjustment actions, incoming PBO
signs a property statement for filing in
front of property book.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 129

Table B–2
2. Annual property book inventory. The PBO will conduct an inventory of all AR 710–2 (table 2–1, para Annually
property not issued on hand receipt. The d)
results of the inventory will be recorded on
a memorandum, signed by the PBO. File
original memorandum and forward a copy
to the commander.
3. Conduct inventory prior to receipt, turn- Before property is receipted or issued, the AR 710–2 (table 2–1, para As needed
in, and issue of property. recipient will conduct a complete inventory f)
to include verification of serial numbers.
Also, before turn-ins, an inventory is con-
ducted and component shortages are doc-
umented.
4. Reconcile responsible officer invento- Reconcile results of inventories with prop- AR 710–2 (table 2–1, para According to established in-
ries. erty book records and ensure appropriate p) ventory frequency (annual or
adjustment actions are initiated. cyclic).
5. Controlled item inventory. Controlled items identified on the AMDF AR 710–2 (table 2–1, para Quarterly
by CIIC of “1–6,” “8,” “9,” “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” j)
or “Y” (night vision devices and navigation
systems (GPS)) will be inventoried by lot
and serial number. Inventory of weapons
and ammunition will not be done consecu-
tively by the same individual and not by
the arms room custodian.
6. Tool Room/Tool Crib Inventory The TCO will prepare a memo showing AR 710–2 (2–10j) Semiannually
the results of the inventory. Any shortages
noted will be accounted for per AR 735–5.
Output from automated systems will sat-
isfy this requirement.
I. Adjustment for lost, damaged or
destroyed property
1. Assign document numbers from appli- Annotate the adjustment document and AR 735–5 (13–14) As needed
cable document register to adjustment the document register.
documents initiated by primary hand re-
ceipt holders.
2. Conduct causative research. For discrepancies discovered during an in- AR 710–2 (table 2–1, para Immediately for sensitive and
ventory of property book items (including p) controlled cryptographic
those items which were hand receipted), items.
the PBO will conduct causative research
to determine if discrepancy is a result of
an accounting error or a result from lost,
damaged, or destroyed actions.
3. Determine approval authority for IARs Determination of approval authority is AR 735–5 (14–27a and b)
for property book records. based on the dollar value of adjustments
made to the CIF or the UPH property book
records through the year. Apply the criteria
in AR 735–5, subparagraph 14–27a and b.
4. Initiate report of survey within estab- Initiate a report of survey after discovery AR 735–5 (13–7) Active Army within 15 calen-
lished time limits. of the type of discrepancy in AR 735–5, dar days. ARNG-within 45
paragraph 13–2. Complete blocks 1 calendar days. USAR-within
through 12 of DA Form 4697, assign a 75 calendar days.
document number, and send to approving
authority.
5. Initiate Incident Reports for COMSEC Initiate Incident Reports for all missing or AR 380–40 (7–3) As needed
materiel. unauthorized access of classified COM-
SEC materiel and CCI per AR 380–40 and
DA Pam 25–380–2.
J. Storage
1. Materiel will be kept ready for use. Conduct inspections. AR 710–2 (2–11a) Routine
2. PBO is directly responsible for Initiate internal control procedures. AR 710–2 (2–10b) Routine
safeguarding property that is not issued on
hand receipt.
130 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–3
Parent Organization Level
A. General
1. Request clarification of regulatory guid- Send requests for clarification through AR 710–2 (1–10); AR As needed
ance. Also, evaluate subordinate’s request command channels in accordance with AR 735–5 (1–5)
for clarification for sending to higher head- 710–2.
quarters for approval.
2. Request for deviation authority of Send requests for deviation authority AR 710–2 (1–10); AR As needed
regulatory guidance. Also, evaluate subor- through command channels to Director, 735–5 (8–2)
dinate’s request for deviation authority and U.S. Army Logistics Integration Agency,
forward to higher headquarters for approv- ATTN: LOIA-LM, 54 M Avenue, Suite 4,
al. New Cumberland, PA 17070-5007.
3. Identify and report supply constraints. Supply constraints are prepared and for- AR 710–2 (1–12) Within 2 work days when
Also, evaluate subordinate’s report of sup- warded through command channels per routine submission of re-
ply constraint and provide instructions or AR 725–50. quests for supplies are cur-
send to higher headquarters for resolution. tailed or limited for any
reason.
4. Implement a Command Supply Disci- Designate a CSDP monitor to oversee the AR 710-2 (app B) See table B–7.
pline Program (CSDP). CSDP. Make necessary additions to
tables B–1, 2, and 3 as needed to make
requirements more complete. Place em-
phasis on eliminating repeat discrepan-
cies.
5. Verify administrative information for Ensure that the DOD Activity Address Di- AR 710–2 (1–24) Whenever a unit is added,
each DODAAC assigned is correct. rectory (DODAAD) contains current and changed, deleted, or
complete information. changes location.
6. Implement the Hazardous Materials a. Provide instructions to subordinate ele- AR 710–2 (1–28); AR As needed
Management Program. ments on the proper requesting, receipt 200–1 (1–5, 5–3b, 6–6); AR
handling, storage, use, disposition of haz- 700–141; TM 38–410
ardous materials, and on mandatory
reporting requirements.
b. Assist subordinate elements in obtain-
ing Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs).
use of hazardous materials to meet
HQDA-established hazardous waste re-
duction goals.
B. Property book responsibilities
1. Ensure property book accountability is a. Organization and installation property AR 710–2 (2–5c,g); AR As needed
established. require property book accountability. Es- 735–5 (2–10b)
tablish and maintain a property book for
any subordinate TDA activity not sup-
ported by a consolidated installation prop-
erty book.
b. Ensure a PBO is appointed in writing for
each property book within the command.
Personnel authorized to be a PBO are
identified in AR 735–5, subparagraph
2–10a.
c. Persons will not perform the dual func-
tions of stock record accountable officer
PBO, transportation officer IMPAC credit
card ordering officer or blanket purchase
agreement ordering officer simultaneously.
2. Appoint an interim or replacement ac- The new PBO is appointed in writing on a AR 735–5 (2–10d) As needed
countable officer when the present ac- memorandum. The appointing memoran-
countable officer will be absent or sepa- dum will identify the property book UIC.
rated from assigned accountable officer Ensure a joint inventory is conducted per
duties for more than 30 days. paragraph H.1, table B–2.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 131

Table B–3
Parent Organization Level—Continued
1. Authorized property is on hand or on re- Ensure that all property and components AR 710–2 (2–6a) Routine
quest. listed in the authorized column of the
MTOE, TDA, or JTA, and basic loads are
on hand or on request.
2. Review all requests with UND “A” or Commanders or designated representa- AR 710–2 (2–6d); AR As needed
“B.” tives will review all requests with UND “A” 725–50 (2–10)
or “B” to verify priority use prior to submis-
sion of request to SSA.
3. Organizations will not request supplies Requests for property from DRMO are AR 710–2 (2–6l) As needed
directly from the DRMO. processed through the PBO to the SSA
that normally supplies the property.
4. Monitor use of COPARS parts to sup- Because of the commercial value of AR 710–2 (2–60) Routine
port maintenance operations. COPARS type items, exceptional care will
be exercised to preclude diversion of
items for private use.
5. Ensure health and safety is safeguar- Ensure MSDSs are readily available to AR 710–2 (1–30a, b) AR As needed
ded when handling hazardous materials. personnel to assure proper handling and 700–141; TM 38–410
emergency response preparedness. Pro-
vide assistance in acquiring MSDSs.
1. Transfers of organization and installa- Direct and approve lateral transfers of AR 710–2 (2–13a) As needed
tion property are directed by the com- property between subordinates. Specify
mander having command jurisdiction over minimum acceptable condition codes and
both the losing and gaining organizations. maintenance standards. Arbitrate accept-
ance conflicts.
2. Units/organizations involved in line haul Units/organizations will transfer their as- AR 710–2 (2–31c) As needed
operations. sets (e.g., Palletized Load System (PLS)
flatracks and semitrailers) to a larger or-
ganization designated by their senior com-
mander (either group or brigade). A con-
trol office will be established by the senior
commander.
3. Turn in excess property. Commanders will ensure items that are AR 710–2 (2–13b) Turn-in actions are initiated
excess to authorized requirements are tur- within 10 days after property
ned in to the SSA. is determined excess.
4. Monitor the ammunition amnesty pro- Ensure individuals feel free to turn in AR 710–2 (2–43) Turn-ins are immediate.
gram. “found” ammunition via an ammunition
amnesty program. Also ensure the pro-
gram is not being used to circumvent nor-
mal accountability requirements.
5. Account for shortages of ammunition The first LTC or equivalent commander in AR 710–2 (2–40d) As needed
and residue. the chain of command signs a DA Form
5811–R, indicating action taken to account
for the shortages.
E. CIF and OCIE
1. Determine OCIE requirements for sub- Provide the CIF with OCIE requirements AR 710–2 (2–14d) Annually
ordinate units. and authorized personnel strengths of the
units supported by the CIF.
2. Determine approval to establish a Cen- The approving authority in CONUS is the AR 710–2 (2–14b) As needed
tral Issue Facility (CIF). installation commander; for OCONUS, its
the division or SUPCOM or separate com-
mand commander. Prior to approval, the
CIF personnel positions must first be au-
thorized by MTOE or TDA. A CIF will sup-
port activities within its geographical juris-
diction. The approving commander deter-
mines, on an area support basis, the num-
ber of CIFs needed within the command.
F. Management of PLL
1. Nondemand supported stockage of or- Evaluate subordinate’s request. Forward AR 710–2 (2–21a) As needed
ganizational maintenance repair parts request to higher level if agree and main-
must be approved by the first general offi- tain file copy. Monitor status of request for
cer staff level in the chain of command. approval and notify subordinate.
132 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–3
2. Monitor requests to exceed 300 lines on Evaluate subordinate’s request. Forward AR 710–2 (2–21d) As needed
unit PLL. request to higher level if agree and main-
tain file copy. Monitor status of request for
approval and notify subordinate.
3. PLLS and related records are kept in an Commanders may centrally locate the AR 710–2 (2–21f) As needed
area convenient to unit Maintenance oper- PLLS of several subordinate units. This
ations. collocation requires that each unit’s stocks
and records be maintained separately.
G. Lost, damaged, or destroyed prop-
erty
1. Ensure subordinate organizations do Review summaries of Memorandums for AR 735–5 (14–25c) Quarterly
not abuse the nonliability adjustment Record provided by subordinates.
method for durable handtools.
2. Evaluate subordinate commander’s If concurred with, release property for AR 735–5 (14–26 a(1)) As needed
statements regarding whether cause of repair. If nonconcurred with, direct the initi-
damaged property was not through negli- ation of a DA Form 4697.
gence.
3. Determine the necessity to appoint a Evaluate information provided to deter- AR 735–5 (13–23, 13–24) As needed
survey officer or to conduct an AR 15–6 mine if negligence is suspected. Complete
investigation. blocks 17 through 20 on DA Form 4697 to
reflect decision. Comply with AR 735–5,
paragraph 13–2, which lists incidences
that make initiation of a Report of Survey
mandatory.
4. Report of survey (R/S) approving au- The approving authority (as determined by
thority policy requirements: AR 735–5, paragraph 13–16) will:
a. Ensure that an R/S register and filing a. Establish procedures per AR 735–5 for AR 735–5 (13–19) (fig Routine
system is established at the approving au- using a DA Form 1659 (Report of Survey 13–10)
thority level. Registers) to track R/S by the survey num-
ber (block 2 on DA Form 4697) and to
document processing times and pecuniary
charges. Require that file copies of com-
pleted R/S be maintained according to AR
25–400–2.
b. Ensure all surveys received for action b. Review each survey to ensure individ- AR 735–5 (13–40) As needed
are accurate and complete. ual rights are protected, recommendations
by the survey officer are supported, and li-
abilities (if applicable) are properly calcu-
lated. Action will be “by authority of the
Secretary of the Army.”
c. Ensure all losses covered by R/S are in- c. Completion of an R/S requires meeting AR 735–5 (13–5) Routine
vestigated promptly and adequately. suspense’s for specific phases (initiation,
survey investigation, and approving au-
thority). Review and survey system frequ-
ently to ensure compliance with the follow-
ing suspense’s:
(1) For Active Army organizations, the to-
tal processing will not exceed 75 calendar
days from the date of confirmed loss,
damage, or destruction (15 days to initiate;
40 days to conduct an investigation; 20
days with the approving authority).
(2) For Army Reserve organizations, the
total processing will not exceed 240 calen-
dar days from the date of confirmed loss,
damage, or destruction (75 days to initiate;
85 days to conduct an investigation; 80
days with the approving authority).
(3) For Army National Guard organiza-
tions, the total processing will not exceed
150 calendar days from the date of con-
firmed loss, damage, or destruction (45
days to initiate; 75 days to conduct an in-
vestigation; 30 days with the approving
authority).
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 133

Table B–3
d. Decide whether the evidence submitted d. The final decision to be rendered requ-
with the R/S is sufficient to reject or ap- ires—AR 735–5 (13–40)As needed
prove the R/S.
(1) Proof that a loss, damage, or destruc-
tion of Government property took place.
(2) Proof that responsibility for the prop-
erty existed.
(3) An explanation of the circumstances
causing the situation.
(4) Reasons why anyone should or should
not be held liable. If the above information
is insufficient, then reject the R/S and re-
turn it for further action. If the R/S informa-
tion is thorough, then refer to the next re-
quirement listed below.
e. Given sufficient information, make a de- e. Determine whether financial liability
cision as to the outcome of the R/S. should be assessed and against whom.
(1) TO ASSESS FINANCIAL LIABILITY—
(a) If the R/S appears to prove a person’s AR 735–5 (13–36) As needed
negligence or willful misconduct is the
proximate cause for the loss, damage, or
destruction of Government property, then
require that a judge advocate or civilian at-
torney reviews the R/S to determine if
legal sufficiency exists to support a finding
of financial liability.
(b) The legal opinion will be attached to AR 735–5 (13–36b) Routine
the report of survey before the approving
authority’s review and decision.
(c) To assess financial liability the approv- AR 735–5 (13–38g (4)) Routine
ing enters an “X” in block 37c and inserts
a statement in block 37 to assess financial
liability against an individual or individuals.
Blocks 38 through 40b are completed.
(d) Notify the person(s) by memorandum AR 735–5 (13–40) Routine
through the subordinate commander of the
decision to assess financial liability. The
memorandum is a notification of the ap-
proved charges of financial liability. Inform
the individual(s) of their rights, and provide
a method for individual(s) to acknowledge
receipt of notification.
(e) If individual(s) submit request for AR 735–5 (13–42)
reconsideration, the approval authority will
review any new evidence offered, and
make a decision to either reverse the pre-
vious decision, or recommend the continu-
ation of financial liability.
(f) If the approving authority determines AR 735–5 (13–42a)
from the new evidence that the individual
should be relieved from financial liability,
the approving authority will notify the indi-
vidual by memorandum, retain the new ev-
idence with report of survey and file it.
(g) If the approving authority determines fi- AR 735–5 (13–42b)
nancial liability should continue, the ap-
proving authority prepares a memorandum
or the appeal authority stating the basis of
denying the requested relief, and the dol-
lar amount of the charge. The original of
the report of survey with all exhibits is at-
tached to the memorandum as an enclo-
sure.
134 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–3
(h) On receipt of response from the appeal AR 735–5 (13–42c)

authority, the approval authority will notify
the individual by memorandum of the ap-
peal authority’s decision.
(2) TO RELIEVE PERSONS FROM AC-
COUNTABILITY AND RESPON-
SIBILITY—
When the approval authority decides to re- AR 735–5 (13–38g (3) and
lieve all concerned of financial liability, he h)
or she will enter an “X” in block 37c and
enter a statement in block 37 as follows:
“All concerned are relieved from financial
liability for the loss, damage, or destruc-
tion of the property as listed on this report
of survey.” Blocks 38 through 40b are
completed. The original with all exhibits is
filed, and the remaining copies are
destroyed.
5. Approve adjustments to bulk fuel ac- The next higher commander of an organi- AR 710–2 (2–34j) Monthly
countable records. zation accounting for bulk fuel is the ap-
proving authority for adjustments made on
the MBPAS. Approving authority’s disap-
proval of any loss on the MBPAS requires
initiation of a DA Form 4697. Disapproval
of any gain requires an AR 15–6 investi-
gation.
6. An individual is held financially liable for If negligence or willful misconduct is prov- AR 735–5 (14–27) As needed
all associated costs related to the loss of en, then the individual losing the keys is li-
keys when the loss is through negligence able for all costs resulting from replacing
or willful misconduct. keys, locks, doors, etc.
H. HAZMAT responsibility
Provide reports on hazardous materials. Provide necessary hazardous Materials in- AR 710–2 (1–29h); AR As needed
formation to fulfill HQDA, Federal, State, 200–1 (chaps 5 and 6)
Data compilation and reporting will be ac-
complished per instructions disseminated
by the supporting environmental office.
Table B–4
Direct and general support supply operations
Section 1: General Supplies Manage-

ment
A. General requirements
1. When regulatory guidance is not clear, Send request through command channels AR 710–2 (1–10a); AR 735–5 As needed
request clarification. per applicable Army regulation. (1–7)
2. Deviations from supply policy requires Send requests for deviation through com- AR 710–2 (1–10b); AR 735–5 As needed
approval from HQDA. mand channels to Director, U.S. Army Lo- (8–2)
gistics Integration Agency, ATTN: LOIA-
LM, 54 M Avenue, Suite 4, New Cumber-
land, PA 17070-5007. The request for de-
viations will specify the period of the devi-
ation needed to be in effect.
3. Identify and report supply constraints. Report to the higher command when con- AR 710–2 (1–12); AR 725–50 As needed
strained for any reason from submitting re- (1–7)
quests or requisitions for supply classes 2
(including maps), 3 (packaged), 4, 7, 8, or
9. ARNG and USAR units are not required
to submit reports of supply constraint for
unfinanced requirements when already
identified through budget submissions.
Submit reports per AR 725–50.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 135

Table B–4
Direct and general support supply operations—Continued
B. Property Accountability
1. Appointment of stock record officer. The stock record account is operated by AR 710–2 (3–34b) AR 735–5 As needed
an SRO appointed under AR 735–5. The (2–10b)
SRO is accountable for supplies from time
of receipt until issued, released, or
dropped from accountability. The SRO
cannot also be a PBO, transportation offi-
cer, IMPAC credit card ordering officer or
a blanket purchase agreement ordering of-
ficer simultaneously.
2. All property, except real property and Acquired property is classified for property AR 710–2 (1–14b); AR 735–5 Routine
contractor acquired property, is processed accountability purposes as nonexpen- (2–2c&d)
through and accounted for on an SRA dable, durable, or expendable and is proc-
before issue. essed through the SRA. Property book
items require signature receipt and issue
controls.
3. All Army property and leased equipment The SRO will establish and maintain files. AR 710–2 (3–34 and 3–35) Routine
issued must be documented in the SRA.
4. Maintain audit trail by a transaction his- Retain the transaction history file docu- AR 710–2 (3–35a) Routine
tory file. ments for 24 months in computer readable
form. Augment this file with signature cop-
ies for receipt, issue, turn-in, and balance
adjustment documents for items identified
on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,” “8,” “9,” “$,”
“N,” “P,” “Q,” “R,” or “Y” (night vision de-
vices and navigation systems (GPS)) and
ARC of “N.”
C. Performance Standards
Commanders will make sure the perform- Performance standards should not be AR 710–2 (1–20a) Routine
ance standards are understood, consis- evaluated in isolation. Their purpose is to
tently applied, and accurately figured. assist supervisors with identifying what
areas require greater emphasis. Com-
manders will monitor results of supply per-
formance standards per AR 710–2, table
1–2, and take appropriate action to ensure
effective supply performance is main-
tained. Commanders must be alert to any
decreases in customer support due to
overemphasis of a performance standard.
D. Requisitioning
1. The SSA accountable officer will deter- After determining the customer is author- AR 710–2 (2–6l) Routine
mine the source of supply for customer re- ized the item requested and the source of
quests. supply for the item, initiate the appropriate
action to issue the item.
2. Process requests for DRMO property. Requests for nonexpendable items must AR 710–2 (2–6l) As needed
come through the PBO to the SSA. Re-
quests for supplies to be used for other
than their intended purpose must first be
approved by the installation commander,
division or equivalent OCONUS com-
mander, MUSARC commander, USPFO,
or ROTC region commander, whichever is
applicable.
3. Accountable officers are required to ac- Supply requests are accepted as sent. AR 710–2 (3–20c) Routine
cept all supply request documents. SSAs with the Distribution Execution Sys-
tem (DES) capability will perform a valida-
tion edit on all requests for end items.
Also, the SSA will perform a manual tech-
nical edit on all non-NSN requests for the
purpose of attempting to convert them to
NSN requests. The SSA assumes respon-
sibility for the complete and accurate
processing of customer requests.
136 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–4
4. The SSA requisitions initial and This is a mandatory entry. AR 710–2 (3–19b; 3– 20b) Routine
replenishment stocks. Requisitions passed
to the higher source of supply will contain
either a recurring or nonrecurring demand
code.
5. Accountable officers will ensure that au- Before passing a requisition to a higher AR 710–2 (3–20f) Routine
thorized local sources of supply are con- source of supply, determine the capability
sidered during attempts to satisfy require- of local supply sources (ASL, NSL, can-
ments before initiating passing actions. nibalization points, COPARS, DRMO) to
fill a supply request, especially for those
supplies urgently needed.
6. Forward all requisitions through the Submit the requisition through the support- AR 710–2 (3–20d) Routine
general support level SSA (e.g., SAILS ing SSA.
level activity) for funds certification.
7. The SSAs will submit to the CDDB an The transaction (DIC of “BAH”) format is AR 710–2 (3–20e); AR 725–50 Routine
image demand report transaction card for specified in DA Pam 710–2–2, table 18–3. (6–6)
all repair parts requests with an EIC. Transmit this information to AMC LOGSA
via DAAS. CDDB reporting is not applica-
ble to transactions for COMSEC materiel.
8. The objective of automated supply sys- Update the stock record account with the AR 710–2 (3–20g) Daily
tems is to achieve one cycle per work day. transaction affecting the status of the
stock records.
9. SSAs will issue stock down to zero bal- Do not pass a request to keep stockage AR 710–2 (3–20h) Routine
ance, if necessary, to satisfy non-DSS on hand from going zero balance.
customer requests.
10. Establish dues-out when items at zero If stock is not on hand to satisfy a cus- AR 710–2 (3–20h,i) As needed
balance are requested. tomer request, then utilize the procedures
cited in the referenced paragraph.
11. Respond to customer follow-up trans- Provide the customer with the most cur- AR 710–2 (3–20j) As needed
actions. rent status. Forward unanswered follow-up
transactions to the same activity the requi-
sition was passed.
12. Forward requisitions for levels to arrive The AIMI program includes Aircraft Com- AR 710–2 (3–20k); AR 710–1 Routine
45 days in advance of the RDD for ponent Intensive Management System (3–23d)
OCONUS commands and 30 days in ad- items and aviation-related secondary
vance for CONUS commands. items in a critical supply position.
13. The DRMO will be considered as a Requests for property from DRMO will be AR 710–2 (3–23) As needed
source of supply to satisfy customer sup- processed through the SSA that normally
ply requests. supplies the property.
14. The SSA will provide authorization for When justified by the FAR, the supporting AR 710–2 (2–30a,b) As needed
local purchase per local contracting office contracting officer may appoint a unit/ ac-
directives. tivity member as an ordering or contract-
ing officer to make authorized local pur-
chases. The appointment must specify the
scope of authority.
15. For OCONUS operations, the DS/GS Requests for local purchase will be proc- AR 710–2 (3–24b; 4–20) As needed
SSA accountable officer decides which re- essed under the policy in AR 710–2, para-
quirements, if any, will be satisfied by local graph 4–20.
purchase.
E. Reconciliation and validation
1. Keep the due-in files synchronized with Verify that all dues-out have a correspond- AR 710–2 (3–25a,b) Monthly
the due-out files. ing due-in.
2. Conduct routine reconciliations with Use the SAVAR process to verify that for AR 710–2 (3–25d) Monthly
customer units and activities. every open customer request more than
30 days old there is a due-out and a cor-
responding due-in. Ensure the results of a
previous reconciliation are posted prior to
initiating a reconciliation. Distribute the
reconciliation listing by the fifth calendar
day of each month. Require customers to
return the listing NLT the 22d calendar
day.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 137

Table B–4
3. Initiate cancellation action for requisi- After written notification is sent to the AR 710–2 (3–25e) As needed
tions not reconciled by the requesting unit requesting unit/activity, initiate cancella-
or activity for two consecutive SAVAR cy- tion.
cles.
4. Ensure requisitions are for valid require- An item-by-item review is conducted with AR 710–2 (3–25c) Quarterly
ments. the requester to validate a continued need
exists and that the quantity is correct.
5. Support personnel within support main- Support maintenance activities operating AR 710–2 (3–25c) Routine
tenance will verify that open supply re- on a work order basis will, at the time work
quests are still required for specific work orders are closed, cancel or transfer all
orders. open requests for that work order.
6. The daily process of automated supply Rejected requisitions require a review by AR 710–2 (3–20g) As needed
systems will reject recurring requests for the item manager to verify that the request
items with an RC other an “O,” “Z,” or was accompanied either by a turn-in of an
blank and does not contain a Manager En- unserviceable item or by a commander’s
try Code to force the system to continue statement explaining the nonavailability of
processing the requisition. an unserviceable for turn-in. Once verified,
continue processing the requisition.
7. Send shipment and supply status to Forward status to customers based on cir- AR 710–2 (3–20i) Forward status to
customers. cumstances relating to priority or issue de- customer—
cisions.
a. Upon receipt of
status for PD 01–08
requests.
b. Upon receipt of a
nonpositive supply
decision.
c. Monthly for all
others.
F. Receipt Processing
1. After receipt of an item, forward receipt Use of MILSTRAP for receiving supplies is AR 710–2 (3–26a); AR 725–50 Routine
documents to the stock control section mandatory. Forward receipt documents (5–2)
within 1 or 2 days depending on the prior- (DIC “D6S” and DD Form 1348–1) to stock
ity designator or the class of supply. control section within—
a. One day after receipt of class 5 items
and items with a PD 01–08.
b. Two days for all other items.
2. Report receipt of shipment from the The supply receiving personnel will for- AR 710–2 (3–26c); table 1–2 Routine
wholesale level and update stock records. ward receipt documents (DIC “D6S” and
DD Form 1348–1) to the stock control sec-
tion. Receiving personnel will record any
discrepancies on the receipt documents
before forwarding the forms. The stock
control section files the applicable DD
Form 1348–1 and processes the “D6S”
card to the supporting SAILS activity as a
receipt confirmation. The objective is to
post stock records within 3 days after re-
ceipt. Five days is the maximum accepta-
ble time lapse between receipt of the item
and posting of records.
3. For materiel receipts from vendors or Materiel received will be inspected based AR 710–2 (3–26d) As needed
contractors, forward completed receipt on the delivery document. Complete the
documents to the stock control section tally-in process by annotating the invoice
within one work day after receipt. (DD Form 250 or 1155) with the quantity
and condition of materiel received. The
stock control section will provide a copy of
the documents to the servicing FAO within
3 work days from the day the documents
were received.
138 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–4
4. When documentation for a receipt is Receiving personnel check with the stock AR 710–2 (3–26a) As needed
missing, supply receiving personnel will control section to identify any dues-in and
complete the necessary documents to additional information in order to establish
process the receipt to the stock record ac- receipt documents. If no information is
count. available, then use the information from
the package or container to establish re-
ceipt documents. Forward the documents
to the stock control section and the mate-
riel to storage.
5. Report discrepancies discovered during Use the criteria established in AR AR 710–2 (3–26a) As needed
the receipt of materiel. 735–11–2 to process discrepancies.
6. Supply receiving personnel will make Materiel turn-in as serviceable or unser- AR 710–2 (3–26b) As needed
sure that customer returned items are viceable will be identified by NSN, item de-
properly documented and that receipt doc- scription, and quantity. Identify assem-
uments are sent to the stock control sec- blies, subassemblies, and line replaceable
tion within one work day after receipt. units as follows: NSN or part number, no-
menclature, and end item application. DS
supply receiving personnel will provide
technical assistance to customer person-
nel with identifying and tagging items.
7. Serial numbers must be on the turn-in Ensure the item serial number is entered AR 710–2 (3–26b; DA Pam As needed
documents for the following materiel: in the “REMARKS” blocks of the DD Form 710–2–2)
1348–6 (DOD Single Line Item Requisition
System Document (Manual-Long Form))
or in block 0, “Item Description,” of the DA
Form 2765–1 turn-in document. If more
space is needed for multiple turn-ins, then
the serial numbers are on the back of the
form. Additionally, for CCI, the acronym
“CCI” must be annotated on the turn-in
document and on the outside of the pack-
age.
a. CCI end items.
b. Small arms.
c. TASN-A designated items.
8. Expendable and durable BIIs for unser- Post the BII to the stock record account. AR 710–2 (3-26b) As needed
viceable end items not being retrograded
will be picked up on the stock record ac-
count.
9. When in receipt of unserviceable mate- Materiel turned in as unserviceable AR 735-5 (14-26i); AR 710-2 (3- As needed
riel damaged through other than fair wear through other than fair wear and tear will 26b)
and tear, supply receiving personnel will have adjustment documents prepared and
ensure that appropriate turn-in documents signed by the using unit commander. If a
are complete. report of survey is involved, a release
statement must be signed by the ap-
pointed survey officer and attached to the
maintenance request or turn-in document.
10. Receive “found on installation” prop- Turn-in documentation by the customer is AR 710–2 (3–26b) As needed
erty in an “as is” condition. not required. The SSA will not give credit
for these supplies. Upon receipt, establish
stock record accountability as a receipt not
due-in. If, at the time of turn-in, these sup-
plies are requested by the finding organi-
zation and they are authorized the item,
then issue the item on a “free issue” basis.
11. When in receipt of unserviceable AR 710–2 (3–18f,g)q As needed
repairables, the supply receiving person-
nel will—
a. Establish stock record accountability. a. Adjust the SRA asset balance for each
receipt of repairables from the customer
units. Within 3 work days, work-order
items to maintenance activities designated
to inspect and/or repair the repairables.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 139

Table B–4
b. Work-order the item to the maintenance b. Decisions to stock, turn in, or dispose
activity. repairables are made based on the main-
tenance activity’s classification and the
SRA asset position after the item is re-
turned from the maintenance activity.
12. Late pick-up of assets. Assets not picked up by the customer AR 710–2 (3–26a(5)) As needed
within 15 days of notification of availability
will be posted to the SSA account unless
other arrangements have been made.
13. Controls for passing action receipts Procedures will be developed to ensure AR 710–2 (3–26a(6)) As needed
(with satisfied demands). controls are applied that prevent the re-
lease of passing action receipts when the
demand has already been satisfied (for
example, early receipt of a replenishment
requisition; turn-ins by another activity and
the subsequent issue of this materiel).
These receipts will be picked up and ac-
counted for as an asset of the SSA.
14. Bulk petroleum receipts are assigned Accountable records will reflect only the AR 710–2 (3–26f) As needed
a voucher number and posted to the SRA actual quantity received.
as of the day received.
G. Stockage Control
1. Maintain the prescribed minimum refer- The minimum required publications on AR 710–2 (3–4g) Routine
ences on item identification and supply item identification and supply management
management data. data are listed in AR 710–2, subparagraph
4–4h. Refer to DA Pam 25–30, “Con-
solidated Index of Army Publications and
Blank Forms,” to verify whether the on-
hand publications are current.
2. No retail level ASL backs up another The back-up stockage is maintained at the AR 710–2 (3–2f) Routine
ASL. wholesale level. However, for items
repaired at higher echelons, a portion of
the repair cycle level quantity may be posi-
tioned in the SSA above the DSU level.
3. Maintain demand history files for the Ideally, the demand files are stratified to AR 710–2 (3–8a) Routine
most recent 12-month period. the EIC. Maintain demand history file for
each class 2, 3 (packaged), 4, and 9 items
issued to customers.
4. The ASL is limited by EC and mobility. a. Repair parts selected for stockage are AR 710–2 (3–8a, 1–22d, 3–9g) Routine
restricted to EC “C,” “D,” “E,” and “J.”
Stockage of EC “G” items is authorized
when a QSS is established. The EC for
each NSN is listed in the AMDF.
b. FSBs will maintain the ability to deploy
with 90 percent of ECs “A” and “C” in a
single trip. MSBs must be able to deploy
with 50 percent in the first shuttle.
5. Each item on the ASL must have an as- Record SLC on the stock accounting re- AR 710–2 (3–8b) As needed
signed SLC. cord utilizing table 3–1.
6. Establish required serial number ac- SRA items that meet the criteria in AR AR 710–2 (3–35a) Routine
counting. 710–2, para 3–35a(3)(f), require serial
number accounting.
7. Keep the ASL as streamlined as possi- a. Essentiality is the primary consideration AR 710–2 (3–8) Routine
ble. when determining the range of items.
b. When an interchangeability and sub-
stitution (I&S) relationship is cataloged, list
the preferred NSN on the ASL.
c. When two or more items are functionally
similar and equivalent in performance,
stock only one of the items.
d. Whenever possible, if supported by
ALOC, use ALOC direct delivery as a
method of satisfying requirements rather
than stocking items that have a low OST.
140 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–4
8. Each ASL item must have an RO. The RO is recorded in the stock account- AR 710–2 (3–9) Routine
ing record. Requisitions for quantities
above the RO are not authorized.
9. The RO for demand supported items is The control period for computing the RO is AR 710–2 (3–9a,b) Recompute the RO
based on either DOS, EOQ, or RBS com- a minimum of 360 days (2 years for RBS). and the average OST
putations. at least semiannually
or whenever assets
equal zero.
a. Nonautomated accounts will use the a. The DOS RO consists of an operating AR 710–2 (3–9a)
DOS method or items that are— level, order ship time, and safety level.
The reorder point is the sum of OST and
SL.
(1) Critically short or (1) The OL in CONUS is 15 days, for
OCONUS is 30 days.
(2) Seasonal or (2) The OST is actual average number of
days between document date of nonback-
ordered requisitions and the receipt date
posted to the stock record account.
(3) Highly perishable or (3) The SL in CONUS is 5 days, for
OCONUS is 15 days. For OCONUS ALOC
items, the SL is 5 days. For AMC CONUS
activities the SL is 15 days.
(4) Limited by a shelf life of less than 1
year.
b. MTOE direct support SSAs may com- b. Stockage criteria varies as follows:
pute stockage levels using the DOS meth-
od.
(1) The RO consists of the following:
(a) The OL in CONUS is 15 days, for
OCONUS is 30 days.
(b) Average OST will be updated each
time a receipt document is posted to the
transaction history for individual NSNs in
automated systems, and when the RO is
recomputed in manual accounts.
(c) The SL for CONUS is 5 days, for
items, the SL is 5 days.
(2) The quantity of items stocked in the
FSBs is considered a part of the MTOE di-
vision’s RO. Limit the FSBs to 10 DOS as
follows: OL is 3 DOS; OST is 5 DOS; SL
is 2 DOS. The OST parameter can be re-
duced to reflect actual OST between the
forward and rear stockage points.
c. The EOQ method will be used by auto- c. Non-MTOE units’ automated accounts AR 710–2 (3–9b) Same as above
mated and nonautomated accounts in will limit EOQ to 30 days of supply for
cases other than those specific incidences items that are critically short, seasonal, or
allowed above for DOS. perishable in all other cases, limit the
EOQ to a 1-year supply. The SL and OST
parameters are the same for EOQ as for
DOS. The intent of the EOQ method is to
replenish larger quantities of low-dollar
value items and smaller quantities of high-
dollar value items.
d. The RO for repairables repaired at the d. The RO for repairables consists of OL, AR 710–2 (3–9c) Same as above
same management level (i.e., DS supply repair cycle level, OST, and SL. The ROP
and maintenance) will consist of a unique is the sum of the RCL, OST, and SL.
set of parameters. (When the stockage
and repair functions exist at different man-
agement levels, apply normal ASL stock-
age criteria.)
(1) The OL is based on average annual
washouts.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 141

Table B–4
(2) The RCL is based on average annual

repair accomplished. The formula is in DA
Pam 710–2–2, appendix G.
(3) The OST is based on average OST for
washout replenishments.
(4) The SL is 5 days of supply based on
average washouts.
e. The stockage level of repair parts for e. Initial issue of repair parts provided via AR 710–2 (3–9c) As needed
newly fielded equipment in support of DS total package fielding, will be managed
maintenance is based on the SLAC. with SLC “P.”
f. Stockage of contractor operated parts f. Limit stockage of COPAD parts to 30 AR 710–2 (3–22c) Routine
depot parts. DOS plus average OST.
10. For bulk petroleum products and pack- The peacetime operating stocks for class AR 710–2 (3–10a,b) Routine
aged fuels, maintain stock record account- 3 (bulk) will be locally determined based
ability for each type and grade of product. on maintaining sufficient amounts neces-
sary to allow for economic resupply plus a
1-day supply safety level.
11. If authorized by MACOM, establish a When a QSS is established, it will be the AR 710–2 (3–11a) Conduct semiannual
QSS from ASL stockage of low-dollar sole source of supply for the items sto- reviews to determine
value consumable items. cked. Use summary item accounting to if SLC “Q” items
control inventory. Items stocked in a QSS should be converted
must meet the criteria listed in AR 710–2, to QSS or back to
subparagraph 3–11d. Semiannually pro- ASL detail item ac-
vide customers an updated list of items counting.
available for issue in QSS.
12. When approved, account for opera- The accountable officer ensures on hand AR 710–2 (3–13c, d, h) Routine
tional readiness float materiel on an inter- ORF is located in maintenance areas. Use
mediate maintenance support activity the highest customer FAD to requisition
SRA. ORF for initial issue or replacement.
13. Commanders authorized a stock re- In CONUS, the CANN PT assets are a AR 710–2 (3–14) Furnish customers a
cord account may authorize establishing a part of the installation supply division. For quarterly listing of
cannibalization point (CANN PT). OCONUS, it is part of the corps or items available for
TAACOM MMC. cannibalization.
14. Direct support maintenance activities a. The maintenance shop supply section AR 710–2 (3–16c) Control period for Ac-
authorized a shop stock will maintain shop will use DA Form 3318 (Record of tive Army is 180 days,
stock assets on a record of demand. Demands—Title Insert) or its equivalent to 360 days for ARNG,
record demands to determine if repair USAR and AMC
parts and consumables qualify for stock- maintenance depots.
age as shop stock. Items must have 3
demands in a control period to qualify for
shop stock and one demand to retain.
b. Review decision to maintain a shop AR 710–2 (3–16 (b)(4)) During the reviewing
stock based on collocation of shop stock of shop stock.
with class IX ASL.
15. Manage shop stock inventory. The shop supply officer ensures— AR 710–2 (3–16, 3–29) Conduct inventories
during scheduled re-
views quarterly for
Active Army and
semiannually for
ARNG and USAR
a. Periodic inventories are conducted to
verify on hand shop stock items meet
stockage criteria. Delete items for stock-
age when they fail to have at least one
demand in the last control period unless
they support either valid seasonal require-
ments or requirements peculiar to non-
standard equipment.
b. Excess is turned in within 10 days after
determination of excess.
142 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–4
c. An updated shop stock list is prepared

when extensive changes have been made
or annually.
d. An updated shop stock listing is pro-
vided to the SSA annually.
e. Stockage of CCI repair parts authorized
for diagnostic purposes requires—
(1) Temporary loan hand receipting proce-
dures from the SSA.
(2) Tracking assets via SIMS-X reporting.
f. No one individual will duties as a mate-
riel repairer and shop stock clerk at the
same time.
g. Causative research will be conducted if As needed
discrepancies of small parts are discov-
ered.
16. Stockage of class 9 items as bench Bench stocks are low cost, high use, con- AR 710–2 (3–17f) Semiannually ap-
stock by activities authorized to perform sumable class 2, 3 (packaged), 4, and 9 prove bench stock
DS or GS maintenance requires approval (less components) items used at an un- lists and review
by the maintenance officer. predictable rate. Additionally, to qualify for replenishment tags.
bench stock, apply the criteria in AR
710–2, para 3–17. Only small arms repair
parts coded CIIC U are authorized in
bench stock.
17. Limit stockage for GS programmed Turn in all unused serviceable repair parts AR 710–2 (3–9c) As needed
maintenance repair parts to 60 DOS. for the GS maintenance program within 60
days after completion of the program.
18. When a COPARS is established, COPARS provide over-the-counter sales AR 710–2 (4–21a) Routine
stockage of COPARS parts in the SSA is of repair parts for nontactical wheeled ve-
not authorized. hicles, commercial construction equip-
ment, construction support equipment ma-
teriel handling equipment, tactical vehicles
of a commercial design, and commercial
designed communications electronic
equipment.
19. Activities having a COPARS must es- The stock record accountable officer must AR 710–2 (4–21a) Routine
tablish procedures to require each pur- compile purchase receipts for submission
chase receipt be furnished to the stock ac- to the contracting officer. The customer’s
counting activity. purchase receipt documents need not be
vouchered in the SRA.
20. The headquarters responsible for the The review board assists with managing AR 710–2 (3–9j) Once appointed, the
management of DS/GS supply operations the ASL by determining additions and de- board meets at least
will appoint an ASL review board. Minutes letions of items to the ASL per AR 710–2, Semiannually
of the ASL review board will be approved table 3–1.
and signed by the commander who ap-
points the SRO or his designated repre-
sentative.
21. When an SSSC is established, ASL a. The SSSC will operate on an area sup- AR 710–2 (4–19) Quarterly publish a
items meeting all guidelines in AR 710–2, port basis providing class 2, 3 (packaged) list of SSSC items
subparagraph 4–19c, should be trans- and 4 supplies for the day-to-day needs of available to custom-
ferred to the SSSC. customers. The stock record accountable ers.
officer is accountable for SSSC invento-
ries and is responsible for SSSC opera-
tions.
b. SSSCs will not supply the same items
that are stocked by a QSS servicing the
same area. Mark each item location with
its NSN, nomenclature, stockage level,
unit of sale, and unit price.
c. Use summary dollar accounting. Pre-
pare and send a daily summary of sales to
FAO with a copy of the sales slip for billing
and collection.
H. Storage Operations
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 143

Table B–4
1. A stock location system will be set up at Record each stocked line by location and AR 710–2 (3–28c) Routine
each storage activity. condition. Stock accounting system must
be able to record multiple locations by
condition for each stocked line. Comply
with DOD 4145.19–R–1 for uniformity of
policies, procedures and methods. For
class 5, use ammunition storage system
procedures and methods in FM 9–38 and
DA Pam 710–2–2.
2. Commanders are directly responsible Ensure storage facilities meet physical se- AR 710–2 (3–28d) Routine
for safeguarding all supplies under their curity requirements according to the publi-
control. cations listed in AR 710–2, subparagraph
3–28d. Conduct routine inventories and in-
spections to verify that accountability is
maintained and that the storage facilities
are adequate.
I. Inventories and inventory adjust-
ments
1. Inventories will be conducted in a man- Verify that stock record balances accu- AR 710–2 (3–29c,d) Annually—on a one-
ner that assures each item is verified at rately reflect on hand assets. Record the time basis or cyclic
least annually. inventory results on the SRA within 3 work basis.
days after the inventory. During an inven-
tory, only PD 01–03 and NMCS transac-
tions must be processed.
2. Inventories will be conducted as closed, a. Closed inventories (wall-to-wall) involve AR 710–2 (3–29d,h) At least annually.
open, or cyclic. counting stock record assets during a
given period not to exceed 5 work days
(10 work days for ARNG and USAR).
b. Open or cyclic inventories involve coun-
ting stock record assets during prescribed
frequencies. Commanders will monitor
time frames to make sure operations are
not unduly disrupted.
3. Conduct special inventories to maintain Special inventories are made when— AR 710–2 (3–29e) As needed
accountability.
a. A negative on-hand balance is re-
corded.
b. A materiel release denial occurs.
c. A location survey finds an item in an un-
recorded location or in an incorrect loca-
tion.
d. There is evidence of forced or un-
authorized entry.
e. Directed by the commander or account-
able officer.
4. Inventory controlled items by serial Controlled items are those an- AR 710–2 (3–29f; 3–42a) Monthly for ammuni-
number. Controlled items in bulk storage notated in the AMDF with a CIIC of tion. Quarterly for
are inventoried by type and quantity based “1–6,” “8,” “9,” “$,” items. “N,” (firearm) “P,” other sensitive con-
on the outside markings on sealed “Q,” “R,” or “Y” (night vision devices and tainers.
navigation systems (GPS)). Ammunition
will be inventoried by type, quantity, lot
number, and, if applicable, serial number.
When there is evidence of tampering with
bulk storage of controlled items or of am-
munition and explosive items rigged or
preconfigured for rapid deployment, dis-
mantle the containers and immediately in-
ventory the contents by serial number and/
or lot number.
144 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–4
5. Inventory bulk petroleum products for A DA Form 5831–R or equivalent form as AR 710–2 (3–29r) a. Each day of activity
each type and grade of product. per DA Pam 710–2–1 is used to record in- (an issue or receipt)
ventory data. Inventories are volume cor- for a bulk fuel storage
rected per AR 710–2, para 3–29r. Allowa- tank.
ble losses or gains of gasolines, jet fuels,
and AVGAS is plus or minus 1 percent of
opening inventory plus the month’s re-
ceipts. The allowance for other petroleum
product is plus or minus half of one per-
cent.
b. Weekly if no daily
activity has occurred
within a 7-day period.
c. Monthly Annotate
the MBPAS report to
reflect quantity on-
hand as of 0800 hrs
local time, last day of
per AR 11–27.
6. Inventory discrepancies are adjusted Report inventory adjustments to the ap- AR 710–2 (3–29i–n); AR 735–5 Initiate upon discov-
based on whether— propriate asset reporting system and (14–29a) ery of a discrepancy.
make adjustments by attaching the follow-
ing as supporting documents to an inven-
tory adjustment report (IAR):
a. There is evidence of negligence. a. When negligence or willful misconduct
is known or suspected, initiate a DA Form
4697 or DD Form 362 or a cash sales as
allowed by AR 735–5.
b. The items are sensitive. b. Verified losses of sensitive items (CIIC
1–6 and 8) other than small arms ammuni-
tion require initiating a DA Form 4697.
c. The items are CCI COMSEC. c. Losses of CCI require the submission of
an insecurity report per DA Pam
25–380–2.
d. The items are negotiable media. d. Initiate report of survey or an AR 15–6
investigation for adjustments of negotiable
media.
e. The item is bulk stored fuel. e. Petroleum gains or losses beyond al-
lowances (per AR 710–2, para 3–29r) are
adjusted by submitting the MBPAS with
applicable supporting documents, report of
survey, and causative research docu-
ments for approval by the next higher
commander. Disapproval of losses auto-
matically requires initiation of a report of
survey. Disapproval of gains requires an
AR 15–6 investigation.
f. The extended line item value is $50 or f. Discrepancies not involving items identi-
less, and there are no controlled items or fied on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,” “8,”
negligence involved. “9,” “N” (firearm), “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y”
(night vision devices and navigation sys-
tems (GPS)) or negligence and are $50 or
less are not reported for inventory adjust-
ment approval. Post the adjustment to the
accountable record. Include the adjust-
ment in the annual inventory adjustment
rate.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 145

Table B–4
g. The discrepancy was not covered g. These discrepancies are adjusted by

above. using an Inventory Adjustment Report. Af-
ter completion of an inventory, forward
IARs to the approving authority within 30
days per per AR 735–5, subparagraphs
14–28a (2) and b and 14–29a. Determina-
tion of approval authority is based on the
annual RO Value of the ASL stockage.
Calculate the annual RO value as of the
last day of the first month of the fiscal
year.
7. Conduct causative research for inven- The stock record officer completes an in- AR 710–2 (3–29o, p); AR 735 Immediately upon dis-
tory discrepancies involving items identi- ternal investigation within 30 calendar (14–29g) covery of a discrep-
fied on the AMDF by CIIC of “1–6,” “8,” days to determine what caused the dis- ancy.
“9,” “N” (firearm), “P,” “$,” or “Y” (night vi- crepancy. Record the results of the re-
sion devices and navigation systems search on the reverse side of the IAR. Ini-
(GPS)) or adjustments over $500 in ex- tiation of action per AR 15–6 or AR 735–5
tended line item value. is mandatory when negligence is deter-
mined to be the cause or when no cause
can be found. Shortages of CCI are repor-
ted per DA Pam 25–380–2. Discrepancies
within allowances are adjusted by using
an IAR. After completion of an inventory,
forward IAR’s to the approving authority
within 30 days IAW AR 735–5, sub-
paragraphs 14–28h. Determination of the
approval authority is based on the annual
RO value as of the stockage. Calculate
the annual RO value as of the last day of
the first month of the fiscal year.
J. Asset reporting
1. Report inventory adjustments to appro- Inventory adjustments result from receipt, AR 710–2 (3–29a) As needed
priate asset reporting system. issues, transfers, losses, or inventory dis-
crepancies. After making adjustments to
the stock record account, update the ap-
propriate asset reporting system.
2. All SSAs are required to update the SIMS-X items are identified in the AMDF AR 710–2 (3–36d(1)); AR 710–3 As needed
SIMS-X report. with a RICC of “8.” This includes CCI (chap 3)
repair parts. SSAs will report the status of
SIMS-X lines when either the quantity on-
hand, due-in or due-out changes, or when-
ever the condition code, stockage code, or
RO has changes. Use Transmit SIMS-X
reports (DIC of “DZA”) through your sup-
porting SSA to the appropriate NICP.
Where applicable, provide information
copies to the TAMMC.
3. Update the CBS-X report for all RICC 2, Report on-hand balance changes of RICC AR 710–2 (3–36d(2)); AR 710–3 a. Update CBS-X
A & Z transactions. 2, A & Z items to the supporting SAILS ac- (chap 7) data with each trans-
tivity. The DA minimum goal for CBS-X action.
compatibility is 98 percent.
b. Conduct annual
reconciliations.
4. Update the U.S. Army Vehicle Registra- All items subject to registration and ac- AR 710–2 (3–36d(3)); AR 710–3 As needed
tion Program data. ceptance control will be reported. Report (5–3)
each gain, transfer, and loss to the AMC
LOGSA.
5. Update DODSASP data for serial num- Report supply transactions (receipts, AR 710–2 (3–36d(4)); AR 710–3 As needed
ber tracking of small arms. transfers, turn-ins, losses, etc.) to the (chap 4, sec I)
SASSO within 5 work days after the trans-
action.
6. Update DOD RATTS data for serial Report supply transactions (receipts, AR 710–2 (3–35d(5)); AR 710–3 As needed
number tracking of the chemical detector transfers, turn-ins, losses, etc.) to the SSO (chap 4 sec II)
cell and the drift tube module. within 5 work days after the transaction.
146 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–4
7. Update CCISP data for serial number Report supply transactions (receipts, AR 710–2 (3–36d(6)); AR 710–3 As needed
tracking of CCI end items. transfers, turn-ins, losses, etc.) to the (chap 4, sec III)
CCISSO within 5 work days after the
transaction.
8. Update Tracking Assets by Serial Num- TASN-A reportable items are listed in DA AR 710–2 (3–36d(7)) As needed
ber-Aviation for serial number tracking of Pam 738–751. Report supply transactions
selected aviation items. and changes in status of TASN-A items to
the local TASN-A manager.
9. SAILS activities will submit ABF reports Maintain a current ABF for reporting asset AR 710–2 (3–36d(9)); AR 710–3 Monthly with a cutoff
to the AMC LOGSA. visibility to LOGSA on 9-track, 1600 BPI (2–6) date of the 15th of
magnetic tape. Forward the ABF tapes each month.
with enough time to arrive by the first
workday of the month.
10. Submit the following applicable petro- Military activities are required to submit AR 710–2 (3–36d(10))
leum reports: data on bulk petroleum as indicated:
a. Bulk Petroleum Storage Facilities report a. This report applies to 500-barrel capac- a. Every 3 years.
to USAPC-activities with a RCS DD-MIL ity or more, either singly or in manifold
(A) 506 (CONUS and OCONUS). configuration.
b. Bulk Petroleum Storage Facilities b. Submit this report only upon request by b. Annually upon re-
Report to USAPC—(CONUS) AMC 830. USAPC. quest.
c. Bulk Petroleum Terminal Message c. This report applies to Army petroleum c. Weekly
Report to DFSC—RCS DLA(W) 1884 terminal, terminal complex or tanker serv-
(DFSC). ing in the capacity of floating storage hav-
ing custody of DLA-owned product. This
report will be submitted in either message
or punch card format to Defense Fuel
Supply Center (DFSC) per DOD Manual
4140.25-M, paragraph 209.8.
d. Source identification and ordering to d. Army that receive SIOATH activities to d. Monthly
DFSC-RCS DLA (M) 1882 (DFSC). order fuels from an industry source are re-
quired to submit an on-order, but un-
delivered, report DD Form 1886. Instruc-
tions for preparing and submitting this
report are contained in DOD 4140.25-M.
Army activities authorized to order petro-
leum products from DFSC contracts will
maintain a DD Form 1886 for each con-
tract line item for which a SIOATH authori-
zation has been received. Instructions for
preparing this form are contained in DOD
4140.25-M.
e. Defense Energy Information Systems e. Submit individual activity reports to e. Monthly
Report (DEIS I and DEIS II) to MACOM MACOM HQ IAW AR 11–27 via (AR) the
HQ—RCS DD-MM 1313. Army DEIS Data Entry System (ADDS).
11. TAV data TAV will ultimately provide a data base
sufficient for management of most materi-
el. When it is fully fielded, some reports,
such as SIMS-X, DODSASP, etc., may no
longer be required. At that point, DS/GS
units will be directed to ensure TAV re-
cords are kept current for use in asset
management.
K. Issues.
1. Process materiel release orders based a. The objective is to make stock available AR 710–2 (3–30a) Routine
on priority and date of pack. for release to transportation or to custom-
ers as follows:
(1) Within 1 day for PD 01 through 08 re-
quest.
(2) Within 2 days for other requirements.
b. Select stock with the oldest date of
pack first unless requirements are for
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 147

Table B–4
2. Storage activities will keep a file copy of Additionally, maintain signature cards AR 710–2 (3–30b) Routine
the current assumption of command/or signed by the commander or PBO
PBO appointment memorandum of each authorizing other persons to receive sup-
customer. plies. Use the signature cards to verify the
customer representative is authorized to
receive supplies. Obtain signatures from
the customer representatives when is-
suing—
a. Items requiring property book accounta-
bility.
b. Controlled items identified on the AMDF
by CIIC of “1–6,” “8,” “9,” “$,” “N,” “P,” “Q,”
or “R.”
c. Night vision devices and navigation sys-
tems (GPS) with a CIIC of “Y.”
3. Record bulk issues of petroleum on ac- Bulk issues of petroleum are issues not AR 710–2 (3–3c) As needed
countable records. made to a specific consuming end item of
equipment, i.e., not into a vehicle’s or gen-
erator’s fuel tank or fuel cans. Post bulk is-
sues to the appropriate accountable re-
cord on the day of issue.
4. Record retail issues of petroleum on ac- Post individual retail issues to the daily is- AR 710–2 (3–30c) Monthly
countable records. sues form (DA Form 3643). Transfer total
daily issues from the DA Form 3643 to the
monthly abstract form (DA Form 3644). At
the end of the month, total the issues on
DA Form 3644, assign a voucher number,
and adjust the accountable records.
5. When an SSSC is established, cash Require written statements of authoriza- AR 710–2 (4–19m) Routine
sale of handtools to replace lost, dam- tion by the commander or designated rep-
aged, or destroyed handtools is author- resentative be provided by individuals pur-
ized. chasing handtools. Maintain a record of
cash sales on a locally developed cash
collection register for handtools per DA
Pam 710–2–2, chapter 13. Maintain data
on this register and the accompanying
FAO authenticated DD Form 1131 (Cash
Collection Voucher) until audited or in-
spected.
L. Materiel Returns Management
1. When net asset position exceeds the The net asset position consists of the AR 710–2 (3–9a, 3–31a) As needed
requisitioning objective (RO) cancel ex- quantity on-hand (regardless of condition)
cess dues-in. plus quantities due-in minus due-out. Sub-
mit a request for cancellation of all dues-in
and then unserviceable and serviceable
assets reduced respectively until the net
asset position is equal to the RO. There is
no retention limit for repairables.
2. Conduct periodic materiel returns re- After updating the demand history file, re- AR 710–2 (3–31a) Reviews for excess:
views. view all ASL and NSL assets to identify Each day activity oc-
materiel returns for turn-in. TAV provides curs for ARI and
visibility over assets and requirements. SIMS-X items and
This enables managers to determine repairables with a RC
whether to use the assets through attrition, of “F,” “H,” “D,” or “L.”
to make command redistribution and refer- All other items will be
rals or to turn-in assets to the supply sys- reviewed monthly
tem IAW the TAV business rules of sub-
paragraph 3–31i. For NSL items, all as-
sets on-hand will require disposition. SSAs
that do not interface directly with the
wholesale level will turn in materiel returns
to their supporting SSA. SSAs that do not
interface directly with the wholesale level
will request disposition instructions on all
materiel returns except for ARI.
148 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–4
3. Initiate disposition actions as outlined in Table 4–2 applies to an SSA that does not AR 710–2 (3–31a); AR 725–50 As needed
AR 710–2, tables 4–1 and 4–2, in order to interface directly with the wholesale level. (7–9a)
purge the supply system of excess or con- These SSAs will either turn in such mate-
demned materiel. riel to their supporting supply activity or
transfer it to the DRMO. Table 4–1 applies
to an SSA that does interface directly with
the wholesale level.
4. Efforts will be made to identify non- As a minimum, determine the complete AR 710–2 (3–31c) As needed
cataloged, nonstandard commercial ex- item description and end item application,
cess items to an NSN. prior to turn-in.
5. Report Army-owned excesses of bulk Within CONUS commands, notify the DOL AR 710–2 (5–25b) As needed
and packaged fuels of 500 gallons per of excess by type of product, quantity, ex-
product by grade. act location of product, and latest labora-
tory test results. In overseas commands,
provide the same information through
command channels to the servicing DFSC
regional office or the JPO.
6. Report excesses of packaged oil and Disposition instructions for serviceable or AR 710–2 (5–25c) As needed
lubricants to Defense General Supply economically repairable packaged prod-
Center (DGSC). ucts, containers, and related items are de-
termined by DGSC. Do not report items to
DGSC that are of less than stated value,
noncataloged items, locally assigned
MCNs, or uneconomically repairable.
Transfer these items to the servicing
DRMO following the “two-person-rule.”
7. Ship excess CCI to Tobyhanna Army Treat CCI as an ARI and use “ATTN: AR 710–2 (3–31d) As needed
Depot. W81U11” in the address of the shipping
documents.
M. Evacuation/Retrograde
1. Materiel declared excess will be pre- Select stock for shipping based on oldest AR 710–2 (3–32a, b) As needed
pared for shipment using the MRO. date of pack. If organic transportation is
used, schedule the shipment to arrive at
its destination within 10 days; otherwise,
release the materiel to transportation
within 3 days after producing the MRO.
2. Evacuate excess or unserviceable ARI The ARI code in the AMDF identifies items AR 710–2 (3–31a, 3–32c,d); AR Evacuate ARI within
without requesting disposition instructions. as ARI and dictates the shipping priority. 725–50 (7–15) 10 days after deter-
Mark shipping documents and containers mining the need to
with “ARI” and segregate from other items ship the item.
in a shipment.
a. SSAs that do not report directly to AR 710–2 (3–32b, c, d, and As needed
wholesale (do not operate as a SAILS ac- (3–31a))
tivity) will ship ARI to their supporting SSA.
b. SSAs with SAILS capabilities will
evacuate—
(1) Unserviceable ARIs to maintenance
activities designated on the ARIL when the
item is beyond the repair capability/capac-
ity of GS maintenance.
(2) Serviceable ARIs to the nearest area
oriented depot or supporting wholesale
designated equipment redistribution facili-
ty.
3. Evacuate unserviceable non-ARI a. If the MR code is above the level and AR 710–2 (3–18) As needed
repairables of maintenance based on the authorized by the supporting maintenance
RC level and MR code in the AMDF. facility (MR of “H,” “D,” or “L”), then evacu-
ate the unserviceable repairables to your
supporting SSA. Transfer the materiel fol-
lowing MRO procedures using DD Form
1348–1.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 149

Table B–4
b. If the MR code is “F” and the item is

coded “NRTS” by the maintenance facility
and the RC is above the DS level (RC of
“H,” “D,” or “L”), then evacuate the unser-
viceable reparable to your supporting SSA
using the procedures stated above in para
3a.
4. Document shipping transactions based When nonorganic transportation is used, AR 710–2 (3–32) As needed
on nonorganic transportation then prepare transportation documents
and copy number 6 of DD Form 1348–1
as directed by the supporting transporta-
tion officer.
5. Serial numbers must be on the turn-in Ensure the item serial number is entered AR 710–2 (3–26) As needed
documents for the following materiel: in the “REMARKS” blocks of the DD Form
1348–6 turn-in document. If more space is
needed for multiple turn-ins, then place
the serial numbers on the back of the
form. Additionally, for CCI, clearly anno-
tate “CCI” on the turn-in document and on
the outside of the package.
a. CCI end items.
b. Small arms.
c. TASN-A. designated items.
N. Disposal
1. Disposition of items classified as con- Before transferring an item to DRMO, use AR 710–2 (4–1, 4–2); AR 725–50 As needed
demned or uneconomically repairable is the “two-person-rule” to ensure that no re- (8–4; E–8a, b)
based on a combination of: quirement exists for the item. Use a DD
Form 1348–1 as a disposal release order
to transfer items to the DRMO. Send a
disposal release follow-up (DIC of “AKJ”)
to the storage site when a disposal re-
lease confirmation has not been received
within 10 days after forwarding the initial
DRO.
a. Whether the SSA interfaces directly (1) If the RC is “O,” “F,” or “Z,” then trans-
with the wholesale level. fer the materiel to DRMO using a disposal
turn-in document (DD Form 1348–1) or
machine produced facsimile. The disposal
authority code per AR 725–50, appendix
C, must be entered on the disposal turn-in
document.
(2) If the RC is “A” then special disposition
actions must take place due to precious
metal or hazardous materiel content.
Comply with the disposition instructions in
the applicable manuals or directives.
(3) If the RC is “D,” “H,” or “L,” then evacu-
ate the item to the supporting SSA.
b. The RC of the item. b. For SSAs in direct contact with the AR 710–2 (table 4–4–1 and AR As needed
wholesale level (an SSA operating as a 725–50 (7–1–15a)
SAILS activity)—
(1) Condemned and uneconomically
repairable items with an RC of “O,” “F,”
“H,” or “Z” and not ARI are transferred to
the DRMO as a final disposition action
IAW DOD 4160.21– M–1.
(2) If the RC is “A” then special disposition
actions must take place due to precious
150 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–4
(3) If the item is ARI, then evacuate it to

the closest maintenance facility per the
ARIL and submit an automatic return noti-
fication (DIC of “FTA”) to the appropriate
wholesale inventory control point.
(4) If the item is not ARI and has an RC of
“D” or “L,” the request (DIC of “FTE”) dis-
position instructions from the next higher
source of supply.
c. Whether the item is designated as an
ARI.
2. The SSA may direct units to turn-in the Verify that the materiel is indeed scrap AR 710–2 (2–13E) As needed
scrap to the DRMO after the materiel’s and post an SSA document number to the
condition has been verified. DRMO transfer documents.
O. Adjustments for lost, damaged, or
destroyed property
1. A document number will be assigned Assign a document number from a stock AR 735–5 (12–1c(3)) As needed
from a stock record activity level for relief- record activity voucher register to the doc-
from-responsibility documents for nonex- ument (listed in AR 735–5, paragraph
pendable, expendable, or durable items 12–1) used to account for stocks that are
not yet issued from the stock record ac- lost, damaged, or destroyed. When
count. reports of survey or statement of charges
or cash collection vouchers are processed
for damaged end items, document num-
bers do not need to be assigned to the as-
sociated documents (DA Form 4697, DD
Form 362).
2. Determine approval authority for IARs Determination of approval authority is AR 735–5 (14–29) As needed
from stock record activities for discrepan- based dollar value of all adjustments
cies in stock record balances. made to the stocks record account
through the year. Apply the criteria in AR
735– 5, para 14–29; to determine approval
authority.
3. Determine approval authority for IARs Determination of approval authority is AR 735–5 (14–27a b) As needed
from property book records. based dollar value of adjustments made to
CIF or UPH property book records through
the year. Apply the criteria in AR 735–5,
subparagraph 14–2a and b, to determine
approval authority.
P. Petroleum Management
1. Installations and commands will esti- a. Installations and commands will submit AR 710–2 (4–46f) As needed
mate and submit fuels requirement and estimated mobilization or activation fuel
necessary delivery conditions. requirement as necessary to USAPC.
b. Installations will submit estimated peace
fuel requirement on a regular submission
schedule as prescribed.
2. Adequate controls to monitor petroleum a. Ensure a qualified government repre- AR 710–2 (4–31a) As needed
receipt from commercial contractors. sentative is present to properly receive all
bulk (truckload) petroleum deliveries.
b. Ensure automatic fillup and degree day
deliveries of heating fuel are monitored to
put delivery vendors “at risk.”
3. Maintain control on issue and use of a. Credit cards will be issued on a tempo- AR 710–2 (2–32; 4–46) As needed
GSA credit cards and DOD AVFUEL In- rary basis and local commanders will pub-
dentaplates. lish guidance and control procedures.
b. All credit cards and indentaplates will
be secured IAW AR 190–51 and con-
trolled through property book procedures
and control logs.
c. Government credit cards into-plane are
authorized only when DOD facilities or
into-plane fuel contracts are not available.
The using unit will review/validate credit
card transactions.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 151

Table B–4
4. Establish and maintain effective petro- a. CONUS AR 710–2 (4–35) As needed command-
leum quality surveillance and technical as- ers will accomplish
sistance programs. quality surveillance of
both and bulk pack-
aged petroleum IAW
DA PAM 710–2–1
and USAPC guid-
ance.
b. OCONUS commanders will accomplish
quality surveillance programs IAW DA
PAM 710–2–1 and MIL- HDBK-200.
c. All commanders will ensure an effective
petroleum operational surveillance pro-
gram is maintain to ensure safe delivery of
acceptable fuel into vehicles and aircraft.
d. All new construction, upgrades, or mod-
ification of petroleum facilities will be sub-
mitted to USAPC for review and technical
assistance to help ensure they meet tech-
nical and regulatory requirements.
Section II: COMSEC Management
A. Property Accountability
1. When a COMSEC account or subac- COMSEC custodians and alternates must AR 710–2 (1–18) Before establishing
count is established, appoint a COMSEC be appointed in writing. Grade/rank re- the COMSEC ac-
custodian and alternate. quirements are listed in AR 710–2, para count.
1–18b(1) and (2). Appointed custodians
must have at least 1 year retainability in
the command. In short tour areas, a mini-
mum 6 months retainability.
2. COMSEC equipment and components COMSEC is not requested through normal AR 710–2 (1–17; 1–15d, P) Routine
are requested, issued, and turned in supply channels. These items are identi-
through the CMCS. fied in the AMDF with a CIIC other than
“U,” “O,” “7,” or “9,” with MATCAT of “U,”
and with a SOS code of B56. The COM-
SEC custodian will maintain a separate
document register for COMSEC transac-
tions and use the COMSEC account num-
ber in lieu of the DODAAC.
B. Receipt Processing
Serial numbers must be on the turn-in Ensure the item serial number is entered AR 710–2 (3–26b) As needed
documents for COMSEC with an ALC of in block 11, “Accounting Number,” of the
“1.” SF 153.
C. Inventories and Inventory Adjust-
ments
1. Physically inventory COMSEC equip- For ALC “1” items, verify serial numbers. AR 710–2 (1–19); TB 380–41 Semiannually
ment and components assigned an ALC of For ALC “2” items, verify the quantity on
“1” or “2.” hand. Ensure inventory results are recon-
ciled with the Army COMSEC Central Of-
fice of Record. Inventory discrepancies re-
quire an immediate investigation and sub-
mission of an incident report.
2. Physically inventory COMSEC equip- Verify that authorized items are on hand. AR 710–2 (1–19); TB 380–41; TB Annually or upon
ment and components not assigned an Inventory discrepancies require an imme- 380–41–5 change of COMSEC
ALC of “1” or “2.” diate investigation and submission of an custodian.
incident report.
3. Adjustments due to inventory discrep- Report inventory adjustments to the ap-
ancies of COMSEC require submission of propriate asset reporting system. Losses
an incident report. of COMSEC require the
submission of an incident report per TB AR 710–2 (3–29i–n); AR 735–5 Initiate upon discov-
380–41. (14–29) ery of a discrepancy.
D. Asset Reporting
Update the CBS-X report for all RICC 2, A COMSEC custodians report classified AR 710–2 (3–36d(2)); AR 710–3 a. Update CBS-X
and transactions. COMSEC reportable items per AR 710–3. (chap 7) data with each trans-
action.
152 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–4
b. Conduct annual
reconciliation.
E. Issues.
COMSEC custodians will keep a file copy Maintain signature cards signed by the AR 710–2 (3–30b); TB 380–41 Routine
of the current assumption of command commander or PBO authorizing other per- (4–17)
memorandum for each customer. sons to receive supplies. Use the signa-
ture cards to verify the customer repre-
sentative is authorized to receive supplies.
Obtain signatures from the customer rep-
resentative for all issues.
F. Excess Management
Ship excess COMSEC items to See TB 380–41 for reporting procedures AR 710–2 (3–31e) As needed
Tobyhanna Army Depot. of excess COMSEC equipment. Use “AT-
TN: COMSEC Account 5B1099, Tobyhan-
na, PA 18466-5110” in the address of the
shipping documents.
G. Evacuation/Retrograde
Document shipping transactions based on COMSEC will be documented for transfer AR 710–2 (3–32g) As needed
whether organic or nonorganic transporta- and shipped through Defense Courier
tion is used. Services (DCS) channels per TB 380–41
and TB 380–41.
H. Disposal
COMSEC equipment (along with compo- Demilitarization and disposal of excess AR 710–2 (3–31d); AR 380–41 As needed
nents) requiring final disposition are COMSEC materiel (except for keys and
shipped to Tobyhanna Army Depot publications) is performed by (TOAD) only.
Use the same the same administrative
procedures as in para “F” above this ap-
pendix. Disposal is not authorized below
the depot level.
Section III: Ammunition Management
A. Receipt Processing
1. After receipt of an item, forward receipt Use of Military Standard Transaction AR 710–2 (3–26a); AR 725–50 Routine
documents to the stock control section Reporting and Accounting Procedures (5–2)
within 1 or 2 days, depending on the PD (MILSTRAP) for receiving supplies is man-
or the class of supply. datory. Forward receipt documents (DIC
“D6S” and DD Form 1348–1) to stock con-
trol section within one day.
2. Report receipt of shipment from the The supply receiving personnel will for- AR 710–2 (3–26c) table 1–2 Routine
wholesale level and update stock records. ward receipt documents (DIC “D6S” and
DD Form 1348–1) to the stock control sec-
tion. Receiving personnel will record any
discrepancies on the receipt documents
before forwarding the forms. The stock
control section files the applicable DD
Form 1348–1 and processes the “D6S”
card as a receipt confirmation.
B. Stockage control
Class 5 ammunition stockage will be the Stockage is authorized by CTA 50–909, AR 710–2 (3–38b) As needed
minimum required to perform the mission. table 62 and MACOM directives. Quanti-
ties are based on supported units’ fore-
casts, basic and operations loads, and
contingency plans. The authorized stock-
age level is 3 to 5 days of supply except
for training ammunition. Training ammuni-
tion has a 180-day supply limit.
C. Storage operations
1. A stock location system will be set up at Record each stocked line by location and AR 710–2 (3–39b) Routine
each storage activity. condition. Stock accounting system must
be able to record multiple locations by
condition for each stocked line. Use am-
munition storage system procedures and
methods in FM 9–38 and DA Pam
710–2–2.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 153

Table B–4
2. Commanders are directly responsible Ensure storage facilities meet physical se- AR 710–2 (3–28d, 3–39) Routine
for safeguarding all supplies under their curity requirements according to the publi-
control. cations listed in AR 710–2, para 3–28d.
Conduct routine inventories and inspec-
tions to verify that accountability is main-
tained and that the storage facilities are
adequate.
D. Inventories and inventory adjust-
ments
1. Inventory ammunition items by type, When there is evidence of tampering with AR 710–2 (3–42) Monthly for precon-
quantity, lot number, and, if applicable, se- bulk storage of ammunition and explosive figured loads; quar-
rial number. Ammunition items in bulk items rigged or preconfigured for rapid terly for all others.
storage are inventoried by type and quan- deployment, dismantle the containers and
tity based on the outside markings on immediately inventory the contents by se-
sealed containers. rial number and/or lot number.
2. Inventory discrepancies are adjusted on Report inventory adjustments to the ap- AR 710–2 (3–29); AR 735–5 Initiate upon discov-
basis of whether the amount exceeds au- propriate asset reporting system and (14–29) ery of a discrepancy.
thorized overages and shortages. make adjustments as follows: For discrep-
ancies involving ammunition and explo-
sives, commanders will initiate an AR
15–6 investigation for overages and short-
ages of the amounts listed in AR 190–11,
appendix E.
E. Asset reporting
1. Activities storing ammunition will submit Provide feeder reports as required by AR 710–2 (3–43b); AR 700–19, Annually as listed in
feeder reports to WARS. “reporting activities” in AR 700–19. Repor- para 2–3 AR 700–19.
table items are identified semiannually by
designated WARS managers.
2. Update and GMLR Ammunition Re- Provide feeder reports as required by AR 710–2 (3–43c); AR 700–19, Conduct annual rec-
ceipts, and Expenditure Report, RCS “reporting activities” in AR 700–19 para para 3–1 onciliation and submit
AMC-193. 3–1. Reportable items are identified in AR monthly change.
700–19, chapter 4.
F. Issues
Storage activities will keep a file copy of Also, maintain signature cards signed by AR 710–2 (3–30b) Routine
the current assumption of command and/ the commander or PBO authorizing other
or PBO appointment memorandum for persons to receive supplies. Use the sig-
each customer. nature cards to verify the customer repre-
sentative is authorized to receive supplies.
Obtain signatures from the customer rep-
resentatives when issuing munitions.
G. Turn-ins
No training ammunition for future training Reconcile turn-ins with the original issue AR 710–2 (3–44d) As needed
missions will be issued until all reconcilia- document(s). When there is a shortage
tion actions are completed for prior train- between the quantity of unexpended am-
ing missions. munition turned- in and the quantity issued
less expended, the using unit commander
must provide a signed statement on the
turn-in document stating that action under
AR 190–11, chapter 2, is being taken to
account for the shortages.
H. Excess management
Monitor class 5 stocks for excess stock- Ammunition stockage is 3 to 5 days of AR 710–2 (3–38b, e) Routine
age. supply except for training ammunition.
Training ammunition will not exceed a
180-day stockage level. For excess stock-
age, request disposition instructions
through logistics channels to the appropri-
ate ICP per the source of supply code in
the AMDF.
I. Disposal
1. Malfunctions. Report all misfires and duds not previously AR 75–1 (2–1, a); TM 9–1300–206 As needed
reported by the training units. Submit re-
quired reports as directed.
154 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–4
2. Emergency explosives disposal. Report all ammunition found on post, AR 75–15; TM 9–1300–206 As needed
duds, misfires, damaged or suspicious
AA&E to EOD units by most expeditious
means. Maintain surveillance of materiel
until EOD arrival.
3. Obsolete or unserviceable. Report materiel on hand that has been de- TM 38–750 As needed
clared obsolete or unserviceable. Request
disposition instructions prior to disposition
actions.
4. Suspended/Restricted munitions. Maintain suspense/restriction notice file by AR 75–1 As needed
sequence number. Review all records of
materiel on hand to preclude use of sus-
pended/restricted ammunition. Report
quantities on hand as directed.
Section IV: Hazardous Materials Man-
agement
A. General
Implement the Hazardous Materials Man- (a) Provide assistance to customers on AR 710–2 (1–28); AR 200–1 (5–1, As needed
agement Program. the proper requisitioning, receipt, handling, 5–3b, 6–6); AR 700–141; TM
storage, use, and disposition of HAZMATs 38–410
and on mandatory reporting requirements.
(b) Assist in obtaining Material Safety Data
Sheets (MSDSs).
(c) Ensure efforts are taken to minimize
the use of HAZMATs to meet the HQDA-
established hazardous waste reduction
goals.
B. Requisitioning
Review all local purchase requests for Commanders or designated representative AR 710–2 (4–20a) As needed
HAZMATs. will approve requests for local purchase of
items identified as HAZMATs.
C. Receipt Processing and Storage
1. Identify HAZMATs to ensure appropri- Identify HAZMATs received. AR 710–2 (1–31a); TM 38–410 As needed
ate handling.
2. Ensure access to appropriate storage, MSDSs must be readily available to as- AR 710–2 (1–30b); AR 700–141 As needed
safety, and health data. sure proper handling, storage, and emer-
gency response preparedness.
D. Issue Procedures
Ensure health and safety is safeguarded Provide assistance in acquiring MSDSs. AR 710–2 (1–20a, b); AR 700–141 As needed
when issuing HAZMATs.
E. Asset Reporting
Provide reports on HAZMATs. Provide necessary HAZMATs information AR 710–2 (1–28b and 1–31e); AR As needed
to respond to HQDA, Federal, State, DOD, 200–1 (chaps 5 and 6)
and local reporting requirements. Data
F. Excess Management and Disposal
Turn in excess HAZMATs. Provide unit and activity turn-ins of HAZ- AR 710–2 (1–30d); AR 200–1 As needed
MATs in a timely manner to minimize (5–9d)
safety hazards in the workplace and to
maximize the potential for transfer, recy-
cling, and/or reutilization. Maintain close
coordination with supporting environmen-
tal office and Defense Reutilization and
Marketing Office (DRMO) to expedite the
removal of excess HAZMATs.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 155

Table B–5
Supply Support for Installations, U.S. Property Fiscal Office (USPFO), Strategic Communications Facility, TDA Activities, and Supply
Units or Activities Providing General Support to DSU’s Supply Operations
Regulatory requirement Administrative procedures Reference Frequency
Section I. General Supplies Manage-

ment
A. General
1. When regulatory guidance is not clear, Send requests through command chan- AR 710–2 (1–10a); AR As needed
request clarification. nels per applicable Army regulation. 735–5 (1–7)
2. Deviation from supply policy requires Send requests for deviation through com- AR 710–2 (1–10b); AR As needed
approval from HQDA. mand channels to Director, U.S. Army Lo- 735–5 (8–2)
gistics Integration Agency, ATTN: LOIA-
LM, 54 M Avenue, Suite 4, New Cumber-
viations will specify the period of time the
deviation needs to be in effect.
3. Identify and report supply constraints. Report to the higher command when con- AR 710–2 (1–12)
strained for any reason from submitting re-
quests or requisitions for supply classes 2
(including maps), 3 (packaged), 4, 7, 8, or
9. ARNG and USAR units are not required
to submit reports of supply constraint for
unfinanced requirements when already
identified through budget submissions.
Submit reports PER AR 725–50.
B. Property accountability
1. Appointment of the stock record officer. The SRA is operated by a SRO appointed AR 710–2 (4–43a); AR As needed
under 735–5. The SRO is accountable for 735–5 (2–10)
supplies from the time of receipt until is-
sued, released, or dropped from accounta-
bility. The SRO cannot also be a PBO,
transportation officer IMPAC credit card
ordering officer or a blanket purchase
agreement ordering officer simultaneously.
2. All property, except real property and Acquired property is classified for property AR 710–2 (1–14b); AR Routine
contractor acquired property, is processed accountability purposes as nonexpen- 735–5 (2–2c)
through and accounted for on a stock re- dable, durable, or expendable and proc-
cord account before issue. essed through the SRA.
3. All Army property and leased equipment The SRO will establish and maintain files. AR 710–2 (4–43e, 5–30) Routine
issued must be documented in the SRA.
4. Maintain audit trail with a transaction Retain the transaction history file docu- AR 710–2 (4–44f, 5–30f) Routine
history file. ments for 24 months in computer readable
form.
C. Performance Standards
Commanders will make sure the perform- Performance standards should not be AR 710–2 (1–20a) Routine
ance standards are understood, consis- evaluated in isolation. Their purpose is to
tently applied, and accurately figured. assist supervisors with identifying what
areas require greater emphasis. Com-
manders will monitor results of supply per-
formance standards per AR 710–2, table
1–2, and take appropriate action to ensure
effective supply performance is main-
tained. Commanders must be alert to any
decreases in customer support due to
overemphasis of a performance standard.
D. Requisitioning
1. Requisitions by subordinate DSS cus- a. If the requisition is for an end item, use AR 710–2 (4–8, 4–11a, Routine
tomers will flow through the SSA. Process the REQ-VAL validation products to vali- 4–11b); AR 700–120
these requisitions for appropriate editing, date requisitions for major end items man- (2–10)
funding, and for screening for excess. aged under TAEDP. Those activities with
the Distribution Execution System (DES)
capability will use DES for the validation
process.
156 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–5
Units or Activities Providing General Support to DSU’s Supply Operations—Continued
b. For all other requisitions, review the sta-

tus of stockage on hand in the ASL.
2. Requisitions sent to other supply This is a mandatory entry. AR 710–2 (4–12c) Routine
sources will contain either a recurring or
nonrecurring demand.
3. The DOL, G4 or equivalent will estab- The authority is granted when an opera- AR 710–2 (2–6e) As needed
lish item retention authority for repairables tional requirement exists to retain a repa-
retained and not turned in by using units rable with an RC of “A,” “D,” “F,” “H,” or “L”
upon request of a serviceable reparable. until the new reparable is received. When
this authority is granted, the replaced rep-
arable will be turned-in to the SSA within
10 work days (30 days for USAR) after re-
ceipt of the new reparable.
4. Determine approval of organizational If approved, attach to the request a mem- AR 710–2 (4–22a,b) As needed
requests for DRMO supplies to be used orandum stating approval and a reminder
for other than their intended purposes. that all nonexpendable property drawn
from DRMO will be accounted for on the
property book.
5. The objective of automated supply sys- Run a cycle to update the stock records. AR 710–2 (4–11e) Daily
tems is to achieve one cycle per work day.
6. CONUS installations and overseas Solid fuel is coal, coke, or briquettes. Sub- AR 710–2 (4–17a,b); As needed
commands will estimate annual solid fuels mit separate estimates (according to the DFSCR-4220.2
requirements and related delivery sched- purchase program submission schedule)
ules. and requests for each kind of solid fuel to
Commander, USAPC, ATTN: SATPC-L,
New Cumberland, PA 17070-5008.
7. The SSA accountable officer decides Apply the criteria in AR 710–2, sub- AR 710–2 (4–20a, c, e); AR As needed
which requirements will be satisfied by us- paragraphs 4–20a and c, and in AR 725–50 (3–3u)
ing local purchase procedures. 725–50, subparagraph 3–30a, to deter-
mine if local purchase should be author-
ized. Whenever authorized local purchase
cannot be accomplished, submit a requisi-
tion to the wholesale level citing advice
code “2A.” Maintain demand data on all lo-
cal purchase items.
E. Reconciliation and validation
1. Supply personnel within support mainte- Support maintenance activities operating AR 710–2 (4–29c) Routine
nance will verify that open supply requests on a work order basis will, at the time work
are still required for specific work orders. orders are closed, cancel or transfer all
open requests for that work order.
2. Send shipment and supply status to DS Forward status to DS SSAs based on cir- AR 710–2 (4–11f) Forward status accordingly—
SSAs. cumstances relating to priority or issue de-
cisions.
a. Upon receipt of status for
PD 01–08 requisitions.
b. Upon receipt of a nonposi-
tive supply decision.
c. Monthly for all others.
3. Periodically validate open requisitions. Review open requisitions and use the AR 710–2 (4–29d, e) Quarterly
SAVAR process to verify that the open
requisitions are still valid. Use the quar-
terly MOV in lieu of the monthly logistic in-
telligence file bottoms-up reconciliation.
F. Receipt processing
1. After receipt of an item, forward receipt MILSTRAP for receiving supplies is man- AR 710–2 (4–30a); AR Routine
documents to the stock control section datory. Forward receipt documents (DIC 725–50 (5–2)
within one or two days depending on the “D6S” and DD Form 1348–1) to stock con-
PD or the class of supply. trol section within—
a. One day after receipt of items with a PD
01–08.
b. Two days for all other items.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 157

Table B–5
2. Report receipt of shipment from the The supply receiving personnel will for- AR 710–2 (4–30c); table Routine
wholesale level and update stock records. ward receipt documents (DIC “D6S” and 1–2
DD Form 1348–1) within one day to the
stock stock control section. Receiving per-
sonnel will record any discrepancies on
the receipt documents before forwarding
the forms. The stock control section files
the applicable DD Form 1348–1 within 1
day of receipt of documents and
processes the “D6S” card to the source of
supply as a receipt confirmation. The ob-
jective is to post stock records within 3
days after receipt of the item. Five days is
the maximum acceptable time lapse be-
tween receipt of the item and posting of
records.
3. When documentation for a receipt is Receiving personnel check with the stock AR 710–2 (4–30g) As needed
missing, supply receiving personnel will control section to identify any dues-in and
complete the necessary documents to additional information in order to establish
process the receipt to the stock record ac- receipt documents. If no information is
count. available, then use the information from
the package or container to establish re-
ceipt documents. Forward the documents
to the stock control section and the mate-
riel to the storage section.
4. Report discrepancies discovered during Use the criteria established in AR AR 710–2 (4–30h); AR As needed
the receipt of materiel. 735–11–2 to process discrepancies. 735–5 (6–5)
5. Supply receiving personnel will make Materiel turned-in as serviceable or unser- AR 710–2 (3–26b) As needed
sure that customer returned items are viceable will be identified by NSN, item de-
properly documented and that receipt doc- scription, and quantity. Identify assem-
uments are sent to the stock control sec- blies, subassemblies, and line replaceable
tion within 1 work day after receipt. units as follows: NSN or part number, no-
menclature, and end item application.
6. Serial numbers must be on the turn-in Ensure the item serial number is entered AR 710–2 (4–30i) As needed
documents for the following materiel: in the “REMARKS” blocks of the turn-in
document. If multiple items are being tur-
ned in, then place the serial number on
the back of the form. Additionally, for CCI,
clearly annotates “CCI” on the turn-in doc-
ument and on the outside of the package.
a. CCI end items.
b. Small arms.
c. TASN-A designated items.
7. Process pseudoreceipt transactions to Pseudoreceipt outstanding document AR 710–2 (4–32) As needed
initiate the transfer of OMA funds to sup- numbers when the following criteria are
ply management Army retail funds when met:
the requesting unit/activity fails to ac-
knowledge receipt of items shipped. DO
NOT USE THE PSEUDORECEIPT
PROCESS FOR SHIPMENT OF THE
FOLLOWING MATERIEL:
a. Controlled items with a CIIC of “1–6,” a. An outstanding direct delivery due-in/
“8,” “9,” “N,” “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$” or “Y” (night due-out and a shipping status is recorded
vision devices and navigation systems on the general support level demand his-
(GPS)). tory file.
b. Nonexpendable items. b. A total of three consecutive follow-ups
is sent not less than 20 days after posting
of shipment status for CONUS operation
and not less than 30 days for OCONUS.
Total time of all three follow-ups will not be
less than 45 days.
8. Mail to supporting USAPC laboratories Upon receipt of each shipment, samples AR 710–2 (4–17g) As needed
samples of coal shipments for analysis. are taken by a certified sampler.
G. Stock control
158 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–5
1. Maintain the prescribed minimum refer- The minimum required publications on AR 710–2 (4–4h) Routine
ences on item identification and supply item identification and supply management
management data. data are listed in AR 710–2, subparagraph
4–4h. Refer to DA Pam 25–30, to verify
whether the on-hand publications are cur-
rent.
2. The GS level SSA assigns MCNs. MCNs are assigned for cataloging items AR 710–2 (4–4b, d, f) Provide catalog data to sup-
only when an item does not have an NSN, ported SSAs on a monthly
when the CAGE/PN cannot be determined basis.
or exceeds 15 characters. Maintain an
MCN control register and assign MCNs in
numerical sequence regardless of class of
materiel. A listing containing the MCN, de-
scription, MATCAT, unit of issue, supply
category of materiel code, unit price, and
cross reference CAGE/PN (if applicable) is
furnished to supported DS/GS supply ac-
tivities by SAILS.
3. For local management and accounting Whenever components are grouped to- AR 710–2 (4–4b) As needed
purposes, assign an MCN to components gether as a system, such as systems fur-
configured as a system. niture, assign an MCN to account for the
entire system. Catalog data for each MCN
will list all components to include part
number, description, and quantity of each
component. A separate MCN will be as-
signed to each system of a different con-
figuration.
4. Maintain local catalog data on all MCNs This data is used to— AR 710–2 (4–4d, e) Conduct semiannual reviews.
in active use.
a. Identify items meeting criteria for NSN
establishment.
b. Determine what will be retained, can-
celed, or replaced with an NSN.
5. The headquarters responsible for the The review board assists with managing AR 710–2 (3–9j) Once appointed, the board
management of supply operations will ap- the ASL by determining additions and de- meets at least annually.
point an ASL review board. Minutes of the letions of items to the ASL per AR 710–2,
ASL review board will be approved and subparagraph 3–9j and table 3–1.
signed by the commander or his desig-
nated representative.
6. Maintain demand history files for the Ideally, the demand files are stratified to AR 710–2 (4–44f, g) Routine
most recent 12-month period. the end items code (EIC). Maintain
demand history files for each class 2 (in-
cluding maps), 3 (packaged), 4, and 9
item issued. Items selected for stockage
will make up the ASL.
7. The GS/ISSD SSA will not keep stocks, Generally the backup stockage for ASLs is AR 710–2 (4–8) Routine
except for repairables repaired by support- maintained at the wholesale level. As for
ing GS maintenance, for DS or other activ- repairables, a portion of the repair cycle
ities that are DSS customers to the whole- level quantity may be maintained at the
sale level. GS supply level. Depending on the repair
programs of the supporting maintenance
activities, some repairables will be stocked
at the GS supply level for issue to the DS
supply level.
8. Each item on the ASL must have an as- Record SLCs on the stock accounting re- AR 710–2 (4–8b) As needed
signed SLC. cord utilizing table 3–1.
9. Each ASL item must have an RO. The RO is recorded in the stock account- AR 710–2 (4–9) Routine
ing record. Requisitions for quantities
above the RO are not authorized.
10. Establish required serial number ac- SRA items that meet the criteria in AR AR 710–2 (4–44c) Routine
counting. 710–2, subparagraph 4–44c, requires se-
rial number accounting.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 159

Table B–5
11. The RO, for other than class 5, is The control period for computing the RO is AR 710–2 (3–9a, b) Recompute the RO and the
based on either DOS or EOQ computa- a minimum of 360 days. average OST at least annu-
tions. ally or whenever assets
equal zero.
a. Nonautomated accounts will use the a. The DOS RO consists of an operating AR 710–2 (3–9a)
DOS method for items that are— level, order ship time, and safety level.
The reorder point is the sum of OST and
SL.
(1) Critically short. (1) The OL in CONUS is 15 days, for
OCONUS is 30 days.
(2) Seasonal. (2) The OST is actual average number of
days between document date of non-ba-
ckordered requisitions and the receipt date
posted to the stock record account. Up-
date average OST each time the RO is
recomputed.
(3) Highly perishable. (3) The SL in CONUS is 5 days, for
items, the SL is 5 days. For AMC CONUS
activities the SL is 15 days.
(4) Limited by a shelf life of less than 1
year.
b. The EOQ will be used by automated b. Automated accounts will limit the EOQ AR 710–2 (3–9b) Same as above.
and nonautomated accounts in cases to 30 days of supply for items that are criti-
other than those specific incidences al- cally short, seasonal, or perishable. In all
lowed above for DOS. other cases, limit the EOQ to a 1 year
supply. The SL and OST parameter are
the same for EOQ as for DOS. The intent
of the EOQ method is to replenish larger
quantities of low-dollar value items and
smaller quantities of high-dollar value
items.
c. The RO for repairables repaired at the c. The RO consists of OL, RCL, OST, and AR 710–2 (4–10b) Same as above.
same management level (such as GS/ISD SL. The ROP is the sum of the RCL, OST,
supply and GS/Installation maintenance) and SL.
will consist of a unique set of parameters.
(1) The OL is based on average annual
washouts using the EOQ method.
(2) The RCL is based on average annual
repairs accomplished. The formula is in
DA Pam 710–2–2, appendix G.
(3) The OST is based on average OST for
washout replenishments.
(4) The SL is 5 days of supply based on
average washouts.
d. Stockage of COPAD parts. d. Limit stockage of COPAD parts to 30 AR 710–2 (4–21b) Routine
DOS plus average OST.
12. Theater reserve items stocked forward Items authorized for stockage in the corps AR 710–2 (5–8) Review demand history file
in the corps must have— forward theater reserve storage activities annually to determine addi-
are ALOC war reserve maintenance re- tions and deletions of forward
lated class 2 and class 9 supplies. Limit theater stockage.
stockage to 30 DOS. Maintain a 12-month
demand history file. Ideally, stratify the
demand history file to the EIC.
a. Essentiality code of “C.”
b. Air eligibility code of “1” or “3.”
c. At least 9 recurring demands in 360
days to qualify and 3 recurring demands
to retain as forward stockage.
160 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–5
13. For bulk petroleum products and pack- The peacetime operating stocks for class AR 710–2 (4–26a, g) Routine
aged fuels, maintain stock record account- 3 (bulk) will be locally determined based
ability for each type and grade of product. on maintaining sufficient amounts neces-
sary to allow for economic resupply plus a
supply safety level that will sustain—
a. Normal peacetime operations for at
least 5 days.
b. Oil burning utilities for at least 30 days
of the coldest experienced weather, un-
less 30 days of an approved alternate fuel
is available.
14. When approved, account for ORF ma- The accountable officer ensures on hand AR 710–2 (4–13) Routine
teriel on a supply support activity SRA. ORF is located in maintenance support
areas. Use the highest customer FAD to
requisition ORF for initial issue or replace-
ment.
15. Commanders authorized a stock re- In CONUS, the CANN PT is a part of the AR 710–2 (3–14; 4–38) Furnish customers a quar-
cord account may authorize establishing a installation supply division. For OCONUS, terly listing of items available
CANN PT. it is part of the corps or TAACOM MMC. A for cannibalization.
responsible officer must be appointed to
ensure—
a. The only items put into the CANN PT
were directed by the NICP to be disposed.
b. Removal actions directed by a strip list
are accomplished before transferring the
item into the CANN PT.
c. Items put into the CANN PT contain
repair parts, components, or assemblies
applicable to supported end items.
d. Customer withdrawal of CANN PT items
are only those items the customer is au-
thorized to remove, replace, or repair.
e. Transfer items to DRMO when can-
nibalization actions are complete.
16. Maintenance support activities author- The maintenance shop supply section will AR 710–2 (4–25b; 4–15a, Control period for Active
ized a shop stock will maintain shop stock record demands to determine if repair b, d) Army is 180 days, for ARNG
assets on a record of demand. parts and consumables qualify for stock- and USAR it is 360 days.
age as shop stock. Items must have 3
demands in a control period to qualify for
shop stock and one demand to retain.
17. Manage shop stock inventory. The shop officer ensures— AR 710–2 (4–15, 4–45a) Conduct inventories during
scheduled reviews, quarterly
for Active Army and semian-
nually for ARNG and USAR.
a. Periodic inventories are conducted to
verify on-hand shop stock items meet
stockage criteria. Delete items from stock-
age when they fail to have at least one
demand in the last control period unless
they support either valid seasonal and re-
quirements or requirements peculiar to
nonstandard equipment.
b. Excess is turned in within 10 days after
determination.
c. Updated shop stock lists are prepared
for the unit commander’s approval after
completion of the inventory.
d. An updated shop stock listing is pro-
vided to the SSA.
e. Stockage of CCI repair parts authorized
for diagnostic purposes requires—
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 161

Table B–5
(1) Temporary loan hand receipting proce-

dures from the SSA.
(2) Tracking assets with SIMS-X reporting.
f. No one individual will perform duties as
a materiel repairer and shop stock clerk at
the same time.
g. Causative research will be conducted if As needed
discrepancies of small parts are discov-
ered.
18. Stockage of class 9 items as bench Bench stocks are low cost, high use, non- AR 710–2 (4–16) Semiannually approve bench
stock by activities authorized to perform recoverable consumable class 2 (including stock lists and review
general support maintenance requires ap- maps), 3 (packaged), 4, and 9 (less com- replenishment tags.
proval by the maintenance officer. ponents) items used at an unpredictable
rate. Small arms parts (coded CIIC N) will
not be stocked in bench stock. Sensitive
items will be inventoried IAW table 2–1,
subparagraph i.
19. Limit stockage for GS programmed Turn in all unused serviceable repair parts AR 710–2 (3–9c) As needed
maintenance repair parts to 60 DOS plus from the GS maintenance program within
one OST. 60 days after completion of the program.
H. Storage operations
1. A stock location system will set up at Record location and condition for each AR 710–2 (4–33b) Routine
each storage activity. stocked line. Stock accounting system
must be able to record multiple locations
by condition for each stocked line. Comply
with DOD 4145.19–R–1 for uniformity of
policies, procedures, and methods.
I. Inventories and inventory adjust-
ments
1. Conduct special inventories to maintain Special inventories are made when— AR 710–2 (4–34c) As needed. Post results to
accountability. SRA within 3 work days after
completion of inventory.
a. A negative on-hand balance is re-
corded.
b. A materiel release denial occurs.
c. A location survey finds an item in an un-
recorded location or in an incorrect loca-
tion.
d. There is evidence of forced or un-
authorized entry.
e. Directed by the commander or account-
able officer.
2. Inventory controlled items by serial Controlled items are those annotated in AR 710–2 (4–34d) Monthly for ammunition and
number. Controlled items in bulk storage the AMDF with a CIIC of “1–6,” “8,” “9,” explosives preconfigured for
are inventoried by type and quantity based “N,” (firearms) “P,” “Q,” “R,” “$,” or “Y” deployment. Quarterly for
on the outside markings on sealed con- (night vision devices and navigation sys- other sensitive items (exclud-
tainers. tems (GPS)). Ammunition will be invento- ing classified COMSEC
ried by type, quantity, lot number, and if equipment).
applicable, serial number. When there is
evidence of tampering with bulk storage of
controlled items or of ammunition and ex-
plosive items rigged or preconfigured for
rapid deployment, dismantle the contain-
ers and immediately inventory the con-
tents by serial number and/or lot number.
162 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–5
3. Inventory bulk petroleum products for A DA Form 5831–R (Petroleum Product AR 710–2 (4–34o) a. Each day of activity (an is-
each type and grade of product. Inventory Control or local Sheet) equiva- sue or receipt) for a bulk fuel
lent form as per DA Pam 710–2–1 is used storage tank.
to record individual storage tank invento-
ries. Monthly inventories are volume cor-
rected per AR 710–2, subparagraph
3–29r. Prepare a Monthly Bulk Petroleum
Accounting Summary using DA Form
4702–R. Allowable losses or gains of gas-
oline, jet fuels, and AVGAS is plus or mi-
nus 1 percent of opening inventory plus
the month’s receipts. The allowance for
other petroleum is plus or minus half of 1
percent.
b. Weekly if no daily activity
has occurred figured a 7-day
period.
c. Monthly. Annotate the
MPBAS report to reflect
quantity on-hand as of 0800
hrs local time, last day of the
month IAW AR 11–27.
4. Inventory discrepancies are adjusted Report inventory adjustments to the ap- AR 710–2 (4–34f–j,o); AR Initiate upon discovery of a
based on whether— propriate asset reporting system and 735–5 (14–28) discrepancy.
make adjustments.
a. There is evidence of negligence. a. When negligence or willful misconduct
is known or suspected, initiate a DA Form
4697 or DD Form 362 per AR 735–5.
b. The items are sensitive. b. Verified losses of sensitive items (CIIC
1–6, 8) other than small arms ammunition
require initiating a DA Form 4697 (Report
of Survey).
c. The items are CCI. c. Losses of CCI require the submission of
an incident report per TB 380 –41 or DA
Pam 380–2, respectively.
d. The items are negotiable media. d. Initiate a report of survey or an AR 15–6
investigation for adjustments of negotiable
media.
e. The items are ammunition. e. For discrepancies involving ammunition
(per AR 710–2, para 3–28s) and explo-
sives, commanders will initiate an AR
15–6 investigation for overages and short-
ages of the amounts listed in AR 190–11,
appendix E.
f. The item is bulk stored fuel. f. Petroleum gains or losses beyond allow-
ances (per AR 710–2, subparagraph
3–28s) are adjusted by submitting the
MBPAS with applicable supporting docu-
ments, report of survey, and causative re-
search documents for approval by the next
higher commander. Disapproval of losses
automatically requires initiation of a report
of survey. Disapproval of gains requires
an AR 15–6 investigation.
g. The extended line item value is $50 or g. Discrepancies not involving controlled
less and there are no controlled items or items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of
negligence involved. “1–6,” “8,” “9,” “N” (firearm), “P,” “Q,” “R,”
“$,” or “Y” (night vision devices and navi-
gation systems (GPS)) or negligence and
are $50 or less are not reported for inven-
tory adjustment approval. Post the adjust-
ment to the accountable record. Include
the adjustment in the annual inventory ad-
justment rate.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 163

Table B–5
h. The discrepancy was not covered h. These discrepancies are adjusted by

above (5a through g). using an IAR. After completion of an in-
ventory, forward IARs to the approving au-
thority within 30 days PER AR 735–5, par-
agraphs 14–28. Determination of approval
authority is based on the annual RO value
of the ASL stockage. Calculate the annual
RO value as of the last day of the first
month of the fiscal year.
5. Conduct causative research for inven- The stock record officer completes an in- AR 710–2 (4–34k); AR Immediately upon discovery
tory discrepancies involving controlled ternal investigation within 30 calendar 735–5 (14–29g) of a discrepancy.
items identified on the AMDF by CIIC of days to determine what caused the dis-
“1–6,” “8,” “9,” “N” (firearm), “P,” “Q,” “R,” crepancy. Record the results of the re-
“$,” or “Y” (night vision devices and navi- search on the reverse side of the IAR. Ini-
gation systems (GPS)) or adjustments tiation of action per AR 15–6 or AR 735–5
over $500 in extended line item value. the is mandatory when negligence is deter-
cause or when no cause can be found. mined to be
Shortages of CCI are reported per DA
PAM 25–380–2.
J. Asset reporting
1. Report inventory adjustment to appro- Inventory adjustments result from receipt, AR 710–2 (3–29q); (4–34L) As needed
priate asset reporting system. issues, transfers, losses, or inventory dis-
crepancies. After making adjustments to
the stock record account, update the ap-
propriate asset reporting system.
2. Use the following vertical management
information reports to manage assets:
a. SIMS-X. SSAs will report the status of a. Transmit SIMS-X reports (DIC of “DZA”) AR 710–2 (6–22d); AR As needed
RICC “8” items when either the quantity to the appropriate NICP. Where applicable 710–3 (chap 3)
on-hand, due-in, or due-out changes or provide information copies to the TAMMC.
whenever the condition code, stockage
code, or RO changes.
b. CBS-X. All on-hand balances of MTOE/ b. Submit to USAMC LOGSA all SSA level AR 710–2 (3–36d(2)); AR Weekly
TDA RICC “2,” “A,” and “Z” items must be transaction data extracted from the 710–3 (chap 7)
documented in the CBS-X reports. voucher or document history file. The DA
minimum goal for CBS-X compatibility is
98 percent.
3. Establish local files of DODSASP, DOD Establish local procedures for monitoring AR 710–3 (4–5d, 4–25f, As needed
RATTS, and CCI transactions. the status of such items within the sup- 4–41k)
ported area. Interface with the DA Central
Registry to track shipments, respond to
serial number inquiries, to update data,
and so on.
4. Submit the following applicable petro- Military activities are required to submit AR 710–2 (4–47d(10))
leum reports: data on bulk petroleum as indicated:
a. Bulk Petroleum Storage Facilities report a. This report applies to activities with a a. Every 3 years.
to USAPC-RCS DD-MIL (A) 506 (CONUS 500-barrel capacity or more, either singly
and OCONUS). or in manifold configuration.
b. Bulk Petroleum Storage Facilities b. Submit this report only upon request by b. Annually upon request.
Report to USAPC-(CONUS) AMC 830. USAPC.
c. Bulk Petroleum Terminal Message c. This report applies to Army petroleum c. Weekly
Report to DFSC-RCS DLA(W) 1884 terminal, terminal complex or tanker serv-
(DFSC). ing in the capacity of floating storage hav-
ing custody of DLA-owned product. This
report will be submitted in either message
or punch card format to Defense Fuel
Supply Center IAW DOD Manual 4140.25-
M, paragraph 209.8.
164 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–5
d. Source Identification and Ordering Au- d. Army activities that receive SIOATH to d. Monthly
thorization Control Record to DFSC-RCS order fuels from an industry source are re-
DLA (M) 1882 (DFSC). quired to submit an on-order, but un-
delivered, report DD Form 1886. Instruc-
tions for preparing and submitting this
report are contained in DOD 4140.25-M.
Army activities authorized to order petro-
leum products from DFSC contracts will
maintain a DD Form 1886 for each con-
tract line item for which a SIOATH authori-
zation has been received. Instructions for
preparing this form are contained in DOD
4140.25-M.
e. Defense Energy Information Systems e. Submit individual activity reports to e. Monthly
Report (DEIS I and DEIS II) to MACOM MACOM HQ per AR 11–27 by the Army
HQ-RCS DD-MM (AR) 1313. DEIS Data Entry System (ADDS).
5. TAV data TAV will ultimately provide a data base
longer be required. At that point, DS/GS
units will be directed to ensure TAV re-
cords are kept current for use in asset
management.
K. Issues
1. Process materiel release orders based a. The objective is to make stock available AR 710–2 (3–30a) Routine
on priority and date of pack. for release to transportation or to custom-
ers as follows:
(1) Within 1 day of PD 01–08 requests.
(2) Within 2 days for other requirements.
b. Select stock with the oldest date of
pack first unless requirements are for
L. Materiel returns policy
1. When net asset position exceeds the a. The net asset position consists of the AR 710–2 (4–37a) As needed
RO, cancel all dues-in. quantity on-hand (regardless of condition)
plus quantities due-in minus due-out. Sub-
mit a request for cancellation of all dues-in
and then unserviceable and serviceable
assets reduced respectively until the net
asset position is to equal the RO. There is
no retention limit for repairables. The RO
may be adjusted to the nearest unit pack
quantity.
2. Conduct periodic materiel returns re- After updating the demand history file, re- AR 710–2 (3–31a) Reviews for excess—
views. view all ASL and NSL assets to identify
materiel returns for turn-in. TAV provides
visibility over assets and requirements.
This enables managers to determine
whether to use the assets through attrition,
to make command redistribution and refer-
rals or to turn-in assets to the supply sys-
tem IAW the TAV business rules of sub-
paragraph 3–31i. For NSL items, all on-
hand assets will require disposition. Re-
quest disposition instructions on all mate-
riel returns except for ARI.
a. Each day activity occurs
for ARI and SIMS-X items
and repairables with a RC of
“F,” “H,” “D,” or “L.”
b. Monthly for all other items.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 165

Table B–5
tion property are directed by the com- property between subordinates. Specify
ance conflicts.
4. Initiate disposition actions as outlined in Table 4–2 applies to an SSA that does not AR 710–2 (4–37a); AR As needed
AR 710–2, table 4–1 to purge the supply interface directly with the wholesale level. 725–50 (7–9a)
system of excess or condemned materiel. Table 4–1 applies to all SSAs that inter-
face directly with the wholesale level.
5. Efforts will be made to identify non- As a minimum, determine the complete AR 710–2 (4–37c) As needed
cataloged, nonstandard commercial ex- item description and end item application,
cess items to an NSN. before turn-in.
6. Report Army-owned excesses of bulk Within CONUS commands, notify the DOL AR 710–2 (5–25b) As needed
and packaged fuels of 500 gallons per of excess by type of product, quantity, ex-
product by grade. act location of product, and latest labora-
tory test results. In overseas commands,
provide the same information through
command channels to the servicing DFSC
regional office or the JPO.
7. Report excesses of packaged oil and Disposition instructions for serviceable or AR 710–2 (5–25c) As needed.
lubricants to DGSC. economically repairable packaged prod-
ucts, containers, and related items are de-
termined by DGSC. Do not report items to
DGSC that are of less than stated value,
noncataloged items, locally assigned
MCNs, or uneconomically repairable.
Transfer these items to the servicing
DRMO following the “two-person-rule.”
M. Evacuation/Retrograde
1. Materiel declared excess to the unit will Select stock for shipping based on oldest AR 710–2 (3–32a,b) As needed
be prepared for shipment using the mate- date of pack. For items requiring disposi-
riel release order. tion instructions from NICP, complete the
turn-in within 10 days after receipt of in-
structions. If organic transportation is
used, schedule the shipment to arrive at
its destination within 10 days; otherwise
release the materiel to transportation
within 3 days after producing the MRO.
2. Evacuate excess or unserviceable ARI a. The ARI code in the AMDF identifies AR 710–2 (4–39b); AR Evacuate ARI within 10 days
without requesting disposition instructions. items as ARI and dictates the shipping pri- 725–50 (7–15) after determining the need to
ority. Mark shipping documents and con- ship the item.
tainers with “ARI” and segregate from
other items in a shipment.
b. Evacuate—
(1) Unserviceable ARIs to maintenance
activities designated on the ARIL when the
item is beyond the repair capability/ ca-
pacity of GS maintenance.
(2) Serviceable ARIs to the nearest area
oriented depot or supporting wholesale
designated equipment redistribution facili-
ty.
3. Evacuate unserviceable non-ARI a. If the MR code is “D” or “L” and the item AR 710–2 (4–41b) As needed
repairables based on the recoverability is classified as unserviceable but
code and maintenance repair code in the repairable, then evacuate the unservice-
AMDF. able reparable to the appropriate depot
level repair facility. Ship the materiel fol-
lowing MRO procedures using DD Form
1348–1.
b. If the RC is “D” or “L” and the item is
classified as uneconomically repairable or
condemned, then request disposition in-
structions from the wholesale source of
supply.
166 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–5
4. Document shipping transactions based In both cases, upon releasing the ship-
on whether organic or nonorganic trans- ment to the carrier, the DD Form 1348–1
portation is used. must be annotated with the date shipped
and any of the following shipment num-
bers: TCN, GBL, CBL, AWB, insured or
registered parcel post number, or the
transport’s tail or bumper number.
a. When organic transportation is used—
(1) Do not use transportation documents.
(2) Provide the carrier copy number 6 of
the DD Form 1348–1 as a manifest.
b. When nonorganic transportation is
used, then prepare transportation docu-
ments and copy number 6 of DD Form
1348–1 as directed by the supporting
transportation officer.
c. Classified COMSEC materiel will be
documented for transfer and shipped
through Defense Courier Services (DCS)
channels per TB 380–41.
N. Disposal
1. Disposition of items classified as con- Before transferring an item to DRMO, use AR 710–2 (tables 4–1); AR As needed
demned or noneconomically repairable is the “two-person-rule” to ensure that no re- 725–50 (7–15a, 8–4, E–8a,
based on a combination of— quirement exists for the item. Use a DD b)
Form 1348–1 as a disposal release order
to transfer items to the DRMO. Send a
disposal release follow-up (DIC of “AKJ”)
to the storage site when a disposal re-
lease confirmation has not been received
within 10 days after forwarding the initial
DRO. Final disposition actions are as fol-
lows:
a. The recoverability code of the item. a. Condemned and uneconomically
repairable items with an RC of “O,” “F,”
“H,” or “Z” and not ARI are transferred to
the DRMO.
b. Also, whether the item is designated as b. If the RC is “A,” then special disposition
an ARI. actions must take place due to precious
c. If the item is ARI, then evacuate it to the
closest maintenance facility per the ARIL
and submit an automatic return notification
(DIC of “FTA”) to the appropriate whole-
sale inventory control point.
d. If the item is not ARI and has an RC of
“D” or “L,” then request (DIC of “FTE”) dis-
position instructions from the next higher
source of supply.
2. If a CANN PT is established, determine a. Items put into the CANN PT must con- AR 710–2 (4–38) As needed
if items approved by the NICP for disposal tain repair parts, components, or assem-
should first be put into the CANN PT. blies applicable to supported end items.
b. Removal actions directed by a strip list
are accomplished prior to completing
transfers of items to the CANN PT.
c. Transfer items to DRMO when can-
nibalization actions are complete.
O. Adjustments for lost, damaged, or
destroyed property
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 167

Table B–5
Determine approval authority for IARs Determination of approval authority is AR 735–5 (14–29l) As needed
from stock record activities for forward po- based on an average RO dollar value of
sitioned prepositioned war reserve stocks the four most recent SAILS “Quarterly
in the corps or TAACOM. Stratification Reports” and the dollar value
of the IAR. Apply the criteria inAR 735–5,
paragraph 14–29l, to determine approval
authority.
P. Petroleum management
1. Installations and commands will esti- a. Installations and commands will
mate and submit fuels requirement and
necessary delivery conditions.
submit estimated mobilization or activation AR 710–2 (4–46f) As needed.
fuel requirement as necessary to USAPC.
b. Installations will submit estimated peace
fuel requirement on a regular submission
schedule as prescribed.
2. Adequate controls to monitor petroleum a. Ensure a qualified government repre- AR 710–2 (4–31a) As needed
receipt from commercial contractors. sentative is present to properly receive all
bulk (truckload) petroleum deliveries.
b. Ensure automatic fillup and degree day
deliveries of heating fuel are monitored to
put delivery vendors “at risk.”
3. Maintain control on issue and use of a. Credit cards will be issued on a tempo- AR 710–2 (2–32; 4–46) As needed
GSA credit cards and DOD AVFUEL Iden- rary basis and local commanders will pub-
taplates. lish guidance and control procedures.
b. All credit cards and identaplates will be
secured IAW AR 190–51 and controlled
through property book procedures and
control logs.
c. Government credit cards and iden-
taplates are authorized only when DOD fa-
cilities or into-plane fuel contracts are not
available. The using unit will review and
validate credit card transactions.
4. Establish and maintain effective petro- a. CONUS commanders will accomplish AR 710–2(4–35) As needed
leum quality surveillance and technical as- quality surveillance of both and bulk pack-
sistance programs. aged petroleum IAW DA Pam 710–2–1
and USAPC guidance.
b. OCONUS commanders will accomplish
quality surveillance programs IAW DA
Pam 710–2–1 and MIL-HDBK-200.
c. All commanders will ensure an effective
petroleum operational surveillance is
maintained to ensure safe delivery of ac-
ceptable fuel into vehicles and aircraft.
d. All new construction, upgrades, or mod-
ification of petroleum facilities will be sub-
mitted to USAPC for review and technical
assistance to help ensure they meet tech-
nical and regulatory requirements.
Section II: Hazardous Materiels Man-
agement
A. General
Implement the Hazardous Materials Man- a. Provide assistance to customers on the AR 710–2 (1–28); AR As needed
agement Program. proper requisitioning, receipt, handling, 200–1 (1–5, 5–3b, 6–6);
storage, use, and disposition of HAZMATs TM 38–410
and on mandatory reporting requirements.
b. Assist in obtaining Material Safety Data
Sheets (MSDSs).
168 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–5

use of HAZMATs to meet the HQDA-es-
tablished hazardous waste reduction
goals.
B. Requisitioning
Review all local purchase requests for Commanders or designated representa- AR 710–2 (4–20a) As needed
HAZMATs. tives will approve requests for local pur-
chase of items identified as HAZMATs.
C. Receipt processing and storage
1. Identify HAZMATs to ensure appropri- Identify HAZMATs received. AR 710–2 (1–31a); TM As needed
ate handling. 38–410
2. Ensure access to appropriate storage, MSDSs must be readily available to as- AR 710–2 (1–30b); AR As needed
safety, and health data. sure proper handling, storage, and emer- 700–141
gency response preparedness.
D. Issue procedures
Ensure health and safety is safeguarded Provide assistance in acquiring MSDSs. AR 710–2 (1–30a, b) AR As needed
when issuing HAZMATs. 700–141
E. Asset reporting
Provide reports on HAZMATs. Provide necessary information to respond AR 710–2 (1–28b and As needed
to HQDA, Federal, State, DOD, and local 1–31e)
HAZMATs reporting requirements. Data
F. Excess management and disposal
Turn in excess HAZMATs. Expeditiously process unit and activity AR 710–2 (1–30d); AR As needed
turn-ins of HAZMATs to minimize safety 200–1 (5–9d)
hazards in the workplace and to maximize
the potential for transfer, recycling, and/or
reutilization. Maintain close coordination
with supporting environmental office and
Defense Reutilization and Marketing Office
(DRMO) to expedite the removal of excess
HAZMATs.
Table B–6
MACOM Level
A. General
1. When regulatory guidance is not clear, Send requests through command chan- AR 710–2 (1–10a) As needed
request clarification. Also, evaluate subor- nels IAW applicable Army regulation.
dinate’s request for clarification and pro-
vide instructions or send to higher HQ for
clarification.
2. Deviations from supply policy requires Send requests for deviation through com- AR 710–2 (1–10c); AR As needed
approval from HQDA. Also, evaluate sub- mand channels to Director, U.S. Army Lo- 735–5 (8–2)
ordinate’s request for deviation authority gistics Integration Agency, ATTN: LOIA-
and forward to HQDA for approval. LM, 54 M Avenue, Suite 4, New Cumber-
viations will specify the period of time the
deviation needs to be in effect.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 169

Table B–6
MACOM Level—Continued
3. Identify and report supply constraints. Report to the higher command when con- AR 710–2 (1–12); AR As needed
Also, evaluate subordinate’s report of sup- strained for any reason from submitting re- 725–50 (1–7)
ply constraint and provide instructions or quests or requisitions for supply classes 2,
send to higher HQ for resolution. 3 (packaged), 4, 7, 8, or 9. ARNG or
USAR units are not required to submit
reports of supply constraint for unfinanced
requirements when already identified
through budget submissions. Submit
reports IAW AR 725– 50.
4. Implement a Command Supply Disci- Designate a CSDP coordinator to oversee AR 710–2 (app B) See table B–7.
pline Program (CSDP). the CSDP. Make necessary additions to
tables B–1 through B–5 as needed to
make requirements more complete. Place
emphasis on eliminating repeat discrepan-
cies.
5. Verify administrative information for Ensure that the DOD Activity Address Di- AR 710–2 (1–24) Whenever a unit is added,
each DODAAC assigned is correct. rectory (DODAAD) contains current and changed, deleted, or
complete information. changes location.
6. Implement the Hazardous Materials a. Provide guidance to subordinate ele- AR 710–2 (1–26a, b, c, d, As needed
Management Program. ments on the proper identification, requ- e); AR 200–1 (6–6); AR
isitioning, receipt, handling, storage, use, 700–141
and disposition of HAZMATs and on man-
datory reporting requirements.
b. Assist subordinate elements in obtain-
ing Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs).
c. Monitor installation progress toward
achieving HQDA-established hazardous
waste reduction goals.
d. Recommend nonhazardous or less haz-
ardous substitutes be used instead of
HAZMATs by installations and activities.
e. Ensure that installation Procurement Of-
fices monitor local purchase requests that
specify the acquisition of HAZMATs.
B. Property accountability
1. Determine basic load and discretionary MACOM commanders designate what AR 710–2 (2–4a, 2–20a, b) As needed
equipment authorizations. units will maintain basic loads of class 1, 1–29c; AR 200–1 (5–1a(2))
2, 3, 4 (type classified only), 5 and 8 (ex-
cept medical parts) supplies. Specify the
quantity and method of establishing the
stockage level for each basic load class of
supply. Ensure that MACOM- approved
basic loads minimize, to the extent possi-
ble, the inclusion of HAZMATs.
2. Designate which units will maintain op- Specify the quantity and method of es- AR 710–2 (2–20b) As needed
erational loads of class 3 (bulk) supplies. tablishing the stockage level for maintain-
ing an operational load of class 3 (bulk).
3. Determine approval of additions to the Requests for review of suspected errors AR 710–2 (2–21a) As needed
PLL pending review of suspected errors are submitted through command channels
with the essentially code in the AMDF. to AMC LOGSA. Before forwarding the re-
quest, determine whether the using unit
should be authorized to stock the repair
part in question until a decision is made by
USACDA.
4. Determine the average customer wait Establish an ACWT (expressed in days) to AR 710–2 (2–21a) As needed
time (ACWT) be used in the command for based upon a representative sample of
calculating demand support levels. wait times within the command. Using
units will use a 15-day ACWT until a
MACOM directed ACWT is established.
5. Authorize using units to take installation Requests for approval are submitted by AR 710–2 (2–5b) As needed
property to the field or with them upon the using unit on a memorandum through
change of station. command channels to the MACOM
DCSLOG.
170 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–6
6. Authorize maintaining property books at Requests for approval are submitted AR 710–2 (2–5c) As needed
other than parent UIC level. through command channels on a memo-
randum to the MACOM or MUSARC
DCSLOG or to the ARNG Plans and Pol-
icy Branch. MACOM, NGB, or CONUSA
approval requires establishing a separate
DODAAC and a derivative UIC.
7. Publish instructions for clearing the The instructions include provisions for ap- AR 710–2 (2–5t) As needed
property book of an organization that is in- pointing disinterested personnel to verify
activated or discontinued. the accuracy and completeness of the
property books and supporting documents.
Dispose of property books per AR 25-se-
ries.
8. Determine adherence to DA policies Review subcommand property manage- AR 710–2 (1–16c) As needed
with regard to development and implement procedures and operations to en-
mentation of unique automated systems. force compliance with basic supply poli-
cies when automated systems are used
for property accountability functions such
as property book, document registers,
hand receipts, and self service supply cen-
ters.
C. Service support management
1. Determine approval to establish a con- When there is more than one parent unit AR 710–2 (2–14b) As needed
solidated Organizational Clothing and Indi- within a single battalion, a request to es-
vidual Equipment (OCIE) issue point. tablish a battalion level CIF may be ap-
proved by the MACOM so long as a CIF
does not already exist on an area support
basis.
2. Determine approval to establish a quick When a QSS is established, it will be the AR 170–2 (3–11a) As needed
supply store (QSS). sole source of supply for QSS items to
support combat, tactical training, and gar-
rison operations.
3. Determine approval to establish a con- COPARS are contractor-operated facilities AR 710–2 (3–21) As needed
tractor operated parts store (COPARS). on military installations that provide over-
the-counter sales of repair parts for non-
tactical wheeled vehicles, commercial con-
struction equipment, materiel handling
equipment, tactical vehicle of a commer-
cial design, construction support equip-
ment and commercial communications
electronic equipment.
4. Determine approval to establish a mis- An MSSA is authorized to support a spe- AR 710–2 (4–23) As needed
sion supply support activity (MSSA). cific mission only when both conditions ex-
ist—
a. The MTOE or TDA does not authorize
an SSA within the operating unit.
b. No SSA exist to support the operation.
D. Asset reporting
Establish central collection and reporting Ensure the capability exists for vertical AR 710–2 (3–36c,d) 1–28b, As needed
activities to collect and monitor reports management asset and information report- 1–29g, h); AR 200–1 (chap-
manually prepared by users. ing between users, retail managers, and ters 5 and 6).
wholesale managers when automated
reporting does not exist. The required
reports are: CBS-X, Registration and
Reporting of U.S. Army Vehicles, DOD-
SASP, DODRATTS, CCISP, and TASN-A,
also provide necessary HAZMATs infor-
mation to fulfill HQDA, Federal, State,
TAV will ultimately provide a data base
longer be required. At that point, MACOMs
will be directed to ensure TAV records are
kept current for use in asset management.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 171

Table B–6
E. Excess management
tion property is directed by the com- property between subordinates. Specify
ance conflicts.
2. Coordinate major item redistribution de- Redistribution decision of major items re- AR 700–120 (1–4j)
cisions with AMC. quire updating the TAEDP and CBS-X.
a. Coordinate with the applicable major a. For TAEDP, finalize coor-
subordinate command (MSC) within AMC dination with MSC before ex-
to comply with TAEDP plans. ecution as follows:
(1) 180 for days OCONUS
commands.
(2) 120 days for CONUS
commands.
b. Ensure the MMCs involved in the b. For CBS-X, complete noti-
redistribution inform HQ DESCOM of the fication within 10 days after
completed transaction to update CBS-X. execution.
3. A retention level is authorized at One year’s worth of stock of class 2, 3p, AR 710–2 (5–24g) As needed
CONUS installation level (SAILS activity) and 9 consumables (less MRC “F,” “H,”
and Theater Army for OCONUS. “D,” or “L”) which have six or more annual
demands is authorized to be retained.
4. Designate redistribution facility loca- MACOMs have the authority to designate AR 710–2 (5–24g) As needed
tions. the exact location of redistribution facilities
within their commands.
Table B–7
CSDP Evaluation Frequency
For Active Army Divisional Units
Organizations Evaluated
Frequency Company Battalion Brigade Sep Bde or Division
Quarterly By Battalion
Semiannually By Bde or Sep Bde By Division.
Annually By Corps or
MACOM
For Active Army Nondivisional Units
Evaluated Organizations
Frequency Company Battalion (0-6 Cmd) Brigade (0-7 Cmd) SUP- Corps
or Sup Gp COM or Bde or
Regiment
Semiannually By Battalion By Sup Gp or SUPCOM
Annually By SUPCOM By Corps By MACOM
For TDA Organizations
Frequency Primary Hand Receipt PBO Instl Comd MSC and UIC Cmds
Holder or Supervisor with PBO
Semiannually By Immediate Supervisor
Annually By Instl or Immediate Su-
pervisor
Biennially By MSC or MACOM By MACOM
For TRADOC Organizations
Frequency Tng Bde Company Tng Bde Battalion The Tng Brigade School Directorate Instl
Semiannually By Tng Bn By Tng Bde
Annually By Instl
Biennially By MACOM By MACOM
For ARNG Organizations
172 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–7
CSDP Evaluation Frequency—Continued
For Active Army Divisional Units
Organizations Evaluated
Frequency Company Battalion Brigade Sep Bde or Division
Frequency Company Battalion Bde/ARC/ Group Division USPFO or STARC

Annually By Battalion By Bde or ACR or Group By Division or By STARC
STARC
Triennially By NGB
For USAR Organizations
Frequency Company Battalion Bde/ARC/Group/ MUSARC
GOCOM
18 months By Battalion By Bde or ACR or Group or By MUSARC
GOCOM
Biennially By FORSCOM
Notes:
The frequency of evaluation is separately addressed for seven different types of force structures: divisional, nondivisional, TDA, TRADOC, ARNG, and USAR. The tables
display the minimum requirements for how often certain organizations are evaluated and by whom. Not included, but still required, is the semiannual evaluation of DS
and GS stock record account supply operations (i.e., DISCOM evaluates supply operations of the FSB, MSB, and DMMC).
Appendix C within shelf life useability and to determine container condition.

Petroleum Quality Surveillance and Technical Quality surveillance of packaged petroleum will be conducted in
Assistance Program accordance with procedures outlined in DA Pam 710–2–1, chapter
12.
C–1. Program elements (3) All products identified for shelf life update testing. These
The Petroleum Quality Surveillance and Technical Assistance Pro- results will be reported to USAPC before submitting any samples to
grams consist of the following: designated labs. Activities are required to maintain Standing Operat-
a. Quality Surveillance Program. ing Procedures (SOP) to ensure proper package petroleum manage-
b. Petroleum Technical Assistance Program. ment. Products must be checked against the DOD Quality Status
c. Operational Surveillance Program. List (QSL) during required inspections. Products with expired shelf
d. Air Pollution Abatement Program (APAP). life that are not listed on the QSL should be reported to USAPC
e. Petroleum Laboratory Certification. before submitting samples to a designated laboratory. When prod-
f. Engineering Technical Review Program. ucts are identified for shelf life update, those products will not be
g. Underground Storage Tank Program. used until the laboratory analysis indicates the product meets use
limits. USAPC Product Deficiency Investigation (PDI) messages,
C–2. CONUS commanders
The CONUS commanders provide necessary information, equip- which identify deficient items, will be kept on file for 1 year from
ment, and manpower available within their resources to assist the date of release. New receipts of products will be screened for items
coordinating USAPC personnel in accomplishing the requirements reported in these messages and, if received, will be reported to
of these programs. Upon request, USAPC will provide assistance to USAPC.
overseas commanders coordinating the above. c. The Quality Surveillance Program will be established world-
wide for both bulk and packaged products. This program applies to
C–3. Defense Contract Administration Services regional all bulk petroleum supplied by commercial sources under DLA
commanders regional type contracts, procured locally, or received from Army,
Defense Contract Administration Services (DCAS) regional com- other military services, or DLA depot stocks.
manders inspect and accept petroleum in CONUS. Other branches (1) In CONUS, USAPC will establish a CONUS sampling sched-
of services have comparable responsibility for overseas. The overall ule. Also, USAPC will provide the submitting activity detailed sam-
policies and procedures in AR 715–27 and DOD Manual pling instructions upon request, advise the submitting activity of the
4140.25–M apply. These policies will be observed by appropriate test results, and determine if additional quality surveillance samples
Army activities in support of procurement inspection worldwide. need be requested for testing.
Inspection reports will be prepared and distributed according to (2) Commanders of overseas commands will establish a sampling
DOD Manual 4140.25–M, appendix I. schedule at the frequencies established in MIL-HDBK-200 or more
frequently, if desired.
C–4. Quality Surveillance Program
a. This program is conducted to— (3) The commander of the activity required to submit samples
(1) Ensure the quality of product supplied from commercial under this program will ensure that a petroleum supply specialist is
sources directly to US Army, ARNG, and USAR units. assigned to take product samples and maintain a sample log for all
(2) Maintain the quality of Army-owned petroleum products and samples submitted. The log will indicate assigned sample numbers,
containers. sample history, and test results. Samples will be taken from delivery
(3) Provide support to DLA IAW DOD 4140.25 for testing and conveyances of commercial product sources and submitted accord-
reporting of test results on samples submitted by DLA. ing to DA Pam 710–2–1, tables 12–3 and 12–4 for each contract,
b. The Quality Surveillance Program unless otherwise specified including local purchases totaling more than 10,000 gallons
in the regulation, will be conducted on— annually.
(1) All bulk petroleum, packaged products, and containers at the (a) The fuel sample containers will be procured by the submitting
frequencies established in MIL-HDBK-200, or more frequently if activity. Care must be taken to ensure containers are maintained in a
desired for closer surveillance or when directed by USAPC. usable condition.
(2) All packaged products on hand or in storage. These products (b) A petroleum sample tag (DA Form 1804) is completed and
will be inspected every 90 days to determine if each product is attached to each sample submitted for laboratory testing.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 173

(c) Samples of products are forwarded to the laboratory desig- technical assistance to resolve problems on receiving, storage, han-
nated within 72 hours after the sample is taken. dling, usage, quality surveillance, supply, and distribution of petro-
(4) Stocks of motor and aviation fuels at using activities are leum products.
usually consumed in relatively short periods of time. The unstable (3) Provides assistance in the design, construction, maintenance,
character of these products warrants special precautions to prevent and repair of petroleum facilities and dispensing equipment.
damage to equipment. Motor, aviation fuels, and heating fuel will be (4) Applies to all US Army installations, ARNG, and USAR
tested according to MIL-HDBK-200. More information on testing, units.
performance requirements, and instructions of a general nature are b. The Technical Assistance Program will be conducted in
given in MIL-HDBK-114. Fuel samples will be forwarded to the CONUS by USAPC. Upon request, USAPC will provide assistance
supporting laboratory unless otherwise directed. to overseas commands.
(5) All dormant stocks of Army-owned bulk petroleum will be (1) USAPC will—
rotated before deterioration occurs beyond acceptable use limits. (a) Establish an effective technical assistance visit program to
This guidance and procedures apply worldwide. When test results assist MACOMs, the ARNG, and USAR commanders to determine
indicate deterioration trends, stocks will be rotated and consumed whether their installations are adhering to established petroleum
while the product is still within specification limits. A report indi- policies and procedures. These policies and procedures relate to the
cating fuel type and problems experienced will be forwarded to procurement, supply, receipt, storage, distribution, handling, ac-
USAPC, ATTN: SATPC-L, New Cumberland, PA 17070–5008. counting for, and use of petroleum products.
(6) The specifications for fuels are occasionally revised and up- (b) Coordinate technical assistance program schedules with the
dated. If a revision results in significant changes in quality limits, MACOMs, ARNG, and USAR.
action will be initiated to rotate stock in an economical and timely (c) Provide a representative to serve as a member on the com-
manner. The replacement product will comply with the requirements mand team effort.
of the latest specification revision. (d) Provide technical assistance visits to installations when re-
(7) The performance of all filter/separators, regardless of product quested by the installation’s command headquarters.
in service, must be checked every 30 days through the submission (2) Each MACOM will provide USAPC with annual schedules of
of samples. This test will be performed on equipment in operational logistics review or inspection teams and aviation accident preven-
use. Equipment not in use will be tested when placed in service and tion survey team visits to installations.
then every 30 days thereafter if in continued use. Sampling proce-
C–6. Operational Surveillance Program
dures will be according to instructions provided by USAPC, FM This program provides essential quality surveillance services to
10–69, and FM 10–71. Samples will be submitted to the supporting commanders. It ensures delivery of acceptable product for use in
USAPC laboratory as listed in paragraph C–14 or a certified labora- military equipment by application of proper handling and control
tory. If a sample shows unsatisfactory performance, the submitting measures and enables collection and reuse of products to the maxi-
activity will be notified by telephone of the failure and advised of mum degree possible. Properly used, it can provide a positive
necessary corrective action. method for both monetary and energy savings.
(8) To conserve energy, fuel draining should be used to the
maximum degree possible. Accordingly, authority is granted to re- C–7. Air Pollution Abatement Program
use all drained petroleum fuels in authorized vehicles if the below The APAP program provides a testing service to CONUS com-
conditions are met— manders whereby they can comply with air pollution abatement
(a) All drainage must be received into, stored in, and issued from standards established by law and implemented by AR 200–1. It
a segregated system for each product. When accumulations equal or applies to all CONUS Army and ARNG installations and USAR
exceed 500 gallons in a single tank, a sample will be taken and units that use fuel oils in the combustion units of their oil-fired
forwarded to the supporting laboratory for analysis. No additional plants.
drainage will be added until results are known.
(b) Aviation fuels that have been removed from aircraft fuel C–8. Petroleum laboratory certification
tanks will pass through a filter separator. These fuels may go All CONUS-based TDA and TO&E laboratories testing petroleum
directly into a storage tank or refueler vehicles unless contamination products must be certified. Certification will include a review of
is suspected. In this case, the product will be isolated and samples facilities, equipment, methods, and personnel qualifications. Labora-
submitted to the supporting laboratory for testing. All aviation fuel tories will not perform testing for the purposes of determining suita-
dispensing equipment and facilities will be sampled and tested ac- bility or disposition of petroleum products unless they are certified.
CONUS installations are authorized to establish a POL laboratory to
cording to procedures in FM 10–68.
test Army-owned bulk petroleum products for usability and perform
(c) To evaluate the capability of the petroleum handling system
filter effectiveness tests.
of the activity and to safeguard product quality, periodic samples
a. Laboratory Support.
will be submitted for testing from storage/holding tanks to the ap-
(1) In CONUS, USAPC is responsible for providing laboratory
propriate laboratory. Products need not be held, pending receipt of
support. Samples will be submitted to the supporting USAPC labo-
test results, unless product contamination is suspected.
ratory listed in paragraph C–14 or a USAPC certified laboratory.
(9) Lubricating oil drained from vehicles, aircraft, or stationary (2) For overseas areas, ARF 67–46/AR 700–36/NAVSUPINST
engines will be recovered and disposed of according to appendix D. 4730.1c/MCOP4760.1A prescribes which military department has
(10) Filtration of aviation and ground fuels into end/consuming responsibility to maintain and operate petroleum laboratories in spe-
item is mandatory. Aviation fuel bulk loading facilities and all cific areas outside CONUS. The military department assigned re-
aviation and ground refueling vehicles will be equipped with a filter sponsibility for an area will provide petroleum testing services for
separator. Retail dispensing pumps for ground fuels will be all US military activities in that area.
equipped with an in-line filtration system capable of sediment re- b. Shipment of samples of Army-owned products will be for-
moval to 10 mg/1 or less and water removal to 10 ppm or less. warded according to AR 55–355. The shipping installation is re-
sponsible for transportation costs for sample shipment. Products
C–5. Petroleum Technical Assistance Program removed as samples will be posted as credit (loss) to an appropriate
a. This worldwide program— record.
(1) Assist in determining that Army-owned products and han-
dling facilities are being managed properly and conducted in con- C–9. Aircraft accident
junction with MACOMs. When fuels or lubricants are suspected of causing an aircraft acci-
(2) Provides Army commanders, at their request, professional dent, the activity responsible for investigating the accident (AR
174 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

385–40) may request USAPC to provide a representative to serve as (OCONUS) theaters of operation and for long-term storage require-
a member of the investigating survey team, or for assistance in ments. It is the primary fuel for all mobile and stationary spark
sampling and testing the suspected product. Accident investigation ignition, engine-powered ground equipment in overseas areas as
samples which are submitted to the US Army Petroleum Center unleaded gasoline is generally unavailable. It may be used as the
should have a Petroleum Sample Tag, DA Form 1804 (Petroleum alternate fuel for gasoline consuming portable lanterns, and heating
Sample), attached to the container and clearly indicate that the and cooking equipment, and as an emergency fuel for all turbine
sample is for aircraft accident testing. engines other than aircraft.
(4) Turbine fuel Aviation MIL-T-5624, grade JP-4. Aviation tur-
C–10. Engineering technical review of petroleum facilities bine fuel will be the primary fuel for all Army turbine, engine-
New construction or modification or upgrading of petroleum facili- powered aircraft, until all aircraft powered by turbine engines are
ties will meet all requirements of applicable regulations, specifica- designed or requalified to operate on JP-8. JP-4 may be used as an
tions, and safety considerations. To assure that this is done, plans alternate fuel for compression ignition engines.
for such construction will be submitted to USAPC for review or (5) VV-F-800 diesel oil fuel will be used as the primary fuel for
technical assistance before such construction. These reports should all compression ignition engines and gas turbine engines other than
include, as a minimum, a comprehensive description of the project, those in aircraft systems. For OCONUS, JP-8 may be designated as
its purpose, and the affect the project will have on the future supply the primary fuel.
of petroleum products to the installation. Also, the report will in- c. In instances of nonavailability of fuels cited above, it may be
clude, but not be limited to, the following: necessary to use other military or commercial fuels. The use of
a. Requirements and justification for future construction of petro- these fuels will be acceptable as alternate or emergency fuels per
leum facilities being planned; applicable fiscal year military table C-1. NATO fuel designations and US equivalent specifica-
construction. tions/standards are available at table C–2.
b. Status of any new facilities or upgrading/modernization proj-
ects already in process; the estimated date of completion. C–12. Standardization
c. All fixed petroleum storage tanks and dispensing systems item- a. Item entry control.
ized and currently in use; any deactivated facilities at the (1) General. Petroleum logistics is most effective when the num-
installation. ber of standard fuels and lubricants are kept to the absolute mini-
d. Types of dispensing equipment being used to refuel Army mum that will permit the required defense posture of the US Army.
aircraft, if applicable, itemized. To do this the type of number of fuels and lubricants required to
e. Description of any petroleum service contracts, including con- support equipment must be controlled. Thus, maximum use will be
made of Army-approved standard specification products in the de-
tract period, contractor, contracting office, and purpose and use at
sign and maintenance of new vehicles and equipment. These prod-
the installation.
ucts are listed in—
f. An evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed construction to
(a) AMDF.
accomplish the desired operations.
(b) MIL-HDBK 113.
C–11. Liquid hydrocarbon fuels to be used in Army fuel (c) MIL-HDBK 114.
consuming material (2) Nonstandard products. If no standard lubricant is suitable for
a. For the purpose of this regulation the following fuel types the intended application, the selection of the recommended lubricant
apply: will be according to MIL-STD 838 and MIL-HDBK 113. Applica-
(1) Primary fuel. A fuel that permits full design performance. tion of the procedures required by these publications will ensure that
(2) Alternate fuel. A fuel that provides performance equal to the a nonstandard product, if required, will be properly processed so
primary fuel, but may be a restricted item of supply in a tactical that it is incorporated into the logistic system as a standard Army
area or has environmental limitations. No degradation of perform- item. This should ensure adequate supply support of military equip-
ance or service life occurs as a result of the use of an alternate fuel ment with proper standard lubricants. Coordination with US Army
within the prescribed operational range. Tank-Automotive Research, Development, and Engineering Center,
Mobility Tech Center-Belvoir (MTC, Belvoir), ATTN: AMSTA-
(3) Alternative fuel. Any liquid fuel, refined from a naturally
RBF, Ft. Belvoir, VA 22060-5818, is mandatory before initiating
occurring or synthetically derived crude, that can be substituted for
action.
petroleum standard fuels.
b. Nonstandard items for Army use.
(4) Emergency fuel. A fuel used when the primary or alternate
(1) When nonstandard products are considered essential for Army
fuel is not available. The use of an emergency fuel may result in
use, the requiring activity will forward a request for review of an
increased maintenance and/or reduced engine life. Severe perform- item per AR 708–1, chapter 4, to USAPC. The request will include
ance degradation is permissible when an emergency fuel is used, but the information below.
it must not destroy the materiel within the operating period pre- (a) Where the product will be used.
scribed by the designer. (b) Climatic condition under which the product will be used.
b. Fuels to be used in Army materiel that consume liquid (c) The equipment in which the product will be used.
hydrocarbon fuels are limited to the following: (d) The equipment lubrication order, technical manual, technical
(1) Aviation (AVGAS), grade 100/130 will be used as the pri- bulletin, or instruction that specifies the use of this product.
mary fuel for all reciprocating engine-powered aircraft. It may also (e) If a proprietary product, the name and address of manufac-
be used as an alternate fuel for other spark ignition engines and an turer and brand name.
emergency fuel for turbine engines other than aircraft. (f) All other known descriptive data.
(2) Gasoline, automotive, unleaded. VV-G-1690, ASTMD-439 (2) Fuel and lubricant additives. Fuel and lubricant products for
MOGAS, unleaded will be used as the primary fuel for all mobile operating Army equipment are normally procured as finished
and stationary ground materiel with spark ignition engines in CON- materials. Situations may exist wherein the use of additive products
US. MOGAS, unleaded is the primary fuel for all vehicles equipped is warranted. These products are referred to as after market additives
with catalytic converters. It will be used as the primary fuel in that are intended for use on a supplemental basis. However, before
overseas areas if available and supportable by the logistics system. procurement or use of the proprietary products by any Army agen-
It is also the primary fuel for portable lanterns and heating and cy, specific technical data must be provided to MTC, Belvoir
cooking equipment designed to be operated on gasoline. (ATTN: AMSTA-RBF).
(3) Gasoline, automotive combat (MIL-G-3056 combat, MOGAS (a) The additive product, when added to a fuel or lubricant, must
91/83). Combat MOGAS, 91/83 is storage stable and is the motor provide a measurable level of improvement over that of the un-
gasoline to be used in all outside continental United States treated fuel or lubricant.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 175

(b) The additive product, when added to a fuel or lubricant, must for USTs, plus the more stringent of Army or host nation require-
not create any adverse side effects as a result of incompatibility. ments. (See AR 200–1.)
(3) Upon receipt and evaluation of the submitted technical data,
C–14. Supporting USAPC laboratories
the recommendation by MTC, Belvoir will be made either to dis- The submission of samples to the specified laboratories may vary
continue further consideration of the additive product or conduct depending on the workload. Affected activities will be notified by
additional testing before adopting the additive product for use in USAPC.
Army equipment.
C–13. Underground Storage Tank (UST) Program

This program establishes UST standards as required by law and (Serves the area east of the Mississippi River).
implemented by 40 CFR 280 and AR 200–1. It defines UST design Chief, USAPC Petroleum Testing facility (East)
considerations for new and upgraded UST systems, operating re- ATTN: SATPC-QE Bldg (85-3)
quirements, methods for detecting releases (including bulk fuel in- New Cumberland, PA 17070–5005
ventory procedures), reporting and investigating releases, and
release response and corrective action. The UST program applies to
all Continental United States (CONUS) Army and Army National (Serves the area west of the Mississippi River).
Guard (ARNG) installations and US Army Reserve units that oper- Chief USAPC Petroleum Testing facility (West)
ate underground storage tanks. Outside CONUS (OCONUS) units ATTN: SATPC-QW (Bldg 247)
must comply with substantive requirements of Federal regulations Tracy, CA 95376–5051
Table C–1
Fuels used in Army equipment
Equipment Primary Fuel Alternate Fuel 1 Emergency
Gasoline-consuming ground vehi- VV-G-1690 unleaded MOGAS MIL- MIL-G-53006 (GASOHOL) MIL-G-
cles and materiel. G-3056 (Combat MOGAS) 2 5572 (AVGAS) ASTM 4814 (Gaso-
line)
Diesel, fuel-consuming compres- VV-F-800 (Diesel) MIL-T-5624 (JP-5) MIL-T-83133 MIL-T-5624 (JP-4) ASTM D-1655
sion ignition engines3 (JP-8) MIL-F-16884 (NDF) ASTM (AVN Jet Fuel) ASTM D-396 (Fuel
D-975 (1-D, 2-D) Oil FO-1 FO-2 Only)
Diesel, fuel-consuming, gas turbine VV-F-800 (Diesel) MIL-T-5624 (JP-4, JP-5) MIL-T- VV-G-1690 (MOGAS) MIL-G-3056
engine, and other soldier support 83133 (JP-8) MIL-F-16884 (NDF) (MOGAS) MIL-G-5572 (AVGAS)
equipment ASTM D-975 (1-D, 2-D) ASTM D- ASTM D-439 (Gasoline)
1655 (AVN Jet Fuel) ASTM D-396
(Fuel Oil FO-1, FO-2 only)
Gasoline-consuming aircraft MIL-G-5572 (AVGAS) ASTM D-910 (Aviation Gasoline) MIL-G-3056 (MOGAS)
Turbine fuel-consuming aircraft MIL-T-5624 (JP-4) MIL-T-83133 (JP-8) MIL-T-5624 See Aircraft TM
(JP-5) ASTM D-1655 (AVN Tur-
bine Fuel)
Notes:
1 Environmental conditions may limit the use of certain alternate fuels (for example, use of AVGAS or NDF may not be suitable in unusually cold environments).
2 Combat MOGAS is intended for OCONUS use only. Within CONUS, VV-G-1690 or ASTMD-4814 is the required fuel.
3 For those vehicles in the 2.5- and 5-ton truck series powered by the continental multifuel engines, additional alternate fuels listed for gas turbine and soldier support
equipment apply.
Table C–2
NATO fuel designators and US equivalent specifications and standards
NATO Code No. NATO Title Military/Federal Specification Industry Equivalent Standard
F-18 Gasoline, grade aviation, 100/130 MIL-G-5572 Gasoline, Aviation 100/300 ASTM D910 aviation gasoline
F-46 Gasoline, auto, military (91RON) MIL-G-3056 Gasoline, Auto, Combat
F-49 Gasoline, auto, military (95RON)
F-50 Gasoline, auto, civil (91RON)
VV-G-1690 Gasoline, auto MIL-G-53006 ASTM D4418 auto gasoline
Gasohol, auto
F-40 Turbine fuel, aviation, widecut plus MIL-T-5624 Turbine Fuel, aviation, grade ASTM D1655 aviation, turbine fuel, Jet B
FSII (S-748) JP-4
F-34 Turbine fuel, aviation, kerosene MIL-T-83133 Turbine Fuel, aviation, kero- ASTM D1655 aviation turbine fuel, Jet A-1
type plus FSII (S-748) sene, grade JP-8
176 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table C–2
NATO fuel designators and US equivalent specifications and standards—Continued
NATO Code No. NATO Title Military/Federal Specification Industry Equivalent Standard
F-44 Turbine fuel, aviation, highflash MIL-T-5624 Turbine Fuel, aviation JP-5
type plus FSII grade (S-1745)
F-54 Diesel fuel, military VV-800 Fuel Oil, diesel grade DF-2
(OCONUS)
VV-F-800 Fuel Oil, diesel grades DF-1 ASTM D975 diesel, grades 1-D & 2-D
and DF-2 (CONUS)
F-76 Fuel, naval distillate MIL-F-16884 fuel, naval distillate
Appendix D (1) The complexity of the recycling process, for example, simple
Petroleum Resource Recovery, Recycling, and filtration or natural separation through controlled retention, as op-
Disposal Program posed to distillation or other complex chemical processes.
(2) The economic analysis that weighs recycling to original use
D–1. Introduction against recycling to all other feasible alternate uses.
a. This appendix provides policy and guidance for the recovery, (3) The technical alternatives of disposition of contaminated pe-
recycling, and disposal of contaminated petroleum-based products, troleum products when on-site recycling is not practical due to
cleaning solutions, and solvents. Petroleum-based products include nonindustrial missions or the lack of associated facilities.
motor gasoline, aviation gasoline, jet fuels, diesel fuels, petroleum b. One of the simplest methods of recycling contaminated fuels is
heating fuel, kerosene, engine lubricating oils, other lubricating oils, filtration. In many situations, petroleum fuels contaminated with
and all types of greases. water can be reclaimed by this method at low cost. When applica-
b. The Petroleum Resource Recovery Recycling, and Disposal ble, motor gasolines, diesel fuels, and other engine fuels, motor oils,
Program applies to commanders of MACOMs, field operating agen- and lubricating oils will be reclaimed by filtration.
cies (FOAs), installations, and activities under DA control by own- c. Redistillation of contaminated liquid cleaning solvents and
ership, lease, or similar instrument, under the following conditions: degreasers has been a widely used method of recycling at many
(1) Installations and activities in active use by the active Army. Army industrial installations. Solvents such as trichloromethane and
(2) Installations and activities held in an inactive or standby con- trichloroethylene are routinely reclaimed through this process. The
dition for future use by the Army. DA’s policy is to use this method of reclamation where applicable.
(3) Federally operated installations and activities that are used by d. Other contaminated products not presently being reclaimed
or held for the ARNG. will be reclaimed to their original intended uses, or to an alternate
(4) Installations and activities that are in full-time or intermittent use as methods and procedures improve. When applicable, technical
use by the USAR or ROTC. letters and guidance will be issued to all Army Components describ-
ing such procedures for potential use and application.
D–2. Recovery of petroleum products
a. All possible contaminated petroleum products within the Army D–4. Recycling for alternate use
will be recovered to enhance energy conservation and environmental a. Recycling contaminated petroleum products to some alternate
pollution control. Recovery is the initial step to recycling the prod- use is based on the potential application for reuse at each installa-
uct to its original intended use or some alternate use. In all cases, tion or activity. The major alternative use is direct burning of re-
recovery requires systematic procedures for segregation, handling, claimed products in boiler plants for building and process heat.
and storage of contaminated petroleum products until proper dispo- b. The methods of recycling for alternative use are essentially the
sition of these products is made. same as those used to recycle products to their original intended use.
b. Recovery will include proper segregation of all products. Dur- Filtration of contaminated products is the major technique used to
ing initial recovery efforts, no dissimilar products will be allowed to remove impurities in products that foul equipment or contaminate
be mixed together in any container. Special segregation procedures the environment.
will be instituted to assure that no contaminated cleaning solvents, c. When recovered quantities are sufficient and the application
such as trichloromethane, can inadvertently be mixed with contami- exists, contaminated diesel fuels recovered from military vehicles
nated petroleum-based products. will be filtered and used to supplement burner fuels as the energy
c. For Army industrial installations and other Army installations source for installation boiler plants. In all cases, the recycled prod-
and activities where the capability exists, contaminated petroleum uct must satisfy the appropriate quality standards and specifications.
products will be recycled or reclaimed to a usable condition. Where d. Where coal-fired boiler plants are used at Army installations,
the required quantities for a product are low (100 gallons per month used motor oil will be considered as a supplemental fuel for boiler
or less), the activity will be required to recover and provide trans- firing. The oil is usually sprayed in a preliminary phase prior to
port of the product to the nearest DRMO for sale. The intent, burning the coal in the boiler plant. All such applications will satisfy
through DRMO sales, is to provide contractors with feedstock for pertinent State and Federal air emission standards.
reclamation and recycling of scarce resources. e. Where other contaminated petroleum products can be re-
d. Recovery and storage of contaminated products can be accom- claimed and used in alternate ways other than their original intended
plished through the use of such devices as metal containers, tanks, use, such applications will be used to support conservation of the
and drums. Storage will follow recognized State and Federal regula- valuable and exhaustible fossil energy source. When applicable,
tions regarding safety and environmental protection. Spill prevention technical letters and guidance will be issued to all Army compo-
contingencies will be included in all procedures for handling and nents describing such procedures for potential application.
storage. Where low quantities of generation exist, the preferred
method of collection and storage is in 55-gallon steel drums. D–5. Disposal
a. For products that are potentially recyclable, but generations are
D–3. Recycling to original use less than 100 gallons per month, formal on-site recovery is required,
a. The method used to recycle contaminated petroleum products but on-site reclamation is not required. When these conditions exist,
to their original intended use must be based on tradeoffs between contaminated products will be separately stored in 55-gallon drums
technical and economic factors. These factors include: and periodically shipped to the nearest DRMO, or consolidated with
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 177

contaminated petroleum products at other nearby defense installa- commercial sources would interfere with efficient operation of the
tions where recycling is practiced. Sale of these products through installation.
DRMOs are creditable to the individual installation’s energy or e. Sales can be made without depleting local stocks necessary to
environmental program. Eighty percent of the proceeds from the meet military requirements.
sale of used or contaminated petroleum products will be returned to f. Sales do not interfere with military operations through use of
the generating activity by the DRMO. equipment or personnel required to make sales.
b. Contaminated petroleum waste that is considered irrecoverable g. Adequate dispensing facilities are available.
must be disposed of per the more stringent of Environmental Protec- h. Sales will be on a cash basis except those made to Army
tion Agency (EPA), State, or host nation rules governing hazardous flying clubs or when specific approval for credit sales has been
waste. Such waste include sludges and residuals that are separated granted by HQDA (DALO-TSE). Charge sales will be made to the
from contaminated petroleum products during filtration and distilla- Army flying club organization and not to its individual members.
tion and petroleum products that have inadvertently been contami- i. Checks will not be cashed as a matter of convenience, post-
nated by a hazardous waste. Approved methods listed in priority of dated, or accepted for amounts larger than the amount of sale.
disposal sequence are: j. Sale of petroleum products may be made to domestic aircraft
(1) Transfer to the servicing DRMO. Materiel will be packaged subject to the following sales policy and restrictions:
in containers that conform to Department of Transportation specifi- (1) In an emergency, commanders may authorize sales of aircraft
cations and the materiel will be identified. fuel and oil to make it possible for the aircraft to continue on its
(2) Incineration in an approved “hazardous materiels”incinerator. course to the nearest public or commercial landing area. The extent
and amount of aircraft fuel and oil furnished to such an aircraft will
(3) Burial in an approved hazardous waste landfill per individual
be limited to that which is necessary to enable such aircraft to reach
State and EPA policies and procedures.
the nearest public or commercial landing area, on its course, where
the required services are available.
(2) Sales are authorized for fuel and oil for use in aircraft oper-
Appendix E ated by a foreign military or air attachŁ accredited to the United
Sales of Petroleum Products States and to provide assistance to such aircraft as required.
(3) In the absence of commercial refueling facilities, aviation fuel
E–1. Sales of petroleum products and oil are authorized and may be furnished to aircraft under charter
Sales of petroleum products will be subject to the limitations and to any U.S. department or agency. Refueling will be made available
restrictions below. The sales may be authorized by commanders of when operators of aircraft making authorized stops present positive
Army installations or overseas equivalents and state adjutant gener- identification. This identification is in the form of credentials estab-
als. Petroleum products may be sold to the authorized patrons listed lished by this regulation or by the department or agency administer-
below: ing the contract or charter agreement. Aviation fuel and oil may be
a. Armed Forces military personnel on active duty and members issued on a Government-furnished property basis. This issuance is
of their families assigned to military installations. These personnel as approved under the terms of the charter or contract. If identifying
will be identified by presentation of Armed Forces Identification credentials of the charter are not presented, the aircraft is permitted
only sales of fuel and oil to make it possible for the aircraft to
Card or Uniform Services Identification and Privilege Card. Identifi-
continue to the nearest public or commercial landing area. The
cation for other authorized patrons will be designated by the appro-
restrictions and limitations on the sale of aviation fuel and oil below
priate U.S. Army command.
will be observed.
b. Civilian employees of the United States assigned to and re- (a) When commercial refueling facilities are available, the Army
quired to reside within military installations inside the United States will not furnish aviation fuel, oil, and related products to charter
when specifically authorized by the installation commander. aircraft in competition with private enterprise.
c. Non-Federal civilian employees employed at an installation (b) When commercial refueling is available, but landing area
when specifically authorized by the installation commander. safety regulations do not permit the commercial refueling operator
d. Temporary duty personnel using rental conveyance on official to move equipment to the Army refueling ramp nor the aircraft to be
Government business. This provision is only authorized during taxied across the runways to the commercial refueling ramp, then a
scarce supply situations when the nonavailability would have an charter or civil aircraft making an authorized stop at the Army
adverse impact on accomplishing required temporary duty (TDY) installation is authorized to buy Army-owned aviation fuel and oil.
trips. (4) Commercial airlines operating under DOD contract with the
e. U.S. nationals stationed outside the United States, who are U.S. Government are authorized to purchase aviation fuels and lu-
civilian employees of the U.S. Government, when authorized by the bricants for aircraft operating under such contract. Purchases may be
appropriate U.S. Army command. cash or credit. Credit purchases will be coordinated with USAPC
f. Nonappropriated fund activities as authorized in AR 215–1. prior to making a sale.
g. Accredited foreign liaison military personnel, foreign govern- k. Sale of petroleum products may be made to aircraft of foreign
ment agencies, and international organizations pursuant to interna- registry subject to the limitations of j above and the following
tional agreements, or as authorized by the installation commander. conditions:
h. Domestic aircraft under emergency conditions, foreign aircraft, (1) The SSA will ensure that the aircraft commander requests
commercial aircraft under contract, and Canadian government air- fuel, oil, and related products in writing. Specify in detail the kind
craft under agreement. of fuel, oil, and related products desired or the precise service to be
i. Non-DOD consumers, such as federal agencies and DOD con- furnished.
tractors during fuel shortages with the approval of HQDA (DALO- (2) The pilot or a designated subordinate of the aircraft com-
TSE). mander will personally supervise the performance of any service
rendered and release the United States from all responsibility by a
E–2. Sales restrictions written certificate stating that the supplies or services furnished have
Sales are subject to the following restrictions— been satisfactory.
a. Sales will only be authorized for products normally stocked. (3) A complete record of sales will be maintained by the SSA per
b. Government incurs no cost. AR 25–400–2. The release certificate prescribed above will be
c. No post exchange facilities are available at the installation. included.
l. Sale of petroleum products may be made to the Canadian
d. Adequate commercial facilities are not available within a rea-
government when a Government-to-Government agreement exists.
sonable distance or obtaining petroleum products from available
Commanders are authorized to issue aviation fuel and oil from
178 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

available stocks to operators of aircraft of the Canadian Department HQDA (DALO-TSE), Washington, DC. Those requests will address
of National Defense and other Canadian agencies (excluding issues the circumstances outlined in (1) through (8) above.
to the National Research Council, Royal Canadian Mounted Police,
and Department of Transportation). E–3. Accountable officers
(1) Special arrangements for billing and reimbursement will be Accountable officers will maintain records pertinent to reimbursable
made. Aviation fuels sales made from available Army-owned inven- sales of petroleum products, and control cash pending deposit as
tories will be documented on an AVFUELS Into-Plane Contract outlined in DA Pam 710–2–2. Accounting transactions will be
Sales Slip. These sales will reflect the type and quantity of product maintained on formal stock records. Accountable officers are au-
issued in terms of U.S. gallons or fraction thereof. Type and serial thorized to accept payment in cash, checks, or other remittance
number of aircraft, squadron assignment home station, and billing of payable to the Treasurer of the United States as outlined in AR
base, department, or agency responsible if different from the home 37–103.
station of the aircraft and the current standard price in force at the a. All sales of aviation fuel and oil made from Army-owned
time of sale will be entered on the AVFUELS Into-plane contract inventory must be recorded for use in support of reimbursement
sales slip. documents. A separate record of daily issues will be prepared for
(2) The SSA will ensure the squadron commander or pilot of an each day’s sales. This record will be annotated to show the sales
document number and total amount applicable to each line entry
individual aircraft, whichever is appropriate, signs two copies of the
representing a cash sale.
issue document.
b. All SSAs will ensure that billing invoices are submitted
(3) Accessorial charges are applicable and will be applied to the
promptly to the FAO.
standard price at time of issue of petroleum products and added to
c. Disposition of cash derived from the cash sales of petroleum
the total billing price. When issues are made to aircraft of the
products will be handled according to AR 37–103. After verification
Canadian Department of National Defense, an accessorial charge of
of each day’s cash sale transactions, the sales officer will promptly
3 percent will be assessed in addition to the standard price and when
turn over such funds to the nearest FAO. These funds will be
issues are made to all other Canadian Government agency aircraft, a
safeguarded and proceeds accounted for until relieved by proper
3.5 percent accessorial charge will be applied.
documentation.
(4) Reimbursement and billing procedures will be per a suspense d. Army activities will charge the standard price for petroleum
account agreement between the Canadian Government and the products as published in the most recent DFSC standard price bulle-
United States. U.S. Air Force Logistics Command (USAFLC) will tin, plus any applicable surcharge.
act as agent for the U.S. Government. The appropriate activity
responsible for issues made from Army-owned inventories will for-
ward two signed copies of the applicable issue document to the
installation FAO. These documents will show total value of issue, Appendix F
accessorial charge, and complete accounting classifications to be Procedures for Hand Receipt Holders
credited. The fiscal station number of the installation, or activity
maintaining pertinent accounts receivable will be included. F–1. General
a. The Army provides an organization with the equipment and
Note. The FAO will prepare a consolidated Voucher for Transfer Between
Appropriation and/or Funds at least once a month covering reimbursable materiel it needs to accomplish its mission. Most of that property is
issues to aircraft of the Canadian Department of National Defense and other listed on the unit’s property book and has been signed for by the
Canadian Government agencies per AR 37–27. Voucher and supporting property book officer (PBO). To track all property, the PBO is
documents, including two signed copies of issue slips will be forwarded to required to periodically have it inventoried and ascertain existence.
the Commander, San Antonio Air Logistics Center, ATTN: SAALC/AC- Generally, AR 710–2 requires all property to be inventoried at least
FOA, Kelly AFB, TX 78241-5000. once a year. Some types of sensitive items such as weapons, ammu-
m. Questions arising relative to assistance, proper identification nition, and night vision sights must be inventoried monthly or quar-
of nonmilitary, or credit authorization will be referred to Command- terly. Also, whenever a new person takes over the property book, an
er, USAPC, ATTN: STRGP-FM, PA 17070-5008. inventory must be done to ascertain existence of all the property for
n. The local commander can provide fuel to non-DOD consumers which the new person is signing.
that he does not support routinely during fuel shortages under the b. When the PBO issues items to an individual for his or her use
following circumstances: or to a supervisor for a subordinate to use, the person receiving the
(1) The private entity which purchases the fuel must be located in property from the PBO signs a receipt for the property. This receipt
or near the military activity. is called a primary hand receipt and it documents to whom the PBO
(2) Commercial sources of fuel have been explored, and no fuel gave that property. The person who signs for the property from the
PBO is called the primary hand receipt holder (PHRH) and by his or
is available, regardless of cost.
her signature has indicated that he or she has received the property
(3) Local, State, and Federal energy allocation authorities have
and accepts responsibility for it. If the PHRH then further issues that
been unable to make fuel available, even though the allocation
hand receipt, it shows that the subordinate now has the property.
authorities found the request justified.
The subordinate who received the property and signed the subhand
(4) The activity that would be disrupted without fuel assistance is receipt is called the subhand receipt holder (SHRH). By signing the
essential to military readiness, or to the protection of life, property, subhand receipt the SHRH acknowledges that he or she has received
or safety. the listed property and now has the responsibility for it. Whenever a
(5) The activity to be disrupted cannot be deferred while alternate new person takes over the hand receipt or subhand receipt, an
fuel sources are found without impacting military readiness or jeop- inventory must be done to make sure that all the property listed on
ardizing life, property, or safety. the hand receipt and being signed for is actually there.
(6) The essential nature of the activity, the impact of the fuel c. If you are a hand receipt holder (HRH), your signing of the
shortfall, and all attempts to obtain alternate fuel sources are hand receipt signifies you agree to take care of the property and
documented. return it, when requested to do so, in the same condition it was in
(7) The amount of fuel provided is limited to the minimum es- when you received it (less any fair wear and tear). Failure to satisfy
sential amount required to preserve military readiness, or to protect that agreement can mean that you will pay for the missing or
life, property or safety. damaged property unless you can prove that it was not lost or
(8) Any fuel provided will be reimbursed at a rate comparable to damaged by your negligence. DA Pam 710–2–1 chapters 5 and 6,
local fuel prices. contain much information that will help you manage your hand
(9) Requests for approval to issue fuel will be forwarded to receipts. The pamphlet also has information on some special types
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 179

of hand receipts (HRs) such as equipment receipts, shortage an- (3) Require a written response from the SHRH stating the date
nexes, and tool crib issues. Even if you are supported by an auto- and results of the inventory.
mated property book system, the basic procedures in the pamphlet c. Physically locate and count each item listed on your HR that is
provide a helpful guide and can even save you out-of-pocket money. not listed on a valid subhand receipt. If possible all items should be
brought to one central location. If the item has a serial number,
F–2. Component Hand Receipt/Shortage Annex verify that the number on the item matches the serial number shown
You may be given a component hand receipt (CHR) to sign or on your HR.
shortage annex initialed by the issuer, if you are receiving a set, kit, (1) When you have several of the same items, affix a unique
or outfit (SKO) or an end item that has components issued with it. sticker with a discrete number or other identifying mark to each
The components that make up a SKO are listed in the supply individual item as it is counted. If the items are too small to tag,
catalog (SC) or component list (CL) for that SKO. The components collect them all in one place or container and count them all at the
that are issued with the end item are listed in that item’s technical same time. This will help preclude counting the same item twice.
manual (TM). (2) If the items being counted are SKO, use the CL or current SC
a. The CHR is a list of all those component items that make up to ensure all the required tools, parts, and so on, are in place or
the SKO or come with the end item but are not listed separately on otherwise accounted for (shortage annex) before considering the
your hand receipt (HR). You are responsible for them too and must SKO as on hand. When possible use a mat or locator sheet that
turn them in when you turn in the primary item. The CHR should shows the outline and has a place for each required item. This
not list the items that are consumed in use, such as string, wire, ensures all items are correctly identified and counted.
paint, solder, or sandpaper. The end items, or SKO you are receiv- (3) When items are spread among several locations, inventory all
ing, are listed at the top of the CHR and when you sign it you are like items at the same time to preclude items from being moved
accepting responsibility for the end item as well as all the other during the inventory and being double-counted or missed.
components listed below it. d. Look over each item when it is counted to ensure it has no
obvious damage or other indications that it might be unserviceable;
b. The shortage annex is a different kind of document even
for example, scars, across the top of a radio case or a broken handle
though it uses the same form as the CHR. The shortage annex lists
on a screwdriver.
the components that you did NOT get with your SKO or end items,
e. Report to the PBO any extra property discovered during the
even though the SC, CL or TM shows them as included. Whoever
inventory. If additional quantities (more than are posted to your HR)
issued you the end item will initial the quantity column of the form
are found, turn them in to your PBO or have the PBO add them to
to verify the items and quantities you are short. Since you do not your HR.
sign the shortage annex, the end item listed at the top of the f. Complete the inventory as soon as possible. Do not delay
shortage annex will also appear on your regular HR or SHR. When completion of the inventory because you are trying to locate missing
all the missing items listed on the shortage annex have been issued equipment.
to you, your SKO or end items will be complete and the shortage g. Prepare a memo showing the results of the inventory. Note any
annex will be destroyed. shortages. Sign and date the memo. If you are the PHRH, send it to
c. The shortage annex, SC, CL, TM, and CHR are good aids to the PBO. If you are the SHRH, send it to your PHRH. Keep one
use during your inventories to make sure you still have all those copy in your file.
items that go along with your end item or SKO. Be certain to use h. Initiate adjustment action (such as, cash collection voucher,
the most current version of the TM or SC. (See DA Pam 25–30 for statement of charges, or report of survey) for any missing items per
current listing.) In summary, when you sign the CHR you are AR 735–5. If the items are found later, adjustment documents can
signing for the end items as well as the listed components. Do not be changed or canceled accordingly.
sign for that end item again on your regular hand receipt. i. Make sure your HR is adjusted to reflect the results of your
inventory.
F–3. Inventories
To track all the property issued to units, periodic inventories are F–5. New HRHs
conducted to ensure the property is still in place and in usable If you are a new HRH or are assuming an HR from someone,
condition. AR 710–2, table 2–1 lists the various types of inventories inventory all the property, including components of end items, and
and how often they must be performed. A part of the PBO’s respon- verify the serial numbers before you sign the HR. Whenever possi-
sibilities is to ensure that those inventories are accomplished when ble do the inventory jointly with the outgoing HRH. Once you sign
needed. To do this the PBO will remind (in writing) the PHRHs the HR you are responsible for the property and are held accounta-
when to conduct an inventory and, if cyclic, what items to include. ble. Verify component hand receipts and shortage annexes if there
The PBO will also request a response from the PHRH (in writing) are any. For items on subhand receipts, verify that the SHRH is still
to document when the inventory was completed and the results of authorized to have the property and is aware of his or her responsi-
that inventory. The PBO must also do his or her own inventory by bility to safeguard the property, and obtain a current inventory from
making sure all the hand receipts are up-to-date and signed by the him or her. If time or distance prevents you from personally count-
proper persons, and then physically counting all the other property ing all your property, you may have someone assist in the inventory;
that is not on a valid hand receipt. however, you will still be responsible for the property. When dis-
tance prevents you from physically viewing your property or ran-
F–4. Inventory procedures domly checking on it between inventories, you should consider
All HRHs must conduct the required inventories when requested to issuing it on a subhand receipt to someone at that location.
do so and provide a written statement to the PBO of the results of
F–6. Helpful hints
that inventory. To conduct a proper inventory, take the following a. Keep your hand receipts current.
steps: b. Make sure all your items are accounted for on a primary hand
a. Verify all hand receipts are current and all turn-ins and issues receipt (or a subhand receipt when necessary.)
(change documents) have been posted to your copy of the HR. c. Verify quantities and serial numbers before you sign.
b. If you have some items that are subhand receipted to your d. Annotate your HR with the location or subhand receipt num-
subordinates— ber next to each item listed.
(1) Instruct the SHRH to do an inventory (if cyclic, identify the e. Don’t loan your property to another organization unless the
items to be inventoried). action is approved by your PBO or commander.
(2) Ensure that the SHRH has a current copy of the subhand f. Randomly spot-check the location and the physical condition of
receipt to use to conduct the inventory. your property between inventories.
180 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

g. When you no longer need an item, turn it in or request disposi- that time. Do a joint inventory before you depart and again when
tion from the PBO. you return.
h. Always keep copies of your turn-in and issue documents until p. Report to your supervisor, unit commander, or first sergeant
they have been posted to your HR. any circumstances that make it impossible to secure your property
Note. Destroy all hand receipt transactions during the hand receipt update from loss or theft.
process once you have verified that the transactions have been posted. q. Clear your hand receipt or transfer your property responsibility
i. Make sure change documents are posted to your hand receipt at to your successor before you leave your unit. Obtain a signed
least every 6 months. receipt.
j. Maintain a current copy of all memos documenting the results r. Update subhand receipt holders before Master Hand Receipt is
of the inventories of your SHRHs. updated with the PBO.
k. Frequently remind SHRHs of their responsibility to safeguard s. Read and understand the PBO guidelines (if provided) for
their property. management of property and required inventories.
l. Make sure your SHRHs do not leave your unit without clearing
F–7. Summary
their subhand receipts.
Being a good hand receipt or subhand receipt holder is not difficult
m. Make sure damaged or missing items are reported in a timely nor does it have to be hazardous to your bank account. You cannot
manner. forget about your responsibilities. Keep the few simple rules above
n. Store your equipment in a secure area. Report any indications in mind, and treat the Army’s property as if it were your own.
of theft or break-in to your supervisor, unit commander, or first
sergeant.
o. Make sure the property you are signed for is protected when
you go on leave or TDY. If you plan to be absent more than 30 Appendix G
days, have a temporary hand receipt holder assume your HRs during Classes of Supply
Table G–1 follows.
Table G–1
Classes of Supply
Classes of supply References
Class 1—Subsistence, including free health and welfare items. AR 30–1, AR 30–18
Class 2—Clothing, individual equipment, tentage, tool sets and tool kits, handtools, administrative, AR 700–84, CTA 50–900, CTA 50–970
and housekeeping supplies and equipment (including maps). This includes items of equipment, other
than major items, prescribed in authorization/allowance tables and items of supply (not including
repair parts).
Class 3—POL, petroleum and solid fuels, including bulk and packaged fuels, lubricating oils and lubri- AR 11–27, AR 700–36, AR 710–2, FM
cants, petroleum specialty products; solid fuels, coal, and related products. 10–13, FM 10–18, FM 10–68 FM 10–69,
FM 10–71, SB 710–2, TM 5–675
Class 4—Construction materials, to include installed equipment, and all fortification/barrier materials. AR 420–17
Class 5—Ammunition, of all types (including chemical, radiological, and special weapons): bombs, ex- AR 50–5–1(C), AR 190–59, AR 190–11, AR
plosives, mines, fuses, detonators, pyrotechnics, missiles, rockets, propellants, and other associated 190–13, AR 190–51, AR 700–19, AR
items. 710–2, SB 700–2, SB 708–3, FM 9–38, TM
9–1300–206
Class 6—Personal demand items (nonmilitary sales items). AR 700–23
Class 7—Major items: A final combination of end products which is ready for its intended use: (princi- AR 710–1, FM 704–28, SB 700–20, Appro-
pal item) e.g., launchers, tanks, mobile machine shops, vehicles. priate authorization documents
Class 8—Medical material, including medical peculiar repair parts. AR 40–61, CTA 8–100
Class 9—Repair parts and components, including kits, assemblies and subassemblies, reparable and AR 710–2, AR 710–1, Appropriate TMs
nonreparable, required for maintenance support of all equipment.
Class 10—Material to support nonmilitary programs; such as, agricultural and economic development, CTA 50–909
not included in classes 1 through 9.
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 181

Glossary ARIL CCISP
automatic return item list Controlled Cryptographic Item Serialization
Section I Program
Abbreviations ARMS
Automation Resources Management System CCP
A&E consolidation/containerization point
ammunitions and explosives ARNG
Army National Guard CDDB
AAC central demand data base
acquisition advice code ASC
Army Signal Command CIF
AAFES central issue facility
Army and Air Force Exchange Service ASF
Army Stock Fund CIIC
AAR controlled inventory item code
administrative adjustment report ASL
Authorized Stockage List CIIP
AASF clothing initial issue point
Army aviation support facility ASP
Ammunition Supply Point CINC
ABL Commander in Chief
Ammunition Basic Loads ASTM
American Society for Testing Materials CJCS
ACCOR Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff
Army COMSEC Central Office of Record ATP
Ammunition Transfer Point CL
ACIMS Components List
Aircraft Component Intensive Management AVCRAD
System aviation classification repair activity depots CMCS
COMSEC Materiel Control System
ACSP AVFUEL
aviation fuel CMDSA
Army Central Service Point
COMSEC Materiel Direct Support Activity
ACWT AVGAS
CMMC
average customer wait time aviation gasoline
Corp Material Management Center
AIF AVUM
CMO
Army Industrial Fund aviation unit maintenance
COMSEC Management Office
ALC AWR-S
CNGB
Accounting Legend Code Army war reserve-sustainment Chief, National Guard Bureau
ALO AWRPS COMSEC
authorized level of organization Army war reserve prepositioned sets communication security
ALOC BBP CONUS
air line of communications Break Bulk Point continental United States
ALW BII COPARS
allowance basic issue item contractor-operated parts store
AMC BL COSCOM
U.S. Army Materiel Command Bill of Lading Corps Support Command
AMDF BOI CP
Army Master Data File basis of issue cannibalization point
AMSA BUR CRF
Area Maintenance Support Activities bottoms-up reconciliation cryptographic repair facilities
AMSF CAGE CRP
area maintenance and supply facilities Commercial and Government Entity Code central receiving point
AR CCA CSA
Army Regulation; arms room central collection activity corps storage area
ARC CCE CSC

accounting requirements code commercial construction equipment civilian support center
ARI CCI CSDP

automatic return item controlled cryptographic item Command Supply Discipline Program
182 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

CSMS DODAC FAO
combined support maintenance shops Department of Defense Ammunition Code Finance and Accounting Office
CTA DODI FAR

common table of allowances Department of Defense Instruction Federal Acquisition Regulation
CTCN DODIC FCS

consolidation transportation control number Department of Defense Identification Code Federal Catalog System
DA DODSASP FEMA
Department of the Army Department of Defense Small Arms Federal Emergency Management Agency
Serialization Program
DARMS FM
Developmental Army Readiness and Mobili- DOL Field Manual
zation System Director of Logistics
FMSA
DBOF DOS Force Management Support Agency
Defense Business Operating Fund days of supply
FOA
field operating agency
DCSC DRMO
Defense Construction Supply Center Defense Reutilization and Marketing Office FOB
free on board
DCSLOG DS
Deputy Chief of Staff for Logistics direct support FOI
found on installation
DDDSF DSAA
Defense Distribution Depot San Joaquin Defense Security Assistance Agency FORSCOM
Sharpe Facility Forces Command
DSN (formerly AUTOVON)
DDRE Defense Switched Network FSB
Director of Defense Research and Forward Support Battalion
Engineering DSS
direct support system FSC
DDSP Federal supply class
Defense Distribution Depot Susquehanna, PA DSU
Direct Support Unit FWT
DEH fair wear and tear
Director of Engineer and Housing EC
essentiality code FY
DES fiscal year
Distribution Execution System ECC
equipment category code GFM
DFRE Government furnished materiel
Defense Fuel Region Europe ECP
equipment control program GMLR
DFSC guided missile and large rocket
Defense Fuel Support Center ECS
equipment concentration site GOCO
DHF Government-owned, contractor-operated
demand history file EIC
end item code GPS
DIC global positioning system
document identifier code EOD
GS
explosive ordnance disposal
general support; general schedule
DLA
Defense Logistics Agency EOQ GSA
economic order quantity General Services Administration
DMMC
division materiel management center EPA GSU
Environmental Protection Agency General Support Unit
DOD
Department of Defense ERC HCP
equipment readiness code Health and Comfort Packs
DODAAC
Department of Defense Activity Address ETS HMDS
Code expiration term of service Hazardous Materials
DODAAD FAD HAZMAT

DOD Activity Address Directory Force/Activity Designator Hazardous Materials Data Segment
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 183

HMIS LAR MR
Hazardous Materials Information System logistic assistance representative maintenance repairMemorandum Request
HMMP LCA MRAD

Hazardous Materials Management Program Logistic Control Activity materiel receipt acknowledgment document
HQDA LCC MRD

Headquarters, Department of the Army logistics control code materiel release denial
HR LIF MRO
hand receipt Logistics Intelligence File materiel release order
LIN MSC
HRH
line item number Military Sealift CommandMajor Subordinate
hand receipt holder
Command
I&S LOGCAP
Logistical Civil Augmentation Program MSDS
interchange and substitute Material Safety Data Sheet
IAR LRU
MSSA
Inventory Adjustment Report line replaceable unit mission supply support activity
IAW MACOM MTOE
in accordance with Major Army Command Modification Table of Organization and
Equipment
IFMS MARS
interagency fleet management system Military Affiliated Radio System MUSARC
Major U.S. Army Reserve Command
IG MATCAT
inspector general materiel category MWO
modification work order
IL MBPAS
identification list monthly bulk petroleum accounting summary NA
net asset
IMCO MC
maintenance use code NAF
Inter-Governmental Maritime Consultative
nonappropriated fund
Organization
MCA
Military Construction, Armymanagement NCC
IMM National Cadet Corp
control activity
Intergrated materiel manager
MCN NCO
IMMA noncommissioned officer
Management Control Number
Installation Materiel Maintenance Activity
MDC NDCC
IMPE magazine data card National Defense Cadet Corps
information management processing
equipment MDS NGB
model/design/series National Guard Bureau
IMPL
Initial Mandatory Parts List (Formerly MILGP NICP
ERPSL) Miltary Group National Inventory Control Point (also see
ICP)
INSCOM MILSTRIP
U.S. Army Intelligence and Security NLT
Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue
Command not later than
Procedures
ISD NMP
MMC National Maintenance Point
Installation Supply Division materiel management center
NSN
ISSA MOA national stock number
installation supply support activity memorandum of agreement
NTV
JCS MOS nontactical vehicle
Joint Chiefs of Staff military occupational specialty
OCIE
JROTC MOU organizational clothing and individual
Junior Reserve Officer Training Corps memorandum of understanding equipment
JTA MOV OCONUS
joint table of allowances Materiel Obligation Validation outside continental United States
184 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

ODCSLOG PR&C/PR SAVAR
Office of the Deputy Chief of Staff for Purchase request and commitment/Purchase Standard Army Validation and Reconciliation
Logistics Request
SASSO
OFDA PWD Small Arms Serialization Surety Officer
Office of Foreign Disaster Assistance Procurement Work Directive
SB
OL QSS supply bulletin
operating level quick supply store
SC
OMA RATTS Supply Catalog
Operation and Maintenance, Army Radio Active Testing and Tracking System
SCMC
OMRP RC Supply Categories of Materiel Code
organizational maintenance repair parts Reserve Component(s); recoverability code
SHRH
OMS RCL subhand receipt holder
organizational maintenance shop repair cycle level
SIDPERS
RCS standard installation/division personel system
OPLAN
operation plan requirement control symbol
SIMS-X
RDD Selected Item Management System—Ex-
ORF panded
operational readiness float required delivery date
RDTE SINCGARS
ORT Single Channel Ground Airborne Radio
Operational Readiness Test research, development, test and evaluation
System
OST REQ-VAL
requisition validation SKO
order ship time sets, kits, and outfits
PBO RICC
reportable item control code SL
property book officer stockage level; safety level
RL
PCS SLAC
retention limit
permanent change of station support list allowance card
RO
PD SLC
requisitioning objective
priority designator stockage list code
ROBCO SM
PHRH
readiness objective code supply manual
primary hand receipt holder
ROD SMR
PLL report of discrepancy
prescribed load list source, maintenance, and recoverability code
ROP SPBS
PM reorder point
project manager, preventive maintenance Standard Property Book System
ROTC SPBS-R
PMS Reserve Officers’ Training Corps
Professor of Military Science Standard Property Book System-Redesign
RPA SRA
PN Reserve Personnel Army Funds Stock Record Account
part number/part numbered
RPD SRC
POD required pick-up date special requirements code
port of debarkation
RPMA SRO
POE real property maintenance activity Stock Record Officer
port of embarkation
RSR SROTC
POL required supply rate Army Senior Reserve Officers’ Training
petroleum oils and lubricants Corps
SAAS
POS Standard Army Ammunition System SSA
peacetime operating stocks supply support activity
SAILS
POV Standard Army Intermediate Level Supply SSAN
privately owned vehicle System Social Security Account Number
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 185

SSO UI does it necessarily mean that the Govern-
source serialization officer unit of issue ment, by assumption of title, forfeited the
right to reject any article not conforming to
SSSC UIC contract specifications. (AR 735–5)
Self-Service Supply Center unit identification code
Accountability
STAMIS ULLS Obligation to keep records of property, docu-
Standard Army Management Information unit level logistics system ments, or funds, such as identification data,
System gains, losses, dues-in, dues-out and balances
UMMIPS on hand or in use. (AR 710–2, DA Pam
STANFINS Uniform Materiel Movement and Issue Prior- 710–2–1, DA Pam 710–2–2, AR 735–5)
Standard Finance System ity System
Accountable officer
STARFIARS UND Person officially appointed in writing to
Standard Army Financial Inventory Account- urgency of need designator maintain a formal set of accounting records
ing System of property or funds. This person may or may
UPH not have physical possession of the property
TAACOM unaccompanied personnel housing or funds. There are three types of supply
Theater Army Area Command accountable officers as defined below.
USACASCOM a. Transportation officer, accountable for
TAADS U.S. Army Combined Army Support property entrusted to him or her for ship-
The Army Authorization Documents System Command ment.
b. Stock record officer, accountable for
TAC USAMMA
supplies being held for issue from time of
type of activity code U.S. Army Medical Materiel Agency
receipt until issued, shipped, or dropped from
USAPA accountability.
TAEDP c. Property book officer, accountable for
Total Army Equipment Distribution Program U.S. Army Publications Agency
property upon receipt and until subsequently
USAPC turned in, used (consumed) for authorized
TAG
U.S. Army Petroleum Center purposes, or dropped from accountability.
The Adjutant General
(Hand receipt holders are not considered ac-
TAMIS USAR countable officers.) (AR 710–2, DA Pam
Training Ammunition Management Informa- U.S. Army Reserve 710–2–1, DA Pam 710–2–2, AR 735–5)
tion System
USG Active Duty Guard/Reserve
United States Government Program under which members of Reserve
TASN-A
Components can be accepted and voluntarily
Tracking Assets by Serial Number-Aviation
USPFO ordered to full-time active duty for periods of
TB U.S. Property and Fiscal Office 180 days or more. These members provide
Technical Bulletin full-time support to the Reserve Components
UTES and are paid from an ARNG or USAR per-
TCO unit training equipment site sonnel appropriation of a DOD military Serv-
Tool Control Officer ice. (AR 700–84)
VHT
TDA Vehicle Hull Targets Appeal authority
Table of Distribution and Allowances An officer designated to take final action on
WG requests for reconsideration when the report
TDY wage grade of survey approving authority denies relief of
temporary duty financial responsibility to a respondent, and
WWMCCS to act on requests for remission or cancella-
TI World Wide Military Command and Control tion of indebtedness. Appeal authority action
technical inspection Systems is by authority of the Secretary of the Army.
Normally, the appeal authority will be the
TM Section II next higher commander above the approving
Technical Manual Terms authority. (AR 735–5)
TMDE Section III Appointing authority

test, measurement, and diagnostic equipment Special Abbreviations and Terms An appointing authority is an officer or civil-
ian designated by the approving authority
TPF Acceptance at destination with responsibility for appointing report of
total package fielding Assumption of title to property by DA at the survey investigating officers. (AR 735–5)
specified delivery point. This term corre-
TRC sponds, generally, to the commercial term Approving authority
type requirement code “FOB destination.” (AR 735&–5) An approving authority is an officer author-
ized to appoint a surveying officer and to
TRADOC Acceptance at origin approve reports of survey “by authority of
U.S. Army Training and Doctrine Command Assumption of title to property by DA at the Secretary of the Army.” (AR 735–5)
point of shipment. This term corresponds,
TSCA generally, to the commercial term “FOB ori- Army and Air Force Exchange Service
Toxic Substance Control Act gin.” It does not imply that payment was A Joint command of the U.S. Army and the
made at the time title passed to the Army nor U.S. Air Force under the jurisdiction of the
186 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Chief of Staff, U.S. Army and the Chief of demands, regardless of whether the demand Causative research
Staff, U.S. Air Force that furnishes activities, was for a stocked or unstocked item, or An investigation of variances in transactions.
personnel, property, and NAFs through which whether or not the demand was satisfied from The investigation consists of a complete re-
exchange and motion picture services are stock on hand at the supply support activity. view of all transactions since the last inven-
provided. (AR 700–84) (AR 710–2, DA Pam 710–2–1) tory or last reconciliation between custodial
and inventory control point (ICP) accountable
AAFES Impress Fund Activities (AIFA) Backorder records. Hard copy supporting documenta-
A military operated retail activity, usually in That portion of requested stock not immedi- tion, catalog changes, shipment discrepan-
small or remote sites, when regular direct ately available for issue and not passed to cies, and unposted or rejected documentation
operation exchanges cannot be provided. An another source of supply for action. Record also are reviewed. The purpose of causative
AIFA is a satellite activity of an AAFES of obligation to file the backorder is known research is to assign a cause to a variance so
direct operation. The supported unit appoints synonymously as a backorder or due-out. that corrective action may be taken. Causa-
the officer-in-charge of an AIFA, who is is- (AR 710–2, DA Pam 710–2–1, DA Pam tive research ends when the cause of the vari-
sued an initial fund by AAFES to purchase a 710–2–2) ance has been determined; or when, after
beginning inventory. Money generated from review of transactions back to the last inven-
sales is used to replenish the merchandise Basic load tory or reconciliation, no conclusive findings
stock. (AR 710–2) Supplies kept by using units for use in com- were possible. (AR 710–2, DA Pam
bat (for other than ammunition). The quantity 710–2–1, DA Pam 710– 2–2, AR 735–5)
Army Military Clothing Sales Stores of each item of supply in a basic load is
A designated facility where Army uniforms, related to the number of days in combat the Central Collection Activity
components, and insignia items are kept for unit may be sustained without resupply. (AR An activity designated by each MACOM to
sale or issue to authorized persons. (AR 710–2, DA Pam 710–2–1) (For ammunition, provide CBS-X fieldsupport for a specified
700–84) see JCS Pub 1 and AR 310–25.) supply support area or for a specified com-
mand. Central collection activities may be lo-
Army Petroleum Supply System Bench stock cated at division, installation, Corps or
Procedures for obtaining petroleum products Consumable class 2, 3 (packaged), 4, and 9 subordinate MACOM level. (AR 710–2)
both wholesale and retail, including local supplies used by maintenance personnel at an
purchases. (AR 710–2) unpredictable rate. Bench stocks are author- Certified (POL)
ized for support level maintenance activities, Written documentation by a competent au-
Army property including aviation unit maintenance activi- thority that the item has been proven to pro-
All property under DA control, except prop- ties. (AR 710–2, DA Pam 710–2–2) vide accurate measurements. (AR 710–2)
erty accounted for as owned by an NAF ac-
tivity. “Government property” and “Army Bill of lading Checking-in (tally-in) operation
property” are used synonymously with Includes Government bills of lading issued An operation performed by a receiving clerk,
“property.” (AR 735–5) by the Army (as defined in AR 55–355) and normally undersupervision of the transporta-
commercial bills of lading for transportation tion officer or receiving property officer. In-
ASL depth
services administered by the Army. (For excludes removing items from a carrier’s
Quantity of a single line stocked on an ASL.
ception of “FOB origin shipments,” see para vehicle and conducting a visual inspection to
(AR 710–2, DA Pam 710–2–2)
16–9.) (AR 735–5) decide the condition of packages and loose
ASL range pieces in a shipment. Checking-in may be
Size of an ASL in terms of the number of Bulk issue (POL) performed under other supervision, or at a
different lines stocked. (AR 710–2, DA Pam An issue of bulk fuel into a transportation later time, because of emergency conditions;
710–2–2) vehicle or storage tank that will subsequently however, it will not be confused with the
be issued to a consuming end item of equip- “storage” operation. Storage operation in-
Audit trail ment. (AR 710–2) volves opening undamaged packages after
Documentation supporting debit and credit delivery to a customer, user, or warehouse.
entries on accounting records from the time Capacity table (POL) (AR 735–5)
property is brought into the Army inventory A table showing capacity of a bulk storage
with a source document, until the property is tank. (AR 710–2) Class III Supply Point (POL)
dropped from accountability. (AR 735–5) An Army activity that issues fuel in either
Capital equipment bulk and/or retail modes. (AR 710–2)
Authorized retention limit Personal property of a capital nature classi-
The quantity of items authorized to be re- fied nonexpendable in an Army supply man- Clothing initial issue point
tained before reporting excesses or requesting ual, or that would be so classified if included A facility normally located at an installation
disposition instructions. (AR 710–2) in an Army supply manual or catalog. (AR that serves as a reception station for new
735–5) soldiers being processed for training in the
Automation fill/degree day Active Army. (AR 700–84)
A program under which a contractor guaran- Capital nature
tees that all small heating fuel tanks (under Property that has all or most of the following Clothing issue-in-kind
5,000 gallons) identified in the contract will characteristics: An alternate system for furnishing items or
not fall below “30 percent full.” During the a. Does not lose its identity when used for initial clothing and replacements at Govern-
heating season (1 October through 31 its intended purpose. ment expense. Replacement is done by ex-
March), degree days will be used as a basis b. Has an acquisition cost of $1,000 or change of unserviceable garments for
for determining frequency of deliveries nec- more. serviceable garments. (AR 700–84)
essary to assure the 30-percent-full require- c. Has a useful life of more than 2 years
ment. (AR 710–2) when used for intended purpose. Clothing maintenance
d. Normally is an investment-type item Alteration and replacement by purchase of
Average customer wait time capitalized in the accounting records. (AR personal uniform clothing by the individual.
Average time in days, developed at a supply 735–5) (AR 700–84)
support activity, required to satisfy customer
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 187

Clothing monetary allowance system repair parts and building materials. (AR and small arms, ammunition, explosives, and
A system for furnishing the individual soldier 735–5) demolition materiel. (See controlled inven-
an initial clothing allowance on an item ba- tory item codes (CIIC) “1–6,” “7,” “8,” “9,”
sis. (AR 700–84) Contaminated petroleum products (POL) “$,” “N,” “P,” “Q,” “R,” and “Y” (night vi-
Distillates and residuals of the petroleum re- sion devices and navigation systems (GPS))
Clothing store manager fining process that have been contaminated in the AMDF as explained by AR 708–1.)
A person designated by the local exchange before or during a usage period and can no (AR 735–5)
manager to be responsible for store supervi- longer satisfy the specifications of the origi- c. Pilferable item. Materiel having ready
sion and store operation. This definition does nal intended use. Included in this category resale value or civilian application to per-
not include the Berlin clothing store or con- are gasolines, kerosenes, diesel fuels, motor sonal possession and, therefore, especially
tractor-operated stores. (AR 700–84) oils, and greases. Although not a petroleum- subject to theft. Examples are binoculars,
derived product, degreasing solvents are in- projectors, cigarettes, pagers, handheld two-
Command responsibility cluded in the broader sense because of the way radios, cameras, tapes, or recorders. (See
The obligation of a commander to ensure that parallel methods of handling recovery, recy- CIIC codes in the AMDF as explained by
all Government property within his or her cling, and final disposal. (AR 710–2) AR 708–1.) (AR 710–2, AR 735–5)
command is properly used and cared for, and
Continuing balance system-expanded Credit
that proper custody and safekeeping of Gov- An Army-wide equipment control data base
ernment property are provided. Command re- Recording of an asset issued or shipped by
which uses supply transactions or property an SRA. The asset may be reflected in terms
sponsibility is inherent in command and book forms that change equipment balances
cannot be delegated. It is evidenced by as- of a quantity or a dollar value, depending on
in order to provide on-hand equipment posi- the type accounting. (AR 710–2, DA Pam
signment to command at any level and in- tions for SB 700–20 items as reportable item
cludes: 710–2–2)
control code (RICC 2 for active Army,
a. Ensuring the security of all property of USAR, and ARNG units and activities). (AR Damage
the command, whether in use or in storage. 710–2) A condition that impairs either value or use
b. Observing subordinates to ensure that of an article; may occur in varying degrees.
their activities contribute to the proper custo- Continuous active duty or continuously on Property may be damaged in appearance or
dy, care, use, and safekeeping of all property active duty in expected useful life without rendering it
within the command. An interim of 3 months or less between date unserviceable or less useful. Damage also
c. Enforcing all security, safety, and ac- of discharge or release from active duty and shows partial unserviceability. Usually im-
counting requirements. date of reenlistment or recall to active duty. plies that damage is the result of some act or
d. Taking administrative or disciplinary (AR 700–84) omission. (AR 735–5)
measures when necessary. (AR 735–5)
Contracting officer Debit
Command strip list A person who is currently a contracting offi- Recording of an asset received by an SRA.
A list of items, prepared by a MACOM, to cer with authority to enter into and adminis- Asset may be reflected in terms of quantity
be removed from an end item put in a can- ter contracts. The person may be a or dollar value, depending on the type ac-
nibalization point. (DA Pam 710–2–2) contracting officer either by virtue of position counting. (AR 710–2, DA Pam 710–2–2)
or by appointment under procedures pre-
Commutation in lieu of issue-in-kind scribed by the Defense Acquisition Regula- Defense fuel support point (POL)
Monetary payment by the Government in lieu tion (DAR). This person may make A military or commercial bulk fuel terminal
of issue-in-kind. (AR 700–84) determinations and findings for contracts or that will receive, store, and issue DLA-
for any part of such authority. In the ARNG, owned products. (AR 710–2)
Components a contracting officer is the USPFO, or an
ARNG technician who has been appointed as Defense Industrial Plant Equipment
a. Components of end items. Items identi- contracting officer by the CNGB with author- Center
fied in technical publications (such as techni- ity to enter into and administer contracts. A primary level field activity of DLA respon-
cal manuals) as part of an end item. (Items (AR 735–5) sible for providing services to DOD compo-
troop installed or seperately authorized, and nents (as set forth in DLAM 4215.1 (AR
Controlled cryptographic items 700–43). (AR 735–5)
special tools and test and support equipment
CCIs are described as secure telecommunica-
are not components. tions or information handling equipment, as- Destruction
b. Components of assemblages. Items iden- sociated cryptographic components, or other Action or omission that renders property
tified in a supply catalog component listing hardware items which perform a critical completely useless. Damage to the point of
(SC/CL) as a part of an SKO, or other as- COMSEC function. Items so designated are complete loss of identity or beyond the pros-
semblage. (AR 710–2, DA Pam 710–2–1, unclassified but controlled and will bear the pect of future restoration is considered to be
DA Pam 710–2–2) designation “controlled cryptographic item” “destruction.” Animals killed for various
or “CCI.” (AR 710–2) reasons are said to be “destroyed.” (AR
Concealed shortage or damage 735–5)
Shortage in or damage to the contents of an Controlled inventory items
original container or package detected after Items with characteristics requiring special Detail accounting
delivery. This damage or shortage is con- identification accounting, security, or han- Method of accounting that requires each
trasted with visible damages or shortages in dling to ensure their safeguard. These items, transaction to be separately recorded and
the number of packages involved, readily no- in order of degree of control normally exer- uniquely identified by a voucher or document
ticeable at time of delivery. (AR 735–5) cised, are as follows: number in the records, including adjustment
a. Classified item. Materiel requiring a proof balances each time. Opposite of summary
Consumable supplies tection in the interest of national security. accounting, whereby several transactions may
Supplies consumed in use, such as ammuni- b. Sensitive item. Materiel requiring a high be shown as one without any unique identifi-
tion, fuel, cleaning and preserving materials, degree of protection and control because of cation. (AR 710–2, DA Pam 710–2–2, AR
surgical dressings, and drugs, or supplies that statutory requirements or regulations; high- 735–5)
lose their separate identity in use, such as value, highly technical, or hazardous items;
188 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Direct Operation Exchange-Tactical of inventory and financial accounting re- operation is imminent (i.e., declared simple alert)
(DOX-T) cords, as proper, when dollar value involved or is in progress. (AR 710–2)
A temporary direct operation which may in- is $50 or more.
clude concession services under contract to (2) SF 364 (Report of Discrepancy End User Operated equipment
the exchange and, like the TFE, is designed (ROD)). When negligence is suspected, the Information system equipment directly oper-
to provide limited support on a temporary ROD is used as an exhibit to a report of ated by and beneficial to the end user. Exam-
basis. It is staffed with civilians from survey to report and adjust supply discrepan- ples of end user equipment are personal
AAFES. Its use will generally be limited to cies. (See AR 735–5, fig 16–2, for an exam- computer, telephones, office coping machine,
contingency operations and exercises, and ple of how an ROD condition could develop video cassette players, and portable overhead
will be activated only on approval of the into a report of survey condition.) projectors.
Commander, AAFES. (AR 710–2) d. Transportation-type discrepancy in ship-
ment. A carrier (common or contract) may Equipment
Direct responsibility fail to deliver to a consignee, in the condition Articles needed to outfit an individual or or-
Obligation of a person to ensure that all Gov- originally billed, all of the packages or loose ganization. Clothing, tools, utensils, vehicles,
ernment property for which he or she has pieces of property listed on the Government weapons, and similar items are articles of
receipted for, is properly used and cared for, Bill of Lading (GBL) or other transportation equipment. It is synonymous with “supplies”
and that proper custody and safekeeping are documents (for example, commercial bill of and “materiel.” (AR 735–5)
provided. Direct responsibility results from lading, manifest, load list, freight warrant).
assignment as an accountable officer, receipt The shortage, overage, or damage is termed a Equipment in place
of formal written delegation, or acceptance of transportation-type discrepancy. Transporta- Nonexpendable equipment of a moveable na-
the property on hand receipt from an action-type discrepancies reportable on SF 361 ture affixed to real property, but able to be
countable officer. Commanders and/or super- (TDR) may be the fault of the carrier, ship- removed without destroying or reducing the
visors will determine and assign in writing per, vendor, or contractor, container consoli- usefulness of the facility. It does not include
the individuals who will have direct responsi- dation point, or transshipping activities. installed building equipment. (AR 735–5)
bility for property. (AR 735–5) Overages and shortages within commercial or
Excess
Government-owned (or leased) shipping con-
Discrepancy The quantity of items over and above the
tainers (SEAVANs), military-owned demoun-
Disagreement between quantities or condition authorized RO. (AR 710–2)
table containers (MILVANs), MSCVANs,
of property on hand and that required to be roll-on/roll-off (RO/RO) trailers, or container
on hand, as shown by an accountability re- Expendable items
expresses (CONEXs) with seals intact, miss- An item of Army property coded with an
cord of the property. It is usually a disagree- ing, or broken are included in this term. (AR
ment between quantities or condition of ARC of “X” in the AMDF. Expendable items
735–5) require no formal accountability after issue
property actually received in a shipment and
that recorded on the shipping document. This from a stock record account. Commercial and
Disposal (POL)
type of discrepancy generally is referred to as fabricated items similar to items coded “X”
All practices and actions associated with re-
a “discrepancy incident to shipment.” An- in the AMDF are considered expendable
moving materiel from an organization’s in-
other form of discrepancy occurs when a dis- items.
ventory and accountability. The materiel is
agreement exists between a stock record normally considered as having expended its Note. This category consists of items which are
balance and the result of a physical count or usefulness to the organization. (AR 710–2) consumed during normal usage such as paint, ra-
inventory. tions, gasoline, office supplies, or are merged into
another entity when used for their intended pur-
a. Shipping-type (item) discrepancy. A var- Dollar accounting pose, such as nuts and bolts, construction materiel,
iation in quantity or condition of goods re- Used in SRAs, this method of accounting repair parts, components and assemblies, and so
ceived from that shown on the authorized expresses credit and debit (loss and gain, re- on. This includes all class 1, 3, 5 (except 5L), and
(supply) shipping document; for example, spectively) entries in terms of extended dollar 9 items, and those class 2, 4, and 10 items which
DD Form 1348–1A or DD Form 1348–2. A worth, rather than in terms of quantities of are not end items or have a unit price of less than a
shipping-type (item) shortage or overage is items. May be performed in either detailed or $100. Also included is office furniture in FSC
not evident on delivery; it is discovered when summary manner. (AR 710–2) 7110, 7125, and 7195 with a unit cost of less than
the article of freight as described on the $300. OCIE authorized by CTA 50–900 will be
transportation document is opened and the Durable item accounted for in the same manner as nonexpen-
An item of Army property coded with an dable property regardless of the ARC reflected in
contents do not agree with the supply ship-
ARC of “D” in the AMDF. Durable items do the AMDF. (AR 710–2, DA Pam 710–2–1, DA
ping documents. Pam 710–2–2, AR 735–5.)
b. Inconsequential transportation discrep- not require property book accountability after
ancies. Loss and damage claims of $50 or issue from the stock record account, but do Extended active duty
less. Formal documents are not required, nor require hand receipt control when issued to A period of active duty exceeding 6 months.
are claims filed against carriers in amounts of the user. Commercial and fabricated items (AR 700–84)
$50 or less. Exceptions are narcotics, drugs, similar to items coded “D” in the AMDF are
and sensitive and classified materiel. considered durable items. Facilities engineer
c. Report of survey discrepancies in ship- Note. This category consists of selected hand tools The person designated as responsible for lo-
ment. Procedure and proper forms required to with a unit price greater than $5. (AR 710–2, DA cal maintenance and management of all items
adjust property accountability and determine Pam 710–2–1, DA Pam 710–2–2, AR 735–5) of real property. (The plant engineer at AIF
liability for discrepancies in shipment as de- plants and depots is the facilities engineer at
fined above. Emergency requirement
An unexpected, serious occurrence or situa- that activity.) (AR 735–5)
(1) SF 361 (Transportation Discrepancy
tion urgently requiring prompt action and im-
Report (TDR)). A multiple-use form to mediate remedy. Fair, wear, and tear
report, investigate, and process discrepancies Loss or impairment of appearance, effective-
Note. To qualify for an emergency requirement the
in shipments involving loss or damage and to ness, worth, or utility of an item that has
situation must support one of the following:
report other transportation-type discrepancies. a. To save human lives or to relieve human occurred solely because of normal and cus-
SF 361 is authorized for use as a report of sufferings. tomary use of the item for its intended pur-
survey to support claims against carriers and b. To repair emergency equipment. pose. (AR 735–5)
contractors or vendors, including adjustment c. To support contingency operations when the
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 189

Final action not in excess of authorized allowances, with- except expendable items and personal cloth-
Action taken “by authority of the Secretary out cost to an enlisted person. (AR 700–84.) ing. (AR 735–5)
of the Army” at the authorized level. For an
appeal in the ARNG, final action is that Hand receipt Installation property book
taken “by the authority of the Secretary of A signed document acknowledging accept- Record of property issued under an authori-
the Army,” delegated to the CNGB for State ance of and responsibility for items of prop- zation document other than an MTOE,
and the DARNG for ARNG members. (AR erty listed thereon that are issued for use and deployable TDA, and deployable CTA items.
735–5) are to be returned. (AR 735–5, AR 710–2, (AR 735–5)
DA Pam 710–2–1)
Financial accounting Installation/SSA supply point (POL)
Maintaining accounting records in terms of Handtools Those units, organizations, facilities, and
dollars, without regard for quantity of items. Any hand-held devices either manually oper- CONUS installations that receive, store, and
(AR 735–5) ated or power driven that are portable, light issue petroleum products, primarily in bulk,
weight, and small enough to be used by a to support customer units. The SSA installa-
Financial inventory accounting craftsman in accomplishing his trade. They tion supply point in conjunction with a bulk
Act of establishing and maintaining accounts include such items as wrenches, screwdrivers, mission may also support customers through
in both monetary and quantitative terms for hammers, chisels, pliers, saws, impact issues to individual equipment. (AR 710–2)
material, supplies, and equipment held as wrenches and such other small devices that
are normally held in a tool box. Installed building equipment
stock on records of property accountability in Items of equipment that are affixed and built
the Army supply system worldwide. (AR into the facility as an integral part of the
735–5) Individual equipment
Personal clothing and equipment issued for facility. Equipment that is an integral part of
exclusive personal use of an individual. (AR the facility is equipment that is necessary to
Financial liability make the facility complete, and if removed
Personal, joint, or corporate statutory obliga- 735–5)
would destroy or reduce the usefulness of the
tion to reimburse the U.S. Government for facility. Use of the equipment determines if it
Industrial plant equipment
Government property lost, damaged, or is an integral part of a facility. (AR 735–5)
Plant equipment that cost $3,000 or more;
destroyed because of negligence or miscon-
used to cut, abrade, grind, shape, form, join,
duct. (Misconduct includes wrongful appro- Inventory
test, measure, heat, treat, or otherwise alter
priation.) (AR 735–5) An inventory is a physical count of property
physical, electrical, or chemical properties of
materials, components, or end items. Also on hand. Components are inventoried when
Formal accountability the end item is inventoried. (AR 710–2)
used in manufacturing, maintenance, supply,
Obligation to maintain property book or
processing, assembly, or research and devel-
stock record property accounts, commissary Inventory accounting
opment operations. Excludes minor plant
accounts, or Troop Issue Subsistence Activity Establishment and maintenance of accounts
equipment. (AR 735–5)
(TISA) sales accounts. All property is subject for materiel in storage, in manufacturing
to formal accountability unless specifically Initial clothing allowance process, on hand, in transit, or on consign-
exempted by regulation or specific instruc- Prescribed items and quantities of personal ment in terms of cost or quantity. The ac-
tions of Headquarters Department of the type clothing and service uniforms, with counting process includes maintenance of
Army (HQDA). (AR 735–5) component items, furnished to enlisted mem- supporting records and rendition of reports
bers when entitled to an initial issue clothing when required. Specific types of inventory
Full-time support personnel allowance. (AR 700–84) accounting are detail, summary, financial,
Those who assist in training, administration, and item accounting. (AR 735–5)
maintenance, and operation of ARNG units Ink entry
and perform a variety of functions relative to A legible entry made in indelible ink using a Inventory (POL)
management of the ARNG. (AR 700–84) ballpoint, felt tip, or fountain pen. (DA Pam Bulk tankage (stationary or mobile) contents
710–2–1) measured to current product level. (AR
Government-furnished property 710–2)
Government-owned property furnished to a Installation commander
contractor for the performance of a contract. When used in AR 700–84, in the case of the Item accounting
It is defined as— Method of accounting that expresses credit
ARNG, refers to the State AG and to the
(1) Industrial facilities. and debit (loss or gain) entries in terms of
Superintendent of the U.S. Military Academy
(2) Materiel. quantity of items transacted without regard
at West Point. With regard to AR 735–5, the
(3) Special tooling. for dollar value of the materiel. May be per-
term “installation commander,” when used in
(4) Special test equipment. formed in either detailed or summary man-
general terms, does not apply to the ARNG.
(5) Military property. Also known as Gov- ner. (AR 710–2, DA Pam 710–2–2, AR
However, when specific reference is made to
735–5)
ernment-furnished material (GFM) and Gov- accountability for, processing of, or collec-
ernment-furnished equipment (GFE). (AR tion of debts for Government property that is Latent defects
735–5.) lost, damaged, or destroyed, or otherwise ren- Weaknesses or flaws normally not detected
dered unserviceable from stock record ac- by examination or routine tests, but present at
Grade (applicable to ARNG only) counts, the term “installation commander” time of manufacture and may be aggravated
Grade referred to in this regulation is the means the U.S. Property and Fiscal Officer or discovered by use. (AR 735–5)
grade that has been granted Federal recogni- (USPFO). The term “installation command-
tion. As an exception, it is the grade of the er” also applies to the training installation Like item
Adjutant General in each State. The grade of commander for adjustment of property as- An end item that will serve the same pur-
the State Adjutant General may be greater signed to that training site. (AR 735–5) pose, has the same capacity as the end item
than his or her federally recognized grade. replaced, and will not create turbulence in
(AR 735–5) Installation property unit PLL. (AR 710–2)
Nondeployable property issued to a unit
Gratuitous issue under authority of a CTA or other HQDA- Local purchase
An issue or replacement of personal clothing, approved or NGB authorization documents, Authorized purchase of supplies requested by
190 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

an SSA for its own use or for issue to a their original identity during the period of Operational load
supported activity in lieu of requisitioning use, such as weapons, machines, tools, furni- A quantity of supplies (in a given supply
through the supply distribution system. (AR ture, and fixtures. (AR 735–5) class) kept by using units for use in peace-
710–2, DA Pam 710–2–2) time operations, based on various authoriza-
Nonexpendable items tions. (AR 710–2, DA Pam 710–2–1)
Loss An item of Army property coded with an
Loss of, damage to, or destruction of prop- ARC of “N” in the AMDF. Nonexpendable Order ship time level
erty of the U.S. Government under control of items require property book accountability af- The quantity of stock intended to sustain nor-
the Army. Includes loss from Government ter issue from the stock record account. Com- mal operations during the interval between
accountability. Property is considered lost mercial and fabricated items, similar to items submission of replenishment requisition until
when it cannot be accounted for by the per- coded “N” in the AMDF are considered nonstock receipt is posted to the account. (AR
son responsible for it. (AR 735–5) expendable items. (AR 710–2) 710–2, DA Pam 710–2–1, DA Pam 710–2–2)
Note. This category consists of end items of equip-
Loss allowances (POL) ment which are separately identified. It includes all Organizational property
A managerial tool that takes into account sys- class 7, all items assigned a LIN in SB 700–20 Property authorized to a unit or organization
tem imprecision, product evaporation, and in- other than officer furniture in FSC 7110, 7125 and under an MTOE ordeployable TDA authori-
cidental spills. (AR 710–2) 7195 with a unit cost of less than $300, and other zation document and all CTA property which
selected class 2, 4, and 10 end items. OCIE author- deploys with the unit. (AR 735–5)
Major Army Commanders ized by CTA 50–900 will be accounted for in the
The major commander for the ARNG is the same manner as nonexpendable supplies regardless Organizational property book
of the ARC reflected in AMDF. (AR 710–2, DA Record of property issued under an MTOE or
Chief, National Guard Bureau (CNGB). (AR
Pam 710–2–1, DA Pam 710–2–2, AR 735–5)
735–5) deployable TDA authorization document.
CTA items of equipment that are mission-
Nonplant equipment
Major Army subcommand Capital equipment that does not meet criteria related to all TOE units Army-wide are con-
A command directly subordinate to a for plant equipment. (AR 735–5) sidered organizational property. Examples of
MACOM. Assigned direct line responsibility this type of equipment can be found in AR
and authority for a prescribed Army mission Non-prior service 71–13. (AR 735–5)
and designated by HQDA as a SUB- Non-prior service for persons enlisting in
MACOM. (Not applicable to the ARNG.) USAR; never served or have served less than Original package
(AR 700–84) 180 days of active duty and are not MOS A sealed or otherwise securely closed con-
qualified. (AR 735–5) tainer packed by vendor, supply depot, or
Management level arsenal. Container conforms to the following:
An acceptable range of performance usually Nonrecoverable items a. Contains only one kind of article to dis-
expressed with upper and lower control units, Personal clothing items of enlisted members tinguish the container from one in which mis-
or occasionally as a single figure. Perform- not to be turned in or accounted for on termi- cellaneous articles are packed for
ance inconsistent with a management level nation of service. Nonrecoverable personal convenience in shipment. Component articles
will be cause for the operation to receive clothing items are headgear (including have- comprising a standard assembled unit of
closer management. (AR 710–2) lock), belts, boots, buckles, underwear, neck- equipment, when shipped as a complete unit,
lace, necktabs, neckties, gloves, handbags, may be considered as one article.
Materiel towels, scarves, handkerchiefs, shoes, socks, b. Contents are standard as to quantity, or
Property necessary to equip, maintain, oper- and all insignia. As an exception, headgear the outside of the package shows by stencil-
ate, and support military activities. May be (to include havelock), gloves, and handbags ing or other permanently affixed markings a
used either for administrative or combat pur- may be recovered when in the best interest of list of quantities and description of the con-
poses. (AR 735–5) the Government and when directed by tents.
HQDA. (AR 700–84) c. Designation of vendor, depot, or arsenal
Multiple drop (POL) that packaged the contents is shown on the
Dispensing of fuel from a fuel delivery vehi- Nonrecurring demand outside of the package.
cle at more than one location or more than Request made for a requirement known to be d. Package was received by consignee with
one receiving tank. (AR 710–2) a one-time occurrence will be coded non- unbroken seals or protective fastening applied
recurring when demand is not to be consid- by vendor, depot, or arsenal, and with no
Negligence ered in requisitioning objective computations. evidence of tampering or visible damage to
(AR 710–2, DA Pam 710–2–1, DA Pam contents. (AR 735–5)
a. Simple negligence. The failure to act as 710– 2–2)
a reasonably prudent person would have ac- Other nonconsumable supplies
ted under similar circumstances. Nonstandard item Nonconsumable supplies other than capital
b. Gross negligence. An extreme departure The item has no NSN assigned based on re- equipment. (AR 735–5)
from the course of action to be expected of a search of catalog data. (AR 710–2)
reasonably prudent person, all circumstances Other plant equipment
being considered, and accompanied by a Nonstocked item Plant equipment used in or with, manufacture
reckless, deliberate, or wanton disregard for The item is not listed in the current AMDF. of components or end items relative to main-
the foreseeable consequences of the act. (AR (AR 710–2) tenance, supply, processing, assembly, or
735–5) R&D operation. (Items categorized as IPE
Operating level are excluded.) (AR 735–5)
Net asset The quantity of stock intended to sustain nor-
The NA position consist of the total quantity mal operations during the interval between Packaged petroleum fuels (POL)
on hand, either serviceable or unserviceable, receipt of replenishment shipment and sub- Fuels that are transported, stored, or issued in
plus quantities due-in minus quantities due- mission of subsequent replenishment requisi- containers of 55 gallons or less and in 500-
out. tion. Does not include either safety level or gallon collapsible containers. (AR 710–2)
OST quantity. (AR 710–2, DA Pam
Nonconsumable supplies 710–2–2) Packaged petroleum products (POL)
Supplies not consumed in use and retaining Petroleum products other than fuels that are
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 191

stored, transported, and issued in containers “servicemember,” and “civilian employee” State Department, or Republic of Korea prop-
of 55 gallons or less. Examples are lubri- mean DA members, ARNG members or tech- erty. All property issued by the United States
cants, greases, and specification samples. nicians, or DA civilian employees, unless to the ARNG remains the property of the
(AR 710–2) otherwise stated. (AR 735–5) United States, under section 710(A), title 32,
United States Code. (AR 735–5)
Parent organization Petroleum heating fuel (POL)
May be either a TOE or TDA organization. Includes all heating fuel oil types, both distil- Property administrator
For TOE, a numbered organization of battal- late and residual, used as a burner fuel in An individual duly designated by appropriate
ion or equivalent level; or company, battery, boiler plants and other heating equipment. authority to administer contract requirements
troop, platoon, detachment, or team not an (AR 710–2) and obligations relative to Government prop-
organic element of a battalion or other parent erty furnished to or acquired by a contractor;
organization. For TDA, any TDA organiza- Plant equipment an authorized representative of the contract-
tion assigned a unique TDA number. (AR That portion of capital equipment, such as ing officer. (AR 735–5)
710–2, DA Pam 710–2–1, DA Pam 710–2–2) machinery, equipment, furniture, vehicles,
machine tools, and other production equip- Property book
Parent unit identification code ment with a unit cost over $1,000, used, or
The UIC specifically associated with a parent A formally designated set of property records
capable of use, in the manufacture of sup-
organization and from which other UICs may maintained under AR 710–2 to account for
plies, or in the performance of services, or
be derived. Designator of a parent UIC is organizational and installation property in a
for any administrative or general plant pur-
AA; in the case of TDA augmentations to using unit. (AR 735–5)
pose. (AR 735–5)
TOE organizations, 90 through 99. (AR
710–2, DA Pam 710–2–1, DA Pam 710–2–2) Preconfigured unit loads (PULs) Property records and property account
Preconfigured unit loads are sets of expenda- General terms referring to any record of
Peripheral components ble or durable items packaged and shipped property. This includes not only formal SRAs
A device connected to a computer to provide together under a unique NSN. Preconfigured maintained in item or monetary terms by ac-
communication as input and output of auxil- unit loads are designed to allow an organiza- countable officers, but also organizational
iary functions such as additional storage. In- tion the ability to requisition a grouping of property books, installation property books,
cludes modems, display terminals, keyboards, expendable items to support a specific func- and individual clothing and equipment re-
disk drives, tape drives, printers, control tion (such as services on a helicopter) or mis- cords, or any other organized files of prop-
units, central processing units, and so on. sion (such as emplacing 100 meters erty records. (AR 735–5)
(AR 710–2) concertina wire). It is designed for use in
those units that have a reduced capability to Proximate cause
Personal arms and equipment Cause which, in a natural and continuous se-
Items designed for personal use or perform- store and move ASL stocks. Currently, PULs
are only authorized in support of the light quence unbroken by a new cause, produces
ance of duty by a person and normally stored
infantry division. The preconfigured unit load loss or damage and without which loss or
with the personal effects of or worn or car-
is used for units within a light infantry divi- damage would not have occurred. It can be
ried on the person. Examples are handguns,
sion. It is assembled by the wholesale system further explained as primary moving cause,
flashlights, some toolboxes, protective masks,
binoculars, and items listed on DA Form and will be stored at no lower than corps or predominating cause, from which injury
3645 or DA Form 3645–1. Such items be- level. (AR 710–2) follows as a natural, direct, and immediate
come personal equipment only when issued consequence, and without which it would not
Prescribed load list have occurred. (AR 735–5)
to the using person for personal use. Items
A list of unit maintenance repair parts that
like motor vehicles, office furniture, Govern-
are demand-supported, nondemand-sup- Real property
ment quarters and furnishings, and typewrit-
ers are not classified as personal property. ported, and specified initial stockage repair Land and interests in lands. This includes
(AR 735–5) parts for newly introduced end items. (AR buildings, piers, docks, warehouses, rights-of-
710–2, DA Pam 710–2–1) way and basements, utility systems, and all
Personal clothing other improvements permanently attached
Military-type clothing and personal clothing Primary hand receipt and ordinarily regarded as real estate. This
such as headgear, underwear, footwear, serv- Hand receipt between an accountable officer does not include machinery, equipment, or
ice uniforms, and component items pre- and the person receiving the property and fixed signal communication systems that may
scribed by the Secretary of the Army and assuming direct responsibility for it. (AR be removed without harming the usefulness
provided to enlisted members. (AR 700–84 735–5) of the structure. (AR 735–5)
and AR 735–5)
Primary hand receipt holder
Receiving officer
Personal property A person who is hand-receipted property
directly from the accountable officer. (AR An officer charged with custody or storage of
Property of any kind except real property and property received by means of shipment. The
records of the Federal Government. (AR 735–5)
office is distinguished from the consignee on
735–5) the bill of lading because that consignee usu-
Production equipment
Means the same as “industrial plant equip- ally is the transportation officer. Usually, the
Personal responsibility
The obligation of a person to exercise reason- ment.” (AR 735–5) receiving officer is an accountable officer at
able and prudent actions to properly use, care the station of destination. (AR 735–5)
for, and safeguard all Government property Property
in his or her possession. Applies to all Gov- The terms “Government property,” “Army Reconciliation
ernment property issued for, acquired for, or property,” and “property” include all property A comparison of the supply records of sepa-
converted to a person’s exclusive use, with or under DA control except property accounted rate activities to ensure their compatibility.
without receipt. (AR 735–5) for as owned by an NAF activity. References The term reconciliation includes the correc-
to property of other U.S. Government agen- tive actions necessary to bring the two record
Personnel cies or of foreign governments clearly will be sets into agreement. (AR 710–2)
The terms “personnel,” “military personnel,” identified as such; for example, Air Force,
192 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Recovery (POL) converted to a MILSTRIP format by the SSA and other sales activities. Line item stock re-
Actions and practices required for the segre- for submission to the next higher source of cord balances are not normally maintained by
gation and collection of contaminated petro- supply. (AR 710–2) sales accounts. (AR 735–5)
leum-base products. Collection and storage
will be in appropriate mobile or fixed Requisition objective Scrap
aboveground or underground containers. (AR The RO is the maximum quantity of an item Materiel that has no value except for its basic
710–2) authorized to be on hand and on order at any content. (AR 710–2)
time. (AR 710–2)
Re-Distillation (POL)
Selected Item Management System—
The process of reclaiming contaminated sol- Reserve Officer Training Corps,
vents by separating through distillation the Expanded
Simultaneous Membership Program System of centralized asset knowledge and
solvents from the sludge. (AR 710–2)
(ROTC/SMP) A voluntary officer status for control (vertical materiel management) of se-
Recurring demand eligibility. The program permits eligible en- lected secondary items. The goal of SIMS-X
A request made periodically or anticipated to listed personnel assigned to a Troop Program is to improve the utilization of assets already
be repetitive for materiel to be used immedi- Unit (TPU) of the USAR to enter the ad- in the supply system. The wholesale item
ately or for stock replenishment. Most vanced MS I and IV course of the ROTC manager is provided data of on-hand quanti-
demands are recurring. A demand is, there- Program. It also permits eligible ROTC ad- ties and RO by all owning stock record ac-
fore, considered recurring when doubt exists vanced course cadets to be assigned to a TPU counts. (AR 710–2)
as to its nature. (AR 710–2, DA Pam and serve as officer trainees (AR 700–84).
710–2–1, DA Pam 710–2–2) Service uniform
Reserve Personnel Army Funds A uniform prescribed for wear by Army per-
Reorder point Funds issued to support installations to be sonnel on routine duty. Different from dress,
That point, expressed as a quantity of stock, used by ROTC units to purchase clothing full dress, utility work, or field combat uni-
at which time a stock replenishment requisi- items for senior and junior ROTC cadets. form. (AR 700–84)
tion would be submitted to maintain a stock-
age objective. This consists of the sum of the Respondent Shipping officer
safety level, OST, and (if applicable) the Any individual, state or entity against whom
repair cycle level. (AR 710–2, DA Pam An officer who ships property for which he
liability is recommended or assessed. (AR
710–2–1, DA Pam 710– 2–2) or she is responsible or accountable, as dis-
735–5)
tinguished from the officer who prepares the
Repair cycle level bill of lading. Normally, a shipping officer is
Responsibility
Quantity of reparable type items required for an accountable property officer who ships
The obligation of an individual to ensure that
stockage, based on average monthly repair property to an officer who has requisitioned
Government property and funds entrusted to
rate and repair cycle time. (AR 710–2, DA the articles (receiving officer). (AR 735–5)
his or her possession, command, or supervi-
Pam 710–2–1, DA Pam 710–2–2)
sion are properly used and cared for and that
Shop stock
Repair cycle time proper custody and safekeeping are provided.
There are four types of responsibility as de- Repair parts and consumable supplies stocked
A parameter, expressed as an average, used within a support-level maintenance activity
in calculation of repair cycle level of stock. fined in this glossary:
a. Command responsibility. for internal use during accomplishment of
The cycle begins on acceptance of a job by maintenance requests. It is similar in purpose
maintenance and ends when the formerly un- b. Direct responsibility.
c. Supervisory responsibility. to repair parts kept by a unit in support of
serviceable asset is returned to stock in a organizational maintenance, in that it is for
serviceable condition. (AR 710–2, DA Pam d. Personal responsibility. (AR 735–5)
internal use only and has been issued from an
710–2–1, DA Pam 710–2–2) ASL at an SSA. (AR 710–2, DA Pam
Retail issue (POL)
Reparable Exchange Activity An issue of bulk fuel into a consuming end 710–2–2)
An element of a supply support activity pro- item of equipment. (AR 710–2)
viding exchange service for reparable compo- Small arms
nents. Exchange of an unserviceable Retail level Handguns; shoulder-fired weapons; light au-
reparable for a serviceable like item is made Level of supply below the wholesale level. tomatic weapons up to and including .50 cali-
on a request for issue or turn-in document. Retail level stockage generally is oriented to- ber machinegun; multibarrel machineguns
(DA Pam 710–2–1 and DA Pam 710–2–2) ward attaining maximum operational readi- such as the 7.62mm M134; recoilless rifles
ness of support units and, therefore, it is up to and including 106mm; mortars up to
Report of survey based on demand or item essentiality. Instal- and including 81mm; rocket launchers, man-
An instrument for recording circumstances lation supply and maintenance activities, di- portable; grenade launchers, rifle and shoul-
concerning loss, damage, or destruction of rect support organizations, and GSUs usually der-fired; flamethrowers, and individually op-
Army property. It serves as, or supports, a are engaged in retail level supply support. erated weapons that are portable or can be
voucher for dropping articles from property (AR 710–2, DA Pam 710–2–2) fired without special mounts or firing devices
records on which they are listed. It also and that have potential use in civil disturb-
serves to determine any question of responsi- Safety level ances and are vulnerable to theft. (AR 710–2)
bility (financial or otherwise) for absence or
Quantity of stock intended to permit contin-
condition of the articles. (AR 735–5) SPBS-R/I-TDA
ued support in the event of minor interruption
Request of stockage replenishment or unpredictable Standard Property Book System-Redesign/In-
A supply request initiated by the using unit. fluctuation in demand rate, or both. (AR stallation-Table of Distribution and
(AR 710–2) 710–2, DA Pam 710–2–2) Allowance
Requisition Sales account Standard rebuild cost

A supply request initiated by the SSA in a Formal records of accountability maintained Average cost to repair an article to return it
MILSTRIP format or a unit supply request in monetary terms by TISAs, commissaries, to its regular operating condition. The cost
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 193

may be set forth in publications such as sup- Supplemental allowances computers and their external peripheral com-
ply bulletins and manuals, or may be ob- Items and quantities of personal clothing au- ponents (less CCI). AR 710–2
tained from the installation maintenance thorized for issue to enlisted members to sup-
activity. (AR 735–5) plement initial allowances. They are given to Training equipment
persons whose assigned duties require more Items developed, authorized, issued, or pro-
State quantities of items than are included in initial cured primarily for training and learning.
Includes all the States, Commonwealth of issues. Thet are also given to those whose (AR 735–5)
Puerto Rico, territory of the U.S. Virgin Is- assigned duty requires special items of per-
lands, territory of Guam, and the District of sonal clothing not normally issued to the ma- Transportation officer
Columbia. (AR 735–5) jority of enlisted members. (AR 700–84) The officer responsible for shipment of prop-
erty. This officer initiates and accomplishes
Stock number Supplies BLs. When no person is specifically provided
A number used to identify an item of supply. Items needed to equip, maintain, operate, and to perform these functions, the officer who
Types of numbers used are: support military activities. Supplies may be accomplishes BLs is responsible for duties
(1) NSN or NATO stock number. used for administrative, combat, or general assigned to the transportation officer. (AR
plant purposes. Supplies include food, cloth- 735–5)
(2) Commercial and Government Entity
Code. ing, equipment, arms, ammunition, fuel
materials, and machinery of all kinds. For Trash
(3) Management control number. Materiel that has no residual functional scrap
(4) DODAC. planning and administrative purposes, sup-
plies are divided into 10 classes. Supplies are value. (AR 710–2)
(5) Army commercial vehicle code.
(6) Any other identifying number when synonymous with “equipment” and
“materiel.” (AR 735–5) Unit commanders
one of the types in (1) through (5) above has Commanders of companies, batteries, or sim-
not been assigned. (AR 710–2, DA Pam ilar units, and correctional officers. (AR
710–2–1, DA Pam 710–2–2) Survey
Act of investigating circumstances involving 700–84)
Stock record account loss, damage, destruction, or unserviceability
U.S. property and fiscal officer
Formal basic record showing, by item, re- of property listed on a report of survey. (AR
A commissioned officer of the Army or Na-
ceipt and disposal of property being held for 735–5)
tional Guard of the United States on extended
issue, balance on hand, and other identifying Federal active duty and who is accountable
System furniture
or stock control data. The account is prepared and responsible for proper obligation and ex-
An arrangement of modular components uti-
on prescribed forms. It is maintained by, or penditure of all Federal funds and for receipt
lizing vertical space which meets prescribed
under supervision of, an accountable officer. and account all Federal property in posses-
functional work station requirements. The
It may be maintained manually, by account- sion of the National Guard of the State;
components consist of work surfaces, storage
ing machine methods, or by ADPE. (AR maintains an SRA comparable to the level of
units, power and communications outlets, and
735–5) a CONUS installation; and must ensure that
privacy panels that interconnect and are as-
accountability for Federal property is main-
sembled into work stations of various sizes,
Subhand receipt tained after property is issued to property
configurations, and complexity. This does not
A hand receipt between a primary hand re- book level. (AR 700–84, AR 735–5)
include conventional office furniture; that is,
ceipt holder and a person subsequently given freestanding units and partitions available
the property for use. It does not transfer di- USPFO clothing issue point
from the Federal supply system. Systems fur- A facility located at the USPFO that serves
rect responsibility for property to the subhand niture, as defined, is authorized by CTA
receipt holder. (AR 735–5) to receipt, store, and issue personal clothing.
50–909, chapter 14. (AR 710–2, DA Pam (AR 700–84)
710–2–1)
Summary accounting
Grouping transactions together for a specific Unserviceability
Tactical Field Exchange (TFE) More inclusive term than damage or destruc-
time or activity, and then posting only net A military operated exchange, designed to
results or summary of transactions to action. It indicates, in military usage, that the
provide limited support on a temporary basis article to which the term is applied is no
counting records. (AR 710–2, DA Pam (usually 30–90 days) for Army and Air Force longer useful for the intended purpose. Dam-
710–2–2, AR 735–5) personnel engaged in military exercises, ma- age or destruction may not be involved. The
neuvers, contingency/emergency operations term also indicates property that has deterio-
Supervisory responsibility or deployments where regular AAFES facili- rated through use; however, it may include
Obligation of a supervisor to ensure that all ties are not or cannot be deployed. The sup- property no longer usable for its original pur-
Government property issued to, or used by, ported military commander must appoint a pose, despite the reason for its condition.
his or her subordinates is properly used and TFEO and Army enlisted personnel to oper- (AR 735–5)
cared for, and that proper custody and safe- ate the TFE. (AR 710–2)
keeping of the property are provided. It is Validation
inherent in all supervisory positions and is Tactical Field Exchange Officer (TFEO) The review of open requisitions by the requ-
not contingent upon signed receipts or re- The commissioned officer or warrant officer estor to affirm the continued need for the
sponsibility statements. It arises because of appointed by the supported commander who materiel and quantity on requisition. (AR
assignment to a specific position and in- is responsible for operation of the TFE and 710–2)
cludes— who is accountable for AAFES merchandise
a. Providing proper guidance and direction. and funds. If the appointment of a commis- Vehicle Hull Targets
b. Enforcing all security, safety, and ac- sioned or warrant officer is not practical a A vehicle used for destructive testing and
counting requirements. senior noncommissioned officer may be ap- target training. Vehicles are usually obsolete,
c. Maintaining a supervisory climate that pointed. (AR 710–2) nonstandard, or military excess withdrawn
will facilitate and ensure the proper care and from DOD surplus or the DRMO. (AR
use of Government property. (AR 735–5) TIER III 710–2)
Personal, laptop, notebook, and similar type
194 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Voucher
Document attesting to, or serving as, evi-
dence of a specific property transaction.
Credit vouchers, such as signed receipts, sup-
port a reduction of on-hand balance shown
on the property record. Debit vouchers, such
as receiving reports, support an increase in
recorded on-hand balance. (AR 735–5)
Wholesale level
Level of supply support including national
inventory control points, depots, terminals,
arsenals, central wholesale data banks, plants
and factories associated with commodity
command activities, and special Army activi-
ties retained under direct control of HQDA.
Wholesale functions are mostly performed in
CONUS. A wholesale system procures sup-
plies for the Army from commercial sources
or from Government plants. Wholesale sup-
ply support is accomplished by distributing
supplies to retail level for stockage or for
issue to users. (AR 710–2, DA Pam
710–2–2)
Willful misconduct
Any intentionally wrongful or unlawful act
dealing with property. (AR 735–5)
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 195

Index Purpose B-2 Prescribed loads 2–19e, 2–21b, 2–21e
This index is organized alphabetically by Requirements listings tables B-1 through Inventories table 2–1
topic and by subtopic within topic. Topics B-7 Lists 2–20c(1)
are identified by paragraph number. Supply Discipline B-10 through B-14 Operational loads 2–19c
Terms B-4 Prescribed loads 2–19d, 2–21a
Accounting for Property
Classes of Supply Records 2–20d
Army Master Data File 1–16f
Appendix G TDA activities 2–21o
Assignment of responsibility 2–10
Types 2–19a
Authorization documents 2–4c Disposition of Property/Excess
USAR 2–23a(1)
Automated systems 1–16c, 1–21 Ammunition 3–38e, 5–24a
Wartime policy 2–53
CCI, Class 2 2–31j CCI 3–31d, 4–37a(6), 5–24b
Clarifications 1–10a Demilitarization 1–16h and i Organizational Clothing and Individual
COMSEC equipment 1–17b, 1–18 COMSEC 3–31e, 4–37a(6) Equipment
Confiscated property 2–31n Disposition instructions, tables 4–1, 4–2, Accounting 2–14b, 2–14g
Containers 2–31k, l, 3–26b(12), 4–30i(10) 4–6 AMCSS purchases 2–14n(2)
Definition 1–14a Dollar value 3–31a(2), 4–37a(7) ARNG 2–17
Deviations 1–10c DRMO transfers 3–31a(1), 4–37a(9) Cash collections 2–16
Exceptions 1–1b Excess Government containers Classifying 2–15
Family housing furnishings 2–5n 3–26b(11)(b) Dollar value 2–14f
GSA vehicles 2–31(a) Materiel returns 2–8g, 3–31, 4–37a, 5–24, Excess 2–13b(2)
Hand receipt holder procedures appendix f 6–16 Expendable items 2–14c
Internal Management Controls 1–16g POL 5–25 Individual records 2–14j(a)
JROTC/NDCC 2–24a Redistribution 4–37b, 3–31i Inventories table 2–1
Noncontinuing requirements (loan, rental Repairables 3–31a(4)(b)1, 4–37a(3)(a), Replacement 2–14o
or lease) 2–31b,f 4–41h Responsibilities 2–14j
ORF 2–31g Retention level 3–31a, 3–31f, 3–31h, 4–9e ROTC 2–14, 2–25a, 2–29a
Petroleum management 2–32, 2–34, 3–10, Return to wholesale 3–32c Stockage criteria 2–14e(1) –(6)
3–26f, 3–29n, 3–30c, 3–36d(10), 4–26, ROTC 2–28a USAR 2–18
4–31, 4–36e, 4–40, 4–45e, 4–46, 5–9, Scrap materiel 3–31a(3), 4–37a(9)(a) Wartime policy 2–51
5–25, 5–30d(12), appendixes c, d, and e Shop stock 3–16e
Requesting Property
Property book items 2–5a
Hazardous Materials Management Pro- ARNG 2–6m(1)
ROTC 2–24a
gram CMMC/TAAMMC customer requests 5–16
System furniture 2–31h
General Information 1–28 COMSEC 2–6p
Transportation Assets 2–31c
Major Command (MACOM) functions Contracting officers 2–30
USAR property 2–11b
1–29 COPARS 2–6o(1)
Waivers 1–11
Supply Support Activity (SSA) functions Document register 2–6h,j
Asset Reporting
1–30 DRMO procedures 2–6l(1), 3–23, 4–22
ABF reporting 3–36d(9), 4–47d(8),
Using Unit/Activity functions 1–31 Follow-up 2–7
5–30d(11), 6–22d(11), 6–43b
Integrated Logistics Analysis Program
CBS-X 2–9a(1), 3–35d(2), 4–47d(2), Inventory/Adjustment Control
(ILAP) 3–2i
5–30d(2), 6–22d(2) Adjustments 3–29i, j, k,4–34i
Preparation of 2–6g
CCISP 2–9c(3), 3–36d(6), 4–47d(6), Administrative adjustment report 2–5o,
Priority designators 2–6d
5–30d(6), 6–22d(6) 2–31a
Receipts 2–8
COMSEC 2–9a(4), 3–35d(2)(e), Ammunition 2–41, 3–29m, 3–42a, 3–4a(3),
Recoverable 2–6e
4–47d(2)(e) 6–14l
ROTC 2–27
DODSASP 2–9b(3), 3–36d(3), 4–47d(4), Basic loads table 2–1
USAR 2–6n
5–30d(4), 6–22d(4) Bulk fuel 4–34o
GMLR ammunition issue, receipt, expendi- Cataloging 3–4, 4–4, 5–4, 6–6
ture 5–30d(9), 6–22d(9) CIF Table 2–1 Stock Control
Guided missile/large rocket ammunition Cyclic 3–29d(2), 4–34a(2), 5–22c(2) Accountable officer 3–34b, 4–43a(2),
3–43c Frequency 3–29c, 3–29f, 3–29g 5–28b,f,6–21a(2)
Inventory adjustments 3–29q Hand receipt holder Table 2–1 Ammunition stockage 3–38a, 5–31a
RATTS 2–9d, 3–36d(5), 4–47d(5), IAR procedures 3–29n, o, p,4–34j, 5–22h, Ammunition retention levels 3–38b
5–30d(5), 6–22d(5) 5–22m, 6–14, CLSF’s 3–35b, 4–44k
RICC changes 2–9a(2) Location surveys 3–29b, 4–34b, 5–22a, Files, SRA 3–35a, 4–44a, 5–29a, 6–21c
SIMS-X 3–8d, 3–36d(4), 4–47d(1), 5–22f, 6–14a Maintenance contracts 4–28
5–30d(1), 6–22d(1) Negotiable media 3–29l, 5–22k SSA DODAAC 3–34c, 4–43c, 5–28c
TASN-A 3–36d(7), 4–47d(7), 5–30d(7), Property books table 2–1 Stock record account 3–34, 4–43, 5–28,
6–22d(7) Controlled/sensitive items 3–29f, 4–34g, 6–21,
Vehicles 2–9e(1), 3–35d(3), 4–47d(3), 5–223e, 6–14e Types of SRA’s 3–34e, 4–43b, 5–28e
5–30d(3), 6–22d(3) Shipment discrepancies 3–26a(4), 4–30h Voucher registers 3–35c, 4–44i
Worldwide ammunition reporting 3–43b, Special 3–29e, 4–34c, 5–22d, 6–14d Wartime policy 3–47a, b
5–30d(8) Wall-to-wall 3-29h,4-34a(1), 5-22c(1), 5- Storage
22g, 6-14c Ammunition 2–36, 2–39c(6), 3–28d(1),
Command Supply Discipline Program 3–37b, 3–39, 3–40, 3–4, 5–21(2)
Wartime policy 2-44e, 2-47d, 2-54, 3-47
Concept B-5 Authorized customers 3–30b, 4–36a(2)
Weapons Table 2-1
CSDP monitor 1–13 CCI 3–28d(4)
CSDP coordinator 1–13 Load Management COMSEC 3–28d(7)
Evaluation frequency B-8c ARNG 2-22a COSCOM/TAACOM 5–21
Evaluations B-8 Basic loads 2-19b Credit cards 3–28d(2)
Monitorship B-9 Class 1 2–20b(1) DS/GS supply 3–28b
196 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Identaplates 3–28d(2) Vendors/contractor receipts 3–26d
Installation activities 4–33 Wholesale depot receipts 3–26c
Location system 3–28c, 4–33b, 6–4a
Theater Army Level Supply Management
Medical substances, controlled 3–28d(3)
Ammunition management 6–23
Property book items 2–11a
Asset visibility 6–3
TAMMC 6–13
COMSEC logistics support center 6–4d
USAR property 2–11b
CPTOA 6–15f
Weapons 3–28d(8)
Decrement stock 6–18
Supply Control
Distribution 6–4
AIMI program 3–20k, 4–27
Mission 6–2
Ammunition records 3–43a
Replenishment requisitioning 6–9,
Area maintenance and supply facility 4–24,
Special item interest tape 6–6i
4–36d, 4–45b
TAMMC stock record account 6–21b
ARNG combat ASL 3–9i, 4–9f(1)
Wartime modifications 6–27
ASL stockage criteria table 3–1, 1–4
Automatic return items 4–39, 5–14h(2)(d)
Withdrawal or diversion of ARNG and
Bench stocks 3–17, 4–16
USAR equipment 6–30
Bench stock replenishment 3–17d, 4–16d
Bench stock criteria 3–17c, 4–16e
Cannibalization points 3–14, 4–38, 5–13
COMSEC repairables 3–18i
COPAD 3–22, 4–21b, 5–17
COPARS stockage 3–21c(3), 4–21a(1)
COPARS 3–21a, 4–21, 5–17
Corps support command 5–2
Customer requests 3–20, 4–11
Customer turn-ins 3–26b, 4–30i, 5–19e
Demand criteria shop stock 3–16d, 4–16d
Document processing 3–20g
DOS stockage method 3–9a, 4–9a
DSS customer units 4–11b
EOQ stockage method 3–9b, 4–9b
RBS stockage method 3–8b, 3–9b
Essentiality codes 3–8a(2), 3–8a(1), 5–8b
Follow-up transactions 3–20j
Found on installation property 3–26b(7),
4–30i(1)
Initial ASL stockage 3–9f, 4–9c
Installation materiel maintenance activity
4–25, 4–45a
Issues 3–30, 4–36, 5–23, 6–15
Local purchase 2–6l(2), 3–24, 4–20, 5–17
Maintenance shop supply 3–15b, 4–14a
Management control numbers 3–4d,
4–4b(3)
MILSTRAP 3–26a(1)
Mission supply support activity 4–23
NMCS/ANMCS 3–20h
ORF procedures 3–13, 4–13, 5–12, 6–19
Pseudoreceipts 3–27, 4–32, 5–20
QSS procedures 3–11a, 4–18a, 4–36b,
5–10
Receipt processing 3–26, 4–30a, 5–19d,
6–12,
Reparable management 3–9c, 3–18, 4–10,
4–41, 4–45d, 5–14a, 6–8d(1)
Requisition validation 3–25c, 4–29c,
5–18b, 6–11
SAVAR 3–25d, 4–29e
Shipping 3–32, 4–42, 5–26, 6–17
Shop stock replenishment 3–16g, 4–16g
Shop stock lists 3–16i, 4–16i
Shop stock 3–16a, 4–15a
SIMS-X stockage 3–9d, 3–36d(1)
Solid fuels 4–17a, 4–31c, 6–20
SSSC operations 3–12, 4–19a, 4–45c, 5–11
Stockage levels 3–9, 4–9, 6–8
Stockage list codes 3–8b, 4–8b
Stockage selection 3–8a, 4–8a, 5–8a
Theater army area command 5–2
USAR combat ASL 3–9i, 4–9f(1)
AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 197

UNCLASSIFIED PIN 003840–000
USAPA
ELECTRONIC PUBLISHING SYSTEM
TEXT FORMATTER ... Version 2.45
PIN: 003840–000
DATE: 01-14-98
TIME: 08:42:31
PAGES SET: 206
DATA FILE: ar710-2.fil

DOCUMENT: AR 710–2
DOC STATUS: NEW PUBLICATION

Ar 710-2 - Inventory Management Supply Policy

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ar 710-2 - Inventory Management Supply Policy

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ar 710-2 - Inventory Management Supply Policy

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Army Regulation 710–2

o Adds policy for Army National cemetery property (para 1-1b(9)).

o Adds policy for request of deviation or waiver (para 1-10c).

o Adds policy for accountability of donated or abandoned property (para 1-14c).

o Adds selected management data files available on CD-ROM (para 1-16f).

o Adds policy that demilitarization will only be performed by authorized

o Adds more definitive guidance on issuing, storage, and turn-in of COMSEC

o Adds policy on radio frequency tag property accounting procedures (para 1-

o Adds policy that automated facilities engineering property book will be

o Adds policy for automation equipment that is identified as excess to property

o Adds policy that property items on hand exceeding allowances will be

o Adds policy that property no longer required by authorization document may be

o Adds policy that batteries require special disposal (para 2-13I).

o Adds policy that organization appointed information management officer is

o Adds policy that accountability and disposal of vehicle hull targets or

o Establishes the requirement that navigation systems (GPS) are to be

o Clarifies criteria for computing stockage using RBS methodology (para 3-

o Adds SLC ’R’ Decrement Stocks (para 4-8b(7)).

o Adds policy that permits installations, instead of SSSC, to elect to use a

o Replaces information on retailers excise tax with information on the required

o Expands the requirement to impose accessory charges of 3.5 to 5.5 percent to

o Directs protection of materiel returns IAW subparagraphs 3-32h through 3-32k

o Provides regulations that govern the shipment of hazardous cargo (para 4-

o Revises information required when pilots are unable to produce current

o Adds information on TAV goals for ultimately eliminating DODSASP, RATTS,

o Rescinds paragraphs on prepositioning of materiel configured to unit sets

o Move’s guidance on COSCOM and TAACOM materiel management center stockage

o Adds TAV guidance on reparable management that indicates TAV is designed to

o Adds requirement to use the distribution execution system (DES) in validating

o Changes guidance on pseudoreceipts to require two follow-ups to a first

o Changes permissible ammunition stockage level for training ammunition from 90

o Rescinds Section VI on Prepositioning of Materiel Configured to Unit Sets

Inventory Management Supply Policy Below the Wholesale Level

Contents (Listed by paragraph and page number) Organization • 1–8, page 1

*This regulation supersedes AR 710-2, 31 January 1992.

AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 i

Inventories • 1–19, page 5 Section V

ii AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Inventory control functions • 3–3, page 42 General information • 4–2, page 62

AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 iii

Section II Supply control functions • 6–7, page 95

iv AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

Table B–5: Supply Support for Installations, U.S. Property Fiscal

AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 v

vi AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 1

2 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

1–16. Implementation 1–17. General information

AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 3

4 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 5

6 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 7

8 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 9

Demand sat- 75% 70-80% X X X X X X

Chapter 2 for identifying, acquiring, accounting, controlling, storing, and prop-

10 AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997

AR 710–2 • 31 October 1997 11